Skip to main content

Full text of "Bible and the University"

See other formats


THE  BIBLE  AND  THE  UNIVERSITY 


by 
James  P.  Wind 


\ 


SOCIETY  OF BIBLICAL  LITERATURE 
CENTENNIAL  PUBLICATIONS 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

CARLI:  Consortium  of  Academic  and  Research  Libraries  in  Illinois 


http://www.archive.org/details/bibleuniversityOOjame 


HARPER  COLLEGE  LIBRARY 


3  215A  DDns  SD3b 

JDDA  LD925  1891  .W56  198 

7c.2 

Wind,  James  P. 

The  Bible  and  the  univers  1987 


LD  925  1891  . Uj = 
James  P 
Bible  and  the  u  n  i  u  e  r*  s  i  t 


0134709 

1943- 


MAY  1  3 


m 


MAYg  0 


m»- 


MfiLOi 


991 


PEC  i  ;nflfll 


npp-rs 


48&- 


115" 


i 


flOl 


-EEEM 


HARPER  COLLEGE  LIBRARY 

ALGONQUIN  &  ROSELLE  ROADS 

PALATINE,  ILLINOIS  60067 


THE  BIBLE  AND  THE  UNIVERSITY 


SOCIETY  OF  BIBLICAL  LITERA  TURE 
BIBLICAL  SCHOLARSHIP  IN  NORTH  AMERICA 


Kent  Harold  Richards,  Editor 

Frank  Chamberlain  Porter:  Pioneer  in  American 
Biblical  Interpretation 

Benjamin  Wisner  Bacon:  Pioneer  in  American 
Biblical  Criticism 

A  Fragile  Craft:  The  Work  of  Amos  Niven 
Wilder 

Edgar  Johnson  Goodspeed:  Articulate  Scholar 

Shirley  Jackson  Case  and  the  Chicago  School: 
The  Socio- Historical  Method 

Humanizing  America's  Iconic  Book:  Society 

of  Biblical  Literature  Centennial  Addresses  1980 


A  History  of  Biblical  Studies  in  Canada: 
A  Sense  of  Proportion 

Searching  the  Scriptures:  A  History  of  the 
Society  of  Biblical  Literature,  1880-1980 

Horace  Bushnell:  On  the  Vitality 
of  Biblical  Language 

Feminist  Perspectives  on  Biblical  Scholarship 

Erwin  Ramsdell  Goodenough: 
A  Personal  Pilgrimage 

The  Pennsylvania  Tradition  ofSemitics 

The  Bible  and  the  University 


Roy  A.  Harrisville 

Roy  A.  Harrisville 

John  Dominic  Crossan 
James  I.  Cook 

William  J.  Hynes 

Gene  M.  Tucker  and 
Douglas  A.  Knight,  editors 

John  S.  Moir 

Ernest  W.  Saunders 

James  O.  Duke 
Adela  Yarbro  Collins,  editor 

Robert  S.  Eccles 

Cyrus  H.  Gordon 

James  P.  Wind 


The  Bible  and  the  University 

The  Messianic  Vision  of 
William  Rainey  Harper 


by 


James  P.  Wind 


Scholars  Press 
Atlanta,  Georgia 


n-2o 
:~& 

SOCIETY  OF  BIBLICAL  LITERATURE 
CENTENNIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Editorial  Board 

Paul  J.  Achtemeier,  Union  Theological  Seminary,  Richmond  .Virginia 

Adela  Yarbro  Collins,  McCormick  Theological  Seminary,  Chicago,  Illinois 

Eldon  Jay  Epp,  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  Cleveland,  Qhio 

Edwin  S.  Gaustad,  University  of  California,  Riverside,  California 

E.  Brooks  Holifield,  Emory  University,  Adanta,  Georgia 

Douglas  A.  Knight,  Vanderbilt  Divinity  School,  Nashville,  Tennessee 

George  W.  MacRae,  Harvard  Divinity  School,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts 

Harry  M.  Orlinsky,  Hebrew  Union  College-Jewish  Institute  of  Religion,  New  York 

Kent  Harold  Richards,  Chair,  The  Iliff  School  of  Theology,  Denver,  Colorado 

Gene  M.  Tucker,  Candler  School  of  Theology,  Atlanta,  Georgia 

Maurya  P.  Horgan,  Associate  Editor,  Denver 

Paul  J.  Kobelski,  Associate  Editor,  Denver 

The  Society  of  Biblical  Literature  gratefully  acknowledges  a  grant  from 
the  National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities  to  underwrite  certain 
editorial  and  research  expenses  of  the  Centennial  Publications  Series. 
Published  results  and  interpretations  do  not  necessarily  represent  the 
view  of  the  Endowment. 

©  198? 
Society  of  Biblical  Literature 


Library  of  Congress  Cataloging  in  Publication  Data 

Wind,  James  P.,  1948 

The  Bible  and  the  university 

(Biblical  scholarship  in  North  America  /  Society 
of  Biblical  Literature  ;  no.  16) 

Revision  of  thesis  (Ph.  D.) — University  of  Chicago, 
1983. 

Bibliography:  p. 

1.  Harper,  William  Rainey,  1956-1906.     2.  College 
presidents — Illinois — Biography.  3.  Church  and  college- 
United  States.  I.  Title.  II.  Series:  Biblical 
scholarship  in  North  America  ;  no.  16. 
LD925   1891.W56  1986  378M11[B]         87-9485 
ISBN  1-55540-129-5  (alk.  paper) 
ISBN  1-55540-130-9  (pbk.  :  alk.  paper) 

0134709 


To  Kathleen, 
spouse  and  partner 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


My  family,  friends  and  teachers  have  made  more  contributions  to  the 
scholarship  behind  this  volume  than  I  can  ever  properly  acknowledge.  As 
professor,  friend,  and  dissertation  advisor,  Martin  E.  Marty  has  been  both  a 
master  teacher  of  the  history  of  Christianity  and  a  winsome  exemplar  of  the 
art  of  telling  a  story  well.  My  interest  in  the  modern  American  part  of  the 
religious  story  is  only  one  of  many  debts  I  owe  him. 

Jerald  C  Brauer  and  Neil  Harris  strengthened  the  earlier  dissertation 
version  of  this  manuscript  by  pressing  critical  and  often  unexpected  ques- 
tions. I  hope  that  advisor  and  readers  can  recognize  their  contributions  in  the 
pages  that  follow.  Robert  W.  Lynn  of  the  Lilly  Endowment,  Inc.,  is  the 
person  who  first  suggested  that  I  "look  at  Harper."  I  am  grateful  for  his  early 
advice  and  subsequent  interest. 

Ralph  W.  Loew  of  the  Chautauqua  Institution  provided  entry  to 
Chautauqua's  Archives  and  a  comfortable  week's  lodging  at  its  Hall  of 
Missions.  The  cordial  staff  of  the  Special  Collections  Department  of  Joseph 
Regenstein  Library  of  The  University  of  Chicago  carted  numerous  boxes  of 
papers  and  pointed  out  additional  sources  of  information.  Linda-Marie 
Delloff  of  The  Christian  Century  made  many  helpful  editorial  suggestions, 
as  did  Harry  M.  Orlinsky  of  Hebrew  Union  College.  Kent  Harold  Richards 
of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Literature  has  been  a  kind  and  supportive  series 
editor.  Toby  Resnick  and  Kathleen  Cahalan  proved  to  be  exceptional  typists 
in  the  face  of  pressing  deadlines  and  heavily  edited  copy.  Finally,  I  must 
thank  my  wife,  Kathleen,  who  has  lived  with  this  book  and  its  author  as 
spouse,  critic,  and  encourager.  In  many  ways  it  is  her  accomplishment,  too. 
The  best  way  to  express  my  gratitude  to  each  of  these  people  is  to  bring  the 
project  to  completion  so  that  others  may  benefit  from  their  contributions. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

INTRODUCTION 

CHAPTER 
1.     AMERICA  IN  TRANSITION 


A  New  America 

The  Revolution  in  Higher  Education 

Shaking  Foundations 

2.  THE  DEVELOPING  VISION 27 

The  College  on  the  Hill 
The  New  World  of  Scholarship 
Choosing  a  Baptist  World 
The  Hebrew  Profession 
The  Chautauqua  Vision 
The  Yale  Professor 

3.  SHAPING  A  NEW  BIBLICAL  WORLD 49 

Journalistic  Benchmarks 

Placing  the  Biblical  Scholar 

A  New  Biblical  World 

The  Harper  Hermeneutic 

The  Scientific  Study  of  the  Scriptures 

Comparative  Religion 

A  New  Argument  for  the  Inspiration  of  Scriptures 

The  Invisible  Role  of  Religious  Experience 

Harper's  Place  Within  the  World  of  Biblical  Scholarship 

4.  THE  CRITICAL  REFORMATION 81 

The  Bible  Study  Movement 
The  Seminary 


viii  Contents 

The  Sunday  School 
The  Public  Grade  School 
The  College  Curriculum 

5.  THE  UNIVERSITY  AND  THE  RELIGION  OF 
DEMOCRACY 105 

Sources  for  the  Vision 

A  New  Institution 

The  Messianic  Role  of  the  University 

Religion  in  the  University 

The  American  Age 

The  Biblical  Integrator 

6.  ASSESSING  A  VISION 147 

The  Big  Barnum  of  Eureka  University 

"Education  F.O.B.  Chicago" 

The  Captain  of  Erudition 

The  Veblenesque  Legacy 

From  Voluntaryism  to  Professionalism 

The  Quest  for  the  Great  Community 

The  Problem  of  Progress 

The  Transformation  of  American  Religion 

The  Invisible  Vision 

The  Cultured  Transformer 

Placing  A  President 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 181 


INTRODUCTION 


The  visitor  to  the  Cathedral  Church  of  Saint  Peter  and  Saint  Paul  in 
Washington,  D.C.,  cannot  wander  in  the  church's  nave  for  long  without 
discovering  in  one  of  its  south  bays  the  crypt  of  Woodrow  Wilson,  twenty- 
seventh  president  of  the  United  States,  formerly  professor  and  president  of 
Princeton  University.  The  carved  stone  and  its  impressive  location  in  the 
midst  of  stained  glass  and  soaring  arches  testify  that  President  Wilson  has  not 
been  forgotten.  As  generations  of  pilgrims  take  their  turns  around  the 
sanctuary,  they  are  reminded  that  this  individual  was  unusual,  that  what  he 
did  and  did  not  do  earned  him  a  place  in  the  collective  consciousness  of  a 
nation. 

The  same  visitor  could  roam  the  interior  of  Rockefeller  Chapel  at  the 
University  of  Chicago  and  never  know  that  within  its  walls  rest  the  remains 
of  another  of  America's  most  significant  university  presidents,  a  man  who, 
according  to  some,  might  have  become  the  nation's  president.1  If,  by 
accident,  the  tourist  wandered  behind  the  elaborate  wood  and  stone  reredos 
of  the  Chapel  chancel  and  followed  the  perambulatory,  she  would  find  a 
solitary  spodight  illuminating  a  section  of  bare  cinder  block  wall.  Above  the 
folding  chairs  the  explorer's  eye  might  linger  over  several  metal  plates  and 
words  carved  into  stone:  "HIC  IACET  PRAESIDUM  SUORUMQUE 
CINERES."  The  ashes  of  four  university  presidents  and  their  wives  are 
interred  in  this  obscure  resting  place.  Ten  feet  up  the  wall,  set  off  by  a  stone 
border  and  given  a  little  more  prominence  than  the  others,  is  a  plaque 
inscribed  in  memory  of  William  Rainey  Harper,  the  university's  first  presi- 
dent. 

The  prominent  spot  in  the  obscure  location  is  illustrative  of  the  "prom- 
inent obscurity"  which  surrounds  the  name  of  William  Rainey  Harper. 
Important  enough  to  have  streets,  libraries,  high  schools  and  junior  colleges 
bear  his  name,  Harper  nonetheless  remains  hidden  in  the  back  corridors  of 
American  intellectual,  religious  and  institutional  history.  The  source  of 

1  The  Reverend  Philip  A.  Nordell,  Pastor  of  First  Baptist  Church,  New  London, 
Connecticut,  attempted  to  dissuade  Harper  from  accepting  the  presidency  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago  in  an  April  28, 1888  personal  letter.  One  of  his  arguments  was,  "I  would  not 
be  surprised  to  hear  you  mentioned  as  a  candidate  for  the  Presidency  of  the  United  States 
this  fall."  The  letter  is  a  part  of  the  Joseph  L.  Regenstein  Library  Collection  of  the  Personal 
Papers  of  William  Rainey  Harper  (hereafter  Personal  Papers),  Box  I,  Folder  5. 


2  The  Bible  and  the  University 

much  amusing  lore,  invoked  whenever  his  university  wants  to  touch  its 
roots,  Chicago's  first  president  remains  a  hazy  eminence  within  the  quad- 
rangles of  the  institution  he  designed  and  built. 

During  the  years  of  his  presidency,  William  Rainey  Harper  was  a  figure 
of  national,  even  international,  importance.  Conductors  stopped  trains  for 
him;  newspapers  reported  his  speeches,  and,  near  the  end  of  his  life,  carried 
bulletins  about  his  health.  His  advice  was  sought  by  numerous  university 
and  national  leaders.  Articles  under  his  byline  appeared  in  popular  and 
scholarly  publications  throughout  the  land.  People  wrote  to  him  about  their 
religious  problems  and  filled  lecture  halls  across  the  country  when  he  came 
to  speak.  Colleagues  in  his  Baptist  denomination  regarded  him  as  their 
national  representative.  Scholars  in  the  emerging  profession  of  Old  Testa- 
ment Studies  looked  to  Harper  as  their  dean.  At  the  time  of  his  premature 
death  from  cancer  in  1906,  tributes  came  from  leaders  in  education,  scholars 
of  biblical  literature,  students,  captains  of  industry  such  as  Andrew  Carnegie 
and  John  D.  Rockefeller,  diplomats  and  national  leaders,  all  of  whom  viewed 
Harper  as  a  shining  star  on  the  horizon  of  American  intellectual  life. 

Eighty  years  after  his  death,  Harper  holds  no  such  prominent  place. 
Once  a  leader  of  liberal  Protestantism,  he  is  barely  mentioned  in  standard 
histories  of  American  religion.2  His  role  as  a  pioneer  of  Semitic  Studies  and 
professional  analysis  of  the  Old  Testament  remains  unappreciated.3  One  of 

2  Harper  is  not  mentioned  in  Paul  A.  Carter's  The  Spiritual  Crisis  of  the  Gilded  Age 
(DeKalb,  111.:  Northern  Illinois  University  Press,  1971),  Robert  T.  Handy's  A  Christian 
America:  Protestant  Hopes  and  Historical  Realities  (New  York:  Oxford  University  Press, 
1971),  William  R.  Hutchison's  The  Modernist  Impulse  in  American  Protestantism 
(Cambridge:  Harvard  University  Press,  1976),  or  Martin  E.  Marty's  Righteous  Empire:  The 
Protestant  Experience  in  America  (New  York:  The  Dial  Press,  1970).  He  receives  scant 
notice  in  Sydney  E.  Ahlstrom's  A  Religious  History  of  the  American  People,  2  vols. 
(Garden  City,  N.Y.:  Image  Books,  1975)  and  Winthrop  S.  Hudson's  Religion  in  America,  3d 
ed.  (New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1981). 

3  This  is  partly  due  to  the  fact  that  there  is  no  adequate  history  of  American  biblical 
scholarship.  Jerry  Wayne  Brown  covers  antebellum  New  England  in  The  Rise  ofRiblical 
Criticism  in  America,  1800-1870:  The  New  England  Scholars  (Middletown,  Conn.: 
Wesleyan  University  Press,  1969),  but  the  work  stands  almost  alone  in  an  unexplored  field. 
Ira  V.  Brown  assessed  the  latter  part  of  the  century  and  noted  Harper's  role  as  "organizer" 
of  the  critical  studies  movement  in  "The  Higher  Criticism  Comes  to  America,  1880-1900," 
Journal  of  the  Presbyterian  Historical  Society  38  (December  1960):  193-212.  In  "The 
Watershed  of  the  American  Biblical  Tradition:  The  Chicago  School,  First  Phase, 
1892-1920"  (Journal  of  Biblical  Literature  95  [March  1976]),  Robert  Funk  suggested  that 
Harper  founded  one  of  "two  dynasties"  of  biblical  scholarship  at  his  university.  Funk 
believed  that  Harper's  colleague,  Ernest  DeWitt  Burton  founded  a  more  dominant 
tradition  which  was  less  "orthodox"  than  Harper's  approach  (pp.  4-22).  Funk's  argument  is 
discussed  below,  pp.  131ff.  More  recendy  Thomas  H.  Olbricht,  Charles  R.  Kniker,  and 
Grant  Wacker  advanced  the  study  of  late  nineteenth  century  biblical  criticism  in  individual 
essays  on  the  subject.  Olbricht's  "Intellectual  Ferment  and  Instruction  in  the  Scripture: 
The  Bible  in  Higher  Education"  and  Kniker's  "New  Attitudes  and  New  Curricula:  The 
Changing  Role  of  the  Bible  in  Protestant  Education,  1880-1920,"  both  appear  in  The  Rible 


Introduction  3 

a  generation  of  great  university  presidents,  Harper  has  received  only  slight 
attention  from  historians  of  higher  education  in  America.4 

A  few  attempts  have  been  made  to  keep  Harper  visible  on  the  modern 
horizon.  Harper's  friend  and  long-time  colleague,  Thomas  Wakefield 
Goodspeed,  authored  an  admiring  biography  twenty  years  after  the  presi- 
dent's death.5  The  only  other  attempt  at  anything  more  than  the  briefest  of 
biographical  sketches  was  Milton  Mayer's  Young  Man  in  a  Hurry,  written  in 
1957.6  Both  works  succumb  to  the  mystique  which  surrounds  Harper's 
amazing  energy  and  talent  and  do  little  to  assess  the  lasting  significance  of 
their  focal  figure. 

Several  monographs  concentrate  on  specific  facets  of  Harper's  work,  but 
no  attempt  has  been  made  to  grasp  his  fundamental  ideas  or  vision.  Gale  W. 
Engle,  for  example,  analyzed  Harper's  academic  design  from  a  structural 
functional  perspective,  but  paid  no  attention  to  the  religious  underpinnings 
of  the  plan.7  Kenneth  Nathaniel  Beck  explored  the  history  of  the  American 
Institute  of  Sacred  Literature,  a  favored  Harper  enterprise,  but  restricted  his 
attention  to  one  part  of  the  Harper  picture.8  Lars  Hoffman  gave  special 

in  American  Education:  From  Source  Book  to  Textbook  (Philadelphia:  Fortress  Press, 
1982),  ed.  David  L.  Barr  and  Nicholas  Piediscalzi.  Wacker's  "The  Demise  of  Biblical 
Civilization"  appears  in  Nathan  O.  Hatch  and  Mark  A.  Noll,  eds.,  The  Bible  in  America: 
Essays  in  Cultural  History  (New  York:  Oxford  University  Press,  1982).  A  synthetic  work 
which  can  integrate  the  subplots  of  the  complicated  biblical  critical  story  in  America  is  still 
needed. 

4  An  exception  is  Laurence  R.  Veysey,  who  treats  Harper  as  exemplar  of  "the  tendency  to 
blend  and  reconcile"  in  later  nineteenth  century  America.  Because  he  views  Harper  as 
representative  of  the  second  generation  of  American  university  presidents  who  are 
important  for  their  administrative  innovations  and  not  for  their  larger  visions,  he  overlooks 
much  of  Harper's  significance.  Veysey  is  representative  of  a  pervasive  tendency  to  see 
religion  primarily  as  a  negative  element  in  the  university  story.  Because  of  that  perspective, 
the  religious  character  of  Harper's  effort  remains  unnoticed.  The  Emergence  of  the 
American  University  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1962),  pp.  360-80,  viii,  21-56. 
President  Harper  is  cited  only  in  passing  in  other  standard  histories.  For  example,  see 
Frederick  Rudolph,  The  American  College  and  University  (New  York:  Vintage  Books, 
1962),  pp.  349-52.  Harper  is  named  only  twice  in  Burton  J.  Bledstein,  The  Culture  of 
Professionalism:  The  Middle  Class  and  the  Development  of  Higher  Education  in  America 
(New  York:  W.W.  Norton  &  Company,  Inc.,  1976)  and  Christopher  Jencks  and  David 
Reisman,  The  Academic  Revolution  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1968).  Merle 
Curti  does  not  mention  him  in  The  Social  Ideas  of  American  Educators  (Totowa,  N.J.: 
Litdefield,  Adams  Co.,  1978). 

5  Thomas  Wakefield  Goodspeed,  William  Rainey  Harper:  First  President  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1928). 

6  Milton  Mayer,  Young  Man  in  a  Hurry:  The  Story  of  William  Rainey  Harper,  First 
President  of  the  University  of  Chicago  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago,  Alumni  Associa- 
tion, 1957). 

7  Gale  W.  Engle,  "William  Rainey  Harper's  Conceptions  of  the  Structuring  of  the 
Functions  Performed  by  Educational  Institutions"  (Ph.D.  dissertation,  Stanford  Univer- 
sity, 1954). 

8  Kenneth  Nathaniel  Beck,  "The  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature:  A  Historical 


4  The  Bible  and  the  University 

attention  to  the  relationship  between  Harper  and  his  Baptist  colleagues, 
highlighting  political  constraints  which  the  denomination  placed  upon  the 
president.9  Harper's  view  of  science  was  the  subject  of  a  dissertation  by 
Lincoln  C.  Blake.10  The  story  of  Harper's  greatest  creation,  the  University  of 
Chicago,  has  emerged  in  an  admiring  history  by  Goodspeed  and  a  more 
recent  and  critical  work  by  Richard  J.  Storr.11  Each  of  these  scholars 
examined  a  facet  of  Harper's  legacy;  none  made  a  coherent  whole  out  of  his 
story. 

William  Rainey  Harper  will  not  receive  his  appropriate  place  in  Amer- 
ican religious  and  intellectual  history  until  the  integrating  vision  that 
supported  his  varied  activities  and  enterprises  is  discovered  and  evaluated. 
Interrupted  by  death  in  mid-career,  Harper  failed  to  leave  a  cohesive 
statement  of  his  vision.  To  find  it,  we  will  examine  his  career  in  a  manner 
which  Harper  would  have  approved.  By  gathering  the  facts  of  his  life  and 
work  and  searching  the  data  for  fundamental  ideas,  we  can  inductively 
discover  the  overarching  canopy — a  sacred  one — which  integrated  frag- 
ments of  the  person  and  his  work. 

In  the  Hebrew  Scriptures  Harper  found  the  raw  material  that  provided 
the  ground  of  his  personal  beliefs,  the  field  of  his  professional  competence 
and  the  paradigm  for  reshaping  education  in  America.  Within  those  cher- 
ished texts,  Harper  discerned  a  God  at  work  in  history  lifting  humanity 
toward  a  still  to  be  realized  "higher  life."12  The  most  fundamental  idea  of  all 
for  him  was  that  God  moves  some  to  suffer  vicariously  for  others.13  Israel 
suffered  for  the  scattered  nations;  Jesus  suffered  for  a  fallen  humanity;  the 
biblical  scholar  struggled  to  provide  new  meaning  for  suffering  moderns; 
and  the  university,  in  its  grappling  with  the  great  problems  of  the  ages,  was 
called  to  suffer  for  society  in  order  that  all  its  members  might  ascend  to 
higher  life.  Ultimately  Harper's  vision  was  messianic.  He  traced  the  messi- 
anic idea  from  its  prophetic  origins  up  to  its  application  in  his  day;  indeed  he 

Analysis  of  An  Adult  Education  Institution"  (Ph.D.  dissertation,  University  of  Chicago, 
1968). 

9  Lars  Hoffman,  "William  Rainey  Harper  and  the  Chicago  Fellowship"  (Ph.D.  disserta- 
tion, University  of  Iowa,  1978). 

10  Lincoln  C.  Blake,  "The  Concept  and  Development  of  Science  at  The  University  of 
Chicago  1890-1905"  (Ph.D.  dissertation,  University  of  Chicago,  1966). 

11  Thomas  Wakefield  Goodspeed,  A  History  of  The  University  of  Chicago:  The  First 
Quarter  Century  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1972),  and  Richard  J.  Storr, 
Harper's  University:  The  Beginnings  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1966). 

12  The  "higher  life"  lured  Harper.  He,  in  turn,  frequendy  dangled  that  notion  before  his 
contemporaries.  See,  for  example,  his  collected  essays  in  Religion  and  the  Higher  Life 
(Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1904). 

13  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  Prophetic  Element  in  the  Old  Testament  as  Related  to 
Christianity,"  manuscript  of  unpublished  lectures  (Personal  Papers,  Box  16,  Folder  9),  pp. 
48-^0. 


Introduction  5 

could  claim  without  batting  an  exegetical  eye — that  the  university  was 
"Messiah."14 

While  he  never  claimed  that  role  for  himself,  Harper  lived  by  the 
messianic  vision.  He  drove  himself  relentlessly.  Often  up  and  at  his  desk  by 
4:00  a.m.,  he  extended  his  working  day  until  10:30  or  11:00  at  night. 
Vacations  were  spent  running  summer  schools  in  Chicago  and  commuting  to 
New  York's  Chautauqua,  where  he  directed  the  most  prominent  of  America's 
late  nineteenth-century  ventures  into  popular  education.  Personal  corre- 
spondence reveals  that  while  many  thought  him  a  super-human  dynamo,  the 
reality  was  more  grim.  Continually  beset  by  "La  Grippe,"  Harper  would  be 
confined  to  bed  one  day  only  to  race  through  his  hectic  schedule  the  next. 
Even  cancer  could  not  break  his  commitment  to  push  himself  to  the  limits. 
On  one  occasion  he  mentioned  to  the  president  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of 
the  University  of  Chicago  that  he  had  suffered  for  twenty  years  before  his 
doctor  discovered  his  malady.15  After  the  "sentence  of  execution"  had  been 
spoken  in  1905, 16  Harper  went  back  to  work  completing  a  commentary  on 
Amos  and  Hosea  for  the  International  Critical  Commentary  Series  while 
administering  the  university.  Still  corresponding  in  the  last  week  of  his  life, 
Harper  planned  his  funeral  service  down  to  such  details  as  cots  for  the  honor 
guard  who  would  keep  the  night  watch  over  his  casket.17 

This  fundamental  vision  of  divinely  led  vicarious  suffering  integrated  all 
of  Harper's  activities.  He  shuttled  between  Chautauqua  and  the  University 
of  Chicago  because  he  perceived  the  popular  work  of  the  one  to  be  in  a  vital 
world-transforming  relationship  with  the  research  of  the  other.  It  made  sense 
to  him  to  run  the  University  of  Chicago  out  of  one  room  in  Haskell  Hall  on 
the  campus  and  to  administer  the  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature  out 
of  the  office  next  door.  During  the  week  President  Harper  taught  Hebrew  in 
the  university's  Semitics  Department;  on  Sundays  he  supervised  the  Sunday 
School  of  Hyde  Park  Baptist  Church.  He  planned  the  Yerkes  Observatory, 
figured  out  during  office  hours  how  to  fund  it,  and  then  retired  to  his  study 
at  night  to  edit  articles  for  the  Biblical  World.  All  of  these  efforts,  though 
taking  their  toll  on  him,  he  understood  as  for  the  nation's  sake. 

More  than  simply  deciding  to  found  and  edit  publications  dealing  with 
biblical  subjects,  Harper  discovered  and  lived  in  a  biblical  world.  By  means 
of  inductive  and  scientific  study  of  the  Scriptures,  he  found  a  way  to 
reappropriate  their  message  for  his  age.  His  lifework,  although  conducted  in 

14  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  University  and  Democracy,"  The  Trend  in  Higher 
Education  in  America  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1905),  p.  12. 

15  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Martin  A.  Ryerson,  March  26,  1904,  Personal  Papers,  Box  16, 
Folder  13. 

16  The  phrase  is  contained  in  a  letter  from  Harper  to  Mrs.  J.C.  Johnson,  February  17, 1905, 
Personal  Papers,  Box  1,  Folder  20. 

17  "Arrangements  for  the  Funeral  of  President  Harper,"  p.  7,  Personal  Papers,  Box  16, 
Folder  13. 


6  The  Bible  and  the  University 

many  different  arenas  and  enterprises,  was  devoted  to  offering  a  vision  for 
America  that  was  fundamentally  biblical,  without  being  archaic.  At  the 
beginning  of  his  career  he  announced  the  creation  of  a  Hebrew  "move- 
ment," an  attempt  to  revitalize  Old  Testament  studies.18  As  his  horizons 
expanded  beyond  teaching  Semitics  to  include  administering  Chautauqua 
and  creating  a  new  university  for  what  was  then  the  West,  Harper  never 
wavered  from  his  first  fundamental  commitment.  The  construction  of  the 
University  of  Chicago  cannot  be  understood  as  an  effort  in  addition  to,  along 
side  of,  or  separate  from  his  attempt  to  revitalize  biblical  study  in  America. 
On  the  contrary,  he  built  this  university  because  of  a  commitment  to  a  higher 
life  for  the  nation,  rooted  in  a  Bible  critically  studied  and  believed. 

As  Harper's  career  moved  from  seminary  to  university  classroom  to 
president's  office,  the  task  remained  fundamentally  the  same:  to  move  the 
Bible  from  the  periphery  of  academic  inquiry  into  prominence.  Thus  as  a 
young  instructor  on  the  south  side  of  Chicago  at  Morgan  Park  Seminary,  he 
called  in  1886  for  an  expanded  place  for  biblical  studies.  Half  the  seminary 
curriculum,  he  claimed,  should  be  devoted  to  the  Bible,  studied  in  the 
original  languages  and  in  English.19  Two  years  later  as  professor  at  Yale 
University  he  initiated  lectures  on  the  English  Bible  and  soon  was  spear- 
heading a  movement  to  place  the  study  of  the  Bible  in  the  curricula  of  state 
colleges  and  universities  throughout  the  land.20  When  called  to  the  presi- 
dency of  the  new  University  of  Chicago  he  placed  the  study  of  the  Bible  in 
the  mainstream  of  his  curriculum.  Before  the  new  school  opened,  its 
president  announced  that  its  first  professional  school  would  be  Morgan  Park 
Seminary,  renamed  the  Divinity  School.  To  be  certain  that  the  Bible  would 
be  a  document  valued  by  the  whole  university  and  not  just  the  private  book 
of  divinity  scholars,  Harper  formed  an  independent  Semitics  Department 
which  took  its  place  alongside  other  disciplines  in  the  university.  Sundays 
on  the  university  calendar  were  given  to  religious  questions,  guest  lectures 
and  worship.  Student  attendance  at  weekday  chapel  in  those  early  days  was 
mandatory,  in  keeping  with  the  prevailing  American  collegiate  pattern.  But 
Harper's  vision  always  stretched  further.  Three  years  before  his  death,  he 
launched  one  last  integrative  effort.  The  Religious  Education  Association 
was  created  to  promote  biblical  studies  for  American  people  from  infancy  to 
adulthood,  with  specialized  programs  for  every  educational  and  interest 
level. 

In  this  book  I  intend  to  trace  the  development  of  Harper's  vision  from 
smalltown  beginnings  to  culmination  in  a  revisioned  religion  for  the  Amer- 
ican public.  Chapter  1  sketches  the  social,  educational  and  religious  contexts 

18  Harper  first  used  the  word  "movement"  to  describe  his  activities  in  an  editorial  in  The 
Old  Testament  Student  5,  no.  1  (September  1885):37. 

19  Harper  "Editorial,"  Old  Testament  Student  5,  no.  8  (April  1886):321ff. 

20  Herbert  Lockwood  Willett,  "The  Corridor  of  Years,"  unpublished  autobiography,  The 
Archives  of  The  Christian  Century,  Chicago,  Illinois,  pp.  91-96. 


Introduction  7 

in  which  Harper  created  and  subsequently  fought  for  his  vision.  Chapter  2 
follows  Harper  and  the  development  of  his  ideas  from  his  birthplace  at  New 
Concord,  Ohio,  to  his  emergence  as  spokesman  for  biblical  studies  in 
America.  The  specific  content  of  his  vision  is  the  subject  of  Chapter  3. 
Chapter  4  examines  Harper's  critical  reformation  of  his  generation's  forms  of 
religious  education.  The  incarnation  of  his  biblical  vision  in  the  University 
of  Chicago,  and  the  expansion  of  that  vision  to  embrace  all  Americans,  is  the 
subject  of  Chapter  5.  Chapter  6  ponders  the  fate  of  Harper's  vision,  and 
attempts  to  account  for  its  now  obscure  place  in  American  memory. 

Much  of  what  Harper  attempted  did  not  become  a  permanent  part  of 
American  religious  and  educational  life.  Daily  chapel  has  disappeared  from 
the  official  schedule  of  the  University  of  Chicago.  The  American  Institute  of 
Sacred  Literature  ended  its  existence  in  1948.  Hyde  Park  Baptist  Church  is 
no  longer  an  advanced  center  for  Sunday  School  teaching.  The  Religious 
Education  Association  carries  on  as  the  organization  of  professional  religious 
educators  but  has  abandoned  pretensions  to  responsibility  for  all  religious 
education  in  America.  The  Hebrew  movement,  so  dear  to  Harper's  heart,  has 
ceased  to  be  a  popular  passion  though  Hebrew  has  found  its  niche  among  all 
the  other  specialized  disciplines  in  American  higher  education.  The  criti- 
cally studied  Scriptures  have  not  become  the  great  integrator  of  society 
which  Harper  believed  they  could  be. 

Yet  a  distinguished  university  stands,  and  the  professional  study  of 
Semitic  languages  takes  place  in  the  university  context,  ample  warrants  for 
according  Harper  a  prominent  place  in  American  educational  history.  His 
significance,  however,  goes  beyond  these  contributions  to  intellectual  and 
institutional  history.  He  is  important  because  he  acted  decisively  at  the 
zenith  of  a  period  in  American  history  when  many  believed  that  a  new 
American  culture  was  in  the  making.  In  his  era  it  was  possible  to  build  a 
university  from  scratch,  to  start  a  journal  with  the  money  in  one's  own 
pocket,  to  create  a  profession  in  one's  own  image.  Harper  is  one  of  those 
representative  individuals  who  epitomize  the  tenor  of  a  period.  He  was  the 
quintessential  nineteenth  century  American  evangelical  liberal:  optimistic, 
progressive,  biblical  and  open  to  the  unfolding  of  his  own  culture.  Harper's 
labors  were  congruent  with  the  dominant  character  of  an  era  of  American 
Protestantism  which  H.  Richard  Niebuhr  identified  in  his  classic  study,  The 
Kingdom  of  God  in  America.21  In  the  lifting  of  a  culture  to  the  higher  life 
Harper  sought  to  transform  it  into  something  more  like  the  "coming" 
kingdom  proclaimed  in  the  sacred  Scriptures.  He  lived  during  the  last 
moments  when  Americans  were  able  to  believe,  without  second  thoughts, 
that  their  nation  could  be  the  messianic  deliverer  of  the  world.  A  decade 

21  H.  Richard  Niebuhr,  The  Kingdom  of  God  in  America  (New  York:  Harper  Torchbooks, 
1959),  pp.  127ff. 


8  The  Bible  and  the  University 

after  his  death,  Americans  would  find  themselves  entangled  in  a  brutal  war, 
one  that  crushed  the  spirit  which  Harper  embodied. 

American  self-perceptions  in  the  turbulent  decades  since  the  Great  War 
have  become  darker  and  less  confident,  a  phenomenon  which  may  help  to 
explain  why  Harper,  and  Wilson  too,  are  so  distant.  They  seem  to  belong  in 
out-of-the-way  places,  one  more  prominent  than  the  other,  because  their 
visions  appear  naive  in  the  face  of  the  world  conditions  we  now  encounter. 
Yet,  both  our  pluralistic  nation  and  its  evermore  specialized  worlds  of 
learning  present  needs  for  integration  which  are  as  pressing  now  as  they 
were  the  day  of  Harper's  death.  While  late  twentieth  century  readers  may 
not  be  capable  of  the  optimism  of  that  bygone  era,  they  cannot  escape  a 
similar  pressure  to  bring  coherence  to  a  fragmented  world.  For  those  who 
believe  that  coherence  can  devolve  from  a  religious  construction  of  reality, 
and  for  those  who  contend  for  a  biblically  grounded  world  view,  there  are 
yet  more  reasons  for  a  serious  reappraisal  of  Harper  and  his  vision. 


CHAPTER  1 
AMERICA  IN  TRANSITION 


On  Saturday,  October  1,  1892,  the  University  of  Chicago  unceremoni- 
ously opened  its  doors  with  a  day  of  classes,  a  chapel  service  and  a  faculty 
meeting.  "We  were  anxious  to  have  the  opening  day  so  planned  in  advance 
that  everything  would  move  as  if  the  University  had  been  in  session  ten 
years,"  Harry  Pratt  Judson,  then  Head  Dean  of  the  Colleges  and  eventually 
Harper's  successor  as  president,  later  reminisced.1  The  appearance  of 
routine  and  normalcy  could  not  mask  newness,  however.  Judson  recalled 
watching  students  pass  under  scaffolding  and  listening  to  the  sounds  of 
workmen  in  the  halls  on  opening  day.  From  its  inception,  the  school  was 
"bran  [sic]  splinter  new"2  and  everyone  knew  it. 

At  the  first  meeting  of  the  university  faculty,  President  Harper  presented 
a  problem  to  his  new  colleagues:  "The  question  before  us  is  how  to  become 
one  in  spirit,  not  necessarily  in  opinion."3  Concern  for  oneness  in  the  face  of 
increasing  diversity  was  more  than  an  academic  matter  for  a  new  faculty.  It 
was  the  burden  of  a  nation  searching  for  oneness  in  the  midst  of  unparalleled 
change  and  increasing  diversity.  To  understand  Harper's  solution  for  the 
question  he  posed  on  opening  day,  it  is  necessary  to  survey  the  social, 
educational  and  religious  terrains  where  he  labored. 

A  New  America 

The  new  university,  rooted  in  the  vision  of  its  thirty-six-year-old  presi- 
dent, burst  into  life  in  an  age  dazzled  by  the  new.  The  closing  decade  of  the 
nineteenth  century  capped  a  half  century  during  which  America  had  been 
remade.  Within  fifty  years  the  nation  had  divided  into  North  and  South, 
fought  a  bitter  war  and  reunited.  The  West  was  the  lure  of  the  period.  People 
trekked  to  the  edge  of  the  frontier  and  carried  with  them  the  American 

1  Harry  Pratt  Judson,  as  quoted  in  Goodspeed's  A  History  of  the  University  of  Chicago, 
p.  244. 

2  The  phrase  is  contained  in  a  September  22, 1890  letter  from  Harper  to  H.L.  Morehouse 
(Frederick  T.  Gates  Papers),  and  is  quoted  in  Robert  Rosenthal,  ed.,  One  in  Spirit 
(Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1973),  p.  19. 

3  Harper's  question  is  recorded  in  "Minutes  of  the  First  Faculty  Meeting,  October  1, 
1892"  (Marion  Talbot  Papers),  and  quoted  ibid.,  p.  25. 


10  The  Bible  and  the  University 

burden  of  incorporating  new  reality  into  old  ways  of  thought.  One  year  after 
the  opening  of  the  University  of  Chicago,  Frederick  Jackson  Turner  articu- 
lated the  dominant  role  of  the  frontier  in  shaping  American  thought  and 
action;  ironically,  he  also  noted  its  passing  as  the  nation  encountered 
geographic  limits.  Turner  wondered  what  the  closing  of  the  frontier  would 
mean  for  an  America  that  had  depended  on  it  to  fire  its  imagination  and  serve 
as  safety  valve  for  its  conflicts.4 

With  railroad  lines,  barbed  wire,  Winchester  rifles,  balloon  frame 
houses,  windmills  and  John  Deere  plows,  Americans  domesticated  their 
land  and  began  to  turn  the  North  American  wilderness  into  a  great  agricul- 
tural garden.  As  the  West  was  tamed,  citizens  also  began  to  flock  to  a  new 
habitat  which  for  many  became  a  different  kind  of  wilderness:  the  city. 
Arthur  Meier  Schlesinger,  Sr.,  in  his  magisterial  The  Rise  of  the  City 
1878-98,  traced  the  contours  of  this  momentous  reshaping  of  American  life. 
The  historian  provided  descriptions  of  startling  possibilities  and  problems 
for  urban  newcomers  like  Harper.  For  example,  in  1890  one-fourth  of  the 
people  of  Philadelphia,  one-third  of  the  inhabitants  of  Boston,  and  fully 
four-fifths  of  those  in  greater  New  York  City  were  either  foreigners  or 
children  of  foreign-born  parents.  This  meant  that  old-stock  Americans  like 
Harper,  whose  ancestors  had  ventured  to  the  New  World  in  1795,  confronted 
an  unprecedented  variety  of  languages  and  customs.  Nervous,  sometimes 
violent  outbursts  of  nativism  often  followed  such  encounters.  The  new  reality 
represented  by  these  and  other  troubling  indicators  led  Schlesinger  to  a 
conclusion:  America  was  experiencing  a  "clash  of  two  cultures,"  urban  and 
rural.  The  nation  was  "trembling  between  two  worlds,  one  rural  and  agricul- 
tural, the  other  urban  and  industrial."  A  fateful  transition  had  occurred:  "tradi- 
tional America  gave  way  to  a  new  America."5 

The  impact  of  the  arrival  of  14,061,192  immigrants  within  the  four 
decades  that  closed  the  nineteenth  century  threatened  cherished  self- 
understandings.6  But  if  pressures  felt  as  a  result  of  new  types  of  immigrants 
and  new  styles  of  urban  living  seemed  to  break  apart  the  America  of  the 
founding  fathers  and  mothers,  other  dynamics  appeared  to  weave  together 
the  unraveling  threads  of  the  republic  and  provide  circumstances  that 
evoked  and  nurtured  Harper's  dream.  The  amazing  inventiveness  of  Amer- 
icans forged  what  Daniel  J.  Boorstin  has  named  "the  republic  of  technology" 
out  of  scattering  tribes  and  individuals.7  One  symbol  of  the  new  technolog- 

4  Frederick  Jackson  Turner,  "The  Significance  of  the  Frontier  in  American  History,"  The 
Frontier  in  American  History  (New  York:  Holt,  Rinehart  and  Winston,  1920),  pp.  1—38. 

5  Arthur  Meier  Schlesinger,  The  Rise  of  the  City  1878-1898  (New  York:  New  Viewpoints, 
1975),  pp.  1,  76,  72-73,  355,  350,  xii. 

6  Sydney  E.  Ahlstrom  provides  a  helpful  summary  of  immigrant  population  statistics  in  A 
Religious  History  of  the  American  People,  2  vols.  (Garden  City,  N.Y.:  Image  Books,  1975), 
2:  208-9. 

7  Daniel   T.   Boorstin  coined  the  phrase  in  a  much  more  celebrative  sense  when 


America  in  Transition  1 1 

ical  linkage  was  the  coupling  of  Union  Pacific  and  Central  Pacific  railroad 
tracks  on  May  10,  1869,  at  Promontory  Point,  Utah.  Other  inventions  like 
Thomas  Alva  Edison's  "talking  machine,"  incandescent  lamp,  electric  gen- 
erator, and  motion  picture  reshaped  American  habits  and  perceptions.  The 
booming  growth  in  daily  newspapers  which  increased  in  number  from  971 
in  1880  to  2226  by  1900,  introduced  people  to  worlds  which  were  unknown 
decades  before.8 

Along  with  the  growth  of  the  city  and  the  great  leaps  in  technology 
witnessed  during  the  last  half  of  the  nineteenth  century,  there  came  two  new 
economic  institutions  which  aided  in  reshaping  America:  the  personal 
fortune  and  the  corporation.  Both  provided  raw  materials  for  Harper's 
achievements.  In  1870  John  D.  Rockefeller  organized  his  oil  holdings  into 
the  Standard  Oil  Company  of  Ohio  and  began  to  consolidate  a  fortune  that 
would  make  him  the  richest  man  in  America — the  nation's  first  billionaire — 
and  prepare  him  for  his  role  as  founder  of  Harper's  university.  Banking  and 
railroad  tycoon  John  Pierpont  Morgan  restructured  American  economic 
reality  in  1901  with  the  creation  of  the  first  billion-dollar  corporation — U.S. 
Steel.  With  these  great  financial  empires  came  new  developments  like 
organized  philanthropy  (the  Rockefeller  Foundation),  the  problems  of  mo- 
nopoly, and  the  standardization  of  finance  and  industry.  In  addition,  people 
like  the  Mellons  and  the  Vanderbilts  became  arbiters  of  taste  and  custodians 
of  culture  as  they  built  museums,  libraries,  and  universities.9 

If,  as  Hansfried  Kellner  and  Brigitte  and  Peter  Berger  assert,  the  primary 
carriers  of  modernity  are  technological  production  and  the  bureaucratic 
state,10  then  modernity  had  largely  arrived.  The  demands  of  the  city  and  a 
rapidly  technologizing  and  industrializing  nation  called  for  new  and  more 
complex  institutional  responses  to  human  needs.  Robert  H.  Wiebe  has 
labeled  the  period  of  transition  from  independent  antebellum  America  to  the 
emergent  interdependence  of  modernity  a  "search  for  order."11 

describing  the  future  of  America  in  The  Republic  of  Technology:  Reflections  on  Our  Future 
Community  (New  York:  Harper  &  Row,  1978). 

8  Schlesinger,  Rise  of  the  City,  p.  185. 

9  Helen  Lefkowitz  Horowitz  traces  the  history  of  wealthy  philanthropists  and  their 
attempts  to  provide  culture  for  the  city  of  Chicago  in  Culture  and  the  City:  Cultural 
Philanthropy  in  Chicago  from  1880s  to  1917  (Lexington:  University  Press  of  Kentucky, 
1976).  Harper's  relations  to  several  of  the  Chicago  cultural  elite  and  their  institutions  are 
given  considerable  attention,  pp.  157fF.  Oscar  and  Mary  Handlin  have  tracked  the  seismic 
shift  in  wealth  in  America  in  The  Wealth  of  the  American  People  (New  York:  McGraw-Hill 
Book  Company,  1975).  They  found  that  prior  to  the  Civil  War  $100,000  was  a  "substantial 
fortune."  By  their  count  twenty-five  New  Yorkers  and  nine  Philadelphians  comprised  the 
super-rich  category  of  ante-bellum  millionaires.  By  1890  the  number  of  millionaires  had 
increased  to  3000  and  a  great  fortune  was  "one  of  a  hundred  million  dollars"  (p.  162). 

10  Peter  Berger,  Brigitte  Berger  and  Hansfried  Kellner,  The  Homeless  Mind:  Moderniza- 
tion and  Consciousness  (New  York:  Vintage  Books,  1974),  p.  103. 

11  Robert  H.  Wiebe,  The  Search  for  Order,  1877-1920  (New  York:  Hill  and  Wang,  1967). 


12  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Perplexed  by  a  variety  of  social  problems,  Americans  lined  up  behind 
reformers  who  offered  new  solutions  such  as  a  civil  service  approach  to 
government,  regulations  for  child  employment,  a  standardized  work  week 
and  antitrust  legislation.  Political  bosses  became  specialized  manipulators  of 
the  bewildering  machinery  of  urban  politics.  Powerless  in  the  face  of  huge 
concentrations  of  wealth  and  impersonal  machines,  factory  workers  banded 
together  to  form  organizations  like  the  Noble  and  Holy  Order  of  the  Knights 
of  Labor  and  the  Federation  of  Organized  Trades  and  Labor  Unions. 

Important  changes  also  occurred  in  racial  and  sexual  patterns.  Blacks 
like  Booker  T.  Washington  left  behind  plantation  slavery  to  struggle  for 
economic  and  social  equality.  Although  legally  free,  they  encountered  a 
"color  line"  so  entrenched  as  to  move  articulate  representatives  like  W.E.B. 
DuBois  to  offer  radical  criticism  of  the  social  order.12 

While  black  Americans  sought  new  social  spaces,  American  women  took 
their  places  in  the  work  force  in  larger  numbers.  Two  and  one-half  million 
women  out  of  a  national  population  of  50,155,783  labored  outside  their 
homes  in  1880.  By  1900  there  were  75,994,575  Americans  and  the  number  of 
employed  women  had  more  than  doubled.13  The  women's  suffrage  move- 
ment, along  with  the  temperance  cause,  provided  era-long  evidence  that 
women  were  assuming  new  roles  in  politics  as  well.  With  these  changes 
came  others  of  a  more  painful  nature.  For  example,  divorces  tripled  between 
1878  and  1898;  and  by  1890  there  was  one  divorce  granted  for  every  sixteen 
marriages  performed.14 

Within  fifty  years  the  daily  lives  of  many  American  citizens  had  been 
transformed.  Immigrants  adrift  in  the  sea  of  faces  at  Ellis  Island  and 
small-town  parents  watching  children  follow  the  lure  of  the  city  experienced 
different,  though  equally  intense  varieties  of  social  dislocation. 

But  the  turmoil  of  the  age  was  only  part  of  the  story.  In  the  midst  of 
confusion  and  uncertainty  Americans  seized  opportunities  to  reshape  the 
nation.  Symphony  orchestras  were  born,  a  distinctively  American  architec- 
ture appeared,  and  American  literature  blossomed.  Like  William  Rainey 
Harper,  Theodore  Thomas,  Frank  Lloyd  Wright,  Mark  Twain  and  Francis 
Willard  were  representatives  of  the  effervescence  of  American  creativity 
fostered  in  these  decades  of  transition.  While  there  is  ample  warrant  for  Paul 
Carter  to  title  his  history  of  the  period  The  Spiritual  Crisis  of  the  Gilded  Age, 

12  Booker  T.  Washington  recounted  his  version  of  the  transit  from  slavery  to  freedom  in  Up 
From  Slavery,  introduced  by  Louis  Lomax  (New  York:  Dell  Publishing  Company,  1965). 
The  agony  of  encounter  with  the  "color  line"  received  powerful  articulation  in  W.E. 
Burghardt  DuBois,  The  Souls  of  Black  Folk,  introduced  by  Saunders  Redding  (Greenwich, 
Conn.:  Fawcett  Publications,  Inc.,  1961). 

13  The  Cosmopolitan  World  Atlas  (Chicago:  Rand  McNally  &  Co.,  1978)  summarizes  U.S. 
Census  data  on  page  153.  The  statistics  about  employed  women  are  from  Schlesinger,  Rise 
of  the  City,  p.  142. 

14  Ibid.,  p.  154. 


America  in  Transition  13 

there  is  also  reason  for  William  G.  McLoughlin  to  describe  the  era  as 
"America's  Third  Great  Awakening."15  The  age  can  be  understood  only  if 
trauma  and  revitalization  are  held  in  tension.  Old  ways  of  life  came  undone, 
but  visions  which  would  have  been  dismissed  as  impossible  only  a  century 
earlier  were  realized.  In  no  phase  of  American  life  was  this  dynamism  more 
evident  than  in  the  world  of  education. 


The  Revolution  in  Higher  Education 

From  its  beginning  with  the  founding  of  Harvard  College  in  1636, 
American  higher  education  had  been  sylvan  and  clerically  dominated. 
Gardens  for  the  cultivation  of  gendemen  in  the  American  wilderness,  early 
colleges  were  clerical  preserves  dedicated  to  training  young  males  to  carry 
on  a  way  of  life.  Harvard  set  the  pattern.  The  college's  first  commencement 
program  proclaimed  its  purpose:  "to  advance  Learning  and  perpetuate  it  to 
Posterity."  Beneath  the  noble  commitment  to  learning  lay  a  deeper  concern. 
The  founders  were  afraid  "to  leave  an  illiterate  Ministery  [sic]  to  the 
Churches,  when  our  present  Ministers  shall  lie  in  the  Dust."16 

Harvard's  Henry  Dunster  was  the  first  in  a  long  succession  of  American 
college  presidents  who  were  clergymen.  Along  with  a  clerically  dominated 
board  of  overseers,  Dunster  and  all  succeeding  clergy  presidents  of  Ameri- 
can colleges  had  the  responsibility  of  leading  young  pupils  through  the 
rigors  of  a  "mental  discipline"  which  produced  people  of  good  character.  17 
The  primary  motive  for  the  early  colleges  like  Harvard,  William  and  Mary, 
Yale,  and  the  College  of  New  Jersey,  was  preparation  of  ministers  for 
America's  fledgling  churches.  Although  the  schools  soon  opened  their  doors 
wide  to  include  other  than  budding  churchmen,  the  clerical  pattern  pre- 
vailed. Students  were  pushed  through  a  curriculum  dominated  by  the  study 
of  Greek  and  Latin.  In  the  last  year  of  undergraduate  work,  these  students 
crowned  their  education  with  a  course  in  "Moral  Philosophy,"  usually 
taught  by  the  college  president. 

Despite  attempts  to  remove  learning  from  clerical  auspices  by  Enlight- 
enment advocates  like  Benjamin  Franklin  in  Philadelphia,  Thomas  Jefferson 
at  the  University  of  Virginia  and  Thomas  Cooper  at  the  University  of  South 
Carolina,  the  pattern  held  until  after  the  Civil  War.  For  more  than  two 
centuries,  citizens  of  American  hamlets  continued  to  build  small  colleges 
which  served  as  citadels  for  the  clerically  shepherded  values  of  the  commu- 
nity. 

15  Carter,  The  Spiritual  Crisis  of  the  Gilded  Age  and  William  G.  McLoughlin,  Revivals, 
Awakenings,  and  Reform  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1978),  pp.  141-78. 

16  The  Harvard  Commencement  Program  is  quoted  in  Perry  Miller,  The  New  England 
Mind:  The  Seventeenth  Century  (Boston:  Beacon  Press,  1961),  p.  75. 

17  The  clerical  pattern  for  American  higher  education  is  described  in  detail  in  Veysey,  The 
Emergence  of  the  American  University,  pp.  9ff. 


14  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Within  a  decade  of  the  Treaty  at  Appomattox  it  was  clear  that  the  old 
pattern  was  fading.  In  his  inaugural  address  delivered  on  October  11,  1871, 
Yale's  new  president,  the  Rev.  Noah  Porter,  expressed  the  concern  of  many. 
America's  institutions  of  higher  education  were  "convulsed  by  a  revolution." 
Porter  reported  sharp  criticism  of  "old  methods  and  studies"  and  strong 
demand  "for  sweeping  and  fundamental  changes."18 

Not  every  student  of  the  period  accepts  Porter's  labeling  of  nineteenth 
century  changes  in  higher  education  as  a  "revolution,"  but  there  is  little 
resemblance  between  the  small  college  pattern  of  antebellum  America  and 
the  complex  universities  constructed  by  people  like  Harper.  Statistics  tell 
part  of  the  story.  In  1870  approximately  52,300  undergraduates  matriculated 
in  American  institutions.  Twenty  years  later  the  student  population  had 
almost  tripled.  And  a  new  type  of  student  emerged  during  these  years. 
Harper  was  part  of  a  new  generation  of  graduate  students  that  signaled  the 
passing  of  the  old  college  model.  Between  1870  and  1900  total  graduate 
enrollments  increased  from  50  to  almost  6,000.  Professional  education  (also 
championed  by  Harper)  came  of  age  during  the  period.  The  legal  profession, 
for  example,  mustered  only  150  students  in  1833;  but  by  the  beginning  of  the 
first  World  War  there  were  140  schools  preparing  almost  20,000  students  for 
legal  careers.19 

In  1861  Yale  University  awarded  the  first  American  Ph.D.  degree.  It  was 
not  the  first  American  post-baccalaureate  degree,  but  it  was  the  first  for 
specialized  study.  Previously  American  colleges  had  followed  a  pattern 
begun  in  1692  when  Harvard  awarded  its  president,  the  Rev.  Increase 
Mather,  an  S.T.D.,  an  honorary  degree.20  At  first  the  Ph.D.  was  awarded  both 
for  specialized  study  and  to  bestow  honor  on  an  individual.  The  academic 
nature  of  the  degree  became  more  secure  in  1900  when  Harper  led  in 
organizing  the  Association  of  American  Universities  to  protect  the  degree's 
dignity.21 

The  Ph.D.  sat  at  the  apex  of  the  new  edifice  of  learning  which  Harper 
and  other  university  builders  constructed.  In  order  to  grasp  the  significance 
of  this  new  structure  for  Harper  and  his  colleagues  it  is  necessary  to  recall  its 
German  origins  and  the  earliest  American  experiences  with  it.  The  modern 
German  university  was  given  its  institutional  shape  by  Wilhelm  von 
Humboldt  who  carried  the  ideas  of  his  mentor,  Friedrich  August  Wolf,  into 
the  new  structure  of  learning  he  erected  at  Berlin  as  Minister  of  Education. 
At  the  core  of  Humboldt's  model  was  Professor  Wolfs  revolutionary  posing 

18  Porter's  address  is  quoted  ibid.,  p.  1. 

19  C.  Wright  Mills,  Sociology  and  Pragmatism:  The  Higher  Learning  in  America  (New 
York:  Oxford  University  Press,  1966),  p.  51. 

20  George  Hunston  Williams,  Wilderness  and  Paradise  in  Christian  Thought  (New  York: 
Harper  &  Brothers,  1962),  p.  152. 

21  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Martin  Ryerson,  March  30,  1900,  Personal  Papers,  Box  5, 
Folder  15. 


America  in  Transition  15 

in  1795  of  the  Homeric  question  as  his  life's  work.  Wolf  invented  the  pattern 
for  "professional"  scholarship  by  devoting  his  career  to  one  question,  that  of 
the  authorship  of  the  Homeric  epics.22  Under  Humboldt's  leadership,  the 
German  university  rapidly  became  an  institution  filled  with  such  specialists. 
These  specialists  gathered  clusters  of  advanced  students  into  seminars,  and 
research  became  the  new  enterprise  of  education.  The  badge  of  competence 
in  this  specialized  world  of  learning  was  the  Ph.D.  To  Americans  this  new 
system  of  education  was  as  foreign  as  the  language  of  its  advocates. 

But  the  lure  of  the  research  ideal  was  eventually  to  triumph  over 
American  provincialism.  In  1928  Charles  F.  Thwing  estimated  that  nearly 
ten  thousand  eager  Americans  pursued  the  holy  grail  of  German  scholarship 
to  its  native  source.  Subsequent  research  has  revised  the  number  of  Amer- 
icans studying  in  Germany  between  1820  and  1920  down  to  nine  thousand, 
still  a  remarkable  figure  in  an  age  when  sea  travel  remained  arduous.23 
These  wayfarers  encountered  ideas  and  institutions,  as  well  as  individuals, 
which  overwhelmed  inherited  patterns  of  teaching  and  learning. 

Letters  home  from  first-generation  American  innocents  abroad  indicate 
the  trauma  of  clashes  between  new  German  scholarship  and  old  American 
ways.  Joseph  Stevens  Buckminster  wrote  his  father  of  his  despair  of  "attain- 
ing ...  to  those  views  which  you  deem  essential."24  Prior  to  becoming  the 
first  American  to  win  the  coveted  German  Ph.D.  in  1817,  Edward  Everett 
reported  that  something  else  had  happened  to  him.  If  no  one  troubled  him 
he  would  not  upset  the  faith  of  people,  he  claimed.  But  if  anyone  questioned 
him  too  closely,  "I  will  do  what  has  never  yet  been  done, — exhibit  those 
views  of  the  subject  of  Christianity  which  the  modern  historical  and  critical 
enquiries  fully  establish  .  .  .  ."25  Everett  was  quite  certain  that  the  new 
German  scholarship  allowed  "no  defence"  for  traditional  ways  of  thinking. 
George  Bancroft,  another  Harvard-trained  pilgrim  and  eventually  the  author 
of  the  first  national  history  of  the  United  States,  also  described  his  German 
experience.  He  wrote  to  Harvard's  President  Kirkland  that  the  theologians 
he  encountered  were  quite  different  from  the  pious  divines  of  New  England. 
They  had  no  religious  feeling,  Bancroft  complained,  and  their  lectures  were 
filled  with  a  "vulgarity"  which  was  more  appropriate  to  a  "jailyard"  or  a 
"fishmarket."  It  bothered  him  that  biblical  "narratives  are  laughed  at  as  an 

22  Carl  Diehl,  American  and  German  Scholarship,  1770-1870  (New  Haven,  Conn.:  Yale 
University  Press,  1978),  pp.  47-48. 

23  Charles  F.  Thwing,  The  American  and  the  German  University  (New  York:  The 
Macmillan  Company,  1928),  p.  40,  as  quoted  in  Jurgen  Herbst,  The  German  Historical 
School  in  American  Scholarship:  A  Study  in  the  Transfer  of  Culture  (Port  Washington, 
N.Y.:  Kennikat  Press,  1965),  p.  2  n.  1. 

24  Buckminster  is  quoted  in  Jerry  Wayne  Brown,  The  Rise  of  Biblical  Criticism  in 
America,  1800-1870:  The  New  England  Scholars  (Middletown,  Conn.:  Wesleyan  Univer- 
sity Press,  1969),  p.  18. 

25  Everett  is  quoted  ibid.,  41. 


16  The  Bible  and  the  University 

old  wife's  tale,  fit  to  be  believed  in  the  nursery."  There  was,  the  young 
scholar  believed,  more  religion  in  a  few  lines  of  Xenophon  than  in  a  whole 
course  of  Eichorn.26 

The  agony  of  these  and  other  early  American  explorers  of  the  German 
university  world  was  primarily  religious.  One  way  to  account  for  their 
difficulty  is  to  point  to  the  radical  ideas  of  some  of  the  German  biblical 
scholars.  More  was  involved  than  new  religious  ideas,  however.  Critical 
questioning  of  the  Bible  had  occurred  in  America  from  the  days  when 
America's  quintessential  Enlightenment  figure,  Thomas  Jefferson,  spent  his 
White  House  leisure  time  editing  the  New  Testament  and  freeing  it  from 
"amphibologisms."  While  students  were  undergoing  crisis  abroad,  many 
proper  New  Englanders  who  stayed  home  were  viewing  the  dawn  of  a 
Unitarianism  that  also  challenged  traditional  Puritan  notions. 

Carl  Diehl,  in  his  examination  of  Americans  and  German  Scholarship 
1 770-1890,  has  argued  persuasively  that  Americans  in  Germany  encountered 
much  more  than  a  few  new  ideas,  however  forcefully  those  ideas  may  have 
been  advocated.  Rather,  Americans  also  confronted  a  major  cultural  move- 
ment, Neuhumanismus,  which  flourished  in  the  new  university  institutions. 
The  Germans,  following  the  lead  of  philologist  Wolf,  turned  to  a  new 
paradigm  for  facing  their  emergence  as  a  Prussian  nation.  They  rediscovered 
the  classical  period  and,  through  linguistic  and  historical  study,  shaped  a 
new  view  of  the  world.  What  traumatized  the  Americans,  Diehl  claimed,  was 
this  larger  cultural  movement,  still  in  robust  days  of  a  new  scholarship  for  a 
new  Germany.27 

The  Americans'  quandary  was  that  they  could  neither  completely  accept 
nor  reject  what  the  Germans  were  doing.  The  German  professors  excelled  at 
scholarship;  but  they  also  represented  a  culture  that  Americans  could  not 
assimilate.  Bancroft  described  the  tension: 

Though  I  may  not  love  the  land  of  the  learned,  I  certainly 
wonder  at  them,  and  tho'  I  cannot  value  them  very  highly  for  moral 
feeling,  they  still  have  very  vigorous  understandings,  and  tho'  the 
style  of  most  German  books  is  tedious,  and  void  of  beauty,  still  the 
matter  contained  in  them  is  wonderfully  deep.  A  spirit  of  learning 
pervades  everything.  Their  works  teem  with  citation,  and  have  at 
least  the  merit  for  the  most  part  of  being  written  by  men  who  are 
masters  of  their  subject.28 

Because  he  was  of  a  later  generation  and  because  his  graduate  education 
took  place  at  American  Yale  rather  than  on  the  Continent,  Harper  was  spared 
the  traumatic  collision  of  cultures  felt  by  these  pioneers  in  the  world  of 
specialized  learning. 

The  Americans  who  went  abroad  to  study  in  pre-war  days  and  returned 

26  Bancroft  is  quoted  ibid.,  p.  34. 

27  Diehl,  Americans  and  Germans,  pp.  llff. 

28  Bancroft  is  quoted  ibid.,  pp.  88-89. 


America  in  Transition  17 

with  their  Ph.D.s  did  not  find  professions  waiting  for  them.  Everett  and 
Bancroft  created  careers  in  statecraft  and  history-writing,  leaving  their 
academic  studies  behind.  The  significance  of  their  career  paths  is  that 
despite  trauma  in  Germany,  they  were  exemplars  of  a  kind  of  learning  that 
Americans  both  desired  and  did  not  know  how  to  use. 

As  late  as  1870,  William  Graham  Sumner  remarked  that  "there  is  no  such 
thing  yet  at  Yale  as  an  academical  career."29  American  colleges  still  had  no 
room  for  specialized  study.  Daniel  Coit  Gilman,  founding  president  of  Johns 
Hopkins,  the  first  university  in  America  which  fully  incorporated  the 
advanced  German  model,  remembered  days  at  Yale  when  he  served  as 
librarian  and  professor  of  political  and  physical  geography.  He  left  Yale  tired 
of  lighting  the  fire  in  the  library  every  morning  and  not  being  allowed  to  hire 
an  assistant  to  help  with  his  varied  duties.  If  Yale,  one  of  America's  premier 
colleges,  demanded  such  generalism  of  its  professors,  then  the  idea  of 
specialization  must  have  seemed  most  foreign  to  smaller  colleges  with  fewer 
resources. 

As  the  legions  of  German-trained  scholars  returned  to  the  U.S.,  they 
found  that  America  was  gradually  becoming  more  hospitable  to  specializa- 
tion than  it  had  been  in  the  days  of  Everett  and  Bancroft.  Transitions  in  the 
larger  society  were  reshaping  the  American  academic  environment  until 
what  John  Higham  has  termed  a  "matrix  of  specialization"  emerged.30  In 
1869  the  American  Philological  Association,  founded  by  Harper's  Yale 
mentor,  William  Dwight  Whitney,  inaugurated  a  professional  pattern  of 
organization  soon  to  be  followed  by  historians,  mathematicians,  and  psychol- 
ogists. A  nation  that  had  known  only  three  professions — medicine,  law,  and 
ministry — soon  saw  new  ones  coming  into  existence  at  a  bewildering  rate. 
Beneath  much  of  the  professional  explosion  was  the  drive  by  academics  to 
create  a  new  career  in  America:  that  of  the  professor.  Previously  teachers  had 
most  often  been  on  the  way  to  or  from  the  ministry.  But  they  were  now  being 
replaced  with  individuals  who  had  special  competence  in  one  field,  whether 
economics  or  Sanskrit. 

With  the  opening  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  University  in  1876,  the  modern 
American  university  became  established.  Hopkins'  President  Gilman  and 
his  mosdy  Quaker  board  of  trustees  adopted  much  of  the  German  model  and 
made  it  possible  for  true  academic  careers  to  develop.  Indeed,  Johns 
Hopkins  was  the  first  American  institution  designed  to  be  a  graduate  school; 
and  with  that  pivotal  decision,  the  school's  founders  participated  in  what 


29  Sumner  is  quoted  in  Veysey,  Emergence  of  the  American  University,  p.  6. 

30  John  Higham,  "The  Matrix  of  Specialization,"  The  Organization  of  Knowledge  in 
Modern  America,  1860-1920,  Alexandra  Oleson  and  John  Voss,  eds.  (Baltimore:  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1979),  p.  3. 


18  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Edward  Shils  has  termed  "perhaps  the  single  most  decisive  event  in  the 
history  of  learning  in  the  Western  Hemisphere."31 

The  seminar,  which  was  to  become  another  key  component  in  Harper's 
model  of  learning,  was  introduced  to  America  at  the  University  of  Michigan 
by  Charles  Kendall  Adams  in  1869,  but  it  did  not  emerge  into  prominence 
until  specialists  like  Herbert  Baxter  Adams  and  others  of  the  Johns  Hopkins 
faculty  enshrined  it  in  their  new  institution.32  The  seminar  method  implied 
new  assumptions  about  teaching  and  learning,  and  about  knowledge  itself. 
Colonial  notions  of  passing  on  a  way  of  life  and  a  received  tradition  fell 
before  the  belief  that  research  was  a  never-ending  task.  There  were  no  final 
solutions  to  intellectual  questions;  truth  was  continually  discovered,  not 
deposited  once  and  for  all  in  time-proof  tomes.  At  the  base  of  the  seminar 
approach  was  a  desire  to  do  scientific  study — an  important  part  of  the 
German  tradition.  Hopkins'  Professor  Adams  was  not  at  all  reluctant  to  move 
his  history  seminars  into  an  old  biological  laboratory  since  the  environment 
there  helped  to  "cultivate  more  and  more  the  laboratory  method  of  work." 
Students  began  to  treat  books  as  "material  for  laboratory  use."  Old  dissection 
tables  were  planed,  then  converted  into  "desks  for  the  dissection  of  govern- 
ment documents  and  other  materials  for  American  institutional  history."  The 
seminar  was  evolving  "from  a  nursery  of  dogma  into  a  laboratory  of  scientific 
truth."33 

Even  Boston  Brahmin  Charles  Eliot,  president  of  Harvard,  had  to  admit 
the  growing  influence  of  this  educational  model.  Graduate  study  at  his  own 
university  "did  not  thrive"  until  "the  example  of  Johns  Hopkins  forced  our 
Faculty  to  put  their  strength  into  the  development  of  our  institution  for 
graduates."34  Specialization  of  knowledge  and  education  was  especially 
evident  in  the  founding  of  Clark  University  in  Worcester,  Massachusetts. 
Opening  in  1889  as  a  "purely  graduate  institution,"  it  offered  one  degree:  the 
Ph.D.  Between  its  opening  and  the  first  World  War,  the  small  school 
awarded  192  of  the  degrees.35 

The  influence  of  German  academic  ideals  on  American  education  was 
apparent  in  the  career  of  Clark's  first  president,  G.S.  Hall,  who  seemed  to 
make  a  religion  out  of  specialized  study.  About  Hall  William  James  once 
remarked  that  a  "mystification  of  some  kind  seems  never  far  distant  from 
everything  he  does."  For  Hall,  the  researcher  was  a  "knight  of  the  Holy 
Spirit  of  truth"  caught  up  in  a  "holy  fervor  of  investigation."  One  entered  this 
spiritual  state  through  a  "kind  of  logical  and  psychic  conversion,"  and  from 

31  Edward  Shils,  "The  Order  of  Learning  in  the  United  States:  The  Ascendancy  of  the 
University,"  ibid.,  p.  28. 

32  Herbst,  German  Historical  School,  pp.  35—36. 

33  Adams  is  quoted  ibid. 

34  Eliot  is  quoted  in  Frederick  Rudolph,  The  American  College  and  University:  A  History 
(New  York:  Vintage  Books,  1962),  p.  336. 

35  Mills,  Sociology  and  Pragmatism,  p.  68. 


America  in  Transition  19 

then  on  was  a  "member  of  the  great  body  corporate  of  science,  having  his 
own  function  in  the  church  militant  yet  invisible."36  Toward  the  end  of  his 
life,  Hall  went  even  further.  Research,  he  claimed,  was 

the  very  highest  vocation  of  man.  We  felt  that  we  belonged  to  the 
larger  university  not  made  by  hands,  eternal  in  the  world  of  science 
and  learning;  that  we  were  not  so  much  an  institution  as  a  state  of 
mind  and  that  wherever  and  to  what  extent  the  ideals  that  inspired  us 
reigned  we  were  at  home;  that  research  is  nothing  less  than  a  religion; 
that  every  advance  in  knowledge  today  may  set  free  energies  that 
benefit  the  whole  race  tomorrow.  37 

By  1923,  when  Hall  was  rhapsodizing  about  his  new  religion,  American 
higher  education  had  been  reshaped  with  Johns  Hopkins  setting  the  pattern. 
Special  schools  like  Pennsylvania's  Wharton  School  of  Finance  became 
virtual  kingdoms  unto  themselves.  Students  no  longer  were  perceived  as 
part  of  a  class  which  graduated  at  the  end  of  a  prescribed  period  of  time.  To 
Gilman  it  did  not  matter  whether  a  student's  academic  career  lasted  one  year 
or  ten,  as  long  as  research  was  accomplished.  The  homogeneous  small-town 
character  of  the  American  college  gave  way  before  the  diversity  and  size  of 
the  universities  that  were  assuming  more  dominant  places  on  the  American 
landscape.  Professors  spoke  a  variety  of  technical  languages,  represented 
different  religious  traditions  and  taught  out  of  a  variety  of  academic  and 
personal  backgrounds.  Women  assumed  more  prominent  roles  in  the  higher 
education  story  as  the  large  schools  became  co-educational.  Blacks  followed 
the  path  opened  by  W.E.B.  DuBois,  who  studied  at  Harvard  in  the  1890s,  as 
they  became  a  small  but  growing  part  of  the  student  populations.  And  in  the 
most  subtle  change  within  academic  life,  students  ceased  to  be  the  "end"  of 
the  educational  process.  Under  the  impact  of  the  German  notion  of  research, 
they  became  means  to  the  higher  end  of  knowledge. 

Lawrence  A.  Cremin,  in  his  Traditions  of  American  Education,  has 
argued  that  to  understand  education  in  America  one  must  look  not  only  at 
educational  institutions  and  at  individuals,  but  at  the  whole  constellation  or 
"configuration"  of  the  nation's  educational  structure.  Informal  means  of 
education  such  as  newspapers,  religious  and  social  organizations  and  famil- 
ial teaching  all  contributed  to  the  general  "gestalt"  or  educational  shape  of 
any  given  period.  Cremin  further  suggested  that  the  nation's  educational 
configuration  has  assumed  three  successive  major  and  distinct  shapes: 
colonial,  national,  and  metropolitan.38  Harper's  era  was  the  period  of  transi- 
tion from  the  national  to  the  metropolitan  configuration.  As  we  shall  see  in 
the  chapters  that  follow,  Harper  had  his  own  plan  for  a  complete  configura- 
tion for  the  new  epoch  in  American  education. 

36  James  and  Hall  are  quoted  in  Veysey,  Emergence  of  the  American  University,  p.  151. 

37  Hall  is  quoted  in  Herbst,  German  Historical  School,  p.  31. 

38  Lawrence  A.  Cremin,  Traditions  of  American  Education  (New  York:  Basic  Books,  Inc., 
1977),  pp.  142,  91ff. 


20  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Shaking  Foundations 

In  1891  Louis  Sullivan  altered  the  midwestern  terrain  with  the  construc- 
tion of  the  Wainright  building  in  St.  Louis,  Missouri.  One  of  the  nation's  first 
"skyscrapers,"  Sullivan's  creation  represented  much  more  than  a  change  in 
architectural  styles.  His  famous  dictum — "form  follows  function" — indicated 
that  needs  of  the  new  American  environment  were  overwhelming  traditional 
forms.  Stately  church  steeples  began  to  lose  their  prominence  on  American 
skylines;  they  became  dwarfed  by  citadels  of  commerce  and  industry.  The 
coming  of  the  skyscraper  was  a  clue  to  an  important  shift  in  the  conscious- 
ness of  a  people.  As  the  steeple  lost  its  dominant  place  on  the  horizon,  so  too 
religion  in  America  seemed  to  lose  its  prior  status.  Old  beliefs  and  customs 
appeared  flimsy  in  the  face  of  the  ambiguous  urban  environment.  As 
Americans  struggled  with  the  agony  of  religious  dislocation  and  relocation, 
they  responded  in  a  variety  of  ways:  1)  surrender  of  cherished  religious 
beliefs  to  the  new  thoughts  of  the  age;  2)  strident  reassertion  of  a  faith  that 
ignored  whatever  was  causing  dissonance;  3)  invention  of  new  religions 
tailored  to  new  needs;  or  4)  attempts  to  find  ways  to  adapt  old-time  religion 
to  new  ideas  or  circumstances.  Harper's  response  to  the  religious  flux  of  his 
age  was  an  example  of  the  fourth  option;  and  his  choice  is  best  understood 
when  viewed  in  the  context  of  the  other  alternatives. 

Many  of  the  new  breed  of  academics  who  made  the  transit  from  small 
American  colleges  to  the  new  university  world  were  traumatized  by  the 
collapse  of  old  religious  foundations.  Like  Harper,  they  were  reared  in 
homogeneous  and,  in  most  cases,  overtly  Protestant  communities.  These 
talented  individuals  made  their  way  from  intact  small-town  worlds  into  the 
whirl  of  modernity.  New  ideas  greeted  them  at  an  astonishing  pace  and  often 
left  the  young  scholars,  whether  in  Germany  or  in  America,  feeling  adrift, 
lost.  A  classic  example  of  a  scholar  who  lost  his  moorings  in  the  flood  of  new 
ideas  in  the  late  nineteenth  century  was  William  Graham  Sumner,  for  many 
years  the  most  popular  teacher  at  Yale  University.  Sumner  set  out  from 
Paterson,  New  Jersey,  to  become  an  Episcopal  clergyman.  After  a  few  years 
as  rector  in  Morristown,  Connecticut,  he  was  appointed  professor  of  political 
and  social  science  at  Yale  in  1872. 

Sumner  became  known  as  a  champion  of  a  social  form  of  Charles 
Darwin's  notion  of  the  "survival  of  the  fittest."  In  the  course  of  his  academic 
career,  religion,  once  his  main  interest,  faded  away.  He  claimed  he  had  put 
his  beliefs  in  a  drawer,  locked  it  with  the  key,  only  to  discover  some  time 
later  upon  opening  the  drawer  that  it  was  empty.39  Sumner's  experience  was 
remarkably  similar  to  that  of  the  great  naturalist  whose  theory  he  had 
adapted:  Charles  Darwin  had  abandoned  ministerial  preparation  to  embrace 

39  Richard  Hofstadter  locates  Sumner  as  a  key  figure  in  the  plot  of  Social  Darwinism  in 
American  Thought  (Boston:  Beacon  Press,  1955),  pp.  52-53.  See  also  Carter,  The  Spiritual 
Crisis  in  the  Gilded  Age,  p.  3. 


America  in  Transition  21 

new  ideas  obtained  in  the  Galapagos  Islands  and  from  a  reading  of  Thomas 
Malthus.  The  once  colorful  world  of  religion  had  turned  gray  for  him.  In  his 
Autobiography,  written  a  few  years  after  Sumner  assumed  his  Yale  chair, 
Darwin  admitted  that  he  too  had  experienced  the  slipping  away  of  old 
beliefs.  "I  gradually  came  to  disbelieve  in  Christianity  as  a  divine  revela- 
tion." The  loss  came  at  a  "very  slow  rate,  but  was  at  last  complete."  Darwin 
felt  "colour-blind,"  unable  to  see  supernatural  colorings  in  the  natural 
order.40 

Darwin's  discoveries,  although  first  published  in  England  in  1859,  did 
not  make  a  public  impact  in  America  until  after  the  Civil  War.  For  many 
during  the  post- War  period,  the  ideas  encountered  in  their  initial  biological 
form  or  in  the  subsequent  sociological  reinterpretation  made  by  Herbert 
Spencer,  proved  to  be  the  first  great  tremor  that  shook  the  religious  founda- 
tions. 

At  almost  the  same  time  that  Darwin  shocked  America,  James  Freeman 
Clarke  relativized  American  Christianity  with  publication  in  1871  of  Ten 
Great  Religions.  Americans  were  being  increasingly  confronted  with  an 
evermore  complicated  variety  of  religious  truths.  The  problem  in  this  case 
was  not  Darwin's  grayness;  in  fact,  the  variety  of  religious  coloration 
overwhelmed  sensibilities  accustomed  to  the  limited  palette  of  Protestant 
hues.  The  World's  Parliament  of  Religions  held  in  Chicago  in  1893  under- 
scored the  evidence  of  pluralism  in  religion  with  its  dazzling  display  of 
saffron  robes  from  India  on  the  same  platform  alongside  the  bright  red  of  a 
cardinal's  regalia  and  the  business  suits  of  Protestant  leaders  like  Harper.41 

The  scientific  offensive  against  traditional  notions  of  human  origins  and 
discoveries  in  the  emerging  field  of  comparative  religion  joined  with  the  rise 
of  biblical  criticism  to  create  a  formidable  array  of  forces  working  against 
accepted  religious  beliefs.  Although  individuals  had  been  questioning 
certain  biblical  accounts  for  centuries,  American  popular  beliefs  remained 
relatively  untroubled  by  the  findings  of  even  so  important  a  critic  as  Thomas 
Jefferson.  Critical  ideas  largely  remained  the  private  preserve  of  elites  who 
had  the  resources  to  develop  them.  Everett  and  Bancroft,  for  example, 
pondered  such  notions  but  caused  little  trouble  to  others.  With  the  rise  of  the 
new  university  in  America,  however,  it  became  possible  for  biblical  critics 
like  Harper  to  find  an  institutional  home  that  allowed  for  full  time  pursuit 
and  dissemination  of  these  unsettling  perspectives. 

These  three  developments  in  the  intellectual  world  of  the  nineteenth 
century,  together  with  the  host  of  new  social  problems  that  came  as  a  result 
of  America's  new  urban,  immigrant  and  technological  realities,  pushed 

40  Charles  Darwin,  The  Autobiography,  Nora  Barlow,  ed.  (London:  Collins,  1958),  pp. 
86-87,  91. 

41  Kent  Dreyvesteyn,  "The  World's  Parliament  of  Religions"  (Ph.D.  dissertation,  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago,  1976). 


22  The  Bible  and  the  University 

American  believers  into  what  Arthur  M.  Schlesinger  has  called  "A  Critical 
Period  in  American  Religion."42  More  recendy,  Sydney  Ahlstrom  character- 
ized the  complexity  and  turmoil  of  this  period:  "No  aspect  of  American 
church  history  is  more  in  need  of  summary  and  yet  so  difficult  to  summarize 
as  the  movements  of  dissent  and  reaction  that  occurred  between  the  Civil 
War  and  World  War  I."  The  "era  lacked  the  spiritual  foundation"  which  had 
been  present  in  other  times  in  America's  religious  history.43 

The  experience  of  William  Graham  Sumner  is  representative  of  many  in 
the  Gilded  Age  whose  beliefs  slipped  away  or  caved  in.  But  there  were  other 
responses.  Dwight  L.  Moody  looked  at  the  chaos  of  his  age  and  saw  a 
"wrecked  vessel."  "God  has  given  me  a  lifeboat  and  said  to  me,  'Moody, 
save  all  you  can.'"44  The  shoe-salesman-turned-revivalist  led  the  fight,  along 
with  later  crusaders  like  William  Jennings  Bryan,  to  shore  up  the  old  ways. 
Moody  invented  "gap-men,"  individuals  especially  equipped  with  a  porta- 
ble, simple  message  with  which  to  minister  to  citizens  of  the  urban  environ- 
ment. To  reaffirm  the  core  message  of  his  faith,  he  stretched  a  string  of 
evangelical  institutions  across  the  country.  His  Bible  Institute  at  Chicago 
and  the  Northfield  Academy  in  Massachusetts  sought  to  respond  with 
simplicity  to  the  complexity  of  modern  religious  thought.  In  the  face  of  urban 
sophistication  and  pluralism,  Moody  counseled  his  many  followers  to  keep 
their  revivals  lively  and  their  sermons  short.  Not  quite  as  untouched  by  the 
spirit  of  his  age  as  he  presented  himself,  Moody  wedded  a  simple  theology 
with  new  techniques  of  the  business  world;  in  so  doing,  he  created  a 
dramatic  response  to  the  change  experienced  by  many  in  the  urban  envi- 
ronment.45 The  complex  Gordian  knot  of  modernity  could  be  sliced  through 
with  one  simple  act — filling  out  the  decision  card  for  the  old  time  message. 

It  is  a  mistake  to  caricature  American  religion  of  the  time  as  if  all  was 
collapsing  and  only  dramatic  reaction  could  spare  a  few  from  trauma.  Edwin 
Scott  Gaustad's  analysis  of  American  denominational  growth  patterns  re- 
veals that  all  of  the  major  church  bodies  experienced  sustained  and,  in  some 
cases,  phenomenal  growth  during  this  period.46  Many  religious  groups  were 
booming,  especially  those  whose  ethnicity  provided  some  shelter  from 
changes  sweeping  the  larger  culture.  Thanks  to  waves  of  immigrants, 
Catholics  in  America  increased  from  1,606,000  in  1850  to  more  than 
12,000,000  in  1900.  A  small  band  of  German  Lutheran  exiles  prospered  in 

42  Arthur  Meier  Schlesinger,  Sr.,  A  Critical  Period  in  American  Religion  1875-1900 
(Philadelphia:  Fortress  Press,  1967). 

43  Ahlstrom,  Religious  History,  2:296-97. 

44  Moody  is  quoted  in  McLoughlin,  Revivals,  p.  144. 

45  George  C.  Bedell,  Leo  Sandon,  Jr.,  and  Charles  T.  Wellborn  note  the  business  style  of 
Moody's  revivalism  in  Religion  in  America  (New  York:  Macmillan  Publishing  Co.,  Inc., 
1975),  pp.  169ff. 

46  Edwin  Scott  Gaustad,  Historical  Atlas  of  Religion  in  America,  rev.  ed.  (New  York: 
Harper  &  Row,  1976),  pp.  52-53. 


America  in  Transition  23 

the  Midwest,  increasing  from  700  to  725,000  during  the  same  years.  Ironi- 
cally, as  each  new  group  built  a  particular  way  of  life  upon  its  traditional 
understanding  of  the  Scriptures,  the  sacred  book  became  increasingly 
unable  to  provide  a  common  foundation  for  the  many  varieties  of  believers 
who  claimed  it. 

Social  dislocation  and  pluralism  of  ways  of  life  stimulated  a  variety  of 
new  religious  movements  that  managed  to  aid  some  people  in  their  struggles 
with  modernity,  while  adding  to  the  religious  bewilderment  of  others.  In 
1872  Charles  Taze  Russell  reinterpreted  conventional  teaching  about  the 
Second  Coming  and  began  the  Jehovah's  Witness  movement.  Mary  Baker 
Eddy  fashioned  an  amalgam  of  scientific  language,  biblical  ideas,  and  the 
teaching  of  sometime  mesmerist-healer  Phineas  Parkhurst  Quimby,  which 
in  1875  she  named  Christian  Science.  Madame  Helena  Petrovna  Blavatsky 
and  Annie  Wood  Besant  organized  their  Theosophical  Society  in  New  York 
in  the  same  decade  and  offered  a  syncretistic  solution  to  the  problem  of 
religious  pluralism. 

Responses  of  surrender,  retrenchment  and  innovation  were  not  the  only 
ways  in  which  Americans  coped  with  the  "clash  of  cultures"  taking  place  in 
their  nation.  Many  leaders  of  established  religious  communities  tried  to 
mediate  between  their  received  traditions  and  the  tempestuous  changes  in 
the  American  climate  of  opinion.  Rabbi  Isaac  Mayer  Wise  led  his  Jewish 
followers  into  a  reformed  type  of  Judaism  that  allowed  believers  to  be 
modern  and  Jewish  at  the  same  time.  Cardinal  James  Gibbons  helped 
American  Catholics  transcend  their  ethnic  heritages,  affirm  the  American 
experiment  and  hold  on  to  traditional  beliefs. 

Within  Protestantism,  during  those  years  still  the  majority  faith,  a 
number  of  gifted  leaders  labored  at  the  task  of  transforming  the  "Righteous 
Empire"  of  agrarian  America  into  a  modern  version  of  the  Kingdom  of  God. 
One  clergyman  especially  sensitive  to  the  tensions  of  being  both  faithful  and 
modern  was  Henry  Ward  Beecher,  pastor  of  Plymouth  Church  in  Brooklyn, 
New  York.  Beecher  had  supported  the  Union  cause  in  the  Civil  War  because 
Southerners,  while  affirming  the  primacy  of  the  Scriptures,  were  "infidel  on 
the  question  of  its  contents."47  Through  the  pages  of  his  Christian  Union 
which  reached  a  circulation  of  almost  100,000,  he  advocated  a  synthesis  of 
Christianity  and  the  troublesome  teaching  of  England's  lapsed  divinity 
student.  Terming  himself  a  "cordial  Christian  evolutionist,"  Beecher  found 
comfort  in  the  fact  that  "design  by  wholesale  is  grander  than  design  by 
retail,"  a  felicitous  phrase  that  managed  to  join  Darwin,  American  business 
and  piety  into  a  curious,  but,  for  many  Americans,  comfortable  mix.48 

47  Beecher's  remarks  about  the  Civil  War  are  from  the  sermon  "The  Battle  Set  in  Array," 
God's  New  Israel:  Religious  Interpretations  of  American  Destiny,  Conrad  Cherry,  ed. 
(Englewood  Cliffs,  N.J.:  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.  1971),  p.  170. 

48  Beecher's  self-designation  is  quoted  in  Hofstadter,  Social  Darwinism,  p.  29. 


24  The  Bible  and  the  University 

If  Beecher  found  a  path  between  the  old  faith  and  the  new  science, 
advocates  of  the  "social  Gospel" — people  such  as  Walter  Rauschenbusch 
and  Washington  Gladden — sought  to  find  ways  to  bring  together  the  prob- 
lems of  the  city  and  the  solutions  of  the  Christian  tradition.  Not  content  with 
Moody's  life-boat  approach,  these  reformers  wanted  to  transform  urban 
wildernesses  like  New  York's  Hells  Kitchen  into  the  "kingdom  of  God." 
Academics  like  Richard  Ely  pioneered  a  synthesis  of  American  Protestant- 
ism and  the  new  economics;  Albion  Small  did  the  same  in  the  field  of 
sociology,  seeking  ways  to  solve  the  serious  new  social  problems  of  the  day. 

One  of  the  principal  areas  in  which  creative  efforts  were  made  to  bridge 
the  widening  gap  between  inherited  religious  understanding  and  modernity 
was  the  emerging  field  of  biblical  studies.  While  some  attempted  to  protect 
the  Bible  from  modern  scholarship  by  building  institutions  like  Nyack 
Missionary  College,  founded  in  New  York  City  in  1882,  others  perceived  the 
critical  study  of  the  Scriptures  to  be  the  vehicle  for  making  the  book 
accessible  to  moderns.  Far  from  having  the  negative  experiences  of  a 
Bancroft  or  an  Everett,  Charles  Briggs  believed  that  biblical  criticism,  as  he 
experienced  it  at  the  University  of  Berlin,  opened  wide  the  Scriptures.  "I 
cannot  doubt  but  what  I  have  been  blessed  with  a  new — divine  light,"  he 
wrote  home  sounding  like  someone  fresh  from  a  religious  revival.  "I  feel  a 
different  man  from  what  I  was  five  months  ago.  The  Bible  is  lit  up  with  a  new 
light."49  Briggs  returned  to  America  to  fill  the  Edward  Robinson  Chair  of 
Biblical  Theology  at  Union  Theological  Seminary  in  1890.  In  his  letter  of 
acceptance  he  indicated  that  the  new  approach  to  the  Bible,  which  yielded 
something  novel  called  "Biblical  Theology,"  provided  "the  vantage  ground 
for  the  solution  of  these  important  problems  in  religion,  doctrine,  and  morals 
that  are  compelling  the  attention  of  the  men  of  our  times."50  With  a  theology 
that  could  provide  a  fresh  foundation  for  faith  in  a  land  troubled  by  modern 
knowledge,  pluralism  and  flux,  Briggs  was  one  of  a  cohort  of  biblical  scholars 
who  attempted  to  reestablish  the  Bible  as  the  foundation  book  for  the 
culture.  His  approach  called  for  revision  of  many  traditional  notions  about 
the  Scriptures.  A  heresy  trial  together  with  subsequent  removal  from  his 
denomination's  ministerial  roster  revealed  an  unexpected  irony:  Briggs' 
efforts  to  establish  a  strong  biblical  foundation  for  American  Christians 
simply  caused  the  wobbly  bases  of  many  of  his  Presbyterian  colleagues  to 
shake  even  more. 

William  Rainey  Harper  was  part  of  this  generation  of  exegetical  reform- 
ers who  sought  to  establish  solid  biblical  ground  for  life  amid  modern 
circumstances.  With  his  platoon  of  critically  trained  colleagues,  he  labored  to 

49  Briggs  is  quoted  in  Max  Gray  Rogers,  "Charles  Augustus  Briggs  Heresy  at  Union," 
American  Religious  Heretics:  Formal  and  Informal  Trials,  George  H.  Shriver,  ed.  (Nash- 
ville: Abingdon  Press,  1966),  p.  90. 

50  Ibid.,  p.  97. 


America  in  Transition  25 

mediate  between  the  village  faith  of  pre-Civil  War  America  and  a  remade 
nation  of  peoples  seeking  an  identity  adequate  for  very  different  experi- 
ences. Against  the  backdrop  of  tremendous  social,  educational,  and  religious 
effervescence  and  disturbance,  and  employing  a  vision  which  he  believed 
could  save  America,  Harper  opened  his  university  on  that  October  1892 
day. 


CHAPTER  2 
THE  DEVELOPING  VISION 


William  Rainey  Harper's  life  journey  took  him  from  a  small  Ohio  town 
to  what  Rudyard  Kipling  called  the  "splendid  chaos"  of  Chicago,  one  of 
nineteenth  century  America's  booming  cities.1  Like  many  other  Americans 
in  this  period,  he  began  life  in  a  stable  village  environment,  but  came  of  age, 
achieved  prominence  and  died  in  the  flux  of  a  large  city.  Along  with  other 
members  of  this  generation  of  urban  newcomers,  Harper  was  unable  to  leave 
his  small  town  origins  entirely  behind,  however.  Although  separated  from 
his  birthplace  by  many  miles  and  by  a  variety  of  modern  experiences, 
Harper  carried  New  Concord's  values  with  him,  modifing  and  drawing  upon 
them  as  he  encountered  new  ideas  and  realities.  The  university  he  created 
eighteen  years  after  leaving  New  Concord,  despite  all  its  heralded  innova- 
tions, bore  imprints  of  that  small  Ohio  town,  and  also  of  Yale  University,  the 
Chautauqua  Institution  and  the  Baptist  prayer  meeting.  From  impressions 
gathered  at  these  influential  stations  on  his  journey,  Harper  fashioned  a 
vision  by  which  he  sought  to  make  all  who  would  participate  in  his  extended 
community  of  learning  "one  in  spirit." 


The  College  on  the  Hill 

Irishborn  David  Findley  founded  New  Concord,  Ohio,  in  1828.  Begin- 
ning with  a  one  room  cabin,  Findley  soon  attracted  other  settlers  and  sold 
them  parcels  of  his  193  acres  of  land.  A  town  grew:  32  residents  in  1830,  75 
by  1833,  200  by  1837.  In  its  first  decade,  the  tiny  community  acquired  a 
college,  a  mayor,  and  thirty-nine  houses.  Located  on  the  eastern  edge  of 
Muskingum  County,  New  Concord  was  at  first  accessible  only  by  Zane's 
Trace,  a  trail  named  for  Ebenezer  Zane  who  cut  a  footpath  back  toward  the 
East  from  the  Muskingum  River  in  1797.  New  Concord  did  not  long  remain 
an  isolated  hamlet,  however.  The  telegraph  wired  it  to  the  rest  of  America  in 
1846,  and  the  first  train  chugged  into  town  in  1854.  Never  larger  than  a 

1  Kipling  is  quoted  in  Arthur  M.  Schlesinger,  The  Rise  of  the  City,  1878-1898  (New  York: 
New  Viewpoints,  1975),  p.  86. 


28  The  Bible  and  the  University 

village,  New  Concord  belonged  to  a  larger,  more  interdependent  world 
almost  from  its  beginning.2 

Settled  by  Scotch  and  Irish  people  from  Pennsylvania  who  had  followed 
the  promise  of  open  land  west  of  the  Alleghenies,  New  Concord  was  diverse 
enough  to  boast  a  variety  of  Protestants — Baptists,  Covenanters,  Methodists 
and  Presbyterians — but  still  sufficiently  homogeneous  to  have  a  generally 
Anglo-Saxon  and  Protestant  complexion.  With  one  mind  it  supported  the 
Republican  party  at  the  time  of  the  Civil  War.  Traces  of  citizen  involvement 
with  the  underground  railroad  testify  to  its  pro-Union  character. 

Samuel  Harper,  one  of  the  first  successful  entrepreneurs  of  the  fledgling 
town,  was  part  of  the  second  generation  of  Harpers  who  experienced  life  on 
the  Ohio  frontier.  A  hamlet-sized  prototype  of  his  better-known  son,  Samuel 
Harper  majored  in  American  enterprise.  At  various  times  he  ran  a  cooperage, 
a  sawmill,  a  grist  mill  and  a  distillery,  before  opening  the  general  store 
where  his  precocious  son  learned  early  lessons  about  finance  and  business. 

The  Harper  family's  log  cabin  homestead  still  stands  on  Main  Street  at 
the  foot  of  the  town's  dominant  hill.  Muskingum  College,  atop  the  hill, 
dominated  the  village  horizon  and  gave  Harper  his  first  vision  of  "the  higher 
life."  The  college  offered  New  Concordians  a  sense  of  importance,  allowing 
them  to  feel  superior  to  neighboring  villages.  The  state  could  not  establish  a 
school  system  until  1850,  but  the  Presbyterians  of  Muskingum  County  found 
a  way  to  support  their  liberal  arts  college  from  its  opening  on  March  18, 1837. 
Unfettered  by  established  customs  or  traditions,  the  college  admitted 
women  in  1854,  long  before  more  pedigreed  institutions  opened  their  doors 
to  female  students. 

The  small  town,  with  its  academic  status  symbol,  was  twenty-eight  years 
old  when  Samuel  Harper  made  a  July  24,  1856,  entry  into  his  diary:  "I 
attended  store  and  we  had  a  babe  born  about  11—1/2  o'clock  A.M."3  The 
name  William  Rainey  Harper  added  one  more  to  the  town's  1850  census 
total  of  334.4  From  his  strategic  location  on  Main  Street,  Samuel  Harper  had 
opportunity  to  hold  community  offices,  serve  as  elder  of  his  Presbyterian 
church,  and  be  a  trustee  and  treasurer  of  the  college,  thus  assuring  that  Willie 
Harper's  childhood  would  be  permeated  with  religious,  commercial,  educa- 
tional and  social  activity. 

Little  information  remains  about  Harper's  New  Concord  days.  Thomas 
Wakefield  Goodspeed,  author  of  the  earliest  biography  about  Harper,  pro- 
vides some  clues  about  this  period.  According  to  Goodspeed,  Harper  was 
baptized  on  September  11,  1856,  and  raised  in  a  snug  Presbyterian  home 

2  Lorle  Ann  Porter  and  Galen  R.  Wilson,  A  Sesquicentennial  History,  1828-1928:  New 
Concord  and  Norwich,  Bloomfield,  Rix  Mills,  Stations  on  the  National  Road  (Muskingum, 
Ohio:  Muskingum  College  Archives,  1978),  pp.  3,  12,  14. 

3  Goodspeed,  William  Rainey  Harper,  p.  5. 

4  Porter,  A  Sesquicentennial  History,  p.  11. 


The  Developing  Vision  29 

with  twice-a-day  family  worship,  Sunday  catechism  recitations  and  table 
blessings.  Stories  about  his  childhood  stressed  his  self-confidence  and 
precocity.  One  anecdote  which  Goodspeed  recorded  related  how  young 
Willie  strolled  up  to  the  pulpit  while  the  Reverend  Mr.  Murch  was  deliver- 
ing a  Sunday  sermon,  helped  himself  to  a  drink  from  the  preacher's  water 
glass,  and  then  calmly  returned  to  his  pew.  Five  years  later,  at  age  eight,  a 
well-read  young  lad  climbed  the  hill  to  the  college  preparatory  school  where 
he  came  under  the  influence  of  Dr.  David  Paul,  president  of  Muskingum 
College. 

In  two  years  William  Rainey  Harper  was  a  freshman,  sitting  next  to 
students  ten  years  his  senior.  Graduation  followed  four  years  later  when  the 
young  salutatorian  astounded  the  audience  by  delivering  his  address  in 
Hebrew.  Impressive  as  Harper's  collegiate  record  was,  it  becomes  more 
understandable  when  seen  in  light  of  criticisms  similar  to  those  Harper 
made  two  decades  later  as  a  reformer  of  American  education.  Small  colleges 
in  the  second  half  of  the  nineteenth  century  lacked  systems  and  standards. 
Gifted  students  entered  advanced  schools  without  a  requisite  primary 
education  and  experienced  little  difficulty  competing  with  students  twice 
their  age  who  fumbled  with  basics  like  grammar  or  addition  and  subtraction 
problems. 

The  dimensions  of  Harper's  Hebrew  triumph  also  merit  a  second 
glance.  Each  subject  of  instruction  was  represented  at  the  commencement 
exercises.  One-third  of  the  Hebrew  class,  Harper  "won"  the  honor  of 
speaking  at  commencement  by  drawing  lots.  A  reminiscence  of 
Muskingum's  Professor  Joseph  F.  Spencer  further  tarnished  the  image  of  the 
Hebrew  prodigy.  He  had  drilled  Harper  on  Hebrew  verbs  and  helped  him 
memorize  quotations  from  Moses  and  the  prophets.  But,  he  admitted,  "every 
linguist  will  understand  that  it  would  have  been  impossible  for  a  boy  of 
fourteen  to  have  written  and  delivered  a  lengthy  oration  in  Hebrew  with 
proper  use  of  nouns  and  verbs."5  If  the  boy-wonder  lost  some  of  his  luster 
under  the  scrutiny  of  his  teacher,  it  nonetheless  remained  true  that  Harper 
had  demonstrated  early  proficiency  and  passion  for  the  subject  which 
became  his  life's  work.  He  knew  more  Hebrew  at  age  fourteen  than  Moses 
Stuart  did  when  the  latter  assumed  the  Chair  of  Sacred  Literature  at  Andover 
Seminary  in  1810.6 

Harper's  parents  and  President  Paul  faced  a  perplexing  problem  on  June 
23,  1870.  Samuel  Harper  pondered  matters  in  his  diary  entry  for  the  day: 

5  Goodspeed,  William  Rainey  Harper,  pp.  13-14. 

6  Jerry  Wayne  Brown  quotes  Stuart's  admission  of  lack  of  Hebrew  preparation  for  his 
exegetical  post  in  The  Rise  of  Biblical  Criticism  in  America,  1800-1870:  The  New  England 
Scholars,  p.  47. 


30  The  Bible  and  the  University 

I  attended  store  and  commencement.  Willie  graduated.  It  was  a  very 
solemn  matter  to  me.  Think  of  having  a  son  to  graduate  before  he  was 
14  years  old.7 

As  a  result,  Harper  spent  the  next  three  years  at  home,  clerking  his  father's 
store,  teaching  music  lessons,  and  studying  languages  with  Professor  O.H. 
Roberts,  a  new  faculty  member  at  the  college.  His  father's  diary  alluded  to  a 
serious  illness  in  1871:  "I  fear  he  will  not  be  long  with  us."  Willie  was 
"unwell,"  suffering  from  "bad  spells"  throughout  the  summer,  autumn  and 
winter  of  1871.8  But  as  he  would  do  frequently  in  his  adult  years,  Harper 
emerged  from  the  sick  room  to  begin  a  new  project.  The  New  Concord  Silver 
Cornet  Band,  under  the  direction  of  W.R.  Harper,  transformed  Main  Street 
into  a  parade  route  as  it  marched  and  played  on  special  occasions.  Its  band 
leader  also  managed  to  play  the  piano  with  Ella  Paul,  daughter  of  the 
president  of  the  college  (who  four  years  later  would  become  Mrs.  William 
Rainey  Harper).  Throughout  these  interim  years  Harper's  proficiency  in 
Hebrew  continued  to  become  more  obvious.  At  age  sixteen  he  taught  his  first 
college  class,  guiding  three  students  through  Introductory  Hebrew. 

The  New  World  of  Scholarship 

Finally  the  senior  Harpers,  President  Paul,  and  William  agreed  the  time 
had  come  for  the  young  scholar  to  journey  to  New  Haven,  Connecticut.  He 
arrived  just  as  "Yale  was  passing  through  the  transition  from  a  college  to  a 
university."  The  college,  with  its  1,000  students,  had  a  larger  population 
than  the  town  of  New  Concord.  Fifty-five  graduate  students  competed  with 
undergraduates  for  the  time  of  seventy-five  faculty  members.9  Many  years 
later  a  fellow  student,  L.A.  Sherman,  recalled,  perhaps  with  a  tinge  of 
jealousy,  the  initial  impression  Harper  made.  At  age  seventeen  he  was  "a 
somewhat  unsophisticated  country  lad  .  .  .  not  very  well  prepared  for  the 
work  we  were  doing."10 

Notwithstanding  his  rough  edges,  Harper  met  the  challenge  of  life  at 
Yale,  demonstrating  quickly  his  proficiency  with  languages  and  moving 
through  the  graduate  program  with  customary  speed.  Working  under  Wil- 
liam D wight  Whitney  in  philology  and  Sanskrit,  Lewis  R.  Packard  in  Greek, 
and  George  E.  Day  in  Hebrew,  Harper,  not  yet  nineteen,  presented  his 
dissertation  "A  Comparative  Study  of  the  Prepositions  in  Latin,  Greek, 
Sanskrit,  and  Gothic,"  in  June  of  1875. 

A  lack  of  material  evidence  confines  most  of  Harper's  student  years  to 
obscurity.  Even  his  Yale  dissertation  is  lost.11  Goodspeed  provides  the 

7  Samuel  Harper  is  quoted  in  Goodspeed,  William  Rainey  Harper,  p.  16. 

8  Ibid.,  p  18. 

9  Ibid.,  p  24. 

10  Sherman  is  quoted  ibid. 

11  Suzanne  Selinger,  Reference  Librarian,  Yale  University  Library,  in  an  August  12,  1980, 


The  Developing  Vision  31 

reminiscences  of  a  few  people  who  encountered  Harper  along  the  way,  but 
most  of  these  recollections  fall  into  the  category  of  lore.  The  outlines  of  his 
experience  can  be  discerned  in  the  Goodspeed  narrative,  however,  and  they 
suggest  several  generalizations. 

When  Harper  boarded  the  train  in  New  Concord  in  1873  and  made  his 
first  journey  to  Yale,  he  traveled  beyond  the  limits  of  what  Peter  Berger  and 
others  have  called  a  "home  world."12  Experiences  of  a  young  Ohio  town,  a 
homogeneous  and  perhaps  not  too  demanding  education,  an  ordinary  Pres- 
byterian piety,  and  the  Main  Street  General  Store  collided  with  the  more 
cosmopolitan  way  of  life  encountered  in  New  England.  New  Haven  had  a 
more  established  legacy  of  education,  a  learned  ministry,  and  a  college  with 
more  than  170  years  of  its  own  tradition  to  pass  on  to  entering  students. 
When  he  began  his  graduate  studies  at  Yale,  Harper  exchanged  social 
locations.  Instead  of  a  position  at  the  hub  of  New  Concord  life,  he  now 
assumed  a  place  at  the  periphery  of  a  more  sophisticated  world.  Perhaps 
Harper's  seldom-broken  silence  about  these  early  years  is  an  indication  of 
their  difficulty  for  him. 

The  movement  from  the  center  of  one  world  to  the  periphery  of  another 
is  a  frequently  discussed  theme  in  the  writings  of  many  psychologists  and 
anthropologists.  Erik  H.  Erikson's  notion  of  the  "identity  crisis,"  for  exam- 
ple, defines  the  transition  years  of  adolescence  as  a  time  when  the  old 
parentally  formed  identity  of  an  individual  breaks  apart  in  the  face  of  internal 
and  external  changes  in  the  life  trajectory.13  Anthropologist  Victor  Turner 
identified  liminal  moments  in  the  biological  and  social  life  of  a  person  when 
transitions  in  self-perception  occur.  At  these  moments  the  individual  moves 
on  a  pilgrimage  away  from  the  integrated  life  of  the  past  toward  a  time  of 
crisis  and  reconstruction.  At  the  end  of  the  process,  a  reintegrated  individual 
emerges  with  an  experience  of  "communitas,"  or  existential  belonging,  a 
new  self-understanding  and  a  new  paradigm  for  how  to  relate  to  the  world  of 
experience.14 

Harper  followed  a  path  somewhat  similar  to  the  one  these  scholars  have 
described.  His  journey  to  New  England  came  at  the  time  when  he  was 
leaving  behind  the  world  of  childhood.  At  the  very  instant  when  his  social 
world  might  have  provided  a  sheltered  environment  for  the  time  of  transi- 

letter  to  James  P.  Wind,  stated:  "We  can  report  that  no  copies  of  the  dissertation  were  found 
in  our  two  inventories  of  1935  and  1974." 

12  Berger,  Homeless  Mind:  Modernization  and  Consciousness,  p.  66. 

13  Erik  H.  Erikson,  Identity,  Youth  and  Crisis  (New  York:  W.W.  Norton  &  Company,  Inc., 
1968),  pp.  128-35. 

14  Turner  developed  these  themes  first  in  The  Ritual  Process:  Structure  and  Anti- 
Structure  (Ithaca:  Cornell  Paperbacks,  1969),  pp.  94ff,  and  then  together  with  Edith 
Turner,  in  Image  and  Pilgrimage  in  Christian  Culture  (New  York:  Columbia  University 
Press,  1978),  pp.  2ff. 


32  The  Bible  and  the  University 

tion,  he  moved  away,  thus  increasing  the  degree  of  dislocation.  The  Yale 
years  were  lived  on  the  threshold  between  the  identities  of  Ohio  boy- 
wonder  and  the  Hebrew  specialist  who  returned  home.  In  a  sense,  Harper 
was  a  "marginal  man,"  a  person  with  each  foot  in  a  different  world.15  He  did 
not  jettison  his  past.  There  was  no  dramatic  repudiation,  but  there  was  also 
no  simple  return  to  the  same  world  he  had  left  behind. 

The  depth  of  Harper's  personal  transformation  became  clear  in  his  later 
years.  He  returned  home  infused  with  a  zeal  for  scholarship  which,  while  not 
discontinuous  with  his  early  love  of  books  and  talent  for  learning,  showed 
signs  of  an  encounter  with  new  ideals  about  research  and  learning.  The 
Hebrew  which  he  had  loved  as  a  boy  became  a  "profession."  He  was  now  a 
specialist. 

The  chief  source  of  Harper's  new  self-image  was  his  major  Yale  mentor, 
William  Dwight  Whitney.  Unlike  most  of  the  other  creators  of  the  modern 
American  university,  Harper  did  not  follow  the  migration  patterns  of  his 
generation  and  spend  several  years  at  a  German  university.  His  contact  with 
the  new  ideas  and  methods  of  German  education  were  mediated  to  him 
through  this  master  teacher.  The  great-great-grandson  of  Jonathan  Edwards, 
Whitney  discovered  his  profession  by  an  accident  that  sounds  like  a  New 
England  version  of  Ignatius  Loyola's  conversion. 

After  graduation  from  Williams  College  and  a  brief  stint  at  his  father's 
Northampton  bank,  Whitney  began  to  prepare  for  the  medical  profession  by 
working  in  a  doctor's  office.  The  day  after  his  apprenticeship  began,  October 
2,  1845,  he  contracted  measles  and  was  forced  to  bed.  While  convalescing, 
he  picked  up  a  copy  of  Franz  Bopp's  Sanskrit  Grammar  and  a  new  interest 
awakened.  The  next  year  Whitney  studied  at  Yale  with  the  only  teacher  in 
America  who  knew  anything  about  the  mysterious  language,  German- 
trained  Edward  Elbridge  Salisbury.  In  1850  Whitney  migrated  to  Germany 
where  for  three  years  he  studied  at  the  Universities  of  Berlin  and  Tubingen. 
Whitney  assumed  a  new  chair  at  Yale  in  1854:  "Professorship  of  the  Sanskrit 
and  its  relations  to  kindred  languages,  and  Sanskrit  literature."  His  career 
there  spanned  forty  productive  years,  represented  by  a  bibliography  which 
included  more  than  360  titles.  Whitney  helped  organize  the  American 
Philological  Association  in  1869  and  served  as  its  first  president.  Essentially 
a  grammarian,  he  was  interested  in  linguistic  facts,  carefully  arranged  and 


15  Arthur  Mann  labeled  Fiorella  La  Guardia  a  "marginal  man"  in  La  Guardia:  A  Fighter 
Against  His  Times,  1882-1933  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1969),  p.  21.  Mann 
used  the  concept  to  describe  the  variety  of  ethnic  and  social  groups  in  which  La  Guardia 
participated  but  to  which  he  did  not  fully  belong.  In  this  case  I  am  using  the  notion  in  a 
different  sense.  Harper  did  not  straddle  a  number  of  ethnic  subcultures.  Instead  he  crossed 
the  threshold  between  small  town  and  urban  America,  between  the  old  and  new 
configurations  of  learning. 


The  Developing  Vision  33 

described.  He  rejected  the  trend  to  make  philology  into  speculative,  abstract 
study,  instead  opting  for  the  "science"  of  linguistics.16 

The  German  university  world  that  Whitney  encountered  had  changed 
since  the  days  of  Bancroft  and  Everett's  trauma.  He  did  not  write  home 
complaining  of  loneliness  or  German  arrogance.  Instead  his  problem  was 
"the  number  of  American  acquaintances  I  have."  There  were  northern  and 
southern  "coteries"  which  managed  to  take  up  all  of  his  time — "none  is  left 
to  cultivate  German  acquaintances."17  Whitney  was  part  of  what  Carl  Diehl  has 
called  a  "new  generation"  of  American  scholars  in  Germany.18  These  scholars 
did  not  have  to  adapt  to  the  newness  of  German  culture  and  ideas  singlehand- 
edly  as  had  those  who  pioneered  in  Germany  at  the  beginning  of  the  century. 
A  network  of  Americans  was  present  which  provided  individuals  ready  to  ease 
the  transition  and  discuss  the  problems  that  newcomers  encountered. 

More  significant  than  the  presence  of  an  American  community  of 
scholars  in  many  of  the  German  universities  were  changes  within  German 
scholarship.  The  Neuhumanismus  that  so  unsettled  the  first  American 
migrants  had  lost  some  of  its  vigor.  Emphasis  was  shifting  away  from  the 
philosophical  speculation  inspired  by  Georg  Wilhelm  Friedrich  Hegel  and 
Johann  Gottfried  Herder  toward  increasing  specialization.  The  German 
ideals  of  scholarship  which  Whitney  mastered  and  later  mediated  to  Harper 
did  not  carry  the  same  heavy  ideological  freight  which  Bancroft  and  Everett 
carried  home.  The  result  was  a  second  generation  of  scholars  which  returned 
from  Germany  having  mastered  individual  professions  and  having  resisted 
the  troubling  world  view  that  had  plagued  the  first  wave.  Diehl  suggested 
that  Whitney  did  not  experience  a  clash  between  world  views.  Rather  he 
meshed  the  "Protestant  work  ethic"  of  his  New  England  heritage  with  the 
regimen  of  the  scholar.  His  journal  revealed  no  crisis,  only  the  daily  devotion 
of  a  scholar  to  arduous  work.19 

The  premier  American  linguist  of  his  era,  Whitney  felt  little  need  to 
speculate  beyond  the  data  of  his  research.  The  new  breakthroughs  of 
comparative  philology  that  he  assimilated  while  in  Germany  allowed  him  to 
turn  "back  the  vast  &  complicated  body  of  languages  as  they  at  present  exist 
to  a  few  simple  principles  working  among  &  upon  a  few  simple  utter- 
ances."20 Whitney's  work  contained  the  paradigm  for  Harper's  study  of 
Hebrew.  One  looked  at  all  the  linguistic  data,  arranged  the  findings  in  neat 
columns,  like  any  banker's  or  general  store  owner's  son  might,  and  then, 
"inductively,"  to  use  Harper's  word,  found  the  general  principles  contained 
in  the  data.  To  Whitney  and  Harper,  this  was  scientific  study,  unencumbered 

16  "William  Dwight  Whitney,"  Dictionary  of  American  Biography,  Dumas  Malone,  ed. 
(New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1936),  20:166-69. 

17  Diehl,  Americans  and  German  Scholarship,  1770-1870,  pp.  129—30. 

18  Ibid.,  p.  115. 

19  Ibid.,  pp.  125ff. 

20  Ibid.,  p.  123. 


34  The  Bible  and  the  University 

by  any  taint  of  German  idealism  which  others  thought  went  hand  in  hand 
with  critical  linguistic  study.  Scientific  study  did  not  retain  this  attitude  of 
self-evident  objectivity  forever.  Harper,  however,  never  seemed  to  question 
the  Whitney  approach. 

Harper  went  home  from  Yale,  not  yet  twenty  years  of  age,  with  Ph.D.  in 
hand  and  a  scholarly  ideal  in  mind.  He  aimed  to  be  a  scholar,  a  specialist  in 
the  study  of  Hebrew.  Like  his  German  predecessors  in  the  study  of 
languages,  he  found  in  an  ancient  language  and  culture  the  basic  insights 
with  which  to  interpret  the  world.  Harper,  however,  selected  a  different 
language  and  culture  from  most  of  his  contemporaries.  Instead  of  following 
the  lead  of  Wolf  and  the  other  great  scholars  who  lit  their  torches  of  learning 
"at  the  funeral  pyre  of  ancient  Greece,"21  Harper  turned  to  the  Hebrew 
Scriptures  for  his  basic  construction  of  reality.  At  Yale  he  had  encountered  a 
paradigm  that  took  him  beyond  his  New  Concord  horizon:  the  specialized 
scholarship  learned  from  Whitney  that  included  the  concern  to  get  at  all  the 
facts,  the  desire  to  make  study  a  life  work,  and  the  use  of  an  ancient  language 
as  a  means  for  coming  to  terms  with  the  modern  world. 


Choosing  a  Baptist  World 

Harper  left  Yale  to  continue  the  task  of  forging  a  world  that  could 
include  scholarly  ideals  and  smalltown  reality.  He  returned  to  New  Concord 
long  enough  to  marry  Ella  Paul.  But  he  then  followed  the  impulses  of  his 
new  profession  and  began  to  migrate  through  the  academic  world.  After  a 
year  as  principal  of  Masonic  College  in  Macon,  Tennessee,  where  he  taught 
Latin  and  mathematics,  organized  a  band  and  disciplined  students  who 
raided  a  turnip  patch,  Harper  went  in  1876  to  Denison  University  in 
Granville,  Ohio,  to  become  tutor  of  ancient  languages  in  the  university's 
preparatory  school.  The  move  from  principal  to  tutor  was  down  the  status 
ladder  but  it  offered  Harper  the  opportunity  to  come  closer  to  his  goal  of 
being  a  full-time  scholar  of  languages,  even  if  the  language  at  first  was  Greek 
rather  than  Hebrew.  Another  strong  president,  Dr.  E.  Benjamin  Andrews, 
took  Harper  under  his  wing  and  guided  his  career.  With  Andrew's  backing 
and  the  aid  of  a  colleague,  Richard  S.  Colwell,  Harper  organized  an 
extra-curricular  class  for  those  interested  in  Hebrew.  Soon  the  twenty-one- 

21  The  phrase  is  from  George  Bancroft's  admiring  description  of  the  German  classical 
scholarship  he  encountered  at  Goettingen  in  the  early  nineteenth  century.  It  is  quoted 
ibid.,  p.  87.  Chapters  3  and  4  will  demonstrate  that  Harper  attempted  to  refashion  America 
into  a  biblical  world,  made  in  the  image  of  the  Hebrew  people  whose  language  he  had 
mastered.  Harper's  appropriation  of  Hebrew  allowed  him  to  propose  a  vision  for  America 
that  was  not  as  discontinuous  to  its  received  tradition  as  the  idealism  of  his  German-trained 
colleagues.  The  Hebrew  Scriptures  had  never  been  far  from  the  consciousness  of  Ameri- 
cans who  had  interpreted  their  reality  with  Old  Testament  images  since  the  Puritans  made 
their  first  journey  into  the  wilderness. 


The  Developing  Vision  35 

year-old  teacher  counted  several  faculty  members  among  his  Hebrew 
students. 

After  a  year  at  Denison  Harper  became  principal  of  the  academy  and 
singlemindedly  pursued  the  study  of  languages.  At  that  time  President 
Andrews  saw  in  him  no  indication  of  interest  in  theological  issues,  or  even 
in  biblical  study.  "You  would  not  have  picked  him  out  then  as  likely  to  head 
a  department  in  a  theological  faculty,  or  to  distinguish  himself  as  an 
organizer  of  theological  work  in  any  branch.  His  interests  were  not  specu- 
lative but  concrete."  Harper's  career  seldom  wavered  from  this  characteristic 
propensity  for  the  concrete.  More  comfortable  with  fine  linguistic  points 
than  with  abstract  theological  speculation,  Harper  also  seemed  more  atten- 
tive to  details  of  administration  than  to  development  of  a  full-blown  philos- 
ophy of  education.  His  ventures  into  either  theology  or  educational  philos- 
ophy were  occasional,  never  systematic  or  sustained. 

Harper's  skills  as  a  teacher,  however,  were  quite  evident.  "Teaching 
was  his  delight.  .  .  .  He  looked  forward  to  each  class  period  as  a  feast.  .  .  . 
Before  his  class  his  mind  and  his  body  also  were  all  activity.  His  thought  was 
instantaneous.  Question  or  correction  followed  answers  like  a  flash." 
Andrews  was  overwhelmed  by  the  young  teacher:  "It  was  model  teaching. 
Bright  pupils  shot  forward  phenomenally;  dull  ones  made  good  progress."  22 

Harper's  rapid  movement  to  prominence  as  a  gifted  teacher  during  his 
two  and  one-half  years  at  Denison  accompanied  a  more  private  but  none- 
theless significant  event.  The  son  of  a  stalwart  Presbyterian  became  a 
Baptist.  Toward  the  end  of  1876  Harper  rose  to  testify  from  a  back  seat  of  a 
Baptist  prayer  meeting  in  Granville.  His  colleague,  Professor  Charles  Chan- 
dler, could  not  believe  he  was  hearing  Harper.  So  stunned  that  he  forgot 
most  of  what  Harper  said,  Chandler  could  remember  only  one  line  of  his 
testimonial.  "I  want  to  be  a  Christian.  I  don't  know  what  it  is  to  be  a 
Christian,  but  I  know  I  am  not  a  Christian  and  I  want  to  be  one."23 

Harper  never  interpreted  his  conversion.  But  when  he  stepped  forward 
at  that  prayer  meeting  he  entered  a  denomination  which  he  affirmed  and  led 
for  the  remainder  of  his  life.  His  silence  about  the  change  of  denominational 
homes  can  tempt  one  to  overestimate  or  undervalue  it.  Certainly  Harper's 
future  role  as  leader  of  the  Baptist  university  on  the  south  side  of  Chicago 
could  not  have  developed  had  he  remained  in  the  Presbyterian  orbit.  But 
more  important  was  the  fact  that  the  move  to  an  open,  aggressive  and 
progressive  Baptistdom  was  congenial  to  Harper's  religious  needs.  In  his 
later  career  as  advocate  of  biblical  criticism  he  challenged  cherished  inter- 
pretations imposed  upon  Scripture  by  inherited  traditions.  He  also  called  for 
a  constructive  spirit  on  the  part  of  the  new  biblical  student,  a  spirit  based 
both  on  what  the  facts  of  the  biblical  material  presented  and  on  the 

22  Goodspeed,  William  Rainey  Harper,  pp.  40-41. 

23  Chandler  is  quoted  ibid.,  pp.  35-36. 


36  The  Bible  and  the  University 

experience  of  biblical  truth.24  The  movement  from  creedal  Presbyterianism 
to  a  choice-centered  Baptist  faith  points  to  the  emergence  of  a  piety  which 
was  congruent  with  key  themes  which  the  scholar  later  proclaimed. 

Harper's  conversion  experience  further  demonstrates  that  his  transit  to 
New  Haven  had  carried  him  beyond  the  home  world  of  New  Concord. 
While  spared  a  massive  identity  crisis,  Harper  nonetheless  experienced 
enough  dislocation  or  diffusion  to  require  reintegration  once  back  on  the 
home  soil  of  Ohio.  Among  his  new  Baptist  associates  Harper  experienced 
" communitas"  or  belonging.25  Although  later  dealings  with  biblical  criti- 
cism and  the  construction  of  a  new  edifice  of  learning  occasionally  troubled 
Harper's  self  understanding,  the  paradigm  of  the  Baptist  scholar  forged  in 
Denison  held  throughout  his  life. 

Harper's  conversion  makes  it  problematic  to  attempt  to  locate  him 
within  conventional  liberal/conservative  categories.  In  The  Modernist  Im- 
pulse in  American  Protestantism,  William  R.  Hutchison  has  identified  a 
"cluster  of  beliefs"  as  distinctively  "modern."  According  to  Hutchison 
modernists  believed  in  "adaptation,  cultural  immanentism,  and  a  religious- 
ly-based progressivism."26  As  the  succeeding  chapters  will  show,  Harper 
shared  those  distinctive  fundamental  convictions.  Problems  develop,  how- 
ever, when  Harper  is  compared  with  other  aspects  of  Hutchison's  portrait.  As 
he  followed  the  contours  of  the  generation  which  came  into  prominence  in 
the  1880s,  Hutchison  found  conversion  experiences  "notably  lacking."27  Yet 
Charles  A.  Briggs'  experience  of  the  "new  light"  in  Germany  mentioned  in 
Chapter  1,  and  Walter  Rauschenbusch's  conversion  experience,  suggest  that 
such  happenings  continued  to  occur  to  those  who  came  to  be  thought  of  as 
modernists,  but  that  these  individuals  began  to  value  those  experiences 
differently.28  Instead  of  making  instances  of  personal  conversion  authorita- 
tive for  the  message  they  proclaimed  to  others,  this  new  generation  of  reborn 
individuals  became  diffident.  Never  repudiating  their  own  experiences,  they 
also  did  not  attempt  to  reproduce  them.  Instead,  they  sought  to  change  the 
hearts  and  minds  of  people  with  a  more  publicly  available  knowledge  and 
experience,  that  of  a  reinterpreted  Bible.  The  conventional  type  of  conver- 
sion was  still  privately  important;  in  the  public  sphere,  however,  where  the 
modernists  wished  to  work,  it  was  not  normative. 

For  individuals  like  Briggs  and  Harper  the  scientific  facts  of  a  properly 
interpreted  Bible  were  available  to  all  people,  not  just  the  privileged  few. 
With  the  availability  of  a  more  public  form  of  religious  data,  conversion 

24  See  Chapter  3  below,  pp.  61ff. 

25  See  Chapter  2  above,  pp.  31ff. 

26  William  R.  Hutchison,  The  Modernist  Impulse  in  American  Protestantism  (Cambridge: 
Harvard  University  Press,  1976),  p.  2. 

27  Ibid.,  p.  78. 

28  See  above  p.  24  and  Dores  Robinson  Sharpe,  Walter  Rauschenbusch  (New  York:  The 
Macmillan  Company,  1942),  p.  43. 


The  Developing  Vision  37 

could  be  civilized;  it  was  relocated  in  private  zones  by  people  who  wanted 
to  reach  diverse  audiences.  Private  experiences  could  not  convince  those 
who  did  not  share  them.  As  Americans  encountered  more  numerous  varie- 
ties of  religious  experience,  no  one  type  could  appeal  to  everyone.  Harper 
and  his  generation  of  biblical  scholars  sought  a  new  basis  for  public 
agreement:  scientifically  established  religious  facts. 

The  Hebrew  Profession 

Two  years  after  converting  to  the  Baptist  denomination,  Harper  was 
nominated  by  President  Andrews  to  fill  the  position  of  instructor  of  Hebrew 
at  Baptist  Union  Theological  Seminary  in  Chicago.  The  Board  of  Trustees 
balked  at  the  thought  of  a  twenty-two-year-old  faculty  member,  but 
Andrews'  recommendation  persuaded  President  George  W.  Northrup  to 
invite  the  young  scholar  for  an  interview.  Goodspeed  recalled  the  session: 

I  met  him  in  President  Northrup's  study  in  Morgan  Park,  then  a 
suburb,  now  a  part  of  Chicago.  I  found  a  young  man,  black-haired, 
stockily  built,  five  feet  seven  inches  tall,  smooth-faced,  spectacled, 
youthful  in  looks,  but  so  astonishingly  mature  in  mind  that  I  imme- 
diately forgot  that  he  was  not  of  my  own  age.  He  had  a  singularly 
winning  personality.  We  both  yielded  to  its  charm  and  from  that  day 
forward  were  his  devoted  friends  and  admirers.29 

As  he  would  repeatedly  do  in  his  days  as  university  builder  and 
advocate  of  a  new  way  to  read  the  Bible,  Harper  turned  doubters  into 
partners.  On  January  1,  1879,  he  began  his  work  at  Morgan  Park  Seminary, 
appointed,  at  last,  instructor  of  Hebrew  at  the  salary  of  $1000  a  year. 

With  typical  gusto,  Harper  took  the  seminary  by  storm,  generating 
instant  interest  in  Hebrew  and  earning  a  Bachelor  of  Divinity  degree  within 
his  first  year  on  the  faculty.30  His  colleague,  later  the  Dean  of  the  new 
University  of  Chicago  Divinity  School,  Dr.  Eri  B.  Hulbert,  called  him  a 
"young  enthusiastic  Hebraist,"  a  "boundlessly  enthusiastic"  Hebrew 
teacher  "with  all  the  excellencies  and  some  of  the  defects  of  such  a 
character."31 

The  traditional  curriculum  could  not  contain  Harper's  energies.  The 
minutes  of  the  seminary  Board  of  Trustees  indicate  that  by  May  of  1881,  he 
had  expanded  his  activities  far  beyond  his  colleagues'  expectations.  In 
addition  to  regular  classes  in  Hebrew  and  Old  Testament  exegesis,  Harper 
was  offering  special  classes  in  Chaldee  and  Sanskrit.  Worse  yet,  Harper 
lured  six  students  to  devote  the  ten  days  of  their  Christmas  vacation  to 

29  Goodspeed,  William  Rainey  Harper,  p.  43. 

30  Ibid.,  p.  45. 

31  Hulbert  is  quoted  ibid.,  p.  45. 


38  The  Bible  and  the  University 

spending  eight  hours  a  day  sight-reading  the  Hebrew  Scriptures.32  At 
Commencement  time  that  same  year  the  Examining  Committee  of  visiting 
pastors  and  scholars  marvelled  at  the  "intense  enthusiasm"  which  immedi- 
ately struck  them  when  reviewing  the  work  of  the  Hebrew  department. 
They  told  the  Board  that  students  at  the  seminary  "pursue  Hebrew  as  though 
their  immediate  settlement  in  the  pastorate  and  their  final  success  in  the 
ministry  depended  upon  a  knowledge  of  the  entire  Hebrew  Bible."33 
Students  who  graduated  from  the  seminary  continued  their  Hebrew  studies 
by  belonging  to  the  Morgan  Park  Hebrew  Club.  Harper  even  petitioned  for 
permission  to  use  the  seminary  building  during  the  summer  vacation  to 
conduct  a  Hebrew  summer  school  (a  harbinger  of  his  later  introduction  of  the 
summer  school  into  his  university's  academic  calendar). 

These  early  signs  of  enthusiasm  for  Hebrew  were  the  beginnings  of 
what  Harper  later  called  the  "Hebrew  movement"  in  America.34  With  a 
knack  that  few  teachers  possess,  Harper  had  the  ability  to  make  the  drudgery 
of  basic  language  study  come  alive.  Ira  M.  Price,  one  of  Harper's  Morgan 
Park  students  who  followed  his  mentor  into  the  Hebrew  profession,  de- 
scribed what  happened  in  the  classroom: 

At  the  first  meeting  in  the  class-room  the  contagious  enthusiasm 
of  the  teacher  seized  us.  It  was  here,  as  we  met  day  after  day,  week 
after  week,  that  we  saw,  with  increasing  delight,  the  attractiveness 
and  charm  and  skill  of  the  teacher.  The  intense  earnestness  and 
concentrated  energy  with  which  the  work  of  the  hour  was  carried  on 
fairly  electrified  the  class.  .  . .  This  inspiration,  or  goading  to  thought, 
was  marvellously  enhanced  by  another  trait, .  . .  the  ability  to  state  all 
the  arguments  on  the  two  sides  of  a  question  with  fullness  and 
fairness.35 

Price  had  spotted  what  made  Harper  so  appealing.  He  overwhelmed  his 
students — and  later  his  colleagues,  fellow  educators,  and  various  philanthro- 
pists— with  his  sheer  fervor.  There  was  an  almost  evangelical  quality  about 
his  teaching.  Students  were  transformed  into  followers  of  a  movement  and 
its  charismatic  figure.  At  the  same  time,  Harper  was  also  a  thoroughly 
professional  scholar.  His  ability  to  summarize  all  opinions  and  leave  the 
decision  to  his  students  drew  many  to  him,  even  if  they  did  not  always  agree 
with  or  even  know  of  his  views. 

Twenty-three  students  attended  Harper's  first  summer  school  in  July 
1881;  attendance  climbed  the  next  summer  to  65.  Demand  for  Harper's 

32  Ibid.,  p.  48. 

33  Ibid.,  p.  49. 

34  Kenneth  Nathaniel  Beck's  careful  probing  of  the  files  of  the  American  Institute  of 
Sacred  Literature  unearthed  the  earliest  reference  to  the  Hebrew  movement  in  Harper's 
article,  "The  Hebrew  Book  Exchange,"  published  by  his  American  Institute  of  Hebrew 
from  Morgan  Park,  Illinois,  in  1882.  It  is  quoted  in  Beck's  "The  American  Institute  of 
Sacred  Literature:  A  Historical  Analysis  of  an  Adult  Education  Institution,"  p.  36. 

35  Price  is  quoted  in  Goodspeed,  William  Rainey  Harper,  p.  47. 


The  Developing  Vision  39 

teaching  led  the  young  professor  to  branch  out.  In  1883  he  conducted  a 
summer  school  at  Chautauqua  in  New  York.  During  the  decade  of  the 
eighties,  over  thirty  of  his  summer  schools  followed  in  New  Haven,  Con- 
necticut, Worcester,  Massachusetts,  the  University  of  Virginia,  Evanston, 
Illinois,  Philadelphia  and  Cambridge,  Massachusetts.  An  average  of  300 
students  studied  Hebrew  under  his  direction  each  summer.36 

Other  students,  who  could  not  work  with  Harper  at  Morgan  Park  or  at 
one  of  the  summer  schools,  soon  clamored  for  Hebrew.  In  response  to  their 
interest,  Harper  created  The  Correspondence  School  of  Hebrew  in  1880  and 
then  sent  out  on  February  14,  1881,  the  first  of  thousands  of  correspondence 
lessons.  In  less  than  two  years  Harper  had  launched  a  national  movement. 
The  weight  of  correspondence  required  him  to  move  from  his  private 
seminary  study  to  a  vacant  store,  where  he  housed  fonts  of  Hebrew  type  and 
a  growing  staff  of  assistants.  During  that  amazingly  productive  time,  Harper 
authored  Elements  of  Hebrew  and  Hebrew  Vocabularies  to  aid  his  expand- 
ing network  of  students.  As  his  students  advanced,  so  did  their  teacher's  list 
of  scholarly  publications.  His  Lessons  of  the  Intermediate  Course  and 
Lessons  of  the  Progressive  Course  followed  in  1882;  A  Hebrew  Manual  and 
Lessons  of  the  Elementary  Course  appeared  in  1883.  In  1885  Harper  added 
Introductory  Hebrew  Method  and  Manual  to  the  growing  collection  of 
resources  for  the  study  of  Hebrew.37 

Summer  schools  and  publishing  successes  notwithstanding,  Harper  was 
not  through  creating.  A  journal  was  needed  to  link  together  the  followers  of 
his  movement,  so  the  Hebrew  Student  appeared  on  April  8,  1882,  with 
Harper  as  editor.  To  fund  his  various  enterprises,  Harper  became  an 
entrepreneur,  founding  a  joint  stock  company  with  shares  for  sale  at  $100 
each.  To  unite  the  teachers  in  his  Hebrew  movement  into  an  organization, 
he  created  the  American  Institute  of  Hebrew  during  that  same  year. 

Although  President  Andrews  may  not  have  seen  Harper's  leadership 
qualities  during  the  Denison  days,  they  became  apparent  at  Morgan  Park. 
Harper  was  an  impresario — teaching  a  full-time  load,  commuting  to  summer 
schools,  editing  a  journal,  publishing  books  to  fuel  a  movement,  raising 
money,  nudging  people  into  an  organization.  Amazingly,  he  still  had  time  to 
contribute  to  Morgan  Park  Baptist  Church.  Goodspeed,  the  church's  found- 
ing pastor,  recalled  that  Harper  served  as  clerk,  deacon,  finance  committee 
member,  treasurer,  and  Sunday  School  superintendent  during  his  seven 
years  at  Morgan  Park.38  Yet,  even  with  all  of  these  demands  upon  his 
energies  Harper  could  find  room  on  his  agenda  for  responding  to  opportu- 
nities which  might  take  him  in  different  directions.  That  characteristic 
openness  prompted  Harper  to  accept  an  invitation  from  a  creative  Methodist 

36  Ibid.,  p.  52. 

37  Ibid.,  p.  53. 

38  Ibid.,  p.  50. 


40  The  Bible  and  the  University 

educator  who  would  stretch  Harper's  vision  beyond  the  horizons  of  his 
seminary  and  the  study  of  Hebrew. 


The  Chautauqua  Vision 

The  Rev.  John  Heyl  Vincent,  former  Methodist  circuit  rider  and  promoter  of 
the  "uniform  lesson  plan"  for  the  Sunday  School,  had  teamed  with  Lewis  W. 
Miller,  inventor  of  the  Buckeye  Mower  and  Reaper,  to  establish  a  Normal 
School  for  Sunday  School  teachers  at  Fair  Point  on  the  southwestern  shore  of 
eighteen-mile-long  Lake  Chautauqua  in  western  New  York.  They  opened 
their  camp  on  August  8,  1874,  for  a  two-week  session  devoted  to  aiding 
Sunday  School  teachers  in  their  tasks.39  The  following  year  Vincent  pre- 
vailed upon  old  friend  Ulysses  Simpson  Grant  to  come  as  guest  speaker. 
President  Grant's  arrival  on  August  15, 1875,  at  the  head  of  a  flotilla  of  eleven 
steamboats,  drew  an  estimated  crowd  of  30,000  and  assured  that,  in  spite  of 
its  modest  origins,  Chautauqua  would  make  a  major  impact  on  American  life 
in  the  late  nineteenth  century. 

Almost  immediately  after  the  president's  visit,  Vincent  and  Miller 
looked  beyond  the  needs  of  America's  Sunday  Schools  to  envision  a  much 
larger  educational  enterprise.  By  the  time  they  finished  dreaming  they  had 
created  the  Chautauqua  Literary  and  Scientific  Circle,  the  Chautauqua 
Press,  the  Chautauqua  University,  and  the  Chautauqua  University  Exten- 
sion Program.  To  spread  their  educational  program  they  eventually  spawned 
numerous  Chautauquas  across  the  country.40 

A  combination  of  respect  for  the  reputation  of  the  young  Hebrew 
phenomenon  and  a  desire  to  nip  competition  in  the  bud  moved  Vincent  to 
arrange  a  meeting  with  Professor  Harper  in  1883.  Aware  of  a  rival  camp  to  his 
own  coming  into  existence  across  Lake  Chautauqua,  Vincent  confided  to  his 
son  that  "the  Baptists  will  find  some  bright,  aggressive  young  minister  of 
their  denomination,  put  him  in  charge  over  there,  and  give  him  a  free 
hand."41  The  Methodist  champion  of  popular  Christian  education  had  no 
hesitancy  about  cornering  a  market  in  order  to  protect  the  Chautauqua 
Gospel.  Vincent  sent  Harper  a  telegram  and  the  two  met  somewhere  along 
the  train  route  between  St.  Louis  and  Chicago.  Of  the  meeting  Harper 
recalled: 

I  shall  never  forget  that  first  half  hour  I  had  the  privilege  of  spending 
with  Dr.  Vincent;  no  day  of  my  life  has  ever  meant  so  much  to  me,  a 

39  Theodore  Morrison,  Chautauqua:  A  Center  for  Education,  Religion,  and  the  Arts  in 
America  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1974),  pp.  18-26. 

40  Joseph  E.  Gould,  The  Chautauqua  Movement:  An  Episode  in  the  Continuing  American 
Revolution  (Fredonia,  N.Y.:  State  University  of  New  York,  1961). 

41  Leon  H.  Vincent,  John  Heyl  Vincent:  A  Biographical  Sketch  (New  York:  The  Macmil- 
lan  Company,  1925),  p.  130. 


The  Developing  Vision  41 

time  of  the  beginning  of  sympathies  and  the  beginning  of  work  which 
I  had  never  before  dreamed  of. 

At  Chautauqua  Harper  developed  the  "sympathy  with  the  work  of  popular 
education,  the  interest  in  the  education  of  the  masses  which  I  am  sure  I 
should  never  have  felt  but  for  contact  with  Chautauqua  men  and 
Chautauqua  ideas."42 

Harper  arrived  at  Chautauqua  in  1883  just  in  time  to  encounter  people 
in  the  grip  of  a  very  successful  idea.  Victorian  cottages  had  replaced  the  tents 
of  the  original  camp  meetings;  the  summer  community  had  a  daily  newspa- 
per which  heralded  his  arrival.  Steamboats  made  regular  stops  at  the 
Chautauqua  dock  and  the  Atheneum  hotel  hosted  guests  who  did  not  choose 
to  become  permanent  residents.  Harper  roomed  at  what  came  to  be  called 
"Knower's  Ark,"  a  home  for  guest  bishops  and  faculty  members.  Not  far  from 
his  lodging  lay  Palestine  Park,  a  geographic  scale  model  of  the  Holy  Land 
showing  the  Dead  Sea  and  other  important  places  in  Bible  history. 

A  passion  for  Christian  culture  permeated  the  atmosphere.  People  who 
aspired  to  a  richer  and  more  meaningful  life  performed  music  or  discussed 
good  books  on  the  village's  ubiquitous  front  porches.  Distinguished  lectur- 
ers held  forth  in  the  Hall  in  the  Grove;  preachers  proclaimed  a  non-sectarian 
gospel  several  times  each  day.  Sessions  lengthened  from  the  original  fifteen 
days  of  1874  to  forty-three-day-long  periods  providing  more  time  for  people 
to  equip  themselves  for  living  in  their  modem  environment. 

Chautauqua  served  as  a  pulpit  for  people  with  worthy  ideas  or  causes. 
Frances  Willard  came  with  her  message  of  temperance;  Anthony  Comstock 
sought  supporters  of  the  Society  for  the  Suppression  of  Vice.  Lyman  Abbott 
claimed  he  was  converted  to  evolutionary  thought  by  a  lecture  given  at 
Chautauqua  by  Professor  E.  Ogden  Doremus. 

But  Vincent  was  determined  to  reach  beyond  those  who  attended  the 
annual  summer  assemblies.  On  August  10,  1878,  he  announced  the  forma- 
tion of  the  Chautauqua  Literary  and  Scientific  Circle,  a  home  reading  plan, 
the  first  in  a  series  of  educational  innovations.  In  1879  Vincent  created  a 
School  of  Languages,  another  organizational  step  beyond  concern  for  imme- 
diate needs  of  Sunday  School  teachers.  The  next  year  he  went  even  further, 
inviting  teachers  from  secular  schools  to  a  Teacher's  Betreat  that  studied 
pedagogical  approaches.  The  National  Education  Association  came  that  year 
for  a  national  convention.  Vincent  continued  to  expand  his  horizon,  adding 
musical  theory  to  his  curriculum.  In  1881  Chautauqua  announced  the 
opening  of  its  own  School  of  Theology,  chartered  by  the  State  of  New  York 
to  train  candidates  for  the  ministry.  This  school  was  designed  for  those  who 
did  not  have  access  to  seminary  education,  and  it  included  provision  for 
correspondence  study,  something  almost  unheard  of  in  America.  At  least  one 
other  experiment  with  correspondence  study  was  underway  when  Vincent 

42  "Dr.  Harper  Banqueted,"  Chautauqua  Assembly  Herald  20,  no.  4  (July  25,  1891):4. 


42  The  Bible  and  the  University 

began  this  new  program — Harper's  program  had  begun  less  than  a  year 
earlier. 

At  the  same  moment  that  Harper  arrived  to  begin  his  Hebrew  teaching, 
the  State  of  New  York  chartered  the  Chautauqua  University,  an  institution 
with  authority  to  grant  academic  degrees.  The  Sunday  School  camp  re- 
mained a  university  until  Harper  opened  his  new  institution  in  Chicago, 
which  would  be  complete  with  many  of  the  features  he  encountered  and 
with  which  he  experimented  in  rural  western  New  York.43 

Vincent's  talents  as  organizer  and  promoter  served  a  vision.  Remember- 
ing a  background  that  had  offered  no  luxuries  like  higher  education,  the 
clergyman  sought  ways  to  provide  learning  for  all.  He  saw  no  gap  between 
the  world  of  learning  and  the  message  he  was  ordained  to  proclaim. 
Education  and  the  Christian  message  went  hand  in  hand.  In  1886  Vincent 
described  The  Chautauqua  Movement  and  readily  admitted  his  presuppo- 
sitions. He  saw  "the  whole  of  life"  as  "a  school"  that  worked  "from  the 
earliest  moment  to  the  day  of  death."  The  "basis  of  education"  was  religious 
and  for  the  believer  "all  knowledge,  religious  or  secular,  is  sacred."  One 
studied  to  "become  like  God,  according  to  the  divinely  appointed  processes 
for  building  character."  Vincent  singled  out  the  adult  years  for  special 
attention  partly  because  many,  like  him,  had  experienced  "early  lack  of 
culture."  Vincent,  however,  turned  this  apparent  deficiency  into  a  motive  for 
his  movement.  Cultural  impoverishment  "begets  a  certain  exaltation  of  its 
value  and  desirability,  and  a  craving  for  its  possession."  For  these  reasons 
America's  great  Sunday  School  teacher  labored  so  that  "the  influence  of  the 
best  teachers  may  be  brought  to  bear  upon  [the  mature  mind]  by  frequent 
correspondence,  including  questions,  answers,  praxes,  theses,  and  final 
written  examinations  of  the  most  exhaustive  and  crucial  character."44 

Vincent  was  infatuated  with  college  education,  an  experience  he  had 
missed  in  his  Alabama  youth,  but  which  he  now  offered  to  anyone  who 
would  sign  up  for  courses.  He  romanticized  about  its  advantages: 

The  action  by  which  a  youth  becomes  a  college  student — the 
simple  going-forth,  leaving  one  set  of  circumstances,  and  voluntarily 
entering  another,  with  a  specific  purpose — is  an  action  which  has 
educating  influence  in  it. 

The  process  was  a  "new  birth"  in  the  life  of  all  who  left  one  world  for 
another.  As  students  participated  together  in  this  process  of  environmental 
exchange,  a  new  association,  a  "fellowship"  was  formed.  "They  have  left  the 
same  world;  they  now  together  enter  another  world."  This  preacher  who  saw 
all  human  experience  as  a  school  thought  that  "college  life  is  the  whole  of 
life  packed  into  a  brief  period,  with  the  elements  that  make  life,  magnified 

43  Morrison,  Chautauqua,  pp.  41-48. 

44  John  H.  Vincent,  The  Chautauqua  Movement  (Boston:  Chautauqua  Press,  1886),  pp. 
12-15. 


The  Developing  Vision  43 

and  intensified,  so  that  test  of  character  may  easily  be  made."  College  was  a 
"laboratory  of  experiment"  where  students  experienced  life's  "natural  laws 
and  conditions"  in  a  compressed  period.45 

The  creation  of  Chautauqua  University  was  the  organizational  capstone 
of  the  vision  which  began  in  Vincent's  attempts  to  reform  Sunday  School 
instruction.  Every  innovation  that  he  attempted  served  the  goal  of  redemp- 
tive education.  Thus  the  Chautauqua  Literary  and  Scientific  Circle  was 
"John  the  Baptist,  preparing  the  way  for  seminary  and  university."  With  his 
own  university,  Vincent  created  "a  college  for  one's  own  home,"  offering 
college  life  to  those  who  could  not  savor  delights  offered  at  traditional 
institutions.46  He  sought  to  aid  people  who 

believe  that  into  the  closely  woven  texture  of  every-day  home  and 
business  life,  there  may  be  drawn  threads  of  scarlet,  crimson,  blue 
and  gold,  until  their  homespun  walls  become  radiant  with  form  and 
color  worthy  to  decorate  the  royal  chamber — the  chamber  of  their 
King,  God,  the  Father  of  earnest  souls.47 

Such  an  expansive  view  precluded  denominational  exclusivism.  For 
example,  in  1880  Vincent  invited  Rabbi  Nathan  Noah  of  New  York  to  teach 
Hebrew  in  the  School  of  Languages.  From  its  start  the  School  of  Theology 
carefully  stepped  around  the  thorny  issues  of  denominational  traditions  with 
regular  printed  announcements  of  its  guiding  perspective: 

The  various  schools  of  the  Church,  ecclesiastical  and  doctrinal, 
are  reported  to  all  students  of  the  Chautauqua  School  of  Theology  by 
their  respective  representatives.  The  Calvinist  defines  Calvinism;  the 
Armenian  [sic],  Armenianism;  a  Baptist  gives  the  distinctive  views  of 
his  branch  of  the  Church;  and  thus  the  Chautauqua  School  of 
Theology  is  strictly  denominational,  in  that  it  guarantees  to  each 
member  not  only  a  course  of  doctrinal  studies  prepared  by  men 
authorized  to  speak  for  his  Church,  but  it  enables  him  to  test  the 
soundness  of  such  statements  by  a  careful  reading  of  the  positions 
taken  by  other  or  rival  schools.  There  is  a  sense  in  which  this  may  be 
called  "union"  but  it  is  in  the  highest  and  best  sense  denomina- 
tional.48 

In  Vincent's  plans  Harper  found  an  exalted  and  expansive  vision  that 
incorporated  all  of  his  concerns  and  transcended  many  of  them.  Vincent 
emphasized  learning  fused  with  an  evangelical  version  of  Christianity. 
From  him  Harper  acquired  a  passion  to  include  those  who  were  cut  off  from 
normal  avenues  of  education.  At  Chautauqua  Harper  was  shown  a  way 
around  the  barriers  of  denominationalism — not  repudiation,  but  creation  of  a 
community  of  scholarship. 

45  Ibid.,  pp.  169-74. 

46  Ibid.,  pp.  178,  15. 

47  Ibid. 

48  Ibid.,  p.  198. 


44  The  Bible  and  the  University 

To  be  able  to  include  so  many  different  types  of  Christians  seeking 
culture,  Vincent  and  his  colleagues  took  pains  to  keep  some  distance 
between  themselves  and  traditional  notions  of  evangelical  piety. 
"Chautauqua  is  not  a  camp  meeting,"  proclaimed  advance  publicity  for  the 
seventeenth  season,  "although  it  is  controlled  by  those  who  believe  in  the 
Evangelical  Protestant  Empire."  Run  "on  a  broad,  liberal,  undenominational 
basis,"  the  summer  program  was  "free  from  any  of  the  eccentricities  and 
extravagances  which  have  prejudiced  many  people  against  the  so-called 
camp-meeting. '  '49 

Concern  to  avoid  guilt  by  association  with  the  popular  forms  of  revival- 
ism which  people  met  at  camp  meetings  did  not  completely  mask  the  fact 
that  Chautauqua  was  participating  in  a  much  larger  revival  than  the  kind 
which  made  Vincent  nervous.  People  who  came  to  Chautauqua  participated 
in  "that  unique  and  remarkable  movement  now  known  all  over  the  world; 
one  in  consecration  to  a  splendid  work — the  promotion  of  symmetrical 
culture  among  the  people  everywhere."50  It  was  a  revival  based  on  the  Bible 
but  concerned  with  much  more  than  denominational  boundaries  and  tradi- 
tions. "The  leaders  of  this  educational  movement  are  believers  in  Revelation 
and  lovers  of 'whatsoever  things  are  true'  in  art,  in  literature,  and  in  science. 
Their  faith  is  so  firm  that  they  are  confident  of  perfect  harmony  between  the 
'Word'  and  the  'Works'  when  both  are  rightly  interpreted."51  The  Hall  in  the 
Grove,  site  of  popular  lectures  on  a  variety  of  secular  subjects,  stood  adjacent 
to  St.  Paul's  Grove  on  the  side  of  the  hill  by  Lake  Chautauqua,  symbol  of  the 
synthetic  Christian  culture  that  was  revitalizing  many  in  the  American 
evangelical  world. 

There  was  ample  room  for  Harper's  ambition  and  energy  within  John 
Vincent's  expansive  vision.  The  twenty-seven-year-old  professor  began  his 
Hebrew  magic  at  Chautauqua  in  1883.  Four  years  later  Vincent  appointed 
him  principal  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  stimulating  Harper's  first 
impulse  to  venture  beyond  the  realm  of  Hebrew  study.  Harper  became  the 
star  of  Chautauqua,  reorganizing  its  existing  curriculum  and  adding  new 
course  offerings  under  Vincent's  benevolent  eye,  until  the  latter  moved  on  to 
become  the  Methodist's  bishop  in  Topeka,  Kansas,  in  1888. 52 

When  leaders  of  the  University  of  Chicago  attempted  to  convince 
Harper  to  sever  his  connections  with  Chautauqua  in  favor  of  full-time  efforts 
on  behalf  of  their  new  institution,  Harper  demonstrated  his  commitment  to 

49  "Chautauqua  Seventeenth  Season  (1890)  Preliminary  Announcement,"  Chautauqua 
University  and  Chautauqua  College  of  Liberal  Arts:  Circulars,  Announcements,  Specimen 
Lesson  Sheets,  Specimen  Syllabuses,  Letter  Heads,  Volume  I,  1884-1892  (Chautauqua 
Archives),  p.  47. 

50  Vincent,  "The  Chautauqua  University,"  ibid.,  p.  2. 

51  Vincent,  "Chautauqua:  A  Popular  University,"  ibid.,  p.  733. 

52  Jesse  Lyman  Hurlbut,  The  Story  of  Chautauqua  (New  York:  G.P.  Putnam's  Sons,  1921), 
p.  272. 


The  Developing  Vision  45 

Vincent's  vision  by  accepting  the  responsibility  of  serving  as  principal  of  the 
entire  Chautauqua  System  of  Education  in  1892.  By  that  time  Harper's 
administrative  chores  were  staggering.  He  reorganized  the  Chautauqua 
System,  dropped  the  name  "university,"  and  assumed  the  duties  of  "secur- 
ing fifteen  department  heads  and  one  hundred  or  more  teachers,  preparing 
sections  for  over  two  thousand  students,  planning  a  curriculum  to  include 
language  and  literature,  mathematics  and  science,  music,  art,  physical 
culture  and  practical  art."  In  addition  he  edited  the  catalogue,  planned  the 
publicity,  and  arranged  nearly  300  "events"  for  each  session.53 

Harper's  rise  from  teaching  to  taking  responsibility  for  an  entire  educa- 
tional institution  began  at  the  biblical  base  of  Vincent's  vision.  Harper  was 
an  expert  on  the  subject  which  remained  the  core  of  the  Chautauqua 
program:  the  Scriptures.  That  expertise,  when  joined  with  his  impressive 
organizational  ability,  carried  him  via  the  Chautauqua  path  into  national 
prominence  and  a  much  wider  educational  world.  As  he  scheduled  classes, 
lectures,  sermons  and  events  for  Chautauqua's  wide  audience,  Harper 
encountered  the  leaders  of  scholarship,  political  life  and  Protestantism. 
Richard  T.  Ely,  Herbert  Baxter  Adams,  Woodrow  Wilson,  Francis  G. 
Peabody,  Moses  Coit  Tyler,  Frederick  Jackson  Turner,  William  Graham 
Sumner,  Edward  Everett  Hale,  Theodore  Roosevelt,  Josiah  Strong,  Frances 
Willard,  Henry  Drummond,  Alonzo  Stagg,  Lyman  Abbott,  Washington 
Gladden,  John  Henry  Barrows,  Booker  T.  Washington  and  G.  Stanley  Hall 
each  contributed  to  some  phase  of  the  total  educational  program  run  by 
Harper.  Vincent's  efforts  to  make  evangelical  education  available  to  popular 
audiences  which  hungered  for  it  provided  Harper  a  route  to  the  apex  of  the 
nation's  religious  and  educational  life. 

Harper's  own  scholarly  scope  widened  under  the  influence  of  the 
Chautauqua  experience.  In  1888  he  opened  a  School  of  the  English  Bible  to 
make  available  the  results  of  biblical  scholarship  to  Chautauquans  with  no 
Hebrew  or  Greek  skills.  By  1890  this  new  field  required  a  separate  section 
in  the  Preliminary  Announcements  for  the  Seventeenth  Season.  At  that  time 
Harper  supervised  a  comprehensive  structure  of  "Schools  of  Sacred  Litera- 
ture." The  Christian  Endeavor  School  of  the  English  Bible,  the  College 
Student's  School  of  the  English  Bible,  the  School  of  the  English  Bible,  the 
School  of  Hebrew  and  the  Old  Testament,  the  School  of  New  Testament 
Greek  and  the  School  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Ancient  Versions  indicate 
the  breadth  of  the  field  which  Harper  sought  to  embrace.54 

It  is  important  to  remember  that  Chautauqua,  although  formative  for 
Harper,  did  not  have  the  same  effect  on  everyone  who  experienced  it.  After 
a  July  week  there  in  1896  William  James  admitted  that  he  had  learned  "a  lot" 

53  Morrison,  Chautauqua,  p.  76. 

54  "Chautauqua  Seventeenth  Season  (1890)  Preliminary  Announcement  No.  2," 
Circulars,  Announcements,  p.  64. 


46  The  Bible  and  the  University 

from  the  endless  round  of  lectures,  demonstrations  and  performances.  But 
the  basic  goodness  of  the  place  troubled  him.  He  looked  forward  to 
something  "less  blameless.  .  . .  The  flash  of  a  pistol,  a  dagger,  or  a  devilish 
eye,  anything  to  break  the  unlovely  level  of  10,000  good  people — a  crime, 
murder,  rape,  elopement,  anything  would  do."55  Harper,  on  the  other  hand, 
experienced  anything  but  boredom.  Chautauqua  provided  both  the  voca- 
tional means  to  move  beyond  the  professional  world  of  seminary  teaching, 
and  the  chance  to  widen  his  horizon  to  include  a  national  range  of  problems 
and  people  that  would  be  woven  into  the  scriptural  fabric  of  his  new 
university. 

The  Yale  Professor 

While  Harper  climbed  in  esteem  as  teacher  and  administrator  in  his 
moonlighting  efforts  at  Chautauqua,  he  also  moved  into  prominence  in  his 
full-time  profession  as  he  become  recognized  as  the  teacher  of  Hebrew  and 
Old  Testament  in  the  nation.  Morgan  Park,  his  vocational  home  for  seven 
years,  could  not  hold  him.  Even  an  offer  to  head  the  financially  moribund  old 
University  of  Chicago  could  not  compete  with  a  chance  to  return  to  Yale,  this 
time  as  acknowledged  leader  of  a  scholarly  profession.  As  a  thirty-year-old, 
Harper  returned  to  his  alma  mater  in  1886  as  professor  of  Semitic  Languages 
in  the  Graduate  Department  and  instructor  in  the  Divinity  School.  A  letter  to 
his  mentor  Whitney  revealed  personal  doubts  about  his  abilities:  "I  am 
diffident  in  undertaking  the  work  because  I  feel  how  poorly  I  am  prepared 
as  compared  with  many  others,  who  hold  chairs  in  Yale  College;  but  I  am 
sure  that  I  shall  do  my  best  to  build  up  the  Department."  Three  weeks  after 
this  confession  Harper  accepted  Whitney's  suggestion  "to  take  as  much  of 
the  coming  year  as  possible  for  study."  He  even  promised  not  to  open  any 
new  Hebrew  Schools  during  the  coming  year.56 

A  promise  to  ease  up  on  his  schedule  was  relative,  of  course,  to  Harper's 
characteristic  speed  and  energy.  He  built  his  department  rapidly.  Arriving 
with  an  entire  professional  apparatus,  Harper  needed  the  whole  summer  of 
1886  to  move  his  Hebrew  enterprise  into  New  Haven,  renting  a  three-story 
building  to  house  it.  His  correspondence  programs,  summer  schools  and 
Chautauqua  enterprises  made  Harper  on  many  days  a  larger  user  of  the  U.S. 
Post  Office  than  all  the  rest  of  Yale  University  combined.57 

A  survey  of  Yale  catalogues  during  Harper's  tenure  there  reveals  how 
his  professional  purview  expanded.  In  his  first  year  at  his  new  post,  Harper 
confined  his  efforts  to  teaching  Hebrew,  Arabic,  Assyrian,  and  Aramaic.  The 

55  Morrison,  Chautauqua,  p.  83. 

56  William  Ramey  Harper  personal  letters  to  William  Dwight  Whitney,  June  12,  1886,  and 
July  2,  1886  (William  Dwight  Whitney  Collection,  Yale  University  Archives,  New  Haven, 
Conn.). 

57  Mayer,  Young  Man  in  a  Hurry,  pp.  26-27. 


The  Developing  Vision  47 

next  year,  however,  Harper's  brother,  Robert,  whose  scholarly  biography  in 
many  ways  paralleled  William's,  joined  the  department  of  Semitic  Studies, 
bringing  Ethiopic  and  Babylonian  studies  into  Harper's  field  of  vision.  By 
the  1888-89  academic  year  the  department  included  three  other  Harper 
proteges. 

Harper's  responsibilities  included  biblical  subjects  alongside  the  lin- 
guistic program.  In  1890  Harper  added  the  Woolsey  Professorship  of  Biblical 
Literature  to  his  other  responsibilities.  The  Hebrew  enthusiast's  labors 
quickly  dwarfed  those  of  his  mentor.  In  the  1890—91  university  catalogue, 
Whitney's  courses  took  up  only  a  quarter  of  a  page — his  usual  amount  of 
space — while  Harper's  sprawled  over  three  pages.  Also  that  year  he  assumed 
an  additional  title:  University  Professor  of  the  Semitic  Languages.58 

In  his  new  setting,  Harper  again  conducted  a  revival  in  the  midst  of  a 
seemingly  dry  subject.  Frank  Knight  Sanders,  a  long-time  assistant  to  Harper 
and  later  Woolsey  Professor  of  Biblical  Literature  and  Dean  of  the  Yale 
Divinity  School,  recalled  Harper's  impact:  "He  threw  himself  with  stirring 
enthusiasm  into  his  work,  making  himself  almost  at  a  bound  the  center  of  a 
group  of  earnest  students.  .  .  .  To  us  all  his  methods  and  his  ambitions  were 
a  revelation."  In  his  first  year  at  Yale  Harper  taught  fifty  theological  students 
and,  for  the  first  time,  seven  graduate  students.59 

The  Chautauqua  experience  had  demonstrated  Harper's  ability  to  trans- 
late his  scholarly  work  into  a  popular  idiom.  At  Yale  Harper  made  another 
move  against  the  stream  of  specialization  by  introducing  the  study  of  the 
English  Bible  into  the  institution's  curriculum.  In  the  College  he  gave  a 
series  of  lectures  on  Old  Testament  wisdom  literature  and  soon  found 
himself  assigned  by  President  Timothy  Dwight  to  teach  Bible  regularly  to 
undergraduates.  From  these  beginnings  Harper  developed  a  national  move- 
ment to  open  the  college  curriculum  to  the  study  of  the  English  scriptures.60 

At  Yale  Harper  achieved  an  extraordinary  degree  of  scholarly  promi- 
nence. He  held  simultaneous  professorships  in  the  Divinity  School  and  the 
departments  of  Semitic  studies  and  biblical  literature.  President  Dwight  and 
others  saw  no  limit  to  what  he  might  achieve;  his  name  was  even  mentioned 
as  a  likely  future  president  of  this  most  respected  American  college,  recently 
turned  university. 

At  the  height  of  his  prominence  Harper  turned  away  from  all  that  Yale 
offered.  Summoned  by  the  Baptist  leaders  of  Morgan  Park  Seminary  and  by 
the  money  of  John  D.  Rockefeller,  Harper  took  what  seemed  to  be  a 
discontinuous  step  into  the  perilous  world  of  university  administration.  His 
years  as  leader  of  the  Hebrew  and  Chautauqua  movements  had  certainly 

58  The  Catalogue  of  Yale  University  (New  Haven:  Yale  University  Press,  1886-87),  pp. 
40-41,  100,  115;  (1887-88),  pp.  40,  101,  116;  (1888-89),  pp.  43,  106-7, 122;  (1889-90),  pp. 
43,  47,  119,  139-40. 

59  Sanders  is  quoted  in  Goodspeed,  William  Rainey  Harper,  p.  75. 

60  Ibid.,  pp.  75-78.  The  movement  is  discussed  below,  pp.  102-103. 


48  The  Bible  and  the  University 

prepared  him  for  administration.  More  important  than  this  administrative 
experience,  however,  was  the  basic  vision  which  Harper  carried  with  him  to 
his  new  position  in  Chicago.  He  went  there  to  construct  a  great  community 
of  learning,  grounded  on  a  biblical  perspective  which  he  had  been  fashion- 
ing for  decades.  Like  other  progressives  of  this  period,  Harper  carried  many 
of  the  core  values  of  smalltown  America  with  him  as  he  approached  his  new 
environment.61  But  the  mature  vision  which  he  brought  to  Chicago  also 
contained  elements  from  the  other  stops  on  his  journey.  He  carried  images  of 
the  professional  scholar  from  his  days  under  Whitney,  a  style  of  Baptist  piety 
that  made  room  for  a  variety  of  individual  beliefs,  and  the  concern  he 
developed  at  Chautauqua  for  educating  all  Americans  in  a  Christian  culture. 
From  these  distinct  worlds  Harper  fashioned  his  own  unique  and  compel- 
ling vision.  Constructive  biblical  scholarship,  scientifically  done,  unfettered 
by  the  weight  of  tradition,  carried  out  in  the  right  spirit,  became  the  means 
by  which  he  sought  to  remake  his  troublesome  American  environment  into 
a  modern  version  of  the  biblical  world. 

61  For  a  discussion  of  progressives  and  small  town  values  see  Jean  B.  Quandt,  From  the 
Small  Town  to  the  Great  Community:  The  Social  Thought  of  Progressive  Intellectuals 
(New  Brunswick,  N.J.:  Butgers  University  Press,  1970). 


CHAPTER  3 
SHAPING  A  NEW  BIBLICAL  WORLD 


In  1889,  near  the  end  of  an  article  on  "Yale  Rationalism,"  Harper  made 
a  rare  statement  about  the  relationship  between  his  conversion  experience 
and  his  life's  work. 

When  converted  to  a  belief  in  the  religion  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  (a 
conversion  after  school  and  college  life)  the  writer  pledged  himself  to 
the  work  of  Bible  study  and  Bible  teaching.  He  has  done  what  he 
could  to  build  up  not  only  an  interest  in  the  study  of  the  Scriptures, 
but  a  faith  in  their  divine  origin.1 

Written  less  than  two  years  before  Harper  became  president  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago,  Harper's  rare  self  revelation  was  a  cryptic  indicator  of 
professional  purpose,  academic  vision  and  biblical  perspective.  As  his 
personal  notebooks  and  his  many  publications  reveal,  Harper's  scholarly 
days  and  nights  were  spent  in  the  promotion  and  encouragement  of  a  Bible 
study  movement  in  America.  Although  the  plans  for  his  new  university  were 
developed  after  Harper  made  his  self-disclosure,  they  reveal  that  the 
institution  he  founded  was  also  shaped  in  fundamental  ways  by  the  commit- 
ment he  made  in  1876  at  a  Granville,  Ohio,  Baptist  prayer  service.  Even 
Harper's  inchoate  hermeneutic  can  be  glimpsed  in  his  statement's  juxtapo- 
sition of  biblical  study  and  personal  conversion. 

Journalistic  Benchmarks 

One  of  the  primary  ways  in  which  Harper  fulfilled  his  sacred  pledge  was 
through  religious  and  scholarly  journalism.  During  his  career  he  founded 
and  edited  four  periodicals  aimed  at  a  variety  of  audiences  and  interests.  His 
first  venture,  The  Hebrew  Student,  appeared  in  1882,  less  than  a  year  after 
the  young  professor  began  teaching  Hebrew  at  Morgan  Park  Seminary. 
Within  a  year  The  Hebrew  Student  became  The  Old  Testament  Student, 
signalling  a  shift  in  interest  beyond  the  limits  of  the  editor's  linguistic 
specialty. 

One  year  later  Harper  separated  scholarly  linguistic  work  from  the  less 

1  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Yale  Rationalism,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  9 
(July  1889):  54. 


50  The  Bible  and  the  University 

technical  but  equally  important  task  of  reviving  biblical  study  in  America. 
The  scholarly  Hebraica  appeared  in  1884  while  The  Student  became 
Harper's  primary  medium  for  reaching  a  wider  public.2  That  Harper's 
horizon  had  expanded  once  again  became  clear  in  1889  when  The  Old 
Testament  Student  added  "and  New"  to  its  tide  page.  Clearly,  his  experi- 
ences with  popular  audiences  at  Chautauqua  and  Yale  had  produced  new 
journalistic  imperatives. 

In  1893  The  Old  And  New  Testament  Student  became  The  Biblical 
World,  an  indication  that  during  the  years  of  transition  from  professorship  to 
university  presidency,  Harper's  vision  and  purpose  had  widened  still  fur- 
ther.3 Extrabiblical  subjects  such  as  religious  education  and  the  comparative 
study  of  religion  began  to  appear  in  his  tables  of  contents.  As  his  scholarly 
vision  matured  and  his  journals  grew,  Harper  developed  a  perspective 
which  incorporated  insights  from  historical  analysis,  literary  criticism,  soci- 
ology, psychology,  comparative  religion  and  other  fields  of  inquiry  into  one 
expansive  biblical  vision. 

Harper  and  Wellhausen 

Harper's  initial  forays  into  biblical  interpretation  seemed  quite  conserv- 
ative. The  opening  issue  of  The  Hebrew  Student  carried  a  disclaimer 
informing  readers  of  its  editor's  "sufficiently  conservative"  stance.4  Several 
times  during  his  publishing  career  he  took  the  opportunity  to  reiterate  that 
conservative  position.  In  1889,  for  example,  when  he  published  a  series  of 
articles  in  Hebraica  debating  Pentateuchal  questions  with  Princeton's  Pro- 
fessor Henry  Green,  Harper  cautiously  informed  readers  of  the  Student  that 
he  was  merely  summarizing  opinions  of  more  liberal  scholars  who  favored 
multiple  authorship  of  the  first  five  books  of  the  Bible.  "The  statements 
given  are  made  without  any  reference  to  the  conclusions  to  which  he 

2  Kenneth  Nathaniel  Beck  discussed  the  history  of  Harper's  journals  in  "The  American 
Institute  of  Sacred  Literature:  A  Historical  Analysis  of  an  Adult  Education  Institution" 
(Ph.D.  dissertation,  University  of  Chicago,  1968)  pp.  51ff.  These  journals  outlived  their 
founder,  but  not  without  considerable  redefinition  in  scope  and  purpose.  Thus  Hebraica 
became  The  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  in  1895  and  the  Student,  later  The 
Biblical  World,  merged  with  The  American  Journal  of  Theology  in  1921  to  become  The 
Journal  of  Religion,  p.  127. 

3  Harper  made  two  additional  forays  into  religious  journalism.  The  American  Journal  of 
Theology  appeared  in  1897  and  was  from  its  inception  an  official  publication  of  the 
University  of  Chicago.  In  1903  Harper  appointed  Shailer  Mathews  Managing  Editor  of 
Christendom,  a  shortlived  (April  18-August  29,  1903)  attempt  at  producing  a  popular 
magazine.  Mathews  felt  the  venture  failed  because  it  had  been  undercapitalized  and 
mistakenly  launched  in  the  summer  when  readers  were  difficult  to  reach.  See  Shailer 
Mathews,  New  Faith  For  Old:  An  Autobiography  (New  York:  The  Macmillan  Company, 
1936),  pp.  90-92. 

4  See  the  footnote  on  the  cover  page  of  William  Rainey  Harper,  The  Hebrew  Student  1 
(April  1882):  1. 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  51 

[Harper]  himself  may  have  come,  which,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  are,  in  many 
respects,  widely  different."5  Yet  a  few  years  after  assuming  the  presidency  of 
his  university,  Harper  unabashedly  published  articles  on  the  first  twelve 
chapters  of  Genesis  which  made  it  clear  that  he  accepted  many  of  the  views 
which  previously  he  had  hedged  with  reservations. 

Lars  Hoffman  has  suggested  that  Harper  experienced  a  "second  conver- 
sion" to  the  ideas  of  Julius  Wellhausen  during  the  later  years  of  the  1880s.6 
In  order  both  to  evaluate  Hoffman's  suggestion  and,  more  importantly,  to 
discern  Harper's  distinctive  contribution  to  biblical  scholarship,  it  is  helpful 
to  consider  the  impact  of  Wellhausen  upon  biblical  scholarship  as  seen 
through  the  eyes  of  several  more  recent  scholars  of  the  field.  The  purpose  of 
such  a  review  is  not  to  retell  the  history  of  biblical  studies.  Rather,  by 
reviewing  portions  of  that  history,  Harper's  distinctive  blending  of  evangel- 
ical belief  and  critical  scholarship  becomes  more  apparent. 

Wellhausen's  Prolegomena  to  the  History  of  Israel  appeared  in  its 
original  German  edition  in  1878,  three  years  after  Harper  had  presented  his 
dissertation  to  William  Dwight  Whitney  and  the  Yale  faculty.  While  the  book 
is  little  known  to  those  outside  the  field  of  biblical  studies,  it  holds  a  place  in 
its  own  discipline  analogous  to  that  of  Charles  Darwin's  Origin  of  the 
Species  in  biology.  Like  Darwin,  Wellhausen  had  precursors  who  had 
discovered  major  anomalies  in  traditional  models  of  thinking.  And  also  like 
Darwin,  Wellhausen  differed  from  his  precursors  in  his  ability  to  present 
what  Rudolph  Smend  has  called  a  "total  view"  of  his  subject  which 
incorporated  troublesome  historical  discoveries  into  an  overarching  new 
perspective.7 

From  the  beginning  of  the  18th  century,  Old  Testament  scholars  had 
been  pondering  the  possibility  of  several  narrative  sources  for  the  book  of 
Genesis  and,  by  extension,  the  rest  of  the  Pentateuch.  In  a  review  of  biblical 
scholarship  in  that  period  Douglas  Knight  has  traced  the  proposal  of 
"distinguishable  sources"  back  to  Henning  Bernhard  Witter  in  171 1.8 
During  the  next  century  and  a  half  the  evidence  and  speculation  steadily 
accumulated  against  the  traditional  notion  of  Mosaic  authorship.  In  1753 
Jean  Astruc,  once  the  physician  to  Louis  XV  of  France  and  later  a  professor 
at  the  royal  college  at  Paris,  argued  that  two  different  narratives  could  be 
distinguished  in  Genesis  on  the  basis  of  whether  the  Hebrew  word  em- 
ployed for  God  was  Yahweh  or  Elohim.  By  1833  German  theologian  W.M.L. 
De  Wette  had  moved  attention  to  the  problematic  dating  of  the  book  of 

5  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  Testament  Student  8  (February  1889): 
205. 

6  Hoffman,  "William  Rainey  Harper  and  the  Chicago  Fellowship,"  p.  68. 

7  Rudolph  Smend,  "Julius  Wellhausen  and  His  Prolegomena  to  the  History  of  Israel," 
Semeia  25  (1982):  13. 

8  Douglas  A.  Knight,  "Wellhausen  and  the  Interpretation  of  Israel's  Literature,"  Semeia 
25  (1982):21. 


52  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Deuteronomy,  suggesting  that  instead  of  coming  from  the  hand  of  Moses  or 
from  either  of  the  two  sources  commonly  called  J  and  E,  Deuteronomy  was 
composed  sometime  in  the  7th  century  B.C.E.  By  the  time  that  K.H.  Graf 
suggested,  in  1865,  that  a  fourth  distinct  source,  the  Priestly  document,  was 
the  most  recent  of  all  the  Pentateuchal  sources,  a  tremendous  amount  of 
scholarship  and  evidence  had  accumulated  which  challenged  conventional 
explanations.9 

At  age  34,  Wellhausen,  the  son  of  a  high  church  Lutheran  minister, 
supplied  a  comprehensive  new  theory  which  could  accommodate  the  new 
knowledge.  The  breakthrough  which  led  to  his  complete  reconstruction  of 
Old  Testament  history  had  happened  almost  a  decade  before  Wellhausen 
published  his  Prolegomena.  The  scholar  recalled  how: 

Dimly  I  began  to  perceive  that  throughout  (the  Pentateuch)  there 
was  between  them  (prophetic  literature  and  Law)  all  the  difference 
that  separates  two  wholly  distinct  worlds.  ...  At  last,  in  the  course  of 
a  casual  visit  in  Gottingen  in  the  summer  of  1867,  I  learned  through 
Ritschl  that  Karl  Heinrich  Graf  placed  the  Law  later  than  the  Proph- 
ets, and  almost  without  knowing  his  reasons  for  the  hypothesis,  I  was 
prepared  to  accept  it; 

I  readily  acknowledged  to  myself  the  possibility  of  understand- 
ing Hebrew  antiquity  without  the  book  of  the  Law.10 

Wellhausen  gathered  the  insights  from  literary  criticism  and  used  them  to 
reconstruct  the  history  of  Israel.  If  the  Law  attributed  to  Moses  was  one  of 
the  latest  products  of  that  history,  then  existing  explanations  of  that  history 
needed  to  be  overhauled.  Although  other  scholars  would  subsequently  fault 
him  for  his  preoccupation  with  the  origins  of  the  Law,  that  problem  became 
the  decisive  one  for  Wellhausen.  The  "question  to  be  considered  is  whether 
that  law  is  the  starting  point  of  the  history  of  ancient  Israel,  or  not  rather  for 
that  of  Judaism,  i.e.,  of  the  religious  communion  which  survived  the 
destruction  of  the  nation  by  the  Assyrians  and  Chaldeans."11 

What  followed  as  the  solution  to  this  problem  was  what  Patrick  D. 
Miller,  Jr.,  has  recently  described  as  Wellhausen's  "schema."  Wellhausen's 
history  of  Israel's  religion  was  organized  around  three  different  sources  for 
Israel's  relationship  to  God.  Through  the  centuries,  that  relationship  shifted 
from  an  initial  orientation  to  nature,  to  a  subsequent  orientation  to  history 
and  then,  finally,  to  an  orientation  to  Law.12  Correspondingly,  Israel's  history 
could  be  divided  into  three  distinct  phases:  the  period  from  the  Exodus  to 

9  Herbert  L.  Hahn,  The  Old  Testament  in  Modern  Research  (Philadelphia:  Fortress 
Press,  1966)  pp.  4-5.  Smend,  "Julius  Wellhausen  and  His  Prolegomena  to  the  History  of 
Israel,"  p.  10. 

10  Wellhausen  is  quoted  in  Smend,  p.  10. 

11  Ibid.,  p.  12. 

12  Patrick  D.  Miller,  Jr.,  "Wellhausen  and  the  History  of  Israel's  Religion,"  Semeia  25 
(1982),  p.  62. 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  53 

the  emergence  of  Elijah  in  which  God  and  Israel  met  in  the  elemental  realm 
of  nature;  the  prophetic  period  with  its  emphasis  on  God's  actions  in  history; 
and  the  postexilic  age,  which  was  characterized  by  emphasis  on  the  legal 
relations  between  God  and  the  chosen  people. 

In  Wellhausen's  version,  the  primitive  period  of  early  Israelite  history 
was  typified  by  a  natural  religion  lacking  anything  resembling  the  monothe- 
ism of  later  Judaism.  John  H.  Hayes  has  summarized  Wellhausen's  recon- 
struction of  the  early  history: 

There  is  little  if  any  uniqueness  to  the  history  of  the  Israelite 
ancestors,  no  desert  theocracy,  no  monotheistic  faith,  no  law  set  once 
and  for  all,  no  unified  experience  of  all  the  tribes  in  Egypt,  no 
covenant  theology.13 

In  essence,  Wellhausen  had  jettisoned  the  patriarchal  period,  employing 
what  Douglas  Knight  has  called  the  "principle  of  historical  projection"  to 
deal  with  the  biblical  material  about  Abraham  and  his  people.14  The  only 
historical  knowledge  one  could  gain  from  such  stories  was  "of  the  time  when 
the  stories  about  them  arose  in  the  Israelite  people."15 

Wellhausen  attempted  to  divorce  the  history  of  Israel  from  theological 
interpretations.  His  history  was  informed  by  the  general  principle  that  "the 
nearer  history  is  to  its  origin  the  more  profane  it  is."16  But  in  spite  of  his 
efforts  to  offset  theological  biases,  other  prejudices  crept  into  his  reconstruc- 
tion. In  many  ways  a  temperamental  opposite  to  Harper,  Wellhausen 
shunned  "congresses  and  conferences,  went  on  no  lecture  tours,  and  hardly 
ever  participated  in  the  normal  sociability  of  colleagues"  at  Halle,  Marburg 
and  Gottingen  where  he  held  professorships.17  Knight  suggests  that  such  an 
"anti-institutional  posture"  made  him  unsympathetic  to  "post-exilic  inten- 
tions" and  "drew  him  to  the  free  spirit  which  he  saw  at  play  in  the  early 
period."18 

If  one  turns  to  Harper's  scholarly  writing  in  his  post-Yale  days,  it  is 
tempting  to  accept  Hoffman's  hypothesis  of  a  "second  conversion"  to 
Wellhausen.  Harper  clearly  accepted  many  of  the  elements  of  Wellhausen's 
program.  Like  the  seminal  German  thinker,  Harper  found  the  literary 
evidence  in  favor  of  the  thesis  that  Genesis  was  essentially  the  product  of 
four  historically  distinct  sources  to  be  of  major  significance  in  understanding 
Israel's  history.  He  too  was  unable  to  draw  a  straight  historical  line  from 
Eden  to  Jesus.  While  differing  slightly  from  Wellhausen  regarding  the  figure 
of  Abraham,  whom  Harper  regarded  as  a  "simple  superstitious  sheik,"  he 

13  John  H.  Hayes,  "Wellhausen  as  a  Historian  of  Israel,"  Semeia  25  (1982),  p.  53. 

14  Knight,  p.  28. 

15  Wellhausen  is  quoted  in  ibid. 

16  Wellhausen  is  quoted  in  ibid.,  p.  30. 

17  Smend,  p.  8. 

18  Knight,  p.  33. 


54  The  Bible  and  the  University 

concurred  with  Wellhausen's  assessment  that  the  religion  of  the  pre-M  ,saic 
period  was  primitive  and  very  similar  to  the  tribal  religions  of  other  Semitic 
peoples.19  Further,  Harper  agreed  with  Wellhausen  that  the  view  of  God 
attributed  to  the  patriarchal  period  reflected  the  beliefs  of  Judaism  in  its 
post-exilic  phase.  Such  a  reconceiving  of  patriarchal  history  did  not,  how- 
ever, lead  Harper  to  disvalue  Israel's  earliest  history.  What  made  the 
Hebrews  special  for  Harper  was  their  twenty  centuries  of  intermigrating 
among  the  civilizations  of  the  ancient  Near  Eastern  world.  This  "unparal- 
leled" contact  with  all  the  great  civilizations  allowed  Israel  to  absorb  the  best 
from  each  of  these  contacts.20 

Harper  also  concurred  with  Wellhausen's  assessment  that  Moses  did  not 
author  the  Decalogue,  at  least  in  the  form  it  takes  in  the  Pentateuch.  Moses 
was,  in  Harper's  estimation,  a  "despot"  who  moved  his  people  ahead  from 
the  polytheism  of  the  patriarchal  age  to  henotheism.  Harper  agreed  that 
Moses  did  not  offer  a  fully  developed  monotheism,  but  felt  that  he  did  offer 
a  new  conception  of  God  which  did  not  become  dominant  in  Israel  for 
hundreds  of  years.  Study  of  the  prophetic  era  led  Harper  to  share 
Wellhausen's  opinion  that  monotheism  did  not  enter  the  mainstream  of 
Israel's  life  until  after  the  Babylonian  exile.21 

Like  Wellhausen,  Harper  also  found  the  career  of  Elijah  to  be  a 
watershed  in  Israel's  history.  The  "prophetic  revolt"  of  933  B.C.  was  led  by 
this  "fanatic"  who  secured  a  victory  for  the  "country  religion"  of  Israel  over 
that  of  its  Canaanite  neighbors.22  Harper  shared  with  Wellhausen  a  preoc- 
cupation with  the  period  that  lasted  from  Elijah's  time  through  the  career  of 
Jeremiah.  John  H.  Hayes  has  argued  that  Wellhausen  shared  in  a  general 
19th  century  "rediscovery  of  prophecy"  and  that  Wellhausen  overempha- 
sized the  importance  of  the  prophets.23  Harper  also  participated  in  his  era's 
preoccupation  with  prophecy,  which  was  in  his  estimation  "the  central 
mountain  range,"  the  "backbone"  of  the  Old  Testament.24 

While  Harper  may  have  been  sympathetic  to  the  basic  historical  recon- 
structions offered  by  Wellhausen,  he  differed  with  him  regarding  their 

19  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  11  (May  1898):291;  "Edito- 
rial," ibid.  12  (September  1898):  148;  "The  Human  Element  in  the  Early  Stories  of 
Genesis,"  ibid.  4  (October  1894):267;  "A  Theory  of  the  Divine  and  Human  Elements  in 
Genesis  I-XI,"  ibid.  4  (December  1894):410;  "Constructive  Studies  in  the  Priestly  Element 
in  the  Old  Testament— Part  II,"  ibid.  17  (February  1901):  124. 

20  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  Prophetic  Element  in  the  Old  Testament  As  Related  to 
Christianity,"  unpublished  lecture,  Personal  Papers,  Box  16,  Folder  9,  pp.  14,  19. 

21  Ibid,  pp.  14,  20-21,  32. 

22  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Constructive  Studies  in  the  Prophetic  Element.  Study  VI," 
The  Biblical  World  24  (October  1904):  292, 299;  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  25  (March 
1905):  168. 

23  Hayes,  pp.  53-^54. 

24  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  20  (August  1902):84,  and 
"Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  2  (September  1893):  164. 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  55 

interpretation.  Wellhausen  explained  the  history  of  Israel  as  a  gradual 
triumph  of  institutional  religion  over  the  free,  spontaneous  religion  of  the 
individual.  Harper,  on  the  other  hand,  read  the  Old  Testament  progres- 
sively, constantly  pointing  out  evidence  of  steady  development  toward 
higher  views  of  God  and  the  individual.  Thus  Jeremiah  discovered  the 
"doctrine  of  individualism"  during  the  relatively  late  period  which  began 
with  the  Deuteronomic  revolution  (622  B.C.E.)  and  lasted  through  the  exile 
(beginning  in  586  B.C.E.)25  Harper  agreed  that  prophecy  culminated  and 
died  during  this  period,  but  unlike  Wellhausen  he  was  able  to  trace  the 
continuance  of  a  development  of  prophetic  beliefs  about  God  to  a  higher 
level  in  Judaism.  Post-exilic  life  developed  the  "highest"  sense  of  God's 
transcendence  and  the  most  pervasive  sense  of  sin  in  Israel's  history.  While 
Harper  was  especially  drawn  to  the  intermigratory  pattern  of  the  pre-exilic 
forms  of  Hebrew  religion  and  even  incorporated  the  image  into  his  model  of 
college  life,  he  was  able  to  attach  a  more  positive  significance  to  the  more 
inward-looking,  cult-centered  religion  of  Judaism  than  was  Wellhausen.26 

While  a  description  of  several  similar  historical  conclusions  shared  by 
Harper  and  Wellhausen  seems  to  support  the  "second  conversion"  argu- 
ment, it  is  important  not  to  overlook  Harper's  public  statements  about  his 
exegetical  position.  Those  statements  reveal  that  although  he  accepted  many 
historical  findings  advanced  by  Wellhausen  and  his  German  colleagues, 
Harper  appropriated  those  ideas  selectively  and  set  them  in  a  framework 
quite  different  from  Wellhausen's.  Rather  than  merely  echo  Wellhausen's 
ideas,  Harper  incorporated  them  into  his  own  interpretation  of  biblical 
history  which,  unlike  that  of  the  great  continental  scholar,  was  both  critical 
and  evangelical. 

There  is  little  doubt  that  Harper's  public  stance  regarding  the  new 
biblical  scholarship  developed  from  caution  as  a  young  editor  to  bold 
advocacy  in  the  1890s.  But  Harper's  journals  reveal  an  awareness  of  critical 
issues  from  the  start.  In  the  second  issue  of  The  Hebrew  Student,  Harper 
reprinted  the  views  of  another  distinguished  German  scholar,  Franz 
Delitzsch,  under  the  title  "The  New  Criticism."  Delitzsch  had  admitted  that 
it  was  "true  that  many,  and,  at  least,  four  hands  participated  in  the  codifica- 
tion of  the  Pentateuchal  history  and  legislation."  This  more  conservative 
scholar  warned,  however,  that  results  of  biblical  criticism  "are  not  as 
unquestionable  as  they  pretend  to  be."  In  contradiction  to  more  famous 
contemporaries  like  Wellhausen,  Delitzsch  stated  that  he  began  his  study 

from  an  idea  of  God,  from  which  the  possibility  of  miracle  follows, 
and  confessing  the  resurrection  of  Christ,  it  confesses  the  reality  of  a 

25  Harper,  "The  Prophetic  Element  in  the  Old  Testament  As  Related  to  Christianity," 
p.  43. 

26  Harper,  "Constructive  Studies  in  the  Priestly  Element  in  the  Old  Testament.  Part  IV," 
The  Biblical  World  17  (May  1901):366ff. 


56  The  Bible  and  the  University 

central  miracle,  to  which  the  miracles  of  redemption-history  refer  as 
the  planets  do  to  the  sun. 

Delitzsch  rejected  "a  priori  all  results  of  criticism  which  abolish  the  Old 
Testament  premises  of  the  religion  of  redemption."27 

Elsewhere  in  the  same  issue  the  editor  commented  on  "the  burning 
questions"  of  the  day.  Harper  declared  that  what  was  causing 

so  great  anxiety  to  many,  is  not  so  much  the  results  of  Wellhausen's 
investigations  as  the  irreverent  and  even  frivolous  manner,  in  which 
he  has  declared  almost  the  whole  Mosaic  law  a  product  of  the  exilic 
and  post-exilic  age,  pronouncing  the  history  of  the  Exodus  and  of  the 
legislation  legendary  or  merely  fictitious. 

He  was  more  congenial  to  Delitzsch,  on  the  other  hand,  who  attempted  "to 
show  that  it  is  possible  to  maintain  the  union  of  different  records  and 
codifications  in  the  Pentateuch  without  denying  the  essential  truth  of  the 
history,  and  without  surrendering  the  reverence  which  we  owe  to  the  Holy 
Scriptures."28 

When  Harper  became  more  outspoken  on  critical  issues  in  the  1890s  his 
public  position  remained  much  nearer  to  that  of  Delitzsch,  who  received 
frequent  favorable  reviews  in  Harper's  journals,  than  to  that  of  Wellhausen, 
with  whom  he  differed  on  fundamental  grounds.  But  already  in  1882  Harper 
rhetorically  had  asked,  "Radical  or  Conservative,  that  is  the  question?"  He 
wondered  whether  views  which  appeared  to  be  radical  "from  our  American 
stand-point"  were  really  "conservative  when  viewed  from  the  German 
stand-point."  American  students  should  pursue  the  study  of  these  issues,  but 
with  "great  care."  A  single  irresponsible  paper  could  do  harm  that  years  of 
subsequent  labor  might  not  overcome.  "Make  haste  slowly,"  he  suggested, 
"should  be  the  ruling  principle."  Any  changes  in  biblical  interpretation  that 
might  occur  "must  come  gradually."29 

In  March  of  1886  Harper  reviewed  Wellhausen's  troublesome  but 
seminal  book,  Prolegomena  to  the  History  of  Israel.  Conceding  that  the 
work  came  from  a  "masterhand,"  Harper  nevertheless  offered  several  criti- 
cisms reminiscent  of  Delitzsch's  position.  He  faulted  the  work  for  being 
"thoroughly  rationalistic."  It  knew  "nothing  of  infallible  inspiration,  nothing 
of  supernatural  revelation."  Further,  the  tone  of  the  work  was  "far  from 
reverent  to  those  who  receive  the  Old  Testament  as  the  Word  of  God." 
Harper  felt  that  Wellhausen  adjusted  the  facts  to  his  theory.  There  was  little 
doubt  that  Wellhausen's  scholarship  was  useful  in  presenting  "the  many 
facts  of  Scripture  ...  in  a  new  light"  which  necessitated  further  careful 
scientific  study.  But,  he  concluded,  "the  truth  will  be  more  fully  known;  and 

27  Franz  Delitzsch,  "The  New  Criticism,"  The  Hebrew  Student  1  (May  1882) :6-7. 

28  William  Rainey  Harper,  "A  General  Statement,"  The  Hebrew  Student  1  (May  1882):  10 
and  "Editorial  Notes,"  ibid.,  p.  11. 

29  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial  Notes,"  The  Hebrew  Student  1  (June,  1882):51. 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  57 

though  received  views  may  be  modified,  yet  God's  word  will  be  clarified  and 
will  shine  more  perfectly  in  the  Law,  the  Prophets  and  the  Scriptures."30 

Harper's  early  reticence  about  expressing  his  own  critical  views  may 
have  had  less  to  do  with  a  "second  conversion"  than  with  another  factor 
Hoffman  noticed.  Aware  of  his  constituency,  Harper  made  haste  slowly. 
Although  urged  by  journal  readers  and  colleagues  like  Charles  Briggs  of 
Union  Seminary  to  declare  himself  on  sensitive  issues  of  exegesis,  Harper 
resisted.  Instead  he  conducted  a  symposium  through  the  pages  of  his  journal, 
asking  "Shall  the  Analyzed  Pentateuch  Be  Published  in  The  Old  Testament 
Student?"  Many  said  Yes.  Harper  declined:  "The  time  has  not  yet  come 
when  even  such  a  journal  as  The  Student  can  take  up  and  present  such 
material  with  impunity."  31  Harper's  editorial  discretion — much  more  than  a 
sudden  intellectual  conversion — may  help  account  for  his  reluctant  forth- 
rightness.  He  felt  free  to  advance  in  an  unambiguous  way  critically  informed 
interpretations  only  after  those  who  elected  him  to  the  presidency  at 
Chicago  had  vindicated  him  in  the  face  of  Augustus  Strong's  politically 
motivated  heresy  charges.32 

The  Harper  Hermeneutic 

In  Literary  Criticism  and  Biblical  Hermeneutics:  A  Critique  of  Formal- 
ist Approaches,  Lynn  M.  Poland  has  recentiy  argued  that  as  a  result  of  the 
rise  of  modern  historical  consciousness  "the  interpretative  relation  between 
text  and  reader  essentially  reversed  its  direction."  Instead  of  trying  to  fit 
personal  experience  into  an  authoritative  biblical  world  as  pre-critical 
readers  did,  modern  interpreters  had  to  accomodate  the  biblical  material  into 
the  new  world  of  science  and  historical  knowledge.  Historical  criticism,  as 
advanced  by  Wellhausen  and  his  colleagues,  demonstrated  and  deepened  a 
previously  unrecognized  "alienation  of  texts  from  the  interpreter."  The 
result  of  these  new  approaches  towards  the  Bible  and  other  ancient  texts 
Poland  labelled  "the  distinctive  problematic  of  modern  scriptural 
hermeneutics."  People  in  Harper's  generation  had  to  be  "at  once  an  insider 
and  an  outsider,  negotiating  between  the  critical  perspectives  of  the  modern 
sciences  and  the  recovery  of  meaning  for  faith"  if  their  sacred  texts  were  to 
continue  to  have  "abiding  religious  significance."33 

Poland's  description  of  the  modern  hermeneutical  problem  provides  an 
important  clue  to  much  of  the  religious  turmoil  of  Harper's  age.  Shifting 

30  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Wellhausen's  History  of  Israel,"  The  Old  Testament  Student 
5  (March  1886):319. 

31  "A  Symposium:  Shall  the  Analyzed  Pentateuch  Be  Published  in  The  Old  Testament 
Student"  7  (June,  1888):312-19  and  "Editorial"  ibid.,  p.  306. 

32  The  accusation  of  heresy  against  Harper  by  Augustus  H.  Strong  is  discussed  below,  pp. 
107ff. 

33  Lynn  M.  Poland,  Literary  Criticism  and  Biblical  Hermeneutics:  A  Critique  ofFormal- 
istic  Approaches  (Chico,  California:  Scholars  Press,  1985),  p.  33,  24. 


58  The  Bible  and  the  University 

relationships  between  modern  readers  of  Scripture  and  their  sacred  book 
were  apparent  in  the  ferment  of  19th  century  biblical  scholarship  and  in  the 
dramatic  surge  of  popular  interest  in  biblical  subjects  to  which  Harper's 
career  attests. 

Both  Harper's  scholarly  career  and  his  university  presidency  must  be  set 
within  the  context  of  the  fracturing  of  traditional  relationships  between 
Protestants  and  their  primary  source  of  authority,  the  Bible.  In  the  face  of 
such  trauma,  Harper  attempted  to  construct  a  new  scientific  hermeneutic, 
based  on  facts  established  by  "reverent  criticism."  In  essence,  he  attempted 
to  carry  out  a  critical  reformation  of  a  relationship  at  the  center  of  America's 
religious  life. 

Some  of  Harper's  sharpest  words  were  reserved  for  conventional  notions 
of  biblical  interpretation  which  prevailed  in  19th-century  America.  Years  of 
preparation  and  study  led  him  to  label  traditional  approaches  to  Scripture  as 
"artificial  and  monstrous."  Harper  first  concluded  that  the  Bible  had  in  fact 
been  "misrepresented,"  and  then  embarked  upon  a  vocation  of  "clearing 
away  the  rubbish"  that  separated  modern  readers  from  the  sacred  book. 
From  his  perspective  the  "babbling"  of  traditional  interpreters  was  more 
dangerous  to  modern  readers  than  were  "the  sneers  of  an  Ingersoll,"  the 
quintessential  infidel  of  the  era.  Looking  backward  he  discerned  that  literal 
and  artificial  methods  of  interpretation  had  blinded  first  century  Jews, 
locking  them  into  a  way  of  believing  that  kept  them  from  recognizing  Jesus 
as  Messiah.  Faulty  interpretation  also  blinded  modern  readers  to  the  true 
message  of  the  Scriptures  in  the  19th  century.34 

For  Harper  the  evangelical  faith  was  at  "the  parting  of  the  ways" 
regarding  Bible  study.  He  divided  American  attitudes  toward  the  Bible  into 
three  categories.  While  many  fell  into  the  "sin"  of  bibliolatry,  others 
gathered  at  the  opposite  end  of  the  spectrum,  filled  with  skepticism.  A  third 
group  remained  indifferent  to  scriptural  claims.  But  all  three  groups  misread 
their  sacred  texts.35  Of  those  who  bothered  to  read  the  Bible  fully  three 
quarters  seemed  to  allegorize  or  spiritualize  its  contents.  Noting  that  system- 
atic theologians  were  speaking  with  a  "less  confident  tone,"  Harper's  journal 
proclaimed  that  popular  evangelical  theology  was  "docetic"  and  "gnostic." 
An  a  priorist  approach  to  the  Scriptures  made  Jesus  into  "an  extra-legal 
interruption  into  history"  rather  than  a  fully  historical,  and  therefore  believ- 
able figure.  Popular  readers  placed  the  Bible  outside  history — separate  from 

34  William  Rainey  Harper,  "A  Theory  of  the  Divine  and  Human  Elements  in  Genesis 
I-XI,"  The  Biblical  World  4  (December  1894):418;  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  New  Testa- 
ment Student  15  (July/August  1892):4-5;  "Editorial,"  ibid.  10  (February  1890):71-72; 
"Outline  Topics  in  the  History  of  Old  Testament  Prophecy:  Study  11,"  The  Biblical  World 
7  (February  1896):  129. 

35  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  Parting  of  the  Ways,"  The  Biblical  World  20  (July 
1902):3ff;  "Some  General  Considerations  Relating  to  Genesis  I-XI,"  ibid.  4  (September 
1894):  189-91. 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  59 

it — and  did  not  view  its  various  books  as  responses  to  the  historical  events 
and  beliefs  of  a  people.36 

Harper  refused  to  "degrade"  God  as  the  a  priorists  did  by  making  divine 
activity  fit  into  the  mold  of  literal  understandings.  Instead  he  offered  a 
"reasonable  view"  that  allowed  no  bifurcation  between  devotional  and 
intellectual  approaches  to  the  Scriptures.  The  Bible  was  not  two  books,  he 
claimed,  but  one.  No  longer  did  the  Bible  occupy  the  "supreme  position"  it 
once  held.  Indeed,  the  misuse  of  the  book  had  relegated  it  to  a  "secondary" 
place. 

For  these  reasons,  Harper's  journals  took  on  a  missionary  hue  as  they 
relentlessly  advocated  a  new  approach  to  the  Scriptures.  Proper  study  would 
carry  one  past  the  threshold  of  doubt  as  the  old  understandings  (rubbish) 
slipped  away.  If  students  followed  Harper's  approach,  the  end  of  the  process 
was  a  new  "home."  The  "critical  question"  for  his  era  was  how  to  carry  the 
student  through  the  transition  period  from  the  embrace  of  one  perspective  to 
adoption  of  another.  One  had  to  endure  the  painful  stage  of  "passage  from 
an  unthinking  to  a  rational  faith."37 

Harper's  most  complete  statement  about  issues  of  interpretation  was  a 
lecture,  "The  Rational  and  The  Rationalistic  Higher  Criticism,"  given  at 
Chautauqua  on  August  2,  1892.  Assuming  that  the  Bible  held  a  "place 
fundamental  in  all  thought  and  life,"  Harper  observed  that  conflict  raged 
about  the  book  "on  every  side."  Unfortunately,  to  the  general  public  the 
word  "criticism"  conveyed  an  "unpleasant  idea,"  but  to  Harper  the  word 
simply  meant  "inquiry."  In  that  sense  "every  real  student  of  the  Sacred 
Word  is  a  higher  critic."  The  higher  critic  sought 

to  discover  the  date  of  the  book,  its  authorship,  the  particular  circum- 
stances under  which  it  had  its  origin,  the  various  characteristics  of 
style  which  it  presents;  the  occasion  of  the  book;  the  purpose  which 
in  the  mind  of  its  author  it  was  intended  to  subserve.38 

Working  with  this  understanding  of  criticism  Harper  had  been  able  on  an 
earlier  occasion  to  hold  up  as  an  example  of  higher  criticism  his  conservative 
counterpart  in  the  Pentateuchal  debates  which  had  gone  on  in  Hebraica. 
Thus  Princeton's  Professor  Henry  Green,  who  opposed  the  critical  opinions 
of  Wellhausen  and  other  "radical  critics,"  had  received  an  unsolicited 

36  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  2  (August  1893):83;  "Edito- 
rial," ibid.  9  (February  1897):81;  "Editorial,"  ibid.  16  (August  1900):84. 

37  William  Rainey  Harper,  "A  Theory  of  the  Divine  and  Human  Elements  in  Genesis 
I-XI,"  The  Biblical  World  4  (December  1894):419;  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  New  Testa- 
ment Student  13  (November  1891):258;  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  2  (July  1893):4; 
"Editorial,"  ibid.  2  (August  1893):81;  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  12 
(January  1891):3;  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  13  (February  1899):65. 

38  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  Rational  and  the  Rationalistic  Higher  Criticism," 
Chautauqua  Assembly  Herald  17  (August  4,  1892):2-3,  6-7. 


60  The  Bible  and  the  University 

compliment  which  may  not  have  helped  an  already  confused  public  grasp  a 
complex  issue.39 

Harper  urged  his  Chautauqua  listeners  to  join  "in  an  effort  to  distinguish 
the  true  criticism  from  the  false,  a  rational  criticism  from  a  rationalistic." 
These  two  types  of  criticism  did  not  differ  primarily  in  purpose,  principles  or 
material.  The  difference  between  the  two  was  "in  the  method  of  work  and  in 
the  spirit"  with  which  the  work  was  conducted.  The  rationalistic  critic  gave 
"undue  prominence  to  the  authority  of  reason."  Two  groups  were  subclasses 
of  this  type.  One  class  enthroned  reason  as  sole  authority,  "denying  the 
authority  of  the  scriptures,  and  the  supernatural  origin  of  Christianity."  The 
other  group  did  not  sense  its  affinities  with  the  explicitly  rationalistic 
viewpoint.  These  interpreters  magnified  the  authority  of  Scripture,  but 
unconsciously  placed  reason  "still  higher."  This  group's  argument  pro- 
ceeded, "God  being  so  and  so,  therefore  .  .  .  ;  Jesus  Christ  being  so  and  so, 
therefore.  .  .  ."  Although  their  premises  were  opposite,  one  class  denying 
supernatural  revelation  and  the  other  affirming  it,  the  groups  really  operated 
with  "two  parallel  formulas."  The  "great  multitude  of  critics"  belonged  to 
one  or  the  other  of  the  subclasses.40 

Yet  "here  and  there,"  Harper  claimed,  one  might  find  a  "disciple  of 
another  school,"  one  "hardly  yet  organized."  This  was  the  "rational  school," 
and  although  Harper  did  not  say  so,  he  was  its  champion.  The  first 
characteristic  of  a  rational  critic  was  a  "scientific"  spirit  that  moved  through 
a  three-step  process:  induction,  reasoning  and  verification.  Rational  critics 
first  observed,  then  formulated  conclusions  and  finally  sought  to  "find  a 
theory  which  shall  include  all  the  facts."  To  be  truly  scientific,  the  critic  held 
conclusions  "subject  to  modifications  or  verification  from  other  similar 
work."41 

Both  traditional  interpreters  and  "materialistic"  ones  operated  under  the 
guise  of  science.  But  Harper  cautioned  that  their  approaches  were 
"scientistic  not  scientific."  One  way  of  distinguishing  between  rational  and 
rationalistic  stances  was  to  discern  whether  interpreters  were  "broad  and 
open"  or  "narrow  and  dogmatic."  In  making  such  a  determination,  Harper 
risked  a  judgment  of  his  own  profession.  Specialists  were  "of  necessity" 
narrow  individuals,  who  often  had  "an  inability  to  generalize."  Rational 
critics,  however,  based  their  conclusions  "upon  all  the  facts  and  upon  those 
facts  arranged  in  their  proper  relations."  Wellhausen  and  other  representa- 
tives of  "those  who  deny  the  supernatural  origin"  of  the  Bible,  were  guilty 
of  just  such  a  "narrowness  beyond  belief,"  which  led  to  "a  dogmatism  of  the 
most  arrogant  type."42 

39  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  Testament  Student  6  (October  1886):36. 

40  Harper,  "Rational  and  Rationalistic,"  p.  3. 

41  Ibid. 

42  Ibid.,  pp.  3-4. 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  61 

Another  mark  of  the  rational  spirit  was  its  "constructive"  character. 
Scholars  had  to  search  for  the  foundations  of  phenomena,  but  care  was 
required  so  that  untrained  minds  were  not  "led  to  give  up  old  positions 
before  new  positions  have  been  formulated."  Harper  spotted  many  "theo- 
logical and  religious  wrecks"  on  his  horizon  and  concluded  that  the  "work  of 
destruction  must  be  distinguished  from  the  spirit  of  destruction."  At  times  it 
was  necessary  to  challenge  cherished  beliefs,  but  the  motive  and  manner  of 
this  destructive  work  was  crucial.  People  animated  by  the  destructive  spirit 
"seem  possessed  by  the  evil  one  himself,  so  malignant  is  their  feeling,  so 
malicious  is  their  purpose."43 

The  final  mark  of  rational  criticism  was  reverence.  The  reverent  critic 
did  not  see  God  as  "some  far  distant  power"  but  rather  as  "a  father" 
interested  in  all  the  activities  of  the  creation.  A  rational  critic  believed  "in  a 
divine  revelation  culminating  in  the  incarnation  of  the  deity  himself  and  in 
the  life  on  earth  and  death  and  resurrection  of  that  incarnate  Word."  Such 
revelation  was  gradual,  "coming  little  by  little  through  the  centuries."  For 
Harper  the  most  telling  difference  between  rational  and  rationalistic  critics 
was  whether  the  motivating  spirit  was  one  of  reverence  or  blasphemy.44 
Elsewhere  Harper  asserted  that  the  key  ingredient  in  biblical  criticism  was 
a  "believing  point  of  view."45 

In  a  very  preliminary  and  undeveloped  way,  Harper  anticipated  the 
distinction  between  the  hermeneutics  of  belief  and  the  hermeneutics  of 
suspicion  which  Paul  Ricoeur  developed  decades  later  in  his  significant 
work  on  the  interpretation  of  Scripture.46  Like  Ricoeur,  Harper  found  it 
necessary  to  move  beyond  both  implicit  faith  and  critical  inquiry.  The  true 
biblical  scholar  still  expected  the  text  to  address  him  after  the  critical  process 
had  occurred.  Unlike  Ricoeur  and  others  of  his  generation,  Harper  gave  his 
major  effort  to  the  critical  uncovering  of  the  history  behind  the  text,  rather 
than  to  the  text  as  a  distinct  entity. 

At  other  times  Harper  assigned  different  labels  to  his  method  of  studying 
the  Scriptures.  Seven  years  prior  to  the  presentation  of  his  Chautauqua 
lecture  on  the  subject,  Harper  had  commented  in  the  Old  Testament 
Student  about  three  schools  of  interpretation:  the  rationalistic,  the  allegoriz- 
ing and  the  historico-grammatical,  "the  school  of  our  century."47  In  1896  and 
again  in  1904  he  distinguished  among  three  schools  of  the  interpretation  of 

43  Ibid.,  p.  6. 

44  Ibid.,  p.  7. 

45  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  Testament  Student  8  (October  1888):44. 

46  Ricoeur  developed  the  idea  of  a  "conflict  of  interpretations"  or  "war  of  hermeneutics" 
in  Freud  and  Philosophy:  An  Essay  on  Interpretation,  trans.  Denis  Savage  (New  Haven: 
Yale  University  Press,  1970),  pp.  54-56.  He  names  the  two  schools  in  the  conflict  "the 
school  of  suspicion"  and  "the  school  of  reminiscence"  (p.  32). 

47  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  Age  of  Common  Sense  in  Interpretation,"  The  Old 
Testament  Student  5  (October  1885):88. 


62  The  Bible  and  the  University 

prophecy:  rationalistic,  predictive  and  historical.  Those  within  the  last  group 
of  interpreters  could  be  classified  either  as  "conditional"  or  "idealistic" 
interpreters.48  Locating  himself  among  the  "idealistic"  interpreters  who 
recognized  the  gradual  realizations  of  ideals  throughout  Israel's  history, 
Harper  fashioned  a  via  media  between  the  supernatural  claims  of  evangel- 
ical faith  and  the  fresh  discoveries  of  historical  investigation.  As  he  plumbed 
for  the  "fundamental  ideas"  of  biblical  material,  Harper  avoided  choosing 
either  of  two  unpalatable  alternatives:  he  did  not  ignore  the  results  of 
modern  knowledge,  but  neither  did  he  renounce  the  divine  factor  in  his- 
tory. 


The  Scientific  Study  of  The  Scriptures 

Like  many  Americans  of  his  era,  Harper  was  enamored  of  science. 
Scientific  vocabulary  colored  his  writing,  and  he  urged  his  students  to  be 
scientific  in  their  manner.  In  a  dissertation  on  the  development  of  scientific 
study  at  the  University  of  Chicago,  however,  Lincoln  C.  Blake  has  suggested 
that  while  Harper  may  have  believed  that  he  shared  in  the  scientific  spirit  of 
his  age,  in  reality  his  understanding  of  the  natural  sciences  was  more 
superficial.  Harper's  decisions  when  hiring  two  professors  for  his  nascent 
science  departments  revealed  to  Blake  that  although  he  was  a  professional  in 
his  own  field,  Harper  was  only  a  layman  in  the  realms  of  natural  and  physical 
science.49 

Recalling  Harper's  undergraduate  and  graduate  education  and  his  lim- 
ited exposure  to  German  notions  of  Wissenschaft  except  as  mediated 
through  filtering  agents  like  Professor  Whitney  of  Yale,  it  is  likely  that  his 
scientific  method  was  a  descendant  of  the  common-sense  philosophy  of 
Scotiand's  Thomas  Reid.  In  The  Enlightenment  in  America,  Henry  F.  May 
demonstrated  that  this  common-sense  approach  "reigned  supreme"  in 
American  education  throughout  the  greater  part  of  the  19th  century.50  For 
most  American  scientists,  gathering  all  the  facts,  arranging  them  in  catego- 
ries, and  inducing  a  hypothesis  equalled  "science."  Evidence,  for  these 
investigators,  seemed  rather  unambiguous;  their  problem  was  simply  the 
incompleteness  of  knowledge.  Echoes  of  this  common-sense  version  of 
science  can  be  observed  in  Harper's  statements  about  his  science. 

In  the  March  1888  Old  Testament  Student,  for  example,  Harper  defined 
scientific  Bible  study  as 

48  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Outline  Topics  in  the  History  of  Old  Testament  Prophecy: 
Study  III,"  The  Biblical  World  7  (March  1896):  199;  "Constructive  Studies  in  the  Prophetic 
Element  in  the  Old  Testament,"  ibid.  23  (January  1904):57. 

49  Lincoln  C.  Blake,  "The  Concept  and  Development  of  Science  at  The  University  of 
Chicago  1890-1905"  (Ph.D.  dissertation,  University  of  Chicago,  1966). 

50  Henry  F.  May,  The  Enlightenment  in  America  (New  York:  Oxford  University  Press, 
1976),  p.  348. 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  63 

study  in  the  process  of  which  (1)  scientific  methods  are  employed;  (2) 
adherence  is  maintained  to  the  laws  of  human  speech;  (3)  allowance 
is  made  for  all  the  factors  which  enter  into  the  problem  under 
consideration;  (4)  the  truth  is  sought,  regardless  of  previous  precon- 
ceptions. 

It  was  not 

study  in  the  process  of  which  (1)  methods  belonging  to  the  dark  ages 
are  used;  (2)  the  simplest  laws  of  language  are  violated;  (3)  only  facts 
favorable  to  the  theory  are  considered,  the  others  wrested  or  ignored; 
(4)  a  theory  must  be  established,  whether  by  fair  or  foul  means.51 

Harper  admitted  that  he  was  not  too  "rigid"  in  his  employment  of  an 
inductive  approach.  There  was  a  danger,  he  felt,  of  induction  from  one  set  of 
facts  to  the  exclusion  of  others.  Thus,  while  encouraging  the  reading  of  the 
Bible  as  a  piece  of  great  literature,  he  warned  against  the  inherent  danger  of 
reading  it  as  "mere  literature."  The  "supernatural  element"  would  be  lost  if 
only  literary  facts  were  admitted  to  the  inquiry.  One  must  "find  a  theory 
which  shall  include  all  the  facts."  For  him  a  "nonreligious  study  of  the 
Bible"  was  every  bit  as  "unscientific"  as  a  non-historical  variety.52 

If  the  scholar  participated  in  a  scientific  viewing  of  "the  wonderful 
facts"  of  the  scriptural  record,  according  to  Harper,  he  or  she  would  be  led  to 
"no  other  explanation  but  that  of  God."  Following  his  inductive  method  to 
its  ultimate  conclusion,  Harper  posited  the  "hypothesis  of  the  divine  factor" 
in  Israel's  history.  How  else,  he  argued,  could  one  account  for  this  people's 
peculiar  monotheism  in  the  midst  of  Arabian  polytheism?  Historical  inves- 
tigation led  him  to  affirm  the  "supreme  facts  of  Revealed  religion  .  .  .  God, 
Christ,  Sin,  Eternal  life,  retribution."  As  a  scientific  student  of  the  Bible, 
Harper  defended  the  truthfulness  of  its  writers,  even  while  accepting  critical 
challenges  to  their  literal  or  historical  accuracy.  Consideration  of  their 
exalted  faith  led  him  to  argue  that  it  was  "psychologically  impossible"  for 
prophets  to  "palm  off'  false  narratives  on  unsuspecting  readers.53 

Imitating  the  language  of  a  scientist  in  his  laboratory,  Harper  wrote  that 
after  all  the  human  elements  in  the  biblical  material  had  been  analyzed  there 
remained  a  "divine  element"  which  was  the  "residuum  which  cannot  be 
attributed  to  man."  Since  the  divine  was  discernible  if  one  was  properly 
scientific  in  method,  it  was  possible  for  the  faith  of  modern  believers  to  share 
a  scientific  character  and  certainty.  Faith  could  be  constructed  on  a  scientific 

51  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  Testament  Student  7  (March  1888):211. 

52  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  9  (August 
1889):65,  68-70;  "Rational  and  Rationalistic,"  p.  3;  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  10 
(November  1897)  :322. 

53  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  9  (October 
1889):  196;  "The  Divine  Element  in  the  Early  Stories  of  Genesis,"  The  Biblical  World  4 
(November  1894):356;  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  12  (March 
1891):131;  "Editorial,"  ibid.  12  (June  1891):324. 


64  The  Bible  and  the  University 

basis;  belief  equalled  accepting  the  evidence.  One  cultivated  belief  by 
analyzing  the  evidence  and  arranging  life  according  to  it.54 

Harper's  scientific  approach  to  faith  allowed  him  to  bridge,  at  least  in  his 
own  eyes,  the  epistemological  gap  between  reason  and  reception  of  revela- 
tion. It  followed  then  that  the  apostle  Paul  had  been  mistaken  when  he 
pitted  the  foolishness  of  God  against  the  wisdom  of  humans.  God's  activity 
was  natural;  there  was  an  "essential  harmony"  between  nature's  laws  and 
the  working  of  the  Kingdom  of  God.  Harper  could  see  the  "same  Divine 
methods  in  human  life  everywhere."  Searching  for  truth  was  equivalent  to 
"searching  for  God."  The  "grandest  fact"  was  that  God  did  not  speak  one 
word  in  nature  and  another  in  revelation;  there  was  one  Word  of  God  in  both. 
The  child  and  the  savage  found  supernatural  evidence  only  in  the  startling, 
exceptional  events  of  history.  The  "instructed  mind,"  on  the  other  hand,  saw 
God  in  the  world  of  natural  law  and  order.55 

Having  established  an  essential  continuity  between  the  Bible  and  the 
world  of  historical  and  scientific  truth,  Harper  was  not  troubled  by  various 
facts  which  threatened  believers  adhering  to  more  traditional  perspectives. 
The  existence  of  150,000  different  scribal  renderings  in  a  host  of  New 
Testament  manuscripts  did  not  weaken  his  scientifically  established  faith. 
Neither  did  the  fact  that  the  Pentateuch  had  four  authors  rather  than  the  one 
of  tradition.  It  was  "pseudo-science"  to  claim  that  there  was  nothing 
historical  in  the  Bible.  To  claim  that  every  jot  and  tittle  of  it  was  historically 
accurate  was  "pseudo-orthodoxy."  What  Harper  advocated  was  "biblical 
science,"  an  awareness  that  the  Bible  was  a  historical  product  but  that  it 
contained  very  little  history,  as  moderns  defined  the  term.  It  was  a  "sacri- 
lege" to  make  the  Bible  into  a  scientific  treatise.56 

To  such  a  scientist,  the  world  became  a  laboratory.  His  popular  journal, 
The  Biblical  World,  called  for  making  both  church  and  university  into 
laboratories  where  religious  truth  could  be  discovered  and  applied.  So 
compatible  were  science  and  the  Bible  that  in  one  editorial  the  Holy  Land 
of  Palestine  was  transformed  into  God's  great  laboratory,  devoted  to  the 
solution  of  a  single  problem:  how  to  live.  In  this  reading,  the  Old  Testament 
became  a  scientific  notebook  kept  by  a  host  of  "laboratory  assistants"  who 
labored  in  different  periods  of  experimentation.57 

54  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  8  (January  1889):  162; 
"Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  1  (June  1893):403. 

55  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  Neiv  Testament  Student  10  (May  1890):263;  "Edito- 
rial," The  Old  Testament  Student  8  (October  1888):41. 

56  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  3  (March  1894):  163-64;  "Paradise  and  the  First 
Sin:  Genesis  III,"  ibid.,  p.  176;  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  14 
(February  1892):65;  "The  First  Hebrew  Story  of  Creation"  The  Biblical  World  3  (January 
1894):  16. 

57  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  24  (December  1904) :407;  "Editorial,"  ibid.  9 
(March  1897):161ff. 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  65 

"All  the  facts"  included  evidence  of  development.  Harper  was  aware  of 
the  significance  of  evolutionary  theory,  even  if  he  refrained  from  comment 
upon  its  implications  for  Old  Testament  creation  accounts.  His  recasting  of 
Israel's  history,  his  understanding  of  the  subsequent  history  of  Christianity 
and  his  notions  of  progressive  revelation  depended  upon  a  developmental 
model  of  history.  For  him  the  human  story  was  "one  great  stream,"  which 
flowed  gradually  upward.  The  history  of  the  Hebrews,  for  example,  passed 
through  three  progressive  stages:  Semitic,  Israelite,  and  Judaistic.  In  each 
age  or  stage  or  religious  development,  new  and  higher  knowledge  of  the 
"divine  method  or  work"  emerged.58  The  advent  of  Jesus  did  not  end  the 
developmental  process.  Instead  Christianity  steadily  matured  until  it  arrived 
at  its  current  "transition  stage"  moving  gradually  from  a  lower  ritualistic 
level  toward  what  Harper  believed  would  be  a  higher,  more  spiritual  plane. 

The  Scriptures  provided  the  primary  raw  material  for  Harper's  progres- 
sive views.  The  Bible  could  be  viewed  as  "a  theistic  interpretation"  of  social 
evolution.  In  it  one  found  the  "literary  remains"  of  every  stage  of  life  of  the 
Hebrew  people.59  In  a  personal  letter  to  Augustus  Strong,  who  accused  him 
of  false  doctrine  during  the  critical  days  of  John  D.  Rockefeller's  delibera- 
tions about  the  future  location  of  the  proposed  Baptist  university,  Harper 
revealed  that  he  followed  a  method  which  he  called  "the  typical  interpre- 
tation." He  affirmed  that  "the  whole  Pentateuch,"  including  its  history, 
institutions,  and  any  miscellaneous  material  "pointed  directly  and  definitely 
to  Christ."  He  objected,  however,  to  "the  old  interpretation"  which  found  "a 
definite  statement  concerning  the  historic  Christ  in  every  chapter  or  verse." 
All  the  "so-called  Messianic  passages,"  even  the  cherished  Protoevangelium 
in  Genesis  3:15,  had  their  "final  fulfillment  in  the  Christ."  But  Harper 
insisted — "as  today  all  Old  Testament  exegetes  insist" — upon  the  typologi- 
cal interpretation.60 

In  his  explanation  to  Strong,  Harper  quoted  from  a  lecture  he  had 
delivered  at  Vassar  College: 

God  is  unchangeable  in  that  he  always  acts  with  certain  eternal, 
unchangeable  principles.  He  is  unchangeable  in  so  far  as  he  is 
continually  presenting  to  us  everywhere  enlarging  manifestations  of 
himself  and  of  his  plans.  His  movement  in  history  is  a  spiral;  all 
motion  in  one  ring  of  the  spiral  is  a  prophecy  of  a  higher  and  larger 
ring.  The  type  is  the  lower  ring  of  the  spiral  of  which  the  antitype  is 
the  higher  or  highest  ring  .  .  .  ;  type  is  a  historical  person,  thing  or  fact 

58  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  11  (May  1898):289ff;  "Editorial,"  ibid.  9  (May 
1897):327;  "Editorial,"  ibid.  1  (April,  1893):247. 

59  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  17  (February  1901):84;  "Editorial,"  ibid. 
(March  1901):  163. 

60  William  Rainey  Harper  to  [Augustus  H.  Strong],  January  4,  1889,  Personal  Papers,  Box 
1,  Folder  8. 


66  The  Bible  and  the  University 

definitely  intended  to  prefigure  some  corresponding  person,  thing  or 
fact  in  the  future.61 

Revelation  spiralled  in  widening  circles,  ever  upward.  It  was  dynamic;  it 
could  be  outgrown.  The  folktale  preceded  the  Law  in  Israel's  history  in  the 
same  fashion  as  the  Law  preceded  Christ.  Each  lower  stage  was  "school- 
master" to  the  higher.  Old  Testament  and  New  were  two  dispensations  from 
the  same  source.  They  were  related  as  preparation  to  fulfillment,  fragment  to 
unity,  transition  to  permanence.62 

Harper  steadfastly  refused  to  separate  religious  and  secular  history.  The 
"laws  of  life"  controlled  the  religious  spirit  in  the  same  way  that  they 
influenced  developments  in  other  areas  of  human  experience.  There  were 
"strata"  in  religious  developments  just  as  there  were  in  other  phases  of  life. 
The  problem  with  the  old  theology  was  that  it  "had  not  grasped  the  idea  of 
law,  or  an  organic  development  in  the  history  of  revelation."63 


Comparative  Religion 

"All  the  facts"  also  included  insights  from  the  new  academic  discipline 
of  comparative  religion.  Harper's  writings  contain  frequent  references  to 
new  discoveries  about  ancient  religions  of  the  near  East  and  other  civiliza- 
tions. Just  as  he  embraced  the  supposedly  troublesome  world  of  modern 
science,  so  Harper  welcomed  this  emerging  discipline,  which  was  often  a 
stumbling  block  to  those  who  argued  for  Christian  uniqueness.64  In  a  lecture 
titled  "The  Bible  and  the  Monuments"  Harper  characteristically  reviewed 
the  latest  findings  of  scholarly  research  and  then  converted  the  data  into 

61  Ibid. 

62  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  17  (March  1901):  165;  "Editorial,"  ibid.  3  (May 
1894):321-25. 

63  Harper,  "The  University  and  Religious  Education,"  The  Biblical  World  24  (Novem- 
ber 1904):326-27;  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  13  (December  1891): 
322. 

64  The  study  of  comparative  religion  was  introduced  to  America  by  James  Freeman  Clarke 
in  1867.  How  compelling  the  subject  became  for  Harper  can  be  seen  in  his  active  support 
for  the  new  field.  Beginning  in  1893  The  Biblical  World  devoted  a  special  section  to  the 
young  discipline.  One  year  earlier  the  University  of  Chicago  had  appointed  Professor 
George  Stephen  Goodspeed  to  head  its  new  Department  of  Comparative  Religion  in  the 
Divinity  School,  the  first  such  department  in  America.  Professor  Joseph  M.  Kitagawa  has 
traced  the  history  of  the  discipline  in  his  essay  "The  History  of  Religions  in  America,"  The 
History  of  Religions:  Essays  in  Methodology,  Mircea  Eliade  and  Joseph  M.  Kitagawa,  eds. 
(Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1959),  pp.  2,  17.  According  to  Kitagawa  the  "key  to 
the  scientific  investigation  of  religions  was  philology"  for  early  figures  in  the  discipline  like 
Max  Muller.  Harper's  interest  in  comparative  philology  had  begun  during  his  doctoral 
program  at  Yale.  He  was  thus  prepared  to  be  congenial  to  the  new  philological  discoveries 
when  they  were  reported. 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  67 

evidence  which  could  support  an  argument  for  the  inspiration  of  the 
Christian  Scriptures.65 

According  to  his  survey,  there  were  50,000  recently  unearthed  ancient 
Near  Eastern  clay  tablets  in  museums  around  the  world,  of  which  a  mere 
2000  had  been  read.  Among  the  startling  discoveries  which  Harper  shared 
with  his  listeners  were  new  findings  about  the  origins  of  many  of  Israel's 
religious  practices  and  beliefs.  For  example,  "the  'Sabbath,'  the  day  of  rest, 
was  Accadian."  The  sacred  number  seven  had  "descended  to  the  Semites 
from  their  Accadian  predecessors."  Distinctions  between  clean  and  unclean 
food  "were  as  clearly  marked  among  Babylonians  and  Assyrians  as  among 
the  Israelites."  Even  the  interpretation  of  so  pivotal  a  figure  in  Israel's 
history  as  Moses  was  affected  by  the  new  discoveries.  The  biblical  account 
of  Moses'  childhood  sounded  very  similar  to  an  Accadian  legend  which 
claimed  that  one  thousand  years  before  Moses,  Sargon  of  Accad  "was  born  in 
concealment;  placed  by  his  mother  in  a  basket  of  rushes,  launched  on  a  river, 
rescued,  and  brought  up  by  a  stranger,  after  which  he  became  king."  Harper 
wondered  if  he  should  "accept  that  interpretation  of  the  word  Moses,  which 
makes  it  not  Egyptian,  but  Masu  (Accadian  or  Semitic)  with  the  meaning 
Hero,  a  most  common  Semitic  appelation  from  the  earliest  times?"66 

The  similarities  between  Israel  and  its  neighbors  did  not  end  with 
names  of  ancient  leaders.  Hebrew  poetry  borrowed  its  distinctive  and 
characteristic  "parallelism"  from  the  Accadian  people.  Accadian  penitential 
psalms  antedated  those  of  the  Hebrew  Psalter  by  "a  thousand  or  more 
years."67 

Ranging  across  sources  as  disparate  as  those  in  Sanskrit  and  Polynesian 
languages,  Harper  compared  the  primordial  history  of  Israel  with  accounts  of 
other  religions.  There  were  extra-biblical  accounts  of  rainbows  and  deluges 
that  shared  a  similarity  of  "essential  facts"  with  the  Genesis  material.  Other 
religions  related  a  "fall"  from  a  state  of  innocence  and  told  of  mythical  trees 
of  life.  Such  evidence,  Harper  concluded,  led  to  an  unsettling  realization: 
the  Hebrew  accounts  of  the  origins  of  the  world  and  human  life  were  not 
original.  Rather,  the  different  religious  accounts  were  "sister  stories,"  all 
descendants  from  a  common  source — "an  objective  historical  fact  which 
impressed  itself  upon  the  minds  of  many  nations."68 

Discoveries  by  students  of  archaelogy  and  comparative  religion,  which 
brought  others  to  spiritual  crisis  in  the  Gilded  Age,  did  not  overwhelm 

65  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  Bible  and  the  Monuments,"  Unpublished  Lecture, 
Personal  Papers,  Box  16,  Folder  1. 

66  Ibid.,  pp.  18,  49-52. 

67  Ibid.,  p.  54. 

68  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  Deluge  in  Other  Literatures  and  History,"  The  Biblical 
World  4  (August  1894):  115;  "The  Hebrew  Stories  of  the  Deluge,  Genesis  VI-IX,"  ibid.  4 
(July  1894):30;  "Paradise  and  the  First  Sin,  Genesis  III,"  ibid.  3  (March  1894):  185;  "The 
Human  Element  in  the  Early  Stories  of  Genesis,"  ibid.  4  (October  1894):277-78. 


68  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Harper.  Instead  he  marvelled  at  the  "wonderful  resemblances"  between 
Christianity  and  other  religions.  He  also  noted  decisive  differences.  When 
he  compared  Hebrew  creation  accounts  with  those  of  other  Near  Eastern 
religions  he  found  those  of  Israel's  neighbors  to  be 

polytheistic  in  the  extreme,  even  pantheistic;  confusing,  confound- 
ing; characterized  by  imperfections  and  weaknesses  of  every  kind; 
remarkably  similar  in  tone  and  spirit  to  the  mythological  productions 
of  Greece  and  Rome. 

In  short,  these  stories  were  "debasing."  Israel's  accounts,  on  the  other  hand, 
were 

monotheistic,  ethical;  clear,  and  distinct;  unhesitating.  Well  nigh 
perfect  in  form  and  utterance,  sublime  in  tone  and  spirit;  as  unlike 
Greek  and  Roman  myths  as  the  sun  is  unlike  the  moon. 

In  a  word,  they  were  "elevating."69 

The  particular  genius  of  the  Israelites  was  their  ability  to  demythologize 
the  religious  stories  of  their  sister  peoples.  The  story  of  the  nephilim  in 
Genesis  6,  for  example,  showed  how  the  Hebrew  prophets  transformed 
stories  grounded  in  "exuberant  polytheism"  and  the  elaborate  mythology  of 
popular  legends  into  vehicles  bearing  monotheistic  meaning.  Only  in 
Genesis  did  the  heavenly  consorts  lose  their  godlike  status.  The  nephilim 
became  angels  only  in  the  "purified"  legend  in  Genesis  which  was  used  to 
"subvert"  the  superstition  of  the  age.70 

For  Harper  the  comparative  approach  did  not  undermine  the  impor- 
tance of  the  sacred  Scriptures.  On  the  contrary,  careful  comparative  work 
underscored  the  uniqueness  and  superiority  of  the  biblical  message.  Harper 
found  an  "essential  difference  between  the  profane  and  sacred  accounts"  of 
the  ancient  world,  and  he  approvingly  quoted  Professor  Charles  Rufus 
Brown  concerning  the  "infinite  gap  between  the  Hebrew  and  his  brother 
Semite." 

The  thing  which  every  Bible  scholar  is  most  concerned  for,  is 
that  root-element  which  distinguishes  the  Hebrew  people  from  all  the 
ancient  peoples,  and  the  Hebrew  writings  from  all  other  ancient 
literature.  The  one  great  distinctive  feature  of  the  literary  monuments 
of  the  Hebrews  is  that  they  were  informed  by  a  spirit  to  which  the 
inscriptions  of  Nineveh  and  Babylon  are  utter  strangers.  There  is  a 
truth  of  spiritual  conception,  a  loftiness  of  spiritual  tone,  a  conviction 
of  unseen  realities,  a  confident  reliance  upon  an  invisible  and  all- 
controlling  power,  a  humble  worship  in  the  presence  of  the  supreme 

69  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  16  (September/October 
1892):91;  "The  Bible  and  the  Monuments,"  p.  59. 

70  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  Sons  of  God  and  the  Daughters  of  Men.  Genesis  VI,"  The 
Biblical  World  3  (June  1894):446-47;  "The  Fratricide:  The  Canaanite  Civilization.  Gene- 
sis IV,"  ibid.  (April  1894):270. 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  69 

majesty,  a  peace  in  union  and  communion  with  the  one  and  only  God, 
and  the  vigorous  germs  of  an  ethics  reflecting  his  will .  .  .  .71 

Nor  did  the  distinctiveness  of  the  Bible  require  repudiation  of  other 
religious  traditions.  Harper  simply  absorbed  the  new  data  as  one  more 
source  of  light  shed  on  the  fundamental  elements  of  religious  life. 


A  New  Argument  for  the  Inspiration  of  Scriptures 

The  more  Harper  surveyed  the  findings  of  scientifically  studied  religion, 
the  more  convinced  he  became  that  the  Bible  was  divine,  inspired.  When  he 
compared  various  accounts  of  events,  or  psalms,  or  poetry,  he  found  in  the 
Scriptures  "a  something  which  seizes  hold  of  us;  moves  us  powerfully; 
inspires  us."  He  looked  for  that  same  element  in  other  religious  sources,  but 
it  was  "wholly  lacking."  Instead  he  discovered  in  the  others  "a  dullness,  a 
flatness,  an  insipidity  which  disappoints  and  at  times  almost  disgusts."  Why, 
he  asked,  when  the  same  subject,  story  or  experience  was  treated  in  various 
texts,  "why  is  not  the  spirit  the  same?"  There  was  one  suitable  answer.  The 
one  set  of  writings  was  "only  human."  The  other  set,  the  Hebrew  Scriptures, 
was  "human,  to  be  sure,  but  also  divine."  By  surveying  and  comparing  the 
various  texts  of  the  ancient  religions,  Harper  felt  he  could  find  "direct" 
evidence  which  was  "absolutely  conclusive  and  must  be  convincing."  With 
a  new  scientific  version  of  Christian  triumphalism,  Harper  announced  the 
discovery  of  a  new  "fact,"  one  "capable  of  scientific  demonstration,  that  the 
Old  Testament,  the  Bible  is,  and  that  too  when  considered  from  an  Assyrian 
point  of  view,  God-given."72 

Harper's  conviction  about  the  superiority  of  the  Bible  led  him  to  an 
almost  mystical  sense  of  the  uniqueness  of  Hebrew  history.  In  a  series  of 
unpublished  lectures  on  prophecy  he  subtly  inverted  the  traditional  argu- 
ment for  inspiration.  Inerrantists  usually  argued  from  the  divine  character  of 
their  perfect  book  to  the  historical  certainty  that  events  happened  the  way 
the  book  described  them.  Harper  changed  direction. 

The  historical  situation  is  the  divine,  the  prophecy  is  the  human 
interpretation  of  the  situation  by  a  man  who  is  himself  included  in  the 
situation  and  is  therefore  divinely  guided. 

All  of  Israel's  history  was  "supernatural  history."  To  speak  of  various 
miracles  in  the  Scriptures  was  to  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that  the  "whole  history 
of  the  chosen  nation  is  one  stupendous  miracle."  God  "moved  in  Israelitish 
history  as  in  no  other."  73 

71  Harper,  "The  Bible  and  the  Monuments,"  pp.  61-62. 

72  Ibid.,  pp.  65-68. 

73  William  Rainey  Harper,  "General  Questions  About  Prophecy:  Lecture  VII,"  unpub- 
lished lecture,  Personal  Papers,  Box  16,  Folder  8,  pp.  3fb,  4fa,  13fa. 


70  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Thus  history,  not  the  divine  book,  was  the  primary  inspired  medium. 
For  Harper  historical  knowledge  became  "fundamental."  Scientific  study 
enabled  scholars  to  draw  nearer  to  the  primary  locus  of  inspiration.  It  was 
important  to  remember  that  "in  every  case  the  record  followed  the  transac- 
tion." Harper  went  to  the  heart  of  the  Christian  message  with  his  claim. 

Give  me  the  one  great  event  in  the  history  of  the  Christian  church,  the 
resurrection  of  Jesus  Christ,  and  I  care  nothing  for  the  record  of  that. 
It  is  the  fact  upon  which  Christianity  is  based. 

Rather  than  wage  war  for  a  hermetically  sealed  book,  Harper  set  out  to  do 
battle  for  the  history  behind  it.  This  "wonderfully  moulded  history,"  the 
"one  great  miracle"  of  the  "inspiration  of  the  history  of  the  chosen  people," 
was  the  one  thing  for  which  "we  shall  today  make  our  fight."  If  people 
granted  the  inspiration  of  Hebrew  history  "first  of  all,"  Harper  was  certain 
that  "all  the  rest  will  follow."74 

The  prophets  had  been  the  great  interpreters  of  inspired  history.  By 
making  the  subject  of  "prophecy"  the  central  emphasis  in  his  Old  Testa- 
ment studies,  Harper  placed  himself  in  the  prophetic  stream,  reinterpreting 
history  for  moderns  who  needed  to  encounter  the  presence  of  God  in  history, 
not  merely  within  written  traditions. 

In  a  private  letter  to  Mrs.  J.B.  Stewart,  a  Bible  student  from  Butte 
County,  California,  Harper  offered  one  more  argument  for  the  inspiration  of 
the  Bible  certain  to  unnerve  advocates  of  a  dictation  theory  of  inspiration.  He 
repeated  the  assertion  that  the  Bible  was  the  "human  record  of  a  process  of 
divine  teaching."  But  one  determined  whether  or  not  it  was  inspired  by 
testing  with  the  question,  "Does  it  inspire?"  Harper  asked  that  question  of 
the  Scriptures  and  answered  that  "no  other  literature  in  the  world  has  ever 
inspired  men  to  such  attainments  in  high  and  holy  living."75 

Rather  than  beginning  with  prior  assumptions  about  the  Bible,  Harper's 
"inductive"  theory  of  inspiration  encouraged  readers  to  examine  the  evi- 
dence of  the  Scriptures,  comparative  religions,  history,  and  human  experi- 
ence with  the  book  and  then  to  define  a  position.  The  "question  of 
questions"  in  his  age  was  that  of  the  inspiration  of  Scripture.  Old  theories  of 
interpretation  might  be  shaken,  but  for  Harper  the  fact  of  inspiration 
remained.  The  human  scaffolding  surrounding  Scripture  may  have  crum- 
bled, but  for  him  the  "temple  of  truth"  stood  firm.  A  "valiant  service  for  the 
cause  of  truth"  would  be  done  when  the  "verbal  theory"  of  inspiration  was 
"forever  silenced."76 

74  Ibid.,  p.  16fb. 

75  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Mrs.  J.B.  Stewart,  April  11,  1903,  Personal  Papers,  Box  6, 
Folder  25. 

76  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  Testament  Student  4  (February  1885):284;  "Editorial," 
The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  11  (November  1890):260-61;  "Editorial,"  The 
Biblical  World  2  (August  1893):84-85;  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  71 

The  Invisible  Role  of  Religious  Experience 

A  hidden  element  in  both  Harper's  reconstruction  of  biblical  history  and 
his  assertion  of  its  uniqueness  and  importance  was  his  personal  religious 
experience.  Throughout  his  career  he  took  the  relationship  of  that  experi- 
ence to  his  hermeneutic  for  granted,  never  pausing  to  examine  it.  Just  as  he 
traced  his  lifework  to  the  conversion  experienced  during  his  early  teaching 
days  in  Ohio,  so  his  confidence  in  the  message  of  the  Scriptures  seems  to 
have  been  authenticated  by  private  religious  experience,  alongside  publicly 
discussed  scientific  evidence.  Editorials  in  the  Biblical  World  occasionally 
argued  for  the  necessity  of  religious  experience  for  true  biblical  interpreta- 
tion. There  was  apparently  "higher  evidence"  than  even  the  most  carefully 
collected  scientific  data.77 

The  problem  with  the  prevailing  understanding  of  the  Old  Testament 
was  that  it  "kept  many  men  from  putting  themselves  into  an  attitude  where 
they  might  receive  the  experience  necessary  to  salvation."  No  theology 
"ever  saved  any  man  from  his  sins."  Theology  was  "only  a  human  philo- 
sophical interpretation"  of  certain  parts  of  religious  experience  and  "it  must 
always  be  the  experience  that  brings  salvation."  Harper  hoped  that  the  New 
Theology  being  built  on  the  results  of  scientific  study  of  the  Scriptures 
would  create  a  "hospitable  attitude  toward  the  fundamental  truths  and 
experiences  of  Christianity."78 

The  result  of  Harper's  reconstruction  of  the  biblical  materials  was  a 
modern  form  of  Christianity  built  upon  two  foundations — the  scientific  study 
of  the  Scriptures,  and  personal  religious  experience.  Harper  never  worked 
out  the  exact  relationship  between  the  two.  The  possibility  that  all  his 
scientific  certainty  might  be  erected  upon  an  experiential  foundation  avail- 
able only  to  certain  individuals  with  histories  or  temperaments  like  his  did 
not  seem  to  trouble  him.  The  problem  of  relating  specific  interpretations  to 
pre-understandings  or  beliefs  which  became  so  pressing  for  students  of 
hermeneutics  from  the  time  of  Friedrich  D.  E.  Schleiermacher  on  through 
contemporary  scholars  like  Paul  Ricouer  did  not  seem  to  concern  him.79 

11  (September  1890):  129;  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  1  (April  1893):246;  "Editorial," 
The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  14  (February  1892) :69. 

77  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  25  (April  1905):245;  William  Rainey  Harper 
and  George  S.  Goodspeed,  "The  Gospel  of  John.  Study  I,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament 
Student  12  (January  1891):52. 

78  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Rev.  G.D.  Edwards,  February  11,  1905,  Personal  Papers,  Rox 
8,  Folder  19. 

79  For  an  overview  of  the  history  of  hermeneutic  theory  see  Kurt  Mueller-Vollmer's 
"Introduction:  Language,  Mind  and  Artifact:  An  Outline  of  Hermeneutic  Theory  Since  the 
Enlightenment,"  in  Kurt  Mueller- Vollmer,  ed.,  Texts  of  the  German  Tradition  from  the 
Enlightenment  to  the  Present  (New  York:  Continuum,  1985),  pp.  1-53.  An  example  of  Paul 
Ricouer's  response  to  this  problem  is  Essays  on  Biblical  Interpretation,  Lewis  S.  Mudge, 
ed.  (Philadelphia:  Fortress  Press,  1980),  p.  58. 


72  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Instead  Harper  focused  his  attention  on  reshaping  the  American  reli- 
gious environment  in  the  image  of  his  reconstructed  biblical  world.  The 
reinterpretation  of  the  Scriptures  provided  the  impetus  for  his  critical 
reformation.  Biblical  criticism  became  the  starting  point  for  attempting  a 
reconstruction  of  the  Christian  faith  and  church.  In  order  to  foster  his 
reformation  of  biblical  understanding  Harper  sought  to  transform  the  basic 
educational  configuration  of  the  late  19th  century. 

Harper's  Place  Within  the  World  of  Birlical  Scholarship 

The  portrait  of  Harper  advanced  in  this  chapter  is  that  of  a  cautious 
scholar-editor  who,  while  being  open  to  insights  from  German  scholarship, 
was  free  to  value  those  insights  in  his  own  characteristic  manner.  Clearly 
Harper  was  not  a  seminal  scholar;  there  are  no  major  new  paradigms 
announced  or  offered  in  his  work.  But  what  was  distinctive  about  him  was 
his  openness  to  knowledge  from  many  sources  and  his  ability  to  "blend  and 
reconcile"  perspectives  and  knowledge  which  many  felt  were  incompati- 
ble.80 That  distinctiveness  becomes  apparent  when  Harper  is  examined  in 
relation  first  to  the  history  of  the  Divinity  School  he  created  at  the  University 
of  Chicago,  and  subsequently  to  other  major  developments  within  the  field 
of  biblical  scholarship. 

The  difficulty  of  relating  Harper  to  the  history  of  the  Divinity  School 
readily  is  apparent  in  the  ongoing  debate  about  the  existence  of  a  distinct 
"Chicago  School,"  with  its  own  unique  scholarly  methods  and  assumptions. 
Among  those  who  agree  that  such  a  school  exists  or  existed,  there  is  further 
debate  about  the  membership  of  the  School  and  the  nature  of  its  project. 
William  J.  Hynes,  one  of  those  who  has  attempted  to  reconstruct  the  history 
of  the  Chicago  School,  identified  at  least  three  different  definitions  which 
have  been  advanced  in  various  scholars'  efforts  to  organize  an  ambiguous 
period  in  the  Divinity  School's  history: 

in  various  contexts,  the  Chicago  School  is  spoken  of  as  either  (a)  a 
school  of  New  Testament  interpretation,  for  example,  by  E.C.  Colwell 
and  Robert  Funk,  (b)  a  school  of  theology,  for  example,  by  [A.C.] 
McGiffert  and  [Bernard]  Meland,  or  (c)  as  a  school  of  church  history 
by  Sidney  Ahlstrom  who  sees  a  "disproportionate  number"  of  this 
century's  American  church  historians  as  being  from  the  Chicago 
School.81 

Harvey  Arnold  has  dated  the  origins  of  "the  Chicago  School  of  Theol- 

80  Harper's  ability  to  "blend  and  reconcile"  various  academic  models  was  first  noticed  by 
Lawrence  Veysey  in  The  Emergence  of  the  American  University  (Chicago:  The  University 
of  Chicago  Press,  1965)  pp.  367-80.  Veysey's  characterization  is  discussed  below,  pp. 
171-173. 

81  William  J.  Hynes,  Shirley  Jackson  Case  and  the  Chicago  School:  The  Socio-Historical 
Method  (Chico,  California:  Scholars  Press,  1981),  p.  13. 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  73 

ogy"  from  1906,  the  year  of  Harper's  death.  In  Arnold's  version,  Harper  set 
the  stage  for  the  development  of  an  important  approach  to  the  study  of 
Christianity,  its  Scriptures  and  religion  in  general.  By  building  the  univer- 
sity, making  the  Divinity  School  an  organic  part  of  it,  and  recruiting  the 
school's  faculty,  Harper  provided  the  context  in  which  a  distinctive  way  of 
thinking  could  emerge.  But  Harper,  according  to  this  telling,  had  little  to  do 
with  the  intellectual  thrust  of  the  "school."  That  thrust  would  be  the  result 
of  efforts  during  the  post-Harper  era,  when  second-generation  Divinity 
School  faculty  members  such  as  George  Burman  Foster,  Shailer  Mathews 
and  Shirley  Jackson  Case  came  into  prominence.82 

In  a  different  version  of  the  early  history  of  the  Divinity  School,  Robert 
Funk  has  described  two  "dynasties"  which  vied  for  prominence  in  the  field 
of  biblical  studies.  The  first  such  dynasty,  Harper's,  was  characterized  by  a 
philological  and  historical  approach  to  the  Scriptures.  The  second,  which 
came  to  be  identified  as  the  socio-historical  method,  turned  away  from 
Harper's  preoccupation  with  the  scriptural  text.  Its  progenitor,  according  to 
Funk,  was  Ernest  DeWitt  Burton,  professor  of  New  Testament  at  the 
Divinity  School  from  its  founding  in  1892  and  eventually  the  third  president 
of  the  university.  In  essence,  Funk  claimed,  the  Divinity  School  shifted 
instruments  in  its  attempts  to  understand  the  importance  of  the  biblical 
message  for  modern  Americans.  Emphasis  on  the  scriptural  text  gave  way  to 
concerns  for  the  social  history  that  surrounded  that  text;  to  pursuit  of  the 
events  and  experiences  that  lay  behind  it;  and  to  assessment  of  the  various 
interpretations  given  over  centuries  of  transmission. 

Funk  advanced  several  explanations  for  the  shift  in  methods  and 
dynasties.  The  first  Divinity  School  faculty  had  been  transplanted  from  a 
Baptist  seminary  in  Morgan  Park,  Illinois.  Its  members  were  not  university- 
oriented;  many  of  them  did  not  have  graduate  degrees.  The  second  gener- 
ation, on  the  other  hand  (people  like  Mathews  and  Case),  came  with  new 
models  of  scholarship  drawn  from  university-based  graduate  programs. 
Those  who  followed  and  developed  the  socio-historical  line  were  respond- 
ing to  different  issues  than  those  of  textual  interpretation  which  so  vexed 
American  believers  in  the  days  when  Harper  rose  to  prominence. 

In  place  of  the  philological  expertise  of  the  first  generation,  or  in 
addition  to  it,  they  had  to  meet  the  full  thrust  of  the  physical  and  social 
sciences.  This  accounts  for  their  heavy  concentration  in  history, 
sociology,  and  psychology.  By  these  means  they  hoped  to  overcome 
the  scholarly  limitations  of  traditional  divinity,  without  sacrificing  the 
prestige  that  still  attached  to  philological  competence.83 

82  Charles  Harvey  Arnold,  Near  the  Edge  of  Battle:  A  Short  History  of  the  Divinity  School 
and  the  "Chicago  School  of  Theology,"  1866-1966  (Chicago:  The  Divinity  School  Associ- 
ation, 1966),  pp.  10-16,  23-60. 

83  Robert  Funk,  "The  Watershed  of  the  American  Biblical  Tradition:  The  Chicago  School, 
First  Phase,  1892-1920,"  Journal  of  Biblical  Literature  95  (March  1976),  p.  25. 


74  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Scholars  like  Case  and  Mathews  "were  headed  toward  open  university, 
i.e.  secular,  ground"  with  their  programs.  The  evangelical  lay  audience 
which  had  been  so  central  in  Harper's  consciousness,  faded  into  the 
background  of  the  second  generation's  concerns.  This  shift,  according  to 
Funk,  was  not  so  much  an  indication  of  scholarly  abandonment  of  the 
popular  mind  as  it  was  a  sign  of  a  shift  in  the  common  consciousness. 

The  lineage  that  runs  from  Burton  through  Mathews,  Case, 
Foster  and  Smith  into  the  Wieman  school  has  proved  to  be  a  better 
index  to  the  common  consciousness  (than  the  Harper  lineage),  in  my 
opinion,  since  it  strikes  me  as  evident  that  the  biblical  basis  of  faith 
was  effectively  eroded  away  before  the  era  of  the  Scopes  trial, 
precisely  in  that  lay  mind  Harper  and  his  colleagues  were  trying  so 
desperately  to  reach.84 

More  than  a  tinge  of  irony  is  present  in  Funk's  juxtaposition  of  the  defeat  of 
the  Harper  dynasty  at  the  Divinity  School  he  founded  beside  an  unnoticed 
triumph  of  the  Harper  approach  across  the  country  in  the  seminaries  of 
various  denominations.  According  to  Funk's  reading  of  20th  century  devel- 
opments in  American  biblical  scholarship,  philological  and  historical-critical 
concerns  prevailed  in  biblical  studies  departments  of  the  very  seminaries 
which  Harper  had  criticized  so  vocally  for  their  outmoded  curricula.85  But 
Harper's  attempt  to  locate  biblical  studies  at  the  core  of  his  own  university 
quickly  became  a  minority  movement  there. 

Perhaps  the  most  significant  representative  of  the  Chicago  School,  or  the 
socio-historical  approach  to  the  study  of  religion,  was  Shirley  Jackson  Case, 
who  during  his  Chicago  tenure  (1908—1938)  was  in  turn  Professor  of  New 
Testament  Literature,  Professor  of  Early  Church  History  and  Dean  of  the 
Divinity  School.  William  J.  Hynes  has  found  in  Case's  career  ample  evi- 
dence to  support  the  thesis  of  a  shift  in  the  basic  stance  of  the  Divinity 
School  faculty  in  the  post-Harper  era.  Dating  the  life  of  the  "Chicago 
School"  from  1914—1938,  and  restricting  its  identity  to  the  period  when  the 
socio-historical  method  reigned,  Hynes  suggested, 

there  was  not  only  a  shift  from  the  philological  to  the  historical  within 
the  biblical  field,  but  also  within  the  macrocosm  of  the  Chicago 
School  there  was  a  further  shift  from  biblical  studies  to  church  history 
and  historical  theology.  All  of  these  shifts  were  represented  in  the  rise 
of  the  socio-historical  method.  The  socio-historical  method  seemed  to 
develop  initially  within  the  biblical  field  and  then  to  follow  Case  into 
church  history  and  historical  theology.86 

In  spite  of  their  differences  in  scope  and  definition,  when  the  efforts  of 
Arnold,  Funk  and  Hynes  are  considered  together  they  suggest  that  a 
significant  shift  occurred  in  the  generation  of  scholars  that  followed  William 

84  Funk,  p.  6. 

85  Harper's  criticisms  are  discussed  at  length  below,  pp.  86-96. 

86  Hynes,  p.  22. 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  75 

Rainey  Harper.  The  text  which  Harper  cherished  and  labored  so  strenuously 
to  reinterpet  and  advance  into  prominence  lost  its  pre-eminent  place  at  the 
school  he  had  created. 

Yet  in  light  of  the  portrait  of  Harper  advanced  in  the  preceding  pages, 
the  sharp  cleavage  suggested  by  these  scholars  between  Harper  and  his 
successors  must  be  questioned.  Harper's  decision  in  1891  to  locate  his  Old 
Testament  and  Semitic  Studies  Department  in  the  university  rather  than  in 
the  Divinity  School  suggests  that  he  had  headed  for  the  "open  ground"  of 
the  university  long  before  Mathews  and  Case  began  their  efforts.  Recalling 
that  decision  helps  explain  why  Harper's  biblical  perspective  was  never 
fully  entrenched  within  the  Divinity  School.  The  move  toward  the  open 
university  was  consistent  with  Harper's  fundamental  mission  to  make  the 
Bible  a  useful  public  book. 

But  Harper's  move  away  from  the  Divinity  School  may  also  have 
prevented  the  formation  of  a  school  that  could  perpetuate  the  type  of  critical 
reverence  he  had  advocated.  There  can  be  little  disputing  the  assertion  of  a 
relative  diminishment  of  biblical  studies  and  an  accompanying  rise  of 
church  history  during  the  post-Harper  years  at  the  Divinity  School.  Yet  the 
characterization  of  Harper  as  a  mere  philologist  is  inadequate.  His  embrace 
of  data  from  comparative  religion,  historical,  sociological  and  psychological 
disciplines  together  with  his  advocacy  on  behalf  of  new  disciplines  to 
improve  the  seminary  curricula  of  his  day  point  to  thin  lines  of  continuity 
between  Harper's  era  and  that  of  Case  and  his  colleagues.87 

Thus  the  "factorial  profile"  which  Hynes  has  distilled  from  Case's 
publications  reveals  more  continuity  with  Harper's  scholarship  than  many 
students  of  the  Chicago  School  have  seemed  aware  of.  In  viewing  Case's 
work  as  a  whole,  Hynes  identified  nine  factors  which  gave  his  scholarship  its 
distinctive  character.  Case's  socio-historical  approach  was:  1)  historical;  2) 
scientific-empirical;  3)  didactic  (meaning  that  the  past  should  be  plundered 
for  its  present  utility);  4)  social;  5)  developmental/evolutionary;  6)  vitalistic 
(Case  was  interested  in  the  "persistent  vitality  which  is  seen  to  be  'the  real 
secret  of  Christianity's  life.'  ");  7)  functional;  8)  genetic;  and  9)  enhancing 
human  activism.88 

When  Harper's  writings  on  biblical  subjects  are  reviewed  in  conjunction 
with  Hynes'  profile,  it  becomes  apparent  that  the  difference  between  Harper 
and  Chicago  School  figures  like  Case  is  more  one  of  nuance  than  of 
substance.  Clearly  Harper  looked  beyond  the  disciplinary  focus  of  philology 
to  probe  the  history  which  shaped  the  texts  he  studied.  Like  Case  he 
embraced  science  and  set  out  in  pursuit  of  "all  the  facts."  Case's  evolution- 
ary dynamism  can  be  paralleled  with  similar  understandings  both  in  Harp- 

87  See  below,  pp.  93-95. 

88  Hynes,  pp.  79-84. 


76  The  Bible  and  the  University 

er's  reconstruction  of  biblical  history  and  in  his  perceptions  of  his  own 
era.89 

As  his  proposals  for  institutional  reform  reveal,  Harper's  biblical  schol- 
arship served  didactic,  functional  and  activistic  purposes.  Harper  took  what 
he  learned  from  the  Scriptures  and  tried  to  reshape  modern  understand- 
ings and  institutions  on  that  basis.  Where  Harper  was  distinctively  different 
from  those  identified  as  members  of  the  Chicago  School  was  in  his  text- 
centeredness.  While  Harper  did  not  contend  for  a  "Bible  alone"  approach  to 
the  intellectual,  social  and  religious  problems  of  his  age,  he  certainly 
advocated  a  "Bible  and"  stance.  One  book  stood  at  the  core  of  Harper's 
scholarly  and  administrative  concerns.  An  entire  career  revolved  around  the 
biblical  center  which  Harper  had  reappropriated  through  his  scholarhip. 
What  set  him  apart  from  his  colleagues  and  successors  at  Chicago  was  the 
diversity  and  number  of  relationships  he  forged  between  the  biblical 
message,  modern  scholarship  and  his  society's  needs. 

When  placed  within  the  broad  horizon  of  the  field  of  Old  Testament 
studies,  Harper's  ability  to  weave  together  a  variety  of  scholarly  approaches 
with  his  evangelical  heritage  becomes  more  apparent.  His  openness  to  new 
types  of  knowledge  made  it  possible  for  him  to  anticipate  in  preliminary 
ways  several  developments  which  eventually  became  distinct  subspecialties 
within  an  increasingly  complex  field.  Within  that  field,  Herbert  F.  Hahn  has 
isolated  seven  distinct  approaches  to  the  Old  Testament  which  have  ap- 
peared during  the  past  two  centuries.  The  first,  the  critical  approach,  was  the 
new  paradigm  during  the  years  when  Harper  reached  scholarly  maturity. 
Wellhausen  stands  as  the  representative  figure  for  this  strand  of  biblical 
scholarship.  Clearly  the  bulk  of  Harper's  writing  was  in  response  to  this  new 
(especially  for  Americans)  way  of  reading  the  Scriptures.  In  the  post- 
Wellhausen  decades,  according  to  Hahn's  survey,  anthropological,  religio- 
historical,  form-critical,  sociological,  archaeological  and  theological  approaches 
were  advanced  as  supplements  or  alternatives  to  the  critical  approach  adopted 
by  Wellhausen  and  his  successors.90  A  brief  overview  of  the  history  of  those 
new  developments  in  Old  Testament  scholarship  makes  it  possible  to  see 
several  points  of  convergence  between  these  approaches  and  Harper's  own 
attempts  to  re-read  the  Scriptures  in  a  tradition-free  manner. 

One  finds  for  example  that  there  are  striking  similarities  between 
Harper's  efforts  to  understand  the  world  of  the  Semitic  peoples  and  the 
anthropological  approach  of  his  contemporary,  William  Robertson  Smith. 
Smith,  whom  Hahn  has  identified  as  the  first  to  apply  the  anthropological 
approach  to  the  Old  Testament,  studied  the  ritual  institutions  of  Israel  in 
order  to  discern  the  people's  fundamental  beliefs.  His  writings  on  sacrifice 

89  Harper's  progressive  reading  of  his  own  era  is  discussed  below,  pp.  141ff. 

90  Herbert  F.  Hahn,  The  Old  Testament  in  Modern  Research  (Philadelphia:  Fortress 
Press,  1966). 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  77 

traced  an  evolutionary  development  which  resonated  with  the  position  that 
Harper  worked  out  in  his  research.  Smith  found  in  his  study  of  the  human 
behavior  that  shaped  the  texts  of  Israel  a  "consistent  unity  of  scheme"  which 
developed  throughout  Israel's  history  and  beyond  it  into  Judaism  and 
Christianity.  Harper's  interpretation  of  Israel's  history  shared  a  developmen- 
tal continuity  which  was  much  closer  to  Smith's  position  than  to 
Wellhausen's  (which  viewed  Judaism  less  as  an  evolutionary  outgrowth  of 
Israel's  earlier  beliefs  than  as  the  triumph  of  institutional  religion  over  the 
free  spirit  of  individuals).91 

In  Harper's  day,  scholars  of  the  religio-historical  school  were  also 
turning  to  ancient  near  Eastern  sources  for  "influences"  on  Israel's  religion; 
this  trait  can  also  be  glimpsed  in  Harper's  writing.  Followers  of  this  school 
moved  beyond  Wellhausen's  tendency  to  isolate  Israel's  history  from  exter- 
nal influences  of  surrounding  cultures.  Their  efforts  paralleled  those  Harper 
made  to  relate  Hebrew  history  to  that  of  near  Eastern  neighbors  and  other 
religions  beyond  the  Fertile  Crescent.  One  of  the  most  illustrious  represen- 
tatives of  this  school,  for  example,  was  Hermann  Gunkel,  who  advanced  a 
theory  about  the  relationship  of  Israel's  beliefs  to  those  of  neighboring 
cultures  quite  similar  to  Harper's. 

Gunkel  pointed  out  that,  although  partial  imitations  and  even 
direct  borrowings  did  take  place,  the  new  context  into  which  the 
derivative  elements  were  transplanted  quite  often  infused  them  with 
a  different  conceptual  content  and  transformed  them  into  vehicles  for 
distinctive  beliefs;  as  when  the  creation  and  deluge  stories  were 
adapted  in  such  a  way  that  the  polytheistic  elements  were  eliminated 
and  a  monotheistic  emphasis  was  introduced.92 

While  some  within  the  religio-historical  school,  like  Paul  Volz,  used  the 
results  of  comparative  study  to  buttress  a  non-evolutionary  reading  of  Israel's 
history,  Harper,  like  Rudolph  Kittel  and  Ernst  Sellin  (who  were  part  of  a  later 
generation  of  scholars),  adopted  a  mediating  position  that  allowed  compar- 
ative insights  to  illumine  a  complicated  process  of  development.93 

Although  not  a  form  critic  in  the  sense  of  a  Gunkel  or  a  Sigmund 
Mowinckel — in  that  he  did  not  attempt  to  break  down  major  literary  sections 
of  the  Scriptures  into  smaller  separate  literary  units — Harper  clearly  at- 
tempted to  discern  the  life  situation  that  provided  the  context  for  the  texts  he 
studied.  While  there  may  have  been  a  methodological  gap  between  Harper 
and  the  form  critical  school,  nonetheless  he  anticipated  what  Hahn  called 
"the  most  important  development  in  biblical  criticism  of  the  last  two 
decades."  Hahn's  evaluation  is  now  almost  two  decades  old  so  some  caution 
needs  to  surround  the  use  made  of  it.  But  the  significance  for  subsequent 


91  Ibid.,  pp.  47-53. 

92  Ibid.,  pp.  87-9,  96. 

93  Ibid.,  pp.  97,  103-9. 


78  The  Bible  and  the  University 

scholarhip  which  Hahn  attached  to  the  form  critics'  "recognition  of  the 
religious  motivation  of  Hebrew  historiography"  points  to  a  discovery  which 
Harper  would  have  celebrated  and  corroborated.94 

Neither  was  Harper  also  any  sort  of  sociologist,  yet  the  themes  Max 
Weber  developed  when  he  wrote  about  Hebrew  prophecy  could  harmonize 
with  Harper's  earlier  constructions.  Weber,  too,  had  determined  that  Israel's 
prophetic  element  was  absent  from  other  religions.  And  Harper  certainly 
had  been  aware  of  the  determinative  collision  of  nomadic  and  more  urban 
ways  of  life  which  Weber  had  claimed  was  key  to  understanding  the  history 
of  Israel.  Other  sociologists  of  religion  like  Adolphe  Lods  and  Antonin 
Causse  viewed  the  prophets  either  as  reactionaries  who  opposed  the 
civilized  ways  of  life  in  the  Palestinian  cities,  or  as  people  who  were 
introducing  new  conceptions  of  religion.95  Harper's  portrait  of  Elijah  as  a 
fanatic,  or  his  description  of  Jeremiah  as  the  discoverer  of  individualism, 
show  an  openness  to  factors  upon  which  sociologists  placed  great  value. 

In  the  1940s  the  distinguished  biblical  archaeologist  William  F.  Albright 
presented  an  argument  quite  similar  to  the  one  made  by  Harper  at  the  turn 
of  the  century.  Albright  and  other  students  of  Semitic  archaeology  reiterated 
the  comparative  distinctiveness  of  the  Old  Testament's  basic  viewpoints. 
Unlike  Harper,  Albright  explicitly  rejected  a  developmental  explanation  for 
the  Hebrew  conception  of  God,  claiming  that  the  teaching  of  Moses  was  a 
"living  tradition  .  .  .  which  did  not  change  in  fundamentals  from  the  time  of 
Moses  until  the  time  of  Christ."  But  Harper's  use  of  archaelogical  data 
anticipated  the  later  dominant  figure  in  biblical  archaelogy,  long  before  the 
field  boomed  in  the  period  between  the  two  World  Wars.96 

Although  Harper  eschewed  efforts  at  premature  theological  reconstruc- 
tion of  Old  Testament  history  it  is  instructive  to  place  his  understandings 
next  to  those  of  later  important  figures  in  the  field  of  Old  Testament 
theology.  Unlike  Otto  Eissfeldt  who  viewed  historical  method  and  theolog- 
ical interpretation  as  working  on  independent  planes  (knowledge  and 
faith),97  Harper  had  devoted  himself  to  a  blending  of  faith  and  knowledge 
through  his  program  of  critical  reverence.  Harper  was  more  responsive  to  the 
developmental  nature  of  Israel's  belief  than  was  Walter  Eichrodt,  who  tried 
to  forge  a  unity  of  theology  and  history  by  tracking  one  fundamental  idea,  the 
covenant,  through  the  biblical  material.98  But  if  Harper  did  not  solve  the 
problem  of  theology  and  history  by  placing  the  two  types  of  knowledge  on 
separate  planes  or  by  organizing  the  scriptural  message  around  one  funda- 
mental theological  idea,  he  nonetheless  worked  with  a  typological  model 
similar  to  one  that  would  be  hailed  by  Hahn  a  half  century  later  as  a  key 

94  Ibid.,  p.  153. 

95  Ibid.,  pp.  164-9. 

96  Ibid.,  p.  218. 

97  Ibid.,  p.  231. 

98  Ibid.,  pp.  232-33. 


Shaping  a  New  Biblical  World  79 

element    in    a    "new    theology"    from    Germany.    Hahn    described    the 
Christocentric  interpretation  of  Wilhelm  Vischer: 

On  the  surface  his  method  was  historical:  it  began  by  setting  the 
texts  examined  in  their  original  contexts.  But  mainly  his  technique 
was  typological,  for  the  historical  meaning  of  the  texts  was  allegorized 
so  as  to  serve  as  figures  for  their  "eternal"  meaning  in  relation  to  the 
"universal"  revelation  to  which  both  Testaments  testified." 

Others  advanced  Harper-like  themes.  H.H.  Rowley,  for  example,  called 
for  critics  to  move  beyond  scholarship  to  cultivate  a  "spiritual  receptivity  to 
the  basic  message  which  the  Bible  conveys."100  Notice  of  such  resonances 
between  Harper  and  elements  of  the  "new  theology"  of  neo-orthodoxy  does 
not  make  Harper  into  a  closet  neo-orthodox  interpreter.  Instead  he  was  an 
unusual  mediator  who  could  blend  and  reconcile  a  sense  of  God's  immanent 
presence  in  the  world,  a  progressive  view  of  history,  and  an  evangelical 
reverence  for  the  biblical  message. 

Harper  had  anticipated  what  Hahn  termed  the  "new  historical  definition 
of  revelation"  which  neo-orthodoxy  was  to  advance.101  An  understanding  of 
Harper's  typological  model  of  interpretation  and  his  new  argument  for  the 
inspiration  of  Scriptures  helps  to  qualify  Hahn's  evaluation  of  H.  Wheeler 
Robinson's  achievement  in  the  1940s: 

H.  Wheeler  Robinson's  exposition  of  the  process  of  revelation  as 
the  learning  of  God's  will  through  a  series  of  historical  events,  the 
meaning  of  which  individuals  of  prophetic  insight  interpreted  to  the 
people,  for  the  first  time  provided  a  successful  synthesis  of  the 
historical  point  of  view  with  theological  exposition.  Robinson  suc- 
ceeded in  finding  theological  nexus  between  historical  method  and 
theological  interpretation  which  Eissfeldt  had  been  unable  to  per- 
ceive.102 

Similarities  between  Harper  and  later  scholars  like  Vischer  and 
Robinson,  who  had  moved  beyond  the  liberal  paradigm  of  biblical  scholar- 
ship which  prevailed  in  Harper's  day  in  their  efforts  to  forge  a  new 
understanding  of  the  relationship  of  revelation  to  history,  point  to  his 
selective  appropriation  of  the  new  liberal  approach.  While  he  shared  with 
biblical  scholars  of  his  generation  a  commitment  to  penetrate  biblical  texts  in 
the  search  for  the  history  behind  them,  he  also  held  on  to  fundamental 
evangelical  beliefs  which  would  receive  new  articulation  in  the  age  of 
neo-orthodoxy. 

This  preliminary  attempt  to  set  Harper  within  the  context  of  the  field  of 
Old  Testament  studies  reveals  significant  and  previously  unnoticed  conver- 
gence points  between  Harper  and  later  scholars  within  his  field.  Hahn's 

99  Ibid.,  p.  236. 

100  Ibid.,  p.  239. 

101  Ibid.,  p.  241. 

102  Ibid.,  p.  244. 


80  The  Bible  and  the  University 

summary  of  developments  within  that  field  provides  a  horizon  within  which 
Harper  can  be  placed.  Within  that  context  Harper  seems  to  stand  in  a 
synthesizing  rather  than  seminal  posture  towards  the  amazing  explosion  of 
biblical  studies  which  began  in  his  generation  and  continued  long  after. 
Because  he  died  prematurely  and  because  his  Divinity  School  turned  in 
different  directions  from  those  he  had  chosen,  Harper's  methodological 
cosmopolitanism  has  been  forgotten.  Yet  when  his  work  as  a  whole  is 
assessed,  it  is  clear  that  Harper  incorporated  into  his  distinctive  vision  many 
of  the  new  directions  in  scholarship  which  shaped  biblical  studies  for  most 
of  the  twentieth  century.  That  he  held  together  what  the  age  of  specialization 
so  quickly  put  asunder  was  a  sign  both  of  his  genius  and  his  datedness.  At  the 
same  time  that  he  welcomed  the  gifts  of  new  knowledge  Harper  also  refused 
to  leave  behind  the  enduring  commitment  of  evangelical  Americans  to 
provide  a  coherent  biblical  framework  for  their  nation's  experience.  The 
arena  in  which  he  worked  most  strenuously  to  provide  coherence  was  higher 
education  where  a  new  organization  of  knowledge  was  emerging  to  affect 
the  entire  educational  configuration  of  the  nation. 


CHAPTER  4 
THE  CRITICAL  REFORMATION 


Less  than  one  year  before  the  end  of  his  life,  Harper  responded  to  a 
letter  from  a  Nevada,  Missouri,  clergyman,  the  Reverend  G.D.  Edwards  who 
inquired  if  Harper's  "missionary  zeal"  had  diminished  under  the  impact  of 
the  "New  Theology."  Harper's  answer  indicated  that  the  opposite  of  his 
interrogator's  expectations  had  happened.  "You  will  readily  understand,  of 
course,  that  all  my  work  is  in  a  very  fundamental  sense  missionary  work." 
His  answer  also  revealed  the  common  thread  which  wove  together  all  his 
activities.  He  claimed  that  exposure  to  new  types  of  biblical  scholarship, 
which  troubled  many  in  his  era,  had,  in  fact,  "greatly  increased  my  sense  of 
the  value  of  Christianity  for  all  men."  Harper's  mission,  which  he  expressed 
in  his  various  enterprises  of  scholarship,  popular  education,  publication  and 
university  administration,  was  to  spread  his  biblical  message  as  widely  as 
possible.1 

With  reinterpreted  Bible  in  hand,  Harper  zealously  set  out  on  his 
career-long  mission  to  reform  the  educational  agencies  of  church  and  nation. 
Each  of  America's  central  educational  institutions — Sunday  school,  public 
school,  college,  seminary,  family  and  ministry — were  recipients  of  scrutiny 
and  calls  for  reform.  As  his  "Bible  study  movement"  developed,  Harper 
boldly  attempted  to  reshape  the  entire  national  configuration  of  education, 
and  through  it,  the  American  people. 


The  Bible  Study  Movement 

In  the  first  issue  of  the  first  journal  he  published,  Harper,  then  a 
newcomer  to  the  seminary  in  Morgan  Park,  asked  if  someone  would  write  an 
article  entitled  "A  Revival  of  Hebrew  Study."  According  to  the  fledgling 
editor,  an  article,  much  study  and  a  revival  were  all  needed.  He  wondered 
why  "pastors  so  universally  detest  Hebrew"  but  found  encouraging  "indi- 
cations of  change"  in  the  fact  that  "four  hundred  ministers  from  thirty-five 
states,  and  of  thirteen  denominations  have  within  a  year  felt  constrained  to 

1  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Rev.  G.D.  Edwards,  February  11,  1905,  Personal  Papers,  Box 
7,  Folder  19. 


82  The  Bible  and  the  University 

take  up  a  study  so  long  neglected."2  In  fact  the  revival  he  called  for  had 
already  begun,  largely  the  result  of  his  own  early  extracurricular  efforts  at 
making  the  study  of  Hebrew  available  beyond  the  walls  of  his  seminary 
through  correspondence  study.  The  young  editor  was  also  a  promoter  who 
regularly  called  attention  to  aspects  of  the  revival  he  wished  to  encourage,  by 
providing  readers  with  a  vast  array  of  statistical  indicators  which  pointed  to 
growth  and  progress. 

Three  years  later,  in  September  of  1885,  Harper  was  certain  that 

we  have  begun,  but  also  only  begun,  a  movement  of  immense 
proportions  and  one  which  is  bound  to  be  accompanied  with  signif- 
icant and  far  reaching  consequences. 

By  that  time  he  had  scoured  the  nation,  locating  157  professors  of  Hebrew. 
Laboring  systematically  to  build  a  network  among  his  colleagues,  Harper 
reported  their  publications,  research  efforts,  and  position  changes  on  the 
pages  of  the  Student.3 

The  study  of  the  Hebrew  Scriptures  was  the  heart  of  the  movement  even 
if  it  would  not  always  be  its  sole  focus.  Hebrew  summer  schools  were  an 
"instrument  under  God"  for  "bringing  the  Old  Testament  to  the  front  in  this 
country."4  For  those  unable  to  commute  to  Harper's  summer  school,  corre- 
spondence courses  and  "Semitics  Clubs"  provided  access  to  Hebrew. 
Within  Harper's  program  seminars  no  longer  remained  the  private  preserve 
of  German-trained  specialists  at  distant  universities.  Hebrew  Clubs,  which 
gathered  to  do  linguistic  study  wherever  a  handful  of  interested  students 
subscribed  to  Harper's  publications,  became  American  counterparts  to  the 
German  model  of  higher  learning. 

In  March  of  1887  Harper,  then  a  Yale  professor,  claimed  that  the  nation 
was  on  the  "eve"  of  a  "revival  of  interest  in  the  study  of  the  Bible."5  By  this 
time  his  vision  extended  beyond  the  "Hebrew  movement"  to  include  a 
larger  group  of  people  who  wished  to  study  the  Scriptures  without  the  aid  of 
Hebrew.  Contacts  with  popular  audiences  at  Chautauqua  and  Yale  had 
expanded  his  public  dramatically.  But  Harper  did  not  abandon  his  earlier 
more  specialized  enterprises;  instead  he  simply  built  on  to  his  movement 
with  additional  programs. 

Harper  celebrated  biblical  interest  wherever  he  discovered  it.  Although 
he  and  Dwight  L.  Moody  did  not  share  similar  approaches  to  the  Scriptures, 
Harper  occasionally  reported  Moody's  successes  with  approval.6  Noting  that 
lay  people  also  predominated  in  his  own  Bible  movement,  Harper  criticized 

2  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Hebrew  Student  1  (April  1882):  11. 

3  William   Rainey   Harper,   "Editorial,"   The  Old  Testament  Student  5  (September 
1885):37;  "Editorial,"  ibid.  5  (December  1885):  183. 

4  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  ibid.  6  (September  1886):4. 

5  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  ibid.  6  (March  1887):  193. 

6  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Work  and  Workers,"  The  Biblical  World  11  (March  1898):211. 


The  Critical  Reformation  83 

pastors  for  their  lack  of  ability  and  interest  in  biblical  study.7  As  the  number 
of  parishoners  interested  in  the  Bible  study  movement  increased  while  their 
clergy  stubbornly  failed  to  respond,  Harper  boasted  of  his  success  and 
attempted  an  end  run  around  the  ministers.  Thus,  the  December  1893 
Biblical  World  editorialized: 

With  all  due  modesty,  it  may  be  claimed  that  The  Student  in 
former  years,  The  Biblical  World  of  today,  has  led  thousands  and 
thousands  of  men  and  women  to  a  larger  and  better  comprehension  of 
sacred  truth,  has  inspired  many  persons  to  work  and  strive  for  higher 
things,  and  has  aided  many  a  troubled  soul  which  found  itself  in  the 
midst  of  doubt  and  difficulty.8 

Editorials  alternated  between  celebration  of  movement  gains  and  criti- 
cism of  whatever  obstacles  impeded  its  advance.  Harper  was  convinced  that 
the  Bible  had  never  been  more  powerful  in  its  influence  than  during  those 
years  when  so  many  people  were  coming  to  terms  with  new  ways  of  reading 
it.  Biblical  criticism  was  responsible  for  the  new  interest — all  of  it  under 
God's  "immediate  supervision."9 

The  touch  of  history  had  "revivified"  the  Bible  to  such  an  extent  that  by 
1901  the  Bible  study  movement  had  become  international  in  scope.  Ger- 
many, France  and  England  had  come  to  share  in  the  common  spirit  which 
fueled  the  "great  popular  movement  in  the  churches"  of  America.  The 
revival,  supported  by  a  belief  in  the  "supremacy  of  the  historical  method," 
was  participating  in  what  Harper  and  his  colleagues  trusted  was  a  "new 
revelation  of  God."10 

In  1899  Harper  could  count  5,000  readers  of  The  Biblical  World — and 
those  were  more  than  mere  subscribers.  To  Harper  they  were  almost  a 
family  held  together  by  a  "bond"  which  was  "deeper  and  higher  than  a 
common  theological  position."  The  desire  to  know  the  Scriptures  made  one 
movement  out  of  many  readers  whose  common  goal  was  to  "enthrone  the 
Bible."  That  supreme  purpose  unified  the  journal's  readers  no  matter  how 
many  theological  differences  existed  among  them.11  Regular  contributions 
by  Jewish  biblical  scholars,  for  example,  which  began  with  the  first  issue  of 
The  Hebrew  Student,  indicated  the  inclusiveness  of  Harper's  movement.12 

To  accomplish  the  enthronement  of  the  Scriptures  in  America  Harper 
made  his  popular  journal  meet  diverse  needs.  In  1887  the  Inductive  Bible 
Studies  Series  appeared  in  The  Old  Testament  Student,  offering  a  monthly 

7  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  ibid.  6  (September  1895):  162. 

8  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  ibid.  2  (December  1893):402. 

9  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  12  (April 
1891):  197. 

10  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  18  (September  1901):l64-65. 

11  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial  Letter,"  ibid.  14  (September  1899):  147-^8. 

12  See  for  example  Rabbi  I.  Stern  "Beams  From  the  Talmud,"  The  Hebrew  Student  1 
(April  1882):  14. 


84  The  Bible  and  the  University 

program  which  sought  to  lead  readers  to  the  promised  land  of  biblical 
knowledge  by  following  a  route  of  carefully  crafted  questions.  Through  the 
studies  Harper  ambitiously  sought  to  develop  both  detailed  knowledge  of 
biblical  history  and  comprehensive  understanding  of  the  Scriptures'  funda- 
mental ideas.13  In  addition  to  these  study  guides  bibliographies  were 
prepared  to  help  more  ambitious  readers  find  needed  books.  For  clergy 
there  was  a  special  series  on  expository  preaching  by  W.H.P.  Faunce,  D.D.14 
Willis  Beecher  and  Herbert  Lockwood  Willett  each  contributed  series  of 
Sunday  school  lesson  materials  to  assist  the  teachers  and  pupils  who  were 
another  important  and  distinct  audience.15 

As  the  Bible  study  movement's  activities  and  participants  increased, 
Harper  created  new  institutions  to  respond  to  growing  needs.  The  American 
Institute  of  Hebrew,  for  example,  was  formed  in  1882  to  serve  as  the 
umbrella  organization  for  Harper's  extra-seminary  activities.  In  the  princi- 
pal's report  for  the  year  1886  Harper  gave  a  detailed  breakdown  of  this  initial 
effort  to  shape  the  study  of  Hebrew  in  America.  With  his  penchant  for 
statistics  he  pointed  to  683  students  in  the  Institute's  Correspondence 
School.  Thirty-two  denominations  were  represented  in  a  student  population 
that  included  representatives  from  48  states  or  provinces  of  North  America 
and  11  foreign  countries.  Harper  reported  that  the  average  age  of  enrolled 
males  was  33  and  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  eighteen  females  had  joined 
the  mostly  male  movement.  Ninety-eight  of  that  year's  enrollees  were  not  in 
the  ministry. 

In  addition  to  its  sizeable  correspondence  program,  the  Institute  spon- 
sored summer  schools  at  Philadelphia,  Morgan  Park,  Newton  Centre, 
Chautauqua  and  the  University  of  Virginia.  During  1886,  37  different 
instructors  from  around  the  nation  shared  teaching  duties  at  these  schools 
where  205  students  experienced  more  intense  programs  of  instruction. 

The  volume  of  paperwork  for  the  Institute's  total  program  was  stagger- 
ing and  Harper  seemed  to  relish  calling  attention  to  it.  In  1888,  for  example, 
12,620  sheets  of  printed  letter-head  stationary,  366,023  pages  of  circulars, 
8,356  dictated  letters  and  1,328  written  letters  were  issued.  With  a  good  deal 
of  understatement  Harper  admitted  that  it  took  a  "large  amount  of  pushing" 
to  make  the  movement  go.  He  logged  his  own  labors:  425  hours  of  classroom 
work  in  the  five  summer  schools;  6,700  miles  of  travel;  600  hours  of  office 
work;  every  one  of  the  8,356  dictated  letters.  The  demands  of  the  program 
required  the  help  of  6  assistants  to  keep  the  paper  flowing.  Loans  of  $1,650 

13  William  Rainey  Harper,  W.G.  Ballantine,  Willis  J.  Beecher  and  G.S.  Burroughs, 
"Inductive  Bible  Studies,"  The  Old  Testament  Student  7  (September  1887):21ff. 

14  W.H.P.  Faunce,  "Expository  Preaching,  I,"  The  Biblical  World  11  (February  1898):81ff. 

15  W.  J.  Beecher,  "Sunday  School  Lessons  for  the  Third  Quarter,  1885,"  The  Old 
Testament  Student  4  (June  1885):  445ff;  Herbert  L.  Willett,  "The  International  Sunday 
School  Lessons,"  The  Biblical  World  14  (July  1899):58ff. 


The  Critical  Reformation  85 

to  cover  operating  costs  during  that  year  signalled  that  the  Institute's  success 
created  needs  which  threatened  to  exhaust  the  resources  that  Harper  had 
managed  to  assemble.16 

Nonetheless,  the  movement  continued  to  expand.  By  1888  Harper  could 
boast  of  a  Japanese  chapter  of  the  American  Institute  of  Hebrew.17  Still,  he 
refused  to  let  matters  coast.  An  1889  appraisal  of  the  needs  of  his  Bible 
students  prompted  an  editorial  question:  "Why  not  have  an  American 
Institute  of  Sacred  Literature?"  Despite  many  impressive  strides,  he  felt  that 
biblical  work  was  still  "at  loose  ends."  It  needed  "stirring  up,  systematizing, 
elevating."18  By  1893  the  revamped  Institute,  which  had  moved  to  a  new 
home  on  the  south  side  of  Chicago,  had  grown  even  larger.  The  Correspon- 
dence School  had  expanded  from  its  original  one  course  of  Hebrew  instruc- 
tion to  a  total  curriculum  of  twelve  courses,  only  four  of  which  were  Hebrew. 
At  that  time  448  students  pursued  Hebrew,  while  three  delved  into  Arabic, 
158  studied  New  Testament  Greek,  and  450  read  the  English  Bible.  More 
than  1,100  students  were  organized  into  92  correspondence  clubs.  The  total 
number  of  students  participating  in  some  form  of  correspondence  work  was 
2,891.  They  mailed  in  their  lessons  from  England,  Ireland,  Scotland,  Wales, 
Norway,  Italy,  Turkey,  Syria,  India,  Assam,  Burma,  China,  Korea,  Japan, 
Australia,  West  and  South  Africa,  Brazil,  Bermuda,  West  Indies,  Mexico  and 
Newfoundland. 19 

By  1899  the  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature  had  10,000  students 
involved  in  some  phase  of  its  program,  including  4,500  in  a  new  Outline 
Course  designed  to  help  those  who  could  not  devote  large  amounts  of  time 
to  Bible  study.20  Harper's  institutional  creativity  continued  to  express  itself 
in  constant  innovation.  The  Institute's  original  structure  of  four  departments 
(Correspondence  School,  Summer  School,  Special  Courses  and  Examina- 
tions) was  augmented  by  the  addition  of  Local  Boards  to  foster  growth  across 
the  nation.  Willett,  one  of  Harper's  proteges,  became  the  field  secretary 
responsible  for  developing  local  programs  of  Bible  study.21  Under  Willett's 
leadership  Bible  Study  Unions  began  to  meet  in  large  cities,  chapters  of  the 
Institute  took  shape  in  congregations  and  a  network  of  state  secretaries 
brought  order  to  the  nationwide  program.  In  addition,  ministers  belonged  to 
their  own  Guild  for  Professional  Reading,  which  boasted  248  members  in 

16  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Report  of  the  Principal  of  Schools  of  the  American  Institute  of 
Hebrew,"  The  Old  Testament  Student  6  (February  1887):  178-87. 

17  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Report  of  the  Principal  of  Schools  of  the  American  Institute  of 
Hebrew  (1888),"  ibid.  8  (February  1889):225. 

18  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  ibid.  8  (April  1889):282-83. 

19  C.  Eugene  Crandall,  "The  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature,"  The  Biblical  World 
1  (January  1893):  36-37. 

20  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  Council  of  Seventy,"  ibid.  13  (January  1899):47-48. 

21  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature,"  ibid.  4  (October 
1894)  :307. 


86  The  Bible  and  the  University 

1899.22  A  Bible  Students  Reading  Guild  was  added  to  foster  a  thirty-minute- 
per-day  program  for  novices  who  lacked  time  to  do  sustained  work.23 

When  the  October,  1902  issue  of  The  Biblical  World  featured  a  promi- 
nent advertisement  for  "The  Largest  Bible  School  in  The  World,"  it  was 
promoting  a  complex  institution  consisting  of  10,000  students  annually 
registered,  an  administrative  council  of  seventy  leading  biblical  scholars,  a 
program  of  "Advanced  Courses  for  Ministers,  Teachers,  Colleges  and 
Schools,"  as  well  as  "Elementary  Courses  for  Laymen,  working  indepen- 
dendy  or  in  groups,  in  the  Church,  Sunday  School,  Young  People's  Society, 
etc."24  The  wide  appeal  of  the  Institute's  programs  can  be  seen  in  the  rapid 
growth  of  the  Outline  Course  program.  Within  its  first  six  years  more  than 
60,000  students  had  made  use  of  the  new  Outline  Courses.25  Harper's 
program  had  come  a  long  way  from  the  solitary  extra-curricular  Hebrew 
course  offered  in  Denison,  Ohio. 

Harper's  frequently  stated  perception  of  an  emerging  revival  of  biblical 
study  clearly  had  data  to  support  it.  The  career  of  the  Institute  under  his 
leadership  was  one  of  expansion  and  growth,  even  if  financial  troubles  were 
always  threatening.  Never  satisfied,  Harper  frequently  tinkered  with  the 
movement's  organization,  always  seeking  to  make  it  more  efficient  and  more 
inclusive.  When  his  efforts  at  fueling  the  Bible  study  movement  are  placed 
next  to  his  responsibilities  at  Chautauqua  the  amazing  scope  of  his  moon- 
lighting efforts  becomes  apparent.  Through  these  two  major  efforts  at 
popular  education  Harper  had  identified  a  significant  public  with  a  strong 
interest  in  his  type  of  biblical  study.  Both  his  Institute  and  Chautauqua 
aimed  at  popular  learning;  both  developed  a  variety  of  programs  to  reach 
into  the  homes  and  villages  of  Bible-reading  America.  Both  responded  to  the 
energetic  leadership  of  Principal  Harper. 

As  Harper  became  the  leader  of  a  more  visible  and  organized  movement 
he  called  for  more  specific  types  of  reform.  In  1900,  for  example,  an 
"Editorial  Letter"  urged  "Bible  Study  Sundays"  in  congregations  to  awaken 
interest  at  the  local  level.26  But  more  than  that,  Harper  began  to  target 
individual  educational  institutions  for  precise  changes. 


The  Seminary 

Harper  made  his  initial  reforming  foray  into  America's  educational 
environment  by  calling  for  changes  in  the  world  of  the  seminary.  Morgan 

22  Harper,  "The  Council  of  Seventy,"  ibid.  13  (March  1899):209. 

23  Harper,  "Editorial,"  ibid.  3  (June  1894):403-4. 

24  "Advertisement,"  ibid.  20  (October  1902):ii. 

25  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature:  Announcements 
for  the  Year  1904-5,"  ibid.  24  (September  1904):228. 

26  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial  Letter,"  ibid.  15  (May  1900):323. 


The  Critical  Reformation  87 

Park  Seminary  was  the  place  where  he  first  sensed  that  perhaps  he  could 
reshape  aspects  of  American  education.  On  the  basis  of  what  he  observed 
there  and  heard  elsewhere  about  America's  seminaries,  he  concluded  that 
this  peculiar  institution  was  most  responsible  for  American  Protestantism's 
misinterpretation  of  the  Scriptures.  To  counter  this  situation  he  offered  a  first 
reform  proposal  which  when  compared  to  his  later  ones  seems  tame  enough. 
Old  Testament  departments  needed  two  professors  rather  than  the  conven- 
tional solitary  generalist.  One  professor  should  specialize  in  linguistic 
subjects,  the  other  in  exegetical  or  interpretive  matters.  Implicit  in  the 
proposal  was  Harper's  inductive  model.  Only  after  careful  analysis  of 
linguistic  facts  could  students  begin  the  interpretive  work  of  Old  Testament 
theology.  To  facilitate  full  inductive  study  of  the  Scriptures  Harper  also 
urged  the  introduction  of  a  whole  new  range  of  subjects  into  the  field  of  Old 
Testament  Studies.  A  student  should  begin  with  Hebrew,  then  move  on  to 
the  cognate  languages  like  Aramaic,  Syriac,  Assyrian  and  Arabic.  Next,  the 
history  of  the  biblical  material  should  be  carefully  investigated.  Finally  each 
particular  section  of  Scripture  had  to  be  viewed  as  a  piece  of  literature  and 
compared  with  other  similar  types  of  literature.  When  the  student  was 
equipped  with  all  those  pre-requisite  skills,  then  the  task  of  interpretation 
could  properly  begin.27 

From  these  initial  concerns  with  the  internal  affairs  of  his  academic 
specialty  Harper  then  brashly  struck  at  the  heart  of  theological  education  by 
asserting  that  seminaries  lacked  "only  one  thing":  the  opportunity  for 
potential  preachers  to  study  the  Word.  He  sarcastically  prophesied  that  the 
day  was  coming  when  seminary  graduates  "must  know  something  of  the 
Bible."  From  his  vantage  point  real  biblical  knowledge  had  been  crowded 
out  of  the  seminary  curriculum.28 

According  to  Harper  seminaries  had  a  "duty"  to  perform.  They  were 
supposed  to  nurture  "a  renewed  heart,"  or  if  one  was  not  extant  in  the 
bosoms  of  young  seminarians,  the  schools  must  help  create  it.  But  more  than 
that  each  seminary  was  required  to  provide  true,  clear,  full  knowledge  of 
biblical  history,  literature,  and  thought  to  its  students.  The  institutions  were 
"under  obligation  to  require  this  knowledge  .  . .  before  graduation."  Unfor- 
tunately the  seminaries  had  fallen  short  of  their  duty.  Instead  of  teaching 
students  the  fundamental  knowledge  required  for  ministry,  Harper  believed 
the  institutions  taught  prospective  pastors  to  "ignore  the  Bible."  To  address 
that  fundamental  failure  the  larger  problem  of  the  nature  of  theological 
education  needed  to  be  addressed.   A  true   reformer,   Harper  exhorted 

27  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial  Notes,"  The  Old  Testament  Student  4  (November 
1884):  136-38. 

28  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  1  (February  1893):87;  "Edito- 
rial," The  Old  Testament  Student  6  (February  1887):  162. 


88  The  Bible  and  the  University 

seminary  educators  to  return  their  schools  to  study  of  "the  fountain-head" 
and  begin  their  educational  efforts  there.29 

To  understand  the  significance  of  Harper's  challenge  to  the  seminaries 
of  his  day  it  is  necessary  to  place  his  attempt  within  the  larger  context  of  the 
history  of  these  important  institutions  of  theological  education.  Like  so  much 
of  the  history  of  religious  education  in  America,  the  history  of  the  seminary 
remains  largely  unwritten.  In  "Notes  Toward  a  History:  Theological  Ency- 
clopedia and  the  Evolution  of  American  Seminary  Curriculum,  1808—1968," 
however,  Robert  W.  Lynn  has  made  a  pioneering  contribution  to  this 
neglected  field.30  Lynn's  research  reveals  that  prior  to  the  nineteenth 
century  prospective  ministers  prepared  for  their  callings  by  "reading  divin- 
ity" under  the  tutelage  of  a  respected  clergyman.  The  Reverend  Nathaniel 
Emmons,  for  example,  minister  of  the  Congregational  Church  in  Franklin, 
Massachusetts,  guided  more  than  80  students  through  a  suggested  list  of 
books  during  a  50-year  period.  Sometime  during  his  working  day  Reverend 
Emmons  stopped  to  meet  with  students  to  "hear  their  compositions  or  to 
converse  with  them  upon  particular  subjects."  Lyman  Beecher,  author  of  A 
Plea  for  the  West  and  later  president  of  Lane  Seminary  recalled  a  similar 
manner  of  preparation  for  his  calling.  Once  a  week  he  and  fellow  aspirants  to 
the  holy  calling  met  with  President  D  wight  of  Yale  College.  The  group  read 
papers,  discussed  questions  and  listened  to  lectures.31 

According  to  Lynn,  this  divinity-reading  model  prevailed  in  America 
until  the  creation  of  Andover  Seminary  in  1808  under  Congregational 
auspices.  Previously  ministers  had  given  attention  to  a  loosely  structured 
reading  program  that  concentrated  on  certain  key  emphases — exegesis, 
sacred  rhetoric,  and  "the"  theological  system.  Andover,  "America's  first 
graduate  school,"  changed  this  pattern.32  After  several  years  of  trial  and 
error,  the  seminary's  founders  developed  a  specific  curriculum  for  ministe- 
rial preparation.  The  first  year  was  devoted  to  Sacred  Literature,  the  second 
to  Christian  Theology,  and  the  third  to  Sacred  Rhetoric  and  Ecclesiastical 
History. 

Andover  began  with  an  endowment  of  $75,000  from  three  donors,  which 
grew  during  their  lifetimes  to  $300,000 — an  amount  twice  that  of  Harvard's 

29  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial  Notes:  The  Duty  of  the  Theological  Seminary  in 
Reference  to  Bible-Study,"  ibid.  5  (January  1886):234-35;  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World 
6  (September  1895):  166;  "Editorial,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  10  (January 
1890):  1-4. 

30  Robert  W.  Lynn,  "Notes  Toward  a  History:  Theological  Encyclopedia  and  the  Evolu- 
tion of  American  Seminary  Curriculum,  1808-1968,"  unpublished  essay,  The  Lilly  En- 
dowment, Indianapolis,  Indiana,  June  1979. 

31  Ibid.,  pp.  7-9. 

32  Norman  J.  Kansfield  suggests  that  the  Associate  Reformed  Church  Seminary  in 
Pennsylvania  headed  by  John  Mitchell  Mason  is  older  than  Andover.  See  "Study  the  Most 
Approved  Authors:  The  Role  of  the  Seminary  Library  in  Nineteenth-Century  American 
Protestant  Ministerial  Education,"  (Ph.D.  dissertation,  University  of  Chicago,  1981),  p.  48. 


The  Critical  Reformation  89 

total  endowment  at  that  time.  Such  unprecedented  resources  allowed  the 
school  to  experiment  with  specialization — Professors  Leonard  Woods, 
Moses  Stuart,  and  Ebenezer  Porter  divided  the  "theological  encyclopedia" 
among  themselves,  sharing  what  previously  had  been  haphazardly  covered 
by  one  busy  cleric.  By  1830  the  "four-fold  theological  curriculum"  (sacred 
literature,  Christian  theology,  ecclesiastical  history,  and  sacred  rhetoric)  had 
emerged;  increasingly,  it  came  to  dominate  American  theological  education 
until  the  1880s.33 

The  half  century  from  the  1830s  to  the  1880s  Lynn  characterizes  as  a 
period  of  "The  Development  of  a  Transatlantic  Persuasion."  During  this 
period  many  Americans  participated  in  a  transatlantic  migration  to  and  from 
German  universities.  Students  returned  home  with  new  visions  for  theolog- 
ical education,  including  the  central  notion  of  "theological  encyclopedia,"  a 
scientific  schema  for  the  study  of  theology  which  divided  theological  inquiry 
into  four  separate  departments:  exegesis,  Dogmatik,  ecclesiastical  history, 
and  Homiletik  or  practical  theology.  Theological  encyclopedia  was  the 
framework  within  which  seminal  figures  like  Friedrich  August  Gottreau 
Tholuck,  Johann  August  Wilhelm  Neander  and  Ernest  Wilhelm  Hengsten- 
berg  made  distinct  disciplines  out  of  different  areas  of  theological  study. 
Under  their  leadership  each  discipline  developed  its  own  objectives,  bibli- 
ographies, and  methods  of  study.  That  which  an  exceptional  seminary  like 
Andover  had  groped  toward,  Americans  encountered  in  breathtaking  com- 
pleteness in  the  seminars  and  libraries  of  German  universities.  Eventually, 
the  theological  encyclopedia  of  Germany,  i.e.,  the  modern  structure  of 
theological  learning,  was  imported  and  tranplanted  to  institutions  across  the 
United  States.34 

It  was  at  the  end  of  this  period  of  enthusiasm  for  German  models  of 
learning  that  Harper  entered  the  plot  of  theological  education  in  America. 
Unlike  many  who  attempted  to  restructure  the  seminaries  of  America  he  did 
not  study  abroad  and  therefore  did  not  harbor  commitments  to  the  German 
paradigm  as  deep  as  those  of  his  predecessors.  Further,  the  German  organ- 
ization of  knowledge  had  moved  beyond  the  earlier  coherence  supplied  by 
classical  paradigms  and  Neuhumanismus  to  an  increasingly  specialized 
style.35  Barriers  between  disciplines  had  become  increasingly  insurmount- 
able as  overarching  unity  became  less  plausible.  New  disciplines  like 
sociology  and  psychology  challenged  the  coherence  which  once  made  the 

33  Lynn,  "Notes  Toward  a  History,"  pp.  5,  11-12,  18. 

34  Ibid.,  pp.  14—20.  Edward  Farley  provides  a  thorough  analysis  of  the  development  of 
"theological  encyclopedia"  from  its  eighteenth  century  pre-Schleiermacher  origins, 
through  its  seminal  formulation  in  Friedrich  Schleiermacher's  Brief  Outline  of  Theological 
Study,  to  its  dissolution  in  the  "fragmentation"  of  twentieth  century  seminary  curricular 
confusion  in  Theologia:  The  Fragmentation  and  Unity  of  Theological  Education  (Phila- 
delphia: Fortress  Press,  1983). 

35  See  Chapter  2,  p.  33. 


90  The  Bible  and  the  University 

fourfold  curriculum  a  comprehensive  system  of  knowledge.  As  scholars 
achieved  competence  in  expanding  numbers  of  fields,  the  neat  fourfold 
curriculum  began  to  fragment  and  new  fields  of  study  resisted  assimilation 
under  the  old  paradigm. 

At  first  Harper  seemed  unconcerned  about  the  larger  context  which 
posed  new  problems  for  America's  theological  educators.  His  interest  was  in 
the  emerging  Semitic  discipline  and  its  place  within  a  curriculum  that 
threatened  to  squeeze  out  what  was  most  important,  i.e.  his  own  specialty. 
He  conducted  a  symposium  on  Bible  study  in  American  seminaries  through 
the  pages  of  the  Old  Testament  Student  and  concluded  that  "the  Bible  does 
not  occupy  the  place  in  the  theological  curriculum  which  it  deserves."  To 
return  the  Scriptures  to  their  rightful  place  he  offered  a  series  of  far-reaching 
suggestions.  More  time  had  to  be  given  to  the  study  of  the  Bible — at  least 
one-half  of  a  student's  program  of  study.  Knowledge  of  Hebrew  was 
mandatory — but  it  should  be  acquired  in  pre-seminary  days  so  that  seminary 
work  could  get  on  with  biblical  study.  Harper's  proposed  seminary  reform 
thus  had  implications  for  college  curricula  also.  The  "habit  of  Bible  study" 
had  to  be  formed  in  seminary  students.  Notions  of  academic  vacation  time 
had  to  be  reconceived,  as  cherished  ideas  of  summer  time  off  had  to  yield  to 
the  constant  work  of  scholarship.  Biblical  history  needed  to  become  a 
required  subject;  how  else  would  the  critical  perspective  so  essential  to 
Harper's  reforms  be  grasped?  Finally,  the  Bible  must  be  studied  in  English 
so  that  students  would  be  at  home  in  the  book  and  truly  understand  it.  To 
that  end  Harper  called  for  a  new  department  to  be  added  to  the  unravelling 
fourfold  curriculum — the  department  of  English  Bible  study.36 

Problems  with  the  seminary  curriculum  were  so  pervasive  that  Harper 
eventually  moved  beyond  editorializing  for  his  own  cause  to  a  more 
thorough  reappraisal  of  theological  education  in  general.  In  1899,  from  the 
vantage  point  of  a  university  president  who  led  an  institution  through  the 
transition  from  seminary  to  Divinity  School,  Harper  authored  a  penetrating 
and  critical  analysis  of  theological  education  entitled  "Shall  the  Theological 
Curriculum  Be  Modified,  And  How?"  His  answer  to  his  own  question 
revealed  that  the  experience  of  constructing  a  complete  edifice  of  learning 
had  widened  his  horizons  to  include  concerns  barely  discernible  in  previous 
calls  for  reform.37 

Harper  began  his  final  proposal  for  reconstructing  theological  education 
by  noting  the  perceptions  of  modern  churchgoers.  He  believed  that 

Many  intelligent  laymen  in  the  churches  have  the  feeling  that  the 
training  provided  for  the  students  in  the  theological  seminary  does 
not  meet  the  requirements  of  modern  times. 

36  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  Testament  Student  5  (April  1886):321ff. 

37  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Shall  the  Theological  Curriculum  Be  Modified,  And  How?" 
The  Trend  in  Higher  Education  in  America  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1905), 
pp.  234-67. 


The  Critical  Reformation  91 

In  addition,  he  claimed  that  ministers  who  had  completed  their  training 
looked  back  upon  the  seminary  experience  with  similar  disapproval.  So 
widespread  was  disenchantment  with  the  seminary  that  Harper  heard 
students  preparing  for  ministry  asking,  "Is  there  not  some  way  of  making 
preparation  other  than  through  the  seminary?"  Some  went  so  far  as  to  pursue 
alternative  routes  in  graduate  schools  or  "short-course"  plans.  The  basic 
problem  was  that  the  seminary  curriculum  and  organizational  structures 
were  "survivals  from  the  oldest  times."  They  were  simply  "out  of  harmony 
with  the  whole  situation  as  it  exists  today."38 

Two  basic  principles  lay  beneath  the  specific  suggestions  Harper 
wished  to  make.  First,  any  modifications  in  the  theological  curriculum 
"should  accord  with  the  assured  results  of  modern  psychology  and  peda- 
gogy" as  well  as  the  demands  made  by  "common  experience."  Second, 
seminary  work  had  to  be  adjusted  "to  render  it  attractive  to  the  best  men."  In 
another  essay  Harper  asked,  "Why  Are  There  Fewer  Students  For  the 
Ministry?"  Citing  a  15  percent  decline  in  enrollments  at  northern  Protestant 
seminaries — from  2,522  in  1894  to  2,133  a  decade  later — he  answered  this 
question  by  pointing  to  the  rise  in  prominence  of  other  professions  and  the 
decline  in  "general  influence  of  the  minister."  No  longer  did  ministers  tower 
in  stature  above  the  rest  of  the  community.  Other  factors  such  as  a  "gradual 
decay  of  religious  expression"  in  modern  times  and  the  "theological  uncer- 
tainty" of  the  era  complicated  the  ministerial  situation.  It  was  quite  clearly  a 
"time  of  transition"  for  Christianity.  Small  salaries  furthered  the  ministry's 
slide  down  the  status  ladder.  Harper  dared  to  prescribe  an  immediate 
solution  for  the  money  problem:  "If  the  present  salaries  could  be  doubled 
within  ten  years,  the  influence  of  the  average  minister  would  be  doubled."39 

But  if  America's  widening  embrace  of  modernity  had  done  great  damage 
to  the  status  of  the  ministerial  profession,  the  seminaries  had  made  matters 
worse.  Harper  was  appalled  by  the  "promiscuous  admission  of  ignorant 
candidates"  to  the  schools  and  subsequently  to  the  profession.  While  other 
professions  were  raising  their  standards,  this  one,  he  felt,  was  lowering  its 
requirements.40 

With  the  grim  seminary  reality  before  him  and  his  two  key  principles  in 
hand,  Harper  posed  specific  alternatives  to  the  conventional  model  of 
theological  education.  Rather  than  push  all  students  into  a  prescribed  mold, 
the  curriculum  had  to  be  "adapted  to  the  individual  taste  and  capacity  of  the 
student."  Only  one  essential  core  was  required  of  all  students:  "a  general 
and  comprehensive  knowledge  of  the  Scriptures."  Beyond  that  limit  choice 
should  prevail.  A  new  conception  of  the  seminary's  function  was  offered;  it 

38  Ibid.,  pp.  234-35. 

39  Ibid.,  p  236;  "Why  are  There  Fewer  Students  For  the  Ministry?"  ibid.,  pp.  195-202. 

40  Ibid.,  p  203. 


92  The  Bible  and  the  University 

was  "not  a  place  in  which  men  are  to  learn  certain  views,  or  to  receive  and 
adopt  certain  opinions."  Instead  it  had  to  become  "a  place  in  which  men 
shall  be  taught  to  think."41 

A  key  verb  in  Harper's  reforming  lexicon  was  "adapt":  seminaries 
needed  to  help  individuals  adapt  to  their  environments.  To  accomplish  that 
goal,  the  institutions  needed  to  become  aware  of  the  "present  state  of 
society."  Still  much  more  like  a  medieval  monastery  than  a  modern  profes- 
sional school,  the  seminary  had  to  come  to  terms  with  the  "modern  demo- 
cratic situation."  Convinced  on  the  basis  of  his  critical  and  progressive 
reading  of  the  Scriptures  that  "Christianity  is  democratic  through  and 
through,"  Harper  felt  that  problems  had  occurred  when  religious  leaders 
moved  from  the  pure  world  of  Christian  ideals  to  the  real  one  of  institutions 
and  history.  In  the  real  world  of  history  the  church  had  to  a  large  extent 
"antagonized  the  democratic  spirit."  In  addition  to  the  pressing  demand  to 
adapt  to  modern  democratic  society  Harper  also  asked  the  seminaries  to 
come  to  terms  with  the  "greatest  factor  in  modern  civilization,"  science. 
Furthermore,  the  new  economic  realities  in  which  these  schools  functioned 
meant  that  seminaries  also  had  to  learn  how  to  deal  with  another  modern 
phenomenon,  "men  of  wealth."42 

After  sketching  the  major  contours  of  the  changed  environment  for 
theological  education,  Harper  proceeded  to  offer  close-up  analysis  of  aca- 
demic programs.  Certainly  one  of  the  most  distinctive  and  cherished  tasks  of 
the  ministry  in  his  era  was  preaching;  but  Harper  was  not  afraid  to  aim  sharp 
criticisms  at  the  way  seminaries  were  preoccupied  by  this  one  element  out 
of  the  many  needed  to  adequately  equip  would-be  ministers.  Popular 
expectations  and  financial  motives  compelled  students  to  "preach  con- 
stantly" during  their  early  years — assuring  both  an  undue  emphasis  on  this 
one  function  and  the  development  of  poor  habits  of  preparation.  If  seminar- 
ians were  diligently  preparing  lessons  during  the  week,  they  could  not  be  in 
"fit  condition  to  preach  regularly  on  the  Sabbath."  Negative  learning  re- 
sulted from  such  a  system,  since  students  acquired  the  "habit  of  slovenli- 
ness" in  sermon  preparation  and  classroom  work.  Harper  was  unsparing  in 
his  condemnation  of  this  tradition,  calling  preaching  in  early  years  of 
seminary  training  an  "evil."  Instead  of  encouraging  or  requiring  student 
preaching,  he  felt  that  seminaries  "should  forbid  it."43 

The  practice  of  providing  free  tuition  and  board  for  seminarians,  a 
"survival  of  mediaevalism,"  was  also  singled  out  for  criticism.  Harper  argued 
that  such  coddling  degraded  students  and  fostered  attitudes  of  dependence 
that  could  color  an  entire  ministry.  For  pastors  to  function  effectively  in 

41  Harper,  "Shall  the  Theological  Curriculum  be  Modified,  And  How?"  pp.  237—38. 

42  Ibid.,  pp.  238-41. 


43 


Ibid.,  pp.  243-44. 


The  Critical  Reformation  93 

democratic  America,  they  had  to  cultivate  a  habit  of  independence  from  their 
earliest  seminary  days.44 

The  scientist  in  Harper  deplored  the  "lack  of  sufficient  amount  of 
laboratory  work  in  science"  in  the  ordinary  course  of  pre-ministerial  study. 
Scientific  knowledge  was  as  necessary  for  the  modern  cleric  as  a  knowledge 
of  Greek.  To  contend  with  "the  greatest  enemy  Christianity  is  called  to 
contend  with,"  materialism,  Harper  believed  that  students  needed  to  know 
how  scientists  thought  and  worked.  His  proposed  solution  was  advocacy  of 
established  chairs  of  science  like  the  one  occupied  by  Henry  Drummond 
who  probed  the  relationships  between  theology  and  geology  at  Free  Church 
College  of  Glasgow,  Scotland.45 

Harper  balanced  his  call  for  including  science  in  the  theological  curricu- 
lum by  placing  strong  emphasis  on  the  need  for  the  study  of  English  litera- 
ture. In  his  estimation  mastery  of  this  field  of  knowledge  was  "second  in 
importance  only  to  the  mastery  of  the  sacred  Scriptures."  In  the  classics 
readers  could  encounter  "common  feelings  of  the  soul  of  humanity,"  primary 
material  for  ministerial  reflections.  Harper  doubted  if  he  would  be  "going  too 
far  to  assert  that  every  minister  should  be  a  specialist  in  English  literature."46 

Ignorance  of  English  literature  seemed  to  accompany  a  general  weak- 
ness in  the  ability  of  seminary  students  to  express  themselves  properly  in 
"strong  and  forcible  English."  Harper  called  for  regular  "theme  work,"  if 
necessary  at  the  expense  of  technical  theological  work,  in  order  that  students 
might  learn  to  communicate  clearly.  The  fourfold  curriculum  received  one 
more  jolt  as  Harper  advocated  yet  another  "special  chair"  for  "every 
well-organized  theological  seminary" — one  in  English  language.47 

The  wide-ranging  curricular  suggestions  that  Harper  proposed  at  the 
turn  of  the  century  reflected  a  much  broader  concern  than  the  main  interest 
which  dominated  his  earlier  days:  encouraging  Hebrew  and  biblical  study 
by  seminary  students.  But  he  had  certainly  not  abandoned  his  original 
purpose;  for  along  with  all  his  other  suggested  innovations  came  the  familiar 
request  for  a  department  of  English  Bible.  To  explain  why  this  reform  was 
needed  "most  of  all,"  Harper  reiterated  the  main  concern  of  his  Hebrew  and 
Bible  study  movements: 

The  theological  seminaries  are  sending  men  into  the  ministry 
who  have  no  proper  knowledge  of  the  growth  and  development  of 
Biblical  thought,  and  who  even  lack  familiarity  with  the  most  com- 
mon material  of  the  Biblical  books  ....  Of  the  great  movements  of 
national  life,  of  the  contemporaneous  history  of  the  social  develop- 
ment, of  the  gradual  growth  of  religious  thought,  he  [the  seminary 
graduate]  remains  largely  ignorant. 


44  Ibid.,  pp.  244-45. 

45  Ibid.,  pp.  245-46. 

46  Ibid.,  p.  250. 

47  Ibid.,  pp.  250^51. 


94  The  Bible  and  the  University 

So  acute  was  the  need  for  students  to  know  the  plot  and  thought  of  the 
Sacred  Scriptures  that  Harper  found  it  necessary  to  modify  his  stance  on  the 
subject  closest  to  his  heart,  Hebrew.  His  earlier  calls  for  mandatory  Hebrew 
had  been  so  successful  that  the  study  had  become  compulsory  in  many 
schools  by  1899.  According  to  Harper's  calculations  one-fifth  of  the  average 
seminarian's  time  was  spent  in  pursuit  of  Harper's  specialty.  Lest  his 
Hebrew  movement  end  in  a  pyrrhic  victory  Harper  felt  constrained  to  urge 
making  "Hebrew  an  elective."  Ironically,  the  zealous  Semitics  teacher  who 
in  the  1880s  watched  students  come  alive  as  they  studied  Hebrew  admitted 
at  the  turn  of  the  century  that  "the  requirement  of  Hebrew  has  worked 
incalculable  injury  to  the  morale  of  many  students.''  Harper  surveyed  the 
results  of  his  movement  and  judged  them:  "No  greater  farce  may  be  found  in 
any  field  of  educational  work  than  that  which  is  involved  in  the  teaching  and 
study  of  the  Hebrew  language  in  many  theological  seminaries."  The  subject 
must  be  made  "voluntary."48  Experiences  at  Yale,  Chautauqua  and  the 
University  of  Chicago  had  taught  him  lessons  which  made  him  view  his 
initial  reform  as  inadequate  for  the  more  pervasive  set  of  problems  and  the 
larger  public  which  could  not  be  addressed  through  the  advancement  of  one 
specialized  solution. 

After  sealing  the  fate  of  the  fourfold  curriculum  and  reforming  his  own 
reformation,  Harper  moved  to  another  group  of  proposals  which  he  gathered 
under  the  heading  of  "specialism."  The  present  curriculum  required  the 
same  work  of  every  student  and  turned  out  a  uniform  product.  Some  day, 
Harper  felt,  "the  churches  will .  .  .  learn  that  one  man,  whatever  may  be  his 
ability,  cannot  meet  all  the  demands  of  modern  times."  It  was  "practical 
suicide"  to  pursue  singlemindedly  the  old  model  of  the  pulpit-centered 
ministry.  The  new  environment  of  modernity  called  for  people  specially 
prepared  for  particular  aspects  of  ministry.  Training  for  a  career  as  a  medical 
missionary  would  take  on  a  different  form  than  preparation  of  someone 
entering  the  new  field  of  church  administration,  or  that  of  the  person 
developing  gifts  in  church  music.  Harper  looked  ahead  and  predicted: 
"Twenty  years  from  now  young  men  will  announce  from  the  beginning  their 
purpose  to  prepare  themselves  for  college  and  university  presidencies  and 
for  the  secretaryships  of  our  great  missionary  societies,  and  will  undertake 
long  years  of  training  especially  adapted  for  such  work."49 

Specialism  within  the  field  of  ministry  paralleled  specialism  within  the 
academic  world  of  theological  education.  Linguistics,  history,  sociology, 
philosophy,  pedagogy,  rhetoric  and  literature  were  parts  of  a  theological 
world  too  broad  for  any  one  individual  to  master.  The  existing  theological 
curriculum  encouraged  dilettantish  dabbling  in  several  fields  and  mastery  of 
none.  Such  "superficiality"  had  to  give  way  to  "the  student  habit"  by  which 


48  Ibid.,  pp  247-49. 

49  Ibid.,  pp.  251^5. 


The  Critical  Reformation  95 

individuals  pursued  a  "single  problem"  from  one  field  of  inquiry  to  the  next. 
Problem-centered  education  that  dealt  with  "fundamental  subjects"  through 
personal  investigation  was  the  new  goal.50 

Old  ways  of  teaching,  primarily  the  lecture,  were  inadequate  for  the  new 
types  of  learning.  The  seminar,  comparative  study  and  "theological  clinics" 
that  specialized  in  various  aspects  of  practical  church  life  were  needed. 
Harper  anticipated  the  program  of  modern  seminary  education  normally 
called  "field  work"  when  he  suggested  that  at  least  three  months  of  a 
student's  time  be  spent  working  in  a  church  under  the  direction  of  a  pastor. 
In  order  for  a  student  to  accomplish  all  this,  Harper  uncharacteristically 
recommended  that  the  curriculum  be  expanded  from  three  to  four  years. 
First-year  work  was  to  be  "prescribed":  work  in  Old  and  New  Testament 
history,  literature  and  theology,  a  survey  of  ecclesiastical  history  and  an 
outline  of  what  would  be  covered  in  the  field  of  systematic  theology.  In 
addition  a  series  of  weekly  lectures  in  sociology  should  be  offered.  At  the 
end  of  the  first  year,  a  student  would  select  a  specialty  from  the  various  fields 
of  study.  Individuals  sharing  a  common  field  of  inquiry  would  form  a  group 
around  their  interest  and  be  under  the  guidance  of  an  advisor.  Out  of  the 
minimum  six  departments  in  Harper's  theological  Gestalt — Old  Testament, 
New  Testament,  church  history,  systematic  theology,  sociology  and  homi- 
letics — each  student  would  pick  another  department  in  which  to  do  second- 
ary work.51 

Having  completed  his  theoretical  revamping  of  the  internal  components 
of  seminary  education,  Harper  turned  his  attention  to  its  external  circum- 
stances. Seminaries  should  no  longer  hide  in  "out-of-the-way"  forests  or 
hamlets.  They  should  move  to  the  city,  preferably  next  to  a  university  where 
students,  like  Israel  of  old,  could  "intermigrate"  between  points  of  view  and 
fields  of  knowledge.  Harper's  ideal,  which  he  began  to  develop  at  the 
University  of  Chicago,  was  the  cluster  of  seminaries  around  a  university. 
Students  were  encouraged  to  journey  through  them,  adapting,  absorbing, 
purifying.  A  part  of  his  grand  vision  was  that  eventually  seminaries  would 
themselves  specialize,  agreeing  to  concentrate  on  certain  fields  rather  than 
foolishly  attempting  to  cover  all  areas  of  knowledge.52 

Theological  education  was  destined  for  one  last  reform  and  Harper 
saved  it  for  the  last  line  of  his  essay  on  seminary  curricula.  The  scope  of  the 
seminary  enterprise  was  too  narrow.  If  necessary  the  schools  could  be 

50  Ibid.,  pp.  256^59. 

51  Ibid.,  pp.  258-64.  It  should  not  be  assumed  that  Harper  was  the  only  successful 
seminary  reformer.  Chester  David  Hartranft  instituted  a  number  of  important  changes  at 
Hartford  Seminary  in  Connecticut  during  the  same  years  that  Harper  advocated  his 
reforms.  There  are  similarities  between  Harper's  and  Hartranft's  reforms,  most  notably  in 
concern  for  scientific  study  and  practical  education.  See  Kansfield,  "Study  the  Most 
Approved  Authors,"  pp.  82—96,  for  a  description  of  Hartranft's  efforts. 

52  Harper,  "Shall  the  Theological  Curriculum  be  Modified,  And  How?"  p.  266. 


96  The  Bible  and  the  University 

renamed  in  order  to  communicate  that  "instruction  for  Christian  workers  of 
all  classes"  would  be  given.  With  that  suggestion  Harper  revealed  that  at  root 
he  was  reforming  the  seminary  to  serve  a  redefined  conception  of  ministry. 
Earlier  in  his  essay  he  had  reduced  his  argument  to  a  single  proposition, 
which  showed  the  relationship  between  specialization  and  comprehensive- 
ness. "The  day  has  come  for  a  broadening  of  the  meaning  of  the  word 
minister,  and  for  the  cultivation  of  specialism  in  the  ministry,  as  well  as  in 
medicine,  in  law  and  in  teaching."  What  he  intended  to  create  was  a 
diversified  ministry,  grounded  in  a  common  core,  the  properly  interpreted 
Scriptures.  He  united  the  many  emerging  specialties  around  one  center,  the 
"God-given  word."53 

In  his  "Notes"  Robert  Lynn  sees  in  Harper's  reform  a  "prefiguring"  of 
many  twentieth-century  developments  in  theological  education.  After 
Harper,  theological  education  moved  away  from  the  encumbered  traditional 
fourfold  curriculum  and  toward  a  new,  twofold  one  that  divided  theological 
work  into  a  two-part  encyclopedia  of  theory  and  practice.54  As  the  twentieth 
century  progressed  students  increasingly  became  seminar  specialists  and 
clinical  experimenters.  That  Harper  fore-shadowed  this  change  is  clear.  Yet 
his  main  goal  was  not  merely  to  balance  theoretical  work  by  introducing 
practical  dimensions.  As  always  his  fundamental  concern  was  to  introduce  a 
properly  understood  Bible  into  the  daily  lives  of  modern  Americans.  To  do 
that  Harper  wanted  to  reshape  theoretical  education  in  the  seminary,  and  he 
called  for  new  forms  of  practical  education  to  further  that  larger  aim.  Both 
theoretical  and  practical  work  had  to  be  shaped  by  the  single  most  needed 
reform:  restoring  the  Scriptures  to  their  central  place  in  American  life.  That 
overarching  goal  impelled  him  beyond  the  confines  of  the  seminary  with 
results  that  affected  most  of  the  major  forms  of  education  of  his  era. 


The  Sunday  School 

One  of  the  primary  areas  of  Harper's  concern  was  the  Sunday  school. 
Deeply  troubled  by  the  quality  of  Sunday  school  education,  Harper  staged  a 
"revolt"  against  the  predominant  methods  of  Sunday  school  instruction  and 
cheered  as  he  watched  it  become  a  "revolution."55  To  people  at  the  opposite 
end  of  the  twentieth  century  Harper's  revolt  against  the  Sunday  school  can 
sound  quite  tame.  With  the  exception  of  certain  fundamentalist  groups  and 
Southern  evangelicals,  most  denominations  have  watched  the  Sunday 
school  slide  into  desuetude.  For  most  contemporary  observers  the  Sunday 
school  evokes  images  of  harmlessness  and  irrelevance. 

53  Ibid.,  pp.  267,  256. 

54  Lynn,  "Notes  Toward  a  History,"  p.  28. 

55  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Popular  Bible  Study:  Its  Significance  and  Its  Lessons,"  ibid. 
18  (September  1901):  163. 


The  Critical  Reformation  97 

Yet  during  Harper's  years  the  opposite  was  the  case.  The  Sunday  school 
was  at  the  zenith  of  its  influence,  reaping  results  of  more  than  a  century  of 
growth  in  America.  Robert  W.  Lynn  and  Elliot  Wright  have  told  the  story  of 
this  often  overlooked  institution  in  their  narrative  history,  The  Big  Little 
School.  According  to  these  scholars  the  Sunday  school  began  in  England  in 
the  1780s  when  a  Gloucester  newspaper  publisher,  Robert  Raikes,  became 
concerned  about  the  "pit  of  misery"  surrounding  the  pin-making  industry  of 
his  town.  On  Sundays  unsupervised  children  wandered  around  in  bands, 
doing  damage  to  property  and  causing  nervousness  among  genteel  Angli- 
cans. Raikes  hired  a  teacher  in  1780  to  provide  education  for  the  children 
and  to  keep  them  under  control.  By  1785  Raikes'  beginnings  had  developed 
into  a  movement.  Another  layman,  London  draper  William  Fox,  led  others  in 
forming  "A  Society  for  the  establishment  and  support  of  Sunday-Schools 
throughout  the  kingdom  of  Great  Britain."  Two  years  later  English  Sunday 
school  enrollments  exceeded  250,000. 56 

American  beginnings  took  place  contemporaneously.  In  1780  Philadel- 
phians  created  a  First  Day  Society  which  numbered  Roman  Catholic 
Mathew  Carey  among  its  sponsors.  Although  the  Sunday  school  thrived 
chiefly  within  the  orbit  of  evangelical  Protestantism,  this  Philadelphia 
venture  into  early  ecumenism  revealed  a  basic  nondenominational  character 
which  prevailed  in  the  Sunday  school  movement  for  much  of  its  history.  Mrs. 
Joanne  Bethune  of  New  York  gave  the  fledgling  movement  one  of  its  first 
institutional  shoves  in  1816  with  her  Female  Union  for  the  Promotion  of 
Sabbath  Schools  in  New  York  City.  Her  husband  responded  to  a  similar 
impulse  by  supporting  the  New  York  Sunday  School  Union  Society.57 

The  initial  impulse  for  Sunday  schools  was  charity  mixed  with  some 
concern  for  social  order  as  Raikes  and  his  followers  sought  to  aid  children  in 
harsh  urban  circumstances.  The  American  context,  however,  provided  cir- 
cumstances for  the  transformation  of  its  purpose.  An  "exercise  in  charity  was 
converted  into  a  prep  school  for  the  whole  of  evangelical  America."  The 
American  Sunday  School  Union,  formed  in  Philadelphia  in  1824,  passed  a 
resolution  six  years  later  pledging  that  within  the  next  two  years  it  would 
create  "a  Sunday  school  in  every  destitute  place  where  it  is  practicable, 
throughout  the  Valley  of  the  Mississippi."  Its  ensuing  Valley  Campaign 
stretched  from  Pennsylvania  to  the  Rocky  Mountains,  seeking  to  bring  the 
Sunday  school  gospel  to  every  hamlet  along  the  booming  frontier.  People 
from  a  variety  of  denominational  backgrounds  crossed  barriers  in  the 
common  enterprise  of  spreading  these  new  institutions  across  the  landscape. 
Most  famous  of  the  frontier  agents  was  Stephen  Paxson,  who  began  his 

56  Robert  W.  Lynn  and  Eliott  Wright,  The  Big  Little  School:  Sunday  Child  of  American 
Protestantism  (New  York:  Harper  &  Row,  1971),  pp.  3-7. 

57  Ibid.,  pp  10-12. 


98  The  Bible  and  the  University 

career  in  Illinois  during  the  1840s.  Riding  his  horse,  "Raikes,"  Paxson 
established  some  1200  schools  during  a  twenty-year  period.58 

The  frontier  provided  special  opportunities  for  the  Sunday  school.  Lack 
of  trained  clergy  and  booming  populations  that  constantly  shifted  as  the 
frontier  moved  westward  required  new  portable  forms  of  Christianity. 
Circuit  riders,  colportuers  and  Sunday  school  agents  became  the  carriers  of 
a  simplified,  quickly  grasped  message.  Books  were  scarce,  so  Sunday  school 
leaders  moved  to  fill  the  gap.  An  1859  Manual  of  Public  Libraries  in  the 
United  States  reported  that  of  the  more  than  50,000  libraries  in  the  land, 
30,000  were  operated  by  Sunday  schools.59 

The  American  Sunday  School  Union  kept  an  eye  on  the  eastern  cities 
also.  In  1856  it  published  an  alarmist  report  about  the  "refuse  population  of 
Europe,  rolling  in  vast  waves  upon  our  shores."  As  the  tide  of  immigrants 
moved  westward  it  deposited  its  "dregs  upon  our  seaboard."  Sunday  school 
leaders  worried  about  children  of  these  newcomers,  "a  wretched  progeny," 
and  called  for  response  from  the  Union  members.60 

Lynn  and  Wright  describe  the  failings  of  this  "big  little  school." 
Evidences  of  nativism  appeared  frequently  in  the  rhetoric  of  leaders  and  in 
their  convention  resolutions.  The  leaders  of  the  schools  seemed  unwilling  or 
unable  to  speak  out  on  major  social  issues  like  slavery,  and  appeared  for  the 
most  part  to  be  wedded  to  conservative  social  stances.  Yet  the  fact  remains 
that  the  Sunday  school  became  a  primary  carrier  of  the  Christian  faith  and 
literacy  on  the  frontier  and  in  the  cities  during  the  nineteenth  century. 

Harper's  challenge  to  this  important  institution  came  shortly  after  the 
movement  went  through  its  "second  birth"  in  1872.  Following  the  Civil  War, 
an  "Illinois  Band"  led  by  Benjamin  F.  Jacobs,  John  H.  Vincent,  and  Edward 
Eggleston  had  moved  into  leadership  roles  in  the  Sunday  school  movement. 
By  1875  they  had  developed  a  voluntary  network  in  most  of  the  states  and 
provinces  of  the  United  States  and  Canada.  With  the  assistance  of  the  new 
International  Sunday  School  Conventions,  which  met  every  three  years,  the 
Illinois  leaders  sought  to  systematize  the  Sunday  school  movement.  Trou- 
bled by  inefficiency  and  lack  of  order  in  most  of  the  schools,  Vincent  and 
Jacobs  responded  with  several  innovative  ventures.  Vincent  began  "Sunday 
School  Teacher's  Institutes"  like  the  one  which  led  to  the  creation  of 
Chautauqua.  With  his  new  publication  the  Sunday  School  Teacher,  he 
advocated  a  "uniform  lesson  plan"  model  of  Sunday  school  instruction. 
Jacobs  enthusiastically  backed  the  idea  of  a  seven-year  cycle  of  plans  in 
which  "each  lesson  would  be  studied  by  every  person,  from  infants  to  the 
infirm,  in  every  Sunday  school." 

Dwight  L.  Moody  described  the  decision  made  in  1872  to  adopt  the 

58  Ibid.,  pp  14,  17-20,  28-29. 

59  Ibid.,  p.  31. 

60  Ibid.,  p.  33. 


The  Critical  Reformation  99 

international  lesson  system  as  a  "holy  event."  On  a  more  mundane  level  the 
uniform  plan  made  it  possible  for  any  Sunday  school  pupil  to  attend  a  class 
anywhere  in  the  English-speaking  world  and  study  the  same  lesson  on  a 
given  Sunday.  Successful  businessmen  like  Lewis  Miller,  John  D.  Rockefel- 
ler, H.J.  Heinz  and  John  Wanamaker  became  leaders  of  local  schools  and 
promoters  of  the  International  Sunday  School  system.  At  the  same  time  that 
Harper  came  into  prominence  the  organizing  efforts  of  the  advocates  of 
international  systems  for  the  schools  achieved  their  greatest  success.  In  1889 
the  First  World  Sunday  School  Convention  was  held.  Thirteen  years  later  an 
enthusiastic  delegate  to  the  1902  Convention  of  the  ISS  proclaimed  a  sense 
of  destiny  that  seemed  to  permeate  the  movement  and  the  age: 

God  seems  to  be  offering  to  America  the  leadership  of  the 
world  ....  In  a  peculiar  and  special  sense  this  International  Conven- 
tion seems  to  have  been  put  in  trust  of  the  Gospel  and  of  the  world's 
destiny.61 

Thus  in  1895  when  his  Biblical  World  proclaimed  that  nine-tenths  of 
Sunday  school  teaching  was  a  "farce,"  Harper  was  positioning  himself 
against  the  flow  of  a  widespread  popular  movement.  What  was  necessary,  his 
journal  claimed,  was  a  "conversion  of  the  Sunday  School"  into  a  genuine 
educational  institution.  Problems  of  modern  religious  doubt  could  be 
"traced  to  the  instruction  in  the  Bible  received  in  the  Sunday  School."62  A 
great  deal  of  the  blame  finally  had  to  fall  on  Vincent  and  Jacobs'  great 
invention,  the  uniform  lesson  system. 

Editorials  in  the  Biblical  World  relendessly  scored  the  state  of  affairs  in 
the  conventional  Sunday  school.  The  "low  intellectual  ability"  of  the 
teachers  did  not  escape  criticism.  There  was  an  ever  present  "danger"  that 
younger  students  would  confuse  activities  like  marching  and  "a  general 
good  time"  with  authentic  religion.  Adolescents,  on  the  other  hand,  lost 
respect  for  materials  that  treated  the  biblical  message  in  the  same  manner 
they  were  used  to  in  grammar  school.  The  chief  difference  between  mate- 
rials prepared  for  children  and  those  for  adults  seemed  to  be  the  pictures. 
There  was  a  "fundamental  evil"  in  Sunday  school  instruction:  uniformity  in 
subject  and  method.  The  first  element  in  Harper's  proposed  reform  of  the 
Sunday  school,  therefore,  was  the  "principle  of  grading."  Children  should 
learn  stories,  young  people  should  spend  their  time  on  biblical  facts  and 
history.  Adults  needed  to  grapple  with  abstract  doctrinal  issues  and  relate 
them  practically  to  everyday  life.63 

Harper  and  his  colleagues  intended  to  turn  every  Sunday  school  teacher 

61  Ibid.,  pp.  56-71. 

62  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  3  (September  1895):  164;  "The 
Teaching  Ministry,"  ibid.  15  (March  1900):  167. 

63  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Teacher  Training,"  ibid.  24  (October  1904):245;  "Editorial," 
ibid.  12  (August  1898):  66ff. 


U 


f\W" 


100  The  Bible  and  the  University 

into  an  "interpreter."  They  prepared  a  complete  curriculum  of  specialized 
materials  which  would  teach  genuine  biblical  knowledge.  Two  distinct 
series  of  courses  appeared,  a  "Comprehensive"  or  "Outline"  series  and  a 
variety  of  special  courses  which  focused  on  particular  topics  or  books  of  the 
Bible.  Children  and  adolescents  were  divided  by  age  groups,  5—9,  10—14, 
and  15-19.  Materials  stressed  repetition,  review,  independent  thought,  and 
definite  demonstrable  results.  If  a  young  pupil  completed  the  entire  program 
which  Harper  and  his  colleagues  had  devised  that  individual  would  be  forty 
years  old  by  the  time  every  course  had  been  taken.64 

Some  of  Harper's  innovations  seem  implausible  seventy-five  years  later. 
He  proposed  a  regular  program  of  examinations  for  Sunday  school  classes, 
and  he  had  the  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature  create  a  special 
department  to  assist  in  preparing  the  tests.  In  effect  the  Sunday  school 
became  a  little  "seminary"  with  seminar  methods  as  the  norm.  Students 
were  to  prepare  before  coming  to  class.  A  problem-centered  approach  was  to 
be  used,  with  pupils  presenting  reports  on  independent  work.  Prizes  were  to 
be  awarded,  not  for  attendance  or  memory  work  but  for  real  scholarly 
achievement.65 

For  Harper  the  "singular  oversight"  in  the  Sunday  school  of  his  day  was 
the  teacher.  Authoritarian  and  poorly  disciplined  teaching  forced  pupils  to  a 
mystical  type  of  faith  rather  than  to  a  thinking  one.  Aids  for  teachers  to  use 
in  preparation  shortcircuited  their  learning  and  therefore  robbed  the  stu- 
dents. The  chief  problem  was  that  these  aids  "do  all  the  work"  for  the 
teacher  rather  than  requiring  inquiry  and  serious  preparation.  These  teach- 
ers needed  to  learn  a  new  sentence  which  would  indicate  a  change  in  their 
status:  "I  don't  know"  could  make  them  co-inquirers  rather  than  junior 
authority  figures.66 

Responsibility  for  the  teachers'  poor  preparation  was  laid  at  the  door  of 
clergy — whose  job  it  was  to  train  them.  Harper's  solution  for  this  problem 
was  to  evangelize  for  a  new  calling,  the  Bible  teacher.  One  thoroughly 
trained  teacher  in  each  Sunday  school  could  instill  a  critically  reformed 
perspective  in  the  remainder  of  the  teachers.  To  accomplish  this  the  AISL 
announced  a  series  of  "Teacher-Training  Courses"  in  June  of  1904.67 

64  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  Necessity  of  Biblical  Training  For  Lay  Workers,"  ibid.  16 
(December  1900):405;  "A  Plan  of  Bible  Study  For  Sunday  Schools,"  The  Old  and  New 
Testament  Student  11  (October  1890):  198-206. 

65  William  Rainey  Harper,  "American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature:  An  Examination  on 
the  Gospel  of  Luke,"  ibid.  10  (January  1890):57;  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  13  (March 
1899):  14-49. 

66  Harper,  "The  Teaching  Ministry,"  p.  164;  "Editorial,"  ibid.  12  (October  1898):228; 
"The  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  12 
(June  1891):  381. 

67  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Biblical  World  6  (September  1895):  165;  "The 
Teaching  Ministry,"  p.  166;  "American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature:  Training  Courses  for 
Sunday-School  Teachers  under  the  Direction  of  the  Institute,"  ibid.  23  (June  1904):467. 


The  Critical  Reformation  101 

Instead  of  merely  exhorting  other  Sunday  school  leaders  from  the  safety 
of  their  new  gothic  towers  at  the  University  of  Chicago,  Harper  and  his 
colleagues  entered  the  fray  themselves.  One  journal  editorial  proclaimed: 
"nearly  every  member  of  the  editorial  staff  of  the  Biblical  World  is  directly 
connected  with  practical  Sunday-School  work;  that  is,  doing  work  in  a 
Sunday  school."  In  addition,  the  journal  came  to  regard  Sunday  school 
teachers  as  its  main  area  of  concern,  and  announced  that  decision  in  its 
August  1899  issue.68 

In  addition  to  building  his  university  on  Chicago's  south  side  Harper 
presided  over  the  Hyde  Park  Baptist  Church  Sunday  School  where  ideas 
expressed  in  the  Biblical  World  took  concrete  shape.  Harper  tested  ideas  in 
this  "laboratory"  and  published  them  for  use  elsewhere.  In  May  1899,  the 
"Work  and  Workers"  section  of  the  Biblical  World  gave  a  glimpse  into  this 
model  school.  It  was  staffed  by  a  superintendent  [Harper],  assistant  super- 
intendent, secretary,  treasurer,  and  directors  of  spiritual  work,  instruction, 
public  exercises,  benevolence,  and  the  library.  554  students  were  grouped  in 
three  divisions:  elementary,  intermediate,  and  adult,  each  headed  by  a 
principal.  Students  were  placed  into  grades  not  on  the  basis  of  public  school 
status,  but  biblical  knowledge.  Grades  1—3  concentrated  on  biblical  stories, 
4-6  on  biblical  biographies,  7-8  on  separate  books  of  the  Bible,  9-12  on 
biblical  history.  Adults  selected  electives  from  an  extensive  menu  of  sub- 
jects. Sessions  lasted  an  hour  and  a  quarter.  The  first  half  of  a  period  was  for 
instruction,  the  second  half  for  worship.69 

Underneath  Harper's  innovative  materials  and  administrative  sugges- 
tions was  an  understanding  of  the  Sunday  school  quite  different  from  that  of 
the  evangelical  mainstream  that  had  fostered  it.  Was  biblical  revelation  static 
or  progressive?  Was  the  purpose  of  the  Sunday  school  preaching  or  instruc- 
tion? Were  people  to  be  molded  into  one  uniform  system,  or  clustered  in 
grades  according  to  ability  and  knowledge?  In  each  case  Harper  opted  for 
the  latter  alternative  and  led  the  protest  against  the  predominance  of  the 
former.70 

The  Public  Grade  School 

One  of  the  reasons  for  Harper's  concern  for  a  reformed  Sunday  school 
was  an  awareness  that  family  life  in  America  had  significantly  changed. 
Families  no  longer  seemed  able  to  provide  the  religious  instruction  that 
Harper  believed  had  once  been  their  primary  responsibility.71  Concern 
about  this  situation  impelled  him,  if  only  in  preliminary  ways,  to  venture 
occasionally  into  another  arena,  the  public  grade  school.  He  searched  the 

68  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial  Letter,"  ibid.  14  (August  1899):85. 

69  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Work  and  Workers,"  ibid.  13  (May  1899):353-54. 

70  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  ibid.  11  (March  1898):145ff. 

71  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Religious  Education  in  the  Home,"  ibid.  21  (January  1903) :3. 


102  The  Bible  and  the  University 

grade  schools  of  his  day  for  some  evidence  of  biblical  instruction.  Without 
this  chief  "instrument  of  character  building"  the  schools  were  operating  with  a 
serious  handicap.  Therefore  the  Biblical  World  pleaded  for  a  restoration  of  the 
Bible  to  the  common  schools,  viewing  these  institutions  as  places  where  the 
study  of  fundamental  religion  should  occur.  The  solution  the  journal  advocated 
for  this  lack  at  home  and  school  was  nonsectarian  Bible  study — but  in  a  new 
location,  the  public  classroom.  While  the  idea  failed  to  mature  from  proposal 
into  program,  it  was  of  sufficient  interest  to  receive  backing  from  eminent 
educators  like  Nicholas  Murray  Butler  at  the  1902  convention  of  the  National 
Education  Association,  an  indication  that  the  American  educational  world  was 
still  sufBciendy  Protestant-tinctured  not  to  be  immediately  alarmed  at  the  idea 
of  religious  instruction  in  public  schools.72  What  Harper  and  people  sympahetic 
to  this  suggestion  did  not  bother  to  ask  was  whether  this  variety  of  biblical  study 
might  also  have  its  own  sectarian  character. 

The  College  Curriculum 

The  properly  interpreted  Bible  had  to  be  inserted  into  the  curricula  of 
all  of  America's  educational  institutions,  not  merely  those  affecting  children. 
Therefore,  Harper  asked,  "Shall  the  study  of  the  Bible  have  a  place  in  the 
college  curriculum?"  In  1886  he  challenged  his  readers  with  the  observation 
that  the  study  of  the  Bible  in  America's  colleges  was  an  "outside  work." 
There  was  no  place  for  the  Bible  in  these  schools'  curricula — and  this  charge 
was  not  confined  merely  to  the  newer  secular  institutions  in  the  land.  Even 
the  denominational  colleges,  founded  under  impulses  of  biblical  faith,  had 
made  no  curricular  room  for  biblical  instruction.73 

Harper's  experience  at  Yale  provided  a  paradigm  for  launching  a  college 
Bible  study  movement.  At  Yale  he  began  his  teaching  within  the  confines  of 
the  Semitics  Department  and  the  Divinity  School.  Only  as  he  built  a  popular 
following  did  study  of  the  Bible  in  English  begin  to  take  its  place  within  the 
college  curriculum.  By  1890  Yale  had  an  official  chair  of  English  Bible;  the 
first  incumbent — Harper.  As  he  previously  had  done  with  the  study  of 
Hebrew,  Harper  converted  personal  triumph  into  a  national  campaign. 
Before  long  he  was  coaching  a  movement  that  sought  to  teach  the  English 
Bible,  train  competent  Bible  teachers,  and  place  academic  value  on  biblical 
study.  The  "most  serious  blunder  in  the  American  education  of  the  last 
half-century,"  he  claimed,  was  ignoring  the  Bible  in  higher  education.74 

72  William  Rainey  Harper,  "The  Bible  and  the  Common  Schools,"  ibid.  20  (October 
1902):244--17;  "Notes  and  Opinions:  Should  the  Bible  Be  Taught  As  Literature  in  our 
Public  Schools?"  ibid.,  pp.  302-5. 

73  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  Testament  Student  7  (September  1887):  1; 
"The  Study  of  the  Bible  by  College-Students,"  ibid.  6  (March  1887):196ff;  "Editorial,"  ibid. 
8  (November  1888):  83. 

74  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  ibid.  7  (October  1887):38;  "Bible  Study  Versus 


The  Critical  Reformation  103 

To  accomplish  his  objectives  Harper  reiterated  his  call  for  a  new 
approach  to  the  Scriptures,  one  informed  by  his  critical  perspective.  In 
addition,  however,  the  Bible  needed  to  be  studied  because  of  its  "classic" 
value.  Believer  and  unbeliever  alike  needed  to  know  the  contents  of  the 
book  because  of  its  unparalleled  role  in  human  history.  To  succeed  in  this 
setting,  he  argued,  the  book  should  be  approached  in  a  collegiate  manner, 
not  in  the  old  style  associated  with  traditional  methods  employed  in  Sunday 
schools.  Students  needed  to  develop  a  method  of  inquiry  that  was  reverent, 
historical,  logical,  comprehensive,  rigid  and  productive  of  definite  results. 
To  achieve  these  kinds  of  results  Harper  again  resorted  to  specialization.  Just 
as  he  sought  to  create  a  new  calling — that  of  the  Bible  teacher — in  the 
Sunday  school,  so  within  the  college  environment  he  called  for  another 
"new  calling,"  the  college  teacher  of  English  Bible.75 

To  orchestrate  this  movement  Harper  sent  H.L.  Willett,  formerly  his 
student  at  Yale  and  Chicago,  and  subsequently  field  secretary  of  the  AISL,  to 
the  University  of  Michigan  in  1893,  where  the  latter  initiated  "the  first 
attempt  ever  made  to  provide  formal  religious  instruction  in  connection  with 
an  American  state  university."  Soon  there  was  a  Chair  in  English  study  of  the 
Bible  at  Ann  Arbor,  and  the  Scriptures  began  to  assume  an  academically 
respectable  position  in  other  secular  institutions.  Willett  aided  the  spread  of 
the  movement  from  Michigan  to  the  universities  of  Virginia,  Georgia,  Texas, 
Missouri,  and  Illinois.  Beginning  on  the  perimeter  of  these  institutions  the 
new  courses  of  instruction  worked  their  way  into  the  official  curricula: 
"Gradually  these  institutions  granted  academic  credit  for  the  courses  taken, 
and  in  some  instances  the  instructors  were  made  regular  members  of  the 
university  faculty  and  their  courses  included  in  the  university  curriculum." 
In  some  cases,  Willett  claimed,  whole  departments  of  biblical  literature 
sprouted  from  the  efforts  of  those  who  responded  to  Harper's  call.76 

Harper's  critical  reformation  had  reached  into  many  forms  of  popular 
and  theological  education.  One  educational  institution  remained  to  be 
revamped:  the  new  modem  American  university.  The  University  of  Chicago 
became  Harper's  chosen  vehicle  for  continuing  his  effort  to  develop  a  new 
biblical  world  for  moderns.  In  his  new  institution  in  Hyde  Park  Harper 
strove  to  unite  all  of  his  programs  into  a  larger  whole,  one  that  could  lift  a 
nation  to  the  higher  life. 

Theology,"  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  10  (February  1890):  120;  "Editorial," 
ibid.  10  (April  1890):198. 

75  William  Rainey  Harper,  "Editorial,"  The  Old  Testament  Student  7  (October  1887):38; 
"The  Study  of  the  Bible  by  College-Students,"  ibid.  6  (March  1887):  199-202;  "Editorial," 
The  Biblical  World  1  (February  1893):86. 

76  Herbert  Lockwood  Willett,  "The  Corridor  of  Years,"  unpublished  autobiography,  The 
Archives  of  The  Christian  Century,  Chicago,  Illinois,  pp.  92—94. 


CHAPTER  5 

THE  UNIVERSITY  AND  THE  RELIGION  OF 
DEMOCRACY 


The  unanimous  invitation  made  on  September  18,  1890,  by  a  two- 
month-old  Board  of  Trustees  of  a  not-yet  existent  university  in  Chicago  to 
assume  that  institution's  presidency  presented  Harper  with  the  kind  of 
decision  which  William  James  called  a  "forced,  living  and  momentous" 
option.1  It  also  gave  him  an  unprecedented  opportunity  to  carry  insights 
gleaned  from  his  scholarship  into  a  much  larger  and  more  public  realm  than 
the  one  customarily  inhabited  by  his  colleagues  in  biblical  studies.  No  other 
biblical  scholar  of  his  era  attempted  to  translate  a  vision  shaped  by  modern 
biblical  scholarship  into  a  master  plan  for  American  educational  life  on  a 
scale  comparable  to  that  of  Harper's  effort  at  Chicago.  No  other  university  of 
that  period  was  based  on  a  plan  that  so  strenuously  sought  to  keep  the 
critically  interpreted  Scriptures  integrally  related  to  modern  scholarship. 

All  of  Harper's  associates  shared  the  sense  that  he  stood  at  a  critical 
juncture.  Some  of  them  felt  that  he  was  on  the  verge  of  a  colossal  mistake. 
Yale  colleague  George  T.  Ladd,  for  example,  bemoaned  the  possibility  of 
Harper's  abdication  of  the  most  "perfectly  unique"  position  in  the  land  from 
which  to  influence  biblical  and  Semitic  studies.  Yale's  president,  Timothy 
Dwight,  felt  betrayed,  having  just  accomplished  his  goal  of  raising  $50,000  to 
establish  Harper  in  a  third  endowed  chair.  To  these  and  other  associates 
Harper  seemed  a  fool,  chasing  a  vision  that  could  never  match  what  already 
existed  in  New  Haven. 

Harper's  former  colleagues  in  Morgan  Park,  on  the  other  hand,  were 
elated.  For  years  many  of  them  had  believed  that  the  entire  enterprise  of 
building  a  new  institution  of  learning  in  Chicago  under  Baptist  auspices 
depended  upon  him.  Thomas  Goodspeed,  a  primary  agent  in  wooing  John 
D.  Rockefeller  with  the  dream  of  a  Baptist  university  to  replace  the  defunct 
older  University  of  Chicago,  had  admitted  to  Harper  on  New  Year's  Eve  in 
1888  that  "I  have  from  the  first  had  but  one  desire,  that  you  should  take  the 
headship  of  the  University."  Baptist  fundraiser  and  subsequent  organizer  of 

1  William  James,  "The  Will  To  Believe,"  Pragmatism  and  Other  Essays,  intro.  by  Joseph 
L.  Blau  (New  York:  Washington  Square  Press,  1963),  p.  194. 


106  The  Bible  and  the  University 

the  Rockefeller  family  philanthropy,  Frederick  T.  Gates,  also  had  felt  that 
Rockefeller's  ultimate  decision  "hinges  at  last  on  your  acceptance  of  the 
presidency."  Harper  alone  seemed  to  possess  the  vision,  drive,  stamina  and 
talent  to  raise  the  phoenix  of  a  new  school  out  of  the  ashes  of  the  defunct  old 
University  of  Chicago.2 

While  colleagues  and  friends  around  the  nation  waited,  Harper  dragged 
his  feet  and  pondered  the  offer  to  head  the  institution  he  had  been  so 
successful  in  selling  to  John  D.  Rockefeller  in  earlier  private  conversations. 
Six  months  passed  before  he  indicated  on  February  16,  1891,  that  he  would 
make  the  change.  Part  of  Harper's  reluctance  was  due  to  the  longstanding 
lack  of  Baptist  support  for  their  old  University  of  Chicago  which  had  existed 
from  1857  to  1886.  When  offered  the  presidency  of  that  struggling  institution 
in  April,  1886,  Harper  had  declined  in  view  of  the  larger  possibilities  of  a 
position  at  Yale.  That  he  had  also  made  a  realistic  assessment  about  the 
future  of  the  old  university  became  clear  when  the  institution  ceased 
instruction  two  months  after  Harper  decided  to  cultivate  New  Haven's 
greener  pastures.  Faced  in  1890  with  this  new  offer,  he  met  once  again  the 
old  problem  of  a  lack  of  tangible  local  support  for  a  strong  university  in 
Chicago.  In  addition  he  encountered  disagreements  about  the  basic  charac- 
ter of  the  proposed  institution.  Throughout  the  years  of  preliminary  discus- 
sions, Harper  had  lobbied  for  a  full-fledged  university.  Rockefeller,  although 
intrigued  by  Harper's  expensive  ideas,  was  reluctant  to  commit  the  funds 
necessary  to  make  possible  the  birth  of  a  modern  university  in  Chicago.  The 
earlier  failure  of  Chicago  Baptists  to  support  their  first  university  raised 
concerns  in  the  oil  tycoon's  mind  that  he  might  end  up  as  the  sole  means  of 
support  for  this  new  venture.  Other  key  figures  like  Goodspeed  and  Gates 
wavered,  torn  between  the  grand  vision  of  a  full-fledged  university  and  the 
much  less  costly  desire  to  have  something — even  if  only  a  college — for 
Chicago.  They  were  willing  to  start  small  and  eventually,  if  possible,  expand 
the  institution  from  a  good  college  into  a  great  university.  Harper's  position, 
on  the  other  hand,  had  remained  consistent  through  the  years  of  negotia- 
tions. What  Chicago,  the  West  and  the  Baptists  needed  was  a  university.  In 
1889,  when  it  seemed  certain  that  Chicago  would  be  the  home  of  a  mere 
college,  Harper  signalled  his  disapproval  of  the  less  ambitious  plan  by 
signing  a  six-year  commitment  to  Yale.  Two  years  later,  he  turned  back  to 
Chicago,  accepting  the  presidency  only  after  the  Cleveland  oil  baron 

2  George  T.  Ladd  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  July  27,  1890,  Personal  Papers,  Box  12, 
Folder  16;  Timothy  Dwight  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  August  11,  1889,  Personal  Papers, 
Box  12,  Folder  16,  and  July  18,  1890,  Personal  Papers,  Box  1,  Folder  13;  Samuel  H.  Lee  to 
William  Rainey  Harper,  July  15,  1890,  Personal  Papers,  Box  1,  Folder  13;  Frank  K.  Sanders 
to  William  Rainey  Harper,  July  20,  1890,  Personal  Papers,  Box  1,  Folder  13;  Thomas  W. 
Goodspeed  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  December  31, 1888,  Personal  Papers,  Box  9,  Folder 
5;  Frederick  T.  Gates  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  January  5,  1889,  Personal  Papers,  Box  8, 
Folder  17. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  107 

committed  an  additional  $1,000,000  to  his  original  pledge  of  $600,000, 
impressive  proof  that  Rockefeller  was  willing  to  pursue  Harper's  larger 
vision.3 

Another  factor  had  clouded  Harper's  decision  about  the  Chicago  presi- 
dency. The  Morgan  Park  Baptists,  with  their  appealing  candidate  named 
Harper,  were  in  competition  with  others  who  wanted  to  build  the  Baptist 
university  for  America.  Dr.  James  C.  Welling  had  argued  for  Washington 
D.C.  as  the  site  for  the  new  institution.  A  much  more  serious  rival  was 
Augustus  H.  Strong,  president  of  Rochester  Seminary  and  advocate  of  a 
scheme  calling  for  a  Baptist  university  in  New  York  City.  Strong  was  close  to 
the  Rockefeller  family,  an  occasional  guest,  like  Harper,  at  the  Rockefeller 
home,  and  father  of  a  son  destined  to  marry  into  the  Rockefeller  family. 
Strong's  scheme  was  more  extravagant  than  was  Harper's.  He  called  for 
$20,000,000  from  the  Rockefeller  coffers  and  intended  to  erect  a  modern 
version  of  the  medieval  university,  in  which  theology  would  sit  as  queen 
over  an  ordered  graduate  curriculum.  Harper's  talent  had  not  escaped 
Strong's  eye.  As  the  Baptist  visionaries  hawked  their  academic  wares,  Strong 
sought  to  include  Harper  within  his  scheme  by  offering  a  leadership  position 
in  his  proposed  New  York  enterprise.  When  that  tactic  failed  to  diminish 
enthusiasm  for  the  Chicago  idea,  Strong  suddenly  became  concerned  about 
Harper's  orthodoxy  and  attacked  him  by  raising  doubts  in  Mr.  Rockefeller's 
mind  about  Harper's  approach  to  the  Scriptures.4 

Deeply  wounded  by  Strong's  accusations,  Harper  received  contradica- 
tory  letters  from  Gates,  Goodspeed  and  George  W.  Northrup  suggesting  both 
public  defense  against  Strong's  charges  and  withdrawal  from  candidacy  for 
the  Chicago  presidency.  Gates  counseled  reticence.  Goodspeed  assured 
Harper  of  his  confidence  in  him  and  in  his  orthodoxy.  Seminary  president 
Northrup  wondered  if  his  former  colleague  should  state  his  beliefs  clearly  to 
find  if  they  were  radically  divergent  from  those  of  other  Baptist  leaders.  If  so, 
Harper  "should  not  identify  with  great  public  interests  which  would  thereby 
share  in  [his]  troubles."  Because  of  the  innuendos  being  voiced,  the  call  to 
the  presidency  became  a  moment  of  truth  for  Harper.  More  was  involved 

3  Thomas  W.  Goodspeed,  "The  Beginnings  of  Things  in  The  University  of  Chicago," 
unpublished  manuscript  (n.d.),  Personal  Papers,  Box  12,  Folder  11;  William  Rainey  Harper 
to  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  [old]  University  of  Chicago,  May  8,  1886,  Personal  Papers, 
Box  12,  Folder  14;  Thomas  W.  Goodspeed  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  December  31,  1888, 
Personal  Papers,  Box  9,  Folder  5;  Frederick  T.  Gates  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  November 
23,  1888,  Personal  Papers,  Box  8,  Folder  17  and  April  27,  1891,  Personal  Papers,  Box  8, 
Folder  19;  Thomas  W.  Goodspeed  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  February  18,  1889,  Personal 
Papers,  Box  9,  Folder  6;  Frederick  T.  Gates,  Chapters  of  My  Life  (New  York:  The  Free 
Press,  1977),  pp.  118-19. 

4  Frederick  T.  Gates  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  April  18,  1889,  Personal  Papers,  Box  8, 
Folder  17,  and  Chapters  of  My  Life,  p.  95;  Goodspeed,  A  History  of  The  University  of 
Chicago,  p.  39;  Storr,  Harper's  University,  p.  27;  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Augustus  H. 
Strong,  January  4,  1889,  Personal  Papers,  Box  1,  Folder  8. 


108  The  Bible  and  the  University 

than  accepting  the  challenge  of  building  a  new  institution.  Harper's  views 
were  on  trial  before  Rockefeller  and  acceptance  of  the  offered  presidency 
seemed  possible  only  if  his  carefully  achieved  biblical  perspective  was 
approved  by  the  tycoon  and  his  associates. 

Rockefeller  chose  not  to  get  involved  in  technical  doctrinal  matters. 
Strong's  questionable  timing  of  his  accusation,  plus  a  misguided  letter  which 
stressed  the  oil  millionaire's  unpopularity  while  praising  the  New  York  plan 
as  a  chance  for  Rockefeller  to  secure  the  "favorable  judgments"  of  posterity, 
did  much  to  mute  the  magnate's  concern  about  Harper.  Unhesitating 
endorsement  by  Thomas  W.  Goodspeed  and  several  other  Baptist  patriarchs 
was  sufficient  testimony  to  convince  Rockefeller  to  commit  his  dollars  and 
his  reputation  into  the  hands  of  the  biblical  scholar.  Strong's  expression  of 
concern  about  Harper's  orthodoxy,  while  possessing  a  potential  for  a  pro- 
longed debate,  amounted  to  little  more  than  an  exchange  of  several  letters; 
it  was  followed  by  an  eventual  hatchetburying  after  Rockefeller  made  his 
decision  for  Harper  and  Chicago.5 

Installation  as  president  of  the  new  Baptist  university  in  Chicago  in  the 
face  of  the  preceding  allegations  of  doctrinal  impurity  gave  Harper  added 
incentive  for  revealing  his  biblical  stance.  As  late  as  1889  Harper  had 
expressed  nervousness  about  claiming  responsibility  for  the  critical  views 
expressed  in  his  technical  journal,  Hebraica.  After  opening  his  university, 
however,  Harper  publicly  declared  himself  on  many  sensitive  issues  of 
biblical  interpretation.  As  the  only  professional  educator  on  the  original 
board  of  trustees  of  the  university,  Harper  held  a  unique  position  as  the  only 
expert  on  biblical  study  and  university  design  among  all  who  would  shape 
the  policy  of  the  new  institution.  Clearly,  there  was  ample  room  for  his  vision 
for  both  enterprises  to  take  shape.6 

It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  chapter  either  to  recount  the  details  of 
Harper's  years  of  forming  and  leading  his  university  or  to  pick  apart  the 
structure  he  raised.  These  tasks  have  been  done  in  Goodspeed's  dated  A 
History  of  The  University  of  Chicago,  Storr's  Harper's  University  and  Gale 
W.  Engle's  "William  Rainey  Harper's  Conceptions  of  the  Structuring  of  the 


5  Frederick  T.  Gates  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  January  11,  1891,  Personal  Papers,  Box  8, 
Folder  18;  Thomas  W.  Goodspeed  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  April  12,  1888,  Personal 
Papers,  Box  9,  Folder  5;  George  W.  Northrup  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  January  4,  1891, 
Personal  Papers,  Box  1,  Folder  16.  H.L.  Morehouse's  letter  of  encouragement  to  Harper, 
which  also  informed  him  that  Rockefeller  "has  neither  the  time  nor  the  inclination  to 
decide  mooted  theological  questions,"  was  written  on  February  2,  1891  and  is  quoted  in 
Goodspeed,  A  History  of  The  University  of  Chicago,  pp.  126-27.  Augustus  H.  Strong  to 
John  D.  Rockefeller,  November  26, 1887,  is  quoted  in  Gould,  The  Chautauqua  Movement, 
p.  43. 

6  See  above,  p.  50.  Frederick  T.  Gates  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  May  31, 1890,  Personal 
Papers,  Box  8,  Folder  18;  Storr,  Harper's  University,  p.  43. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  109 

Functions  Performed  by  Educational  Institutions."7  Instead,  the  focus  here 
is  on  the  religious  vision  that  Harper  carried  into  his  university  presidency 
and  the  significant  implications  that  accompanied  it.  His  professional  ad- 
vancement from  biblical  scholarship  to  university  administration  offered 
Harper  the  unparalleled  opportunity  to  channel  his  reforming  impulse  into 
new  efforts  to  reshape  or  at  least  reconceive  the  total  configuration  of  higher 
education  in  America.  Harper,  like  Tammany  Hall's  "boss"  George  Wash- 
ington Plunkitt,  saw  his  opportunities  and  "took  'em."8  Functioning  as  the 
conceptual  architect  of  his  new  institution  he  fashioned  a  university  which 
sought  to  reshape  the  nation.  Seizing  many  significant  educational  innova- 
tions from  the  last  half  of  the  nineteenth  century,  Harper  formed  a  distinctive 
educational  edifice  with  an  overarching  religious  purpose. 

In  each  previous  transition  in  his  life,  Harper  had  left  little  behind. 
When  he  moved  to  Yale  from  Morgan  Park,  for  example,  all  the  apparatus  of 
the  fledgling  Hebrew  movement  went  along.  Returning  to  Chicago,  Harper 
brought  with  him  the  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature,  the 
Chautauqua  movement  and  all  the  concerns  of  his  critical  reformation. 
Counseled  by  Mrs.  Rockefeller  and  Gates  to  give  up  his  Chautauqua  work, 
Harper  did  the  opposite.  Instead  of  shedding  the  time-consuming  responsi- 
bilities of  overseeing  Chautauqua's  complex  program,  he  reorganized  his 
schedule  to  permit  frequent  commuting  back  and  forth  between  western 
New  York  and  northeastern  Illinois.  In  the  process  he  attempted  one  more 
effort  at  reorganization  of  the  Chautauqua  system.  When  his  attempt  to 
separate  the  Chautauqua  Literary  and  Scientific  Circle  from  the  New 
York-based  Chautauqua  institution  and  bring  it  to  Chicago  failed  to  gain 
support  from  the  Chautauqua  leaders,  Harper  reluctantly  scaled  down  his 
efforts  for  them,  and  eventually  resigned,  but  not  without  incorporating 
many  aspects  of  Chautauqua's  system  into  his  university  program.9 

His  university  sought  to  incorporate  the  Bible  movement  with  its 
concerns  for  religious  education,  seminary  reform,  and  popular  education 
into  its  new  organization  of  learning.  Somehow  in  this  institution  religious 
and  biblical  concerns  would  co-exist  peacefully  with  emerging  specialized 
education.  The  challenge  of  building  such  a  university  provided  Harper 
with  the  opportunity  to  widen  his  vision  once  again.  From  1891  on,  Harper's 
gaze  extended  to  the  edges  of  the  American  educational  enterprise,  and 
occasionally  peered  across  the  ocean  to  appraise  the  status  of  European 

7  Engel,  "William  Rainey  Harper's  Conceptions  of  the  Structuring  of  the  Functions 
Performed  by  Educational  Institutions." 

8  William  L.  Riordan,  ed.,  Plunkitt  of  Tammany  Hall  (New  York:  E.P.  Dutton  &  Co.,  Inc., 
1963),  p.  3. 

9  Frederick  T.  Gates  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  July  20,  1891,  Personal  Papers,  Box  8, 
Folder  19;  William  Rainey  Harper  to  George  E.  Vincent,  August  5,  1898,  Personal  Papers, 
Box  4,  Folder  11;  William  Rainey  Harper  to  John  H.  Vincent,  May  31,  1899,  Personal 
Papers,  Box  4,  Folder  29. 


110  The  Bible  and  the  University 

learning.  As  he  proceeded,  Harper  began  to  grapple  with  the  fundamental 
problem  of  integrating  pluralistic  American  life.  In  his  occasional  writings  on 
university  education  and  life,  Harper  began  to  articulate  an  understanding  of 
a  new  form  of  public  religion  which  he  believed  could  respond  to  modernity 
and  its  pluralism.  This  understanding,  expressed  in  the  piecemeal  manner  of 
an  individual  who  always  had  a  list  of  50  items  needing  immediate  attention, 
was  rooted  in  his  biblical  perspective,  nurtured  in  a  new  educational  system 
and  participated  in  by  all  who  breathed  the  spirit  of  democracy. 

Sources  for  the  Vision 

As  long  as  his  colleagues  in  Chicago  had  toyed  with  the  idea  of  a  college 
rather  than  a  university,  Harper's  interest  in  the  enterprise  had  remained 
moderately  warm.  Gates's  stationery  during  those  days  carried  a  letterhead 
which  indicated  the  pervasive  uncertainty  about  the  identity  of  the  proposed 
school:  "The  New  Institution  of  Learning  in  Chicago  Under  the  Auspices  of 
The  American  Baptist  Education  Society."  For  a  short  time  during  the 
period  prior  to  his  formal  invitation  to  be  president  of  an  authentic  univer- 
sity, Harper  considered  being  part  of  a  triumvirate  which  would  shape  such 
a  school  during  its  first  five  years.  He  would  remain  at  Yale  but  share 
responsibility  with  others  for  building  the  institution.  Requested  to  come 
forth  with  his  own  model  for  the  less  ambitious  enterprise,  Harper  stalled, 
unwilling  or  unable  to  offer  a  scheme  for  a  smaller  western  version  of  Yale 
College.10 

On  September  10, 1890,  John  D.  Rockefeller,  E.  Nelson  Blake,  Marshall 
Field,  Frederick  T.  Gates,  Francis  E.  Hinckley,  and  Thomas  W.  Goodspeed 
took  the  step  that  fired  Harper's  passion  and  propelled  him  into  action.  They 
became  incorporators  of  a  university  and  filed  a  charter  which  declared  that 
Chicago  would  soon  be  the  home  of  an  institution  that  would  contain  "all 
departments  of  higher  education,"  "one  or  more  academies,"  "manual 
training  schools,"  "one  or  more  colleges,"  and 

maintain  a  University,  in  which  may  be  taught  all  branches  of  higher 
learning,  and  which  may  comprise  and  embrace  separated  depart- 
ments for  literature,  law,  medicine,  music,  technology,  the  various 
branches  of  science  both  abstract  and  applied,  the  cultivation  of  the 
fine  arts,  and  all  other  branches  of  professional  or  technical  education 
which  may  properly  be  included  within  the  purposes  and  objects  of  a 
university.  . .  . 

Eight  days  later  the  Board  of  Trustees  elected  Harper  President.11 

10  Frederick  T.  Gates  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  June  20,  1889,  Personal  Papers,  Box  8, 
Folder  17;  Goodspeed,  A  History  of  The  University  of  Chicago,  pp.  56-57,  132. 

11  "The  Charter  of  the  University,"  The  University  of  Chicago  Official  Bulletins, 
(1891-92),  The  Department  of  Special  Collections,  The  Joseph  L.  Regenstein  Library,  The 
University  of  Chicago,  p.  4. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  111 

Harper's  train  ride  home  from  the  Chicago  Board  meeting  was  momen- 
tous. Although  he  asked  for  six  months  to  consider  the  Board's  offer,  he  did 
not  hesitate  to  let  the  idea  of  the  new  university  come  to  life  on  paper.  Upon 
reaching  New  Haven,  he  wrote  to  Rockefeller: 

On  my  way  from  Chicago  the  whole  thing  outlined  itself  in  my 
mind  and  I  have  a  plan  which  is  at  the  same  time  unique  and 
comprehensive,  which  I  am  persuaded  will  revolutionize  study  in 
this  country.  ...  It  is  very  simple,  but  thoroughgoing. 

In  December  of  1890  Harper  presented  his  plan  to  the  Board  of  Trustees. 
Although  its  author  was  still  one  month  away  from  accepting  the  appoint- 
ment to  serve  as  president,  his  plan  was  published  in  January  1891  as  the 
first  official  publication  of  the  University  of  Chicago.  Five  other  "official 
bulletins"  followed  during  the  next  seventeen  months,  filling  in  details  of 
the  vision  hastily  scribbled  into  one  of  Harper's  everpresent  notebooks  on 
the  train  ride  to  New  Haven.12 

Harper's  six  Bulletins  provide  a  locus  classicus  for  his  vision  of  his  new 
task:  the  construction  of  a  university  with  room  for  a  critically  studied  Bible 
at  its  heart.  The  Bulletins  are  Harper's  first  public  statements  on  the  subject 
of  university  education  in  America.  There  is  no  evidence  to  suggest  that  he 
sat  down  and  read  carefully  on  the  subject  of  university  education;  on  the 
contrary,  his  writings  on  the  subject  are  remarkably  free  of  references  to 
authorities  on  the  subject.  Engel  argues  that  because  of  Harper's  lack  of 
reference  to  them  it  is  not  possible  to  determine  how  much  influence  the 
failed  attempts  to  import  the  tripartite  Prussian  model  of  elementary, 
gymnasium  and  university  education  made  by  Presidents  Henry  P.  Tappan 
at  the  University  of  Michigan  and  William  W.  Folwell  at  the  University  of 
Minnesota  had  on  Harper.  It  is  true  that  the  new  president  went  to  Europe 
to  study  German  educational  models,  but  he  did  so  only  after  preparing  his 
own  initial  plan.13 

Instead  of  turning  to  Germany  for  his  paradigm,  Harper  drew  upon 
American  sources.  Johns  Hopkins  University  under  the  leadership  of  Daniel 
Coit  Gilman  held  out  new  possibilities  for  graduate  education.  In  an  essay 
on  the  twenty-fifth  anniversary  of  Johns  Hopkins,  Harper  did  acknowledge 
the  significance  of  the  school's  founding  for  American  higher  education.14 

But  Joseph  E.  Gould  has  called  attention  to  another  source  for  Harper's 
ideas,  one  given  little  or  no  attention  by  Goodspeed,  Storr,  or  Engel. 
Reproducing  the  organizational  proposal  John  H.  Vincent  had  presented  to 
the  Chautauqua  trustees  in  1885  alongside  the  one  offered  by  Harper  in  his 
Bulletins  six  years  later,  Gould  found  significant  parallels. 

12  Goodspeed,  William  Rainey  Harper,  pp.  110-11. 

13  Engel,  "William  Rainey  Harper's  Conceptions  of  the  Structuring  of  the  Functions 
Performed  by  Educational  Institutions,"  p.  175. 

14  Harper,  "The  Contribution  of  Johns  Hopkins,"  The  Trend  in  Higher  Education  in 
America,  pp.  151ff. 


112  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Harper's  University  Proper  corresponds  to  the  formally  orga- 
nized and  accredited  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  or  "Chautauqua  Uni- 
versity," the  difference  being  that  the  Chicago  institution  was  to  meet 
four  times  a  year  (in  four  assemblies,  so  to  speak)  and  Chautauqua 
only  once.  The  C.L.S.C.  (Literary  and  Scientific  Circles)  had  its 
counterpart  at  the  new  institution,  as  did  the  newly  devised  system  of 
extension  lectures  under  university  auspices  and  for  university  credit. 
The  plan  for  affiliation  of  colleges  with  Chicago  may  have  had  its 
inspiration  from  the  many  "litde  Chautauquas"  that  had  sprung  up  all 
over  the  country.  .  .  . 

Instead  of  regarding  the  summer  quarter  as  an  appendage  to  the 
regular  college  year,  it  is  possible  to  regard  the  autumn,  winter,  and 
spring  quarters  as  extensions  of  the  Chautauqua  idea;  to  offer  four 
sessions  rather  than  one.  "Majors"  and  "minors"  have  their  counter- 
part in  the  course  work  offered  in  the  Chautauqua  College  of  Liberal 
Arts,  with  its  emphasis  on  intensive  work  during  a  relatively  short 
period  of  time.  The  concept  of  the  extension  of  university  resources  to 
everyone,  regardless  of  age  or  academic  preparation,  was  a 
Chautauqua  idea,  as  was  the  proposal  to  allow  work  toward  a  degree 
to  be  distributed  over  a  long  period  of  time,  or  concentrated  or 
divided  between  work  in  residence  and  work  by  correspondence.15 

It  is  not  necessary  to  accept  every  one  of  Gould's  judgments  in  order  to 
appreciate  the  significance  of  the  Chautauqua  experience  in  the  formation  of 
Harper's  vision.  At  the  same  time,  one  can  see  the  rudiments  of  Harper's 
vision  in  his  autochthonous  Hebrew  movement.  Disturbed  by  waste  of  time 
in  traditional  academic  calendars,  Harper  had  filled  his  summer  and  holiday 
vacations  with  Hebrew  study  prior  to  his  affiliation  with  Chautauqua.  His 
publishing  ventures  antedate  the  Chautauqua  years  as  well,  and  may  be  the 
authentic  harbingers  of  Harper's  concerns  for  a  university  press.  Correspon- 
dence study  was  at  the  heart  of  his  Bible  study  movement;  it  was  part  of 
Harper's  program  before  he  became  associated  with  Chautauqua.16 

The  Gould  hypothesis,  plus  the  recollection  of  Harper's  own  educa- 
tional innovations  in  the  early  1880s,  are  resources  for  understanding  the 
vision  that  emerged  in  the  Bulletins.  Harper  did  not  need  to  turn  to  Europe 
for  his  model,  nor  did  he  need  to  read  the  catalogues  and  speeches  of 
university  leaders  who  preceded  him.  His  model  had  been  under  construc- 
tion from  the  beginnings  of  his  interest  in  Hebrew  in  New  Concord,  Ohio. 
Yale  and  Chautauqua  were  other  primary  sources  for  forging  the  personal 
vision  which  altered  the  educational  terrain  of  modern  America. 

A  New  Institution 

What  was  the  vision?  The  university's  Charter  stipulated  that  the 
institution  would  be  governed  by  Baptists,  requiring  that  two-thirds  of  the 
trustees  and  the  president  had  to  be  "members  of  regular  Baptist  churches." 

15  Gould,  The  Chautauqua  Movement,  pp.  60-61. 

16  See  Chapter  4,  pp.  82,  84f. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  113 

This  initial  and  "forever  unalterable"  requirement  could  "not  be  amended 
or  changed  at  any  time."  But  if  Baptist  colleagues  breathed  a  sigh  of  relief 
after  reading  about  the  institutional  leadership,  a  subsequent  sentence 
should  have  given  pause.  "No  other  religious  test  or  particular  religious 
profession"  could  be  made  requisite  for  any  other  position  in  the  university. 
A  careful  balance  between  Baptist  auspices  and  nonsectarianism  set  the 
religious  tone  of  the  new  institution.17 

Within  that  religious  context  Harper  announced  an  ambitious  and 
unprecedented  plan.  This  university  would  have  "three  general  divisions," 
the  University  Proper,  the  University  Extension  Work,  and  the  University 
Publication  Work.  With  his  first  official  sentence  about  his  new  institution, 
Harper  had  widened  the  scope  of  university  education  to  include  aspects  of 
education  which  previously  had  been  regarded  as  non-university  matters.  In 
the  same  breath  he  called  for  the  creation  of  the  first  university-owned  press 
in  America.18 

Harper  envisioned  an  edifice  of  complementary  institutions  within  what 
he  called  the  University  Proper.  There  would  be  Academies  for  pre-college 
level  students.  Colleges  of  Liberal  Arts,  Science,  Literature  and  Practical 
Arts  took  places  on  the  next  rung  of  the  educational  ladder.  Colleges  from 
other  parts  of  the  nation  would  "affiliate"  with  the  university,  thus  allowing 
Harper  to  extend  his  university's  influence  beyond  its  walls.  A  Graduate 
School  and  the  Divinity  School  were  to  be  organized  at  once,  with  Schools 
in  Law,  Medicine,  Engineering,  Pedagogy,  Fine  Arts,  and  Music  added  "as 
soon  as  funds  permit."19 

Harper's  University  Extension  program  would  offer  regular  courses  of 
lectures,  evening  courses,  correspondence  programs  and  library  extension 
services  to  carry  learning  to  a  wider  circle  than  those  who  could  travel  to  the 
university  and  enroll  in  its  programs.  Only  one  academic  subject  merited 
individual  attention  in  his  first  bulletin:  "special  courses  in  a  scientific  study 
of  the  Bible  in  its  original  languages  and  in  its  translations"  would  be  a 
primary  component  of  the  extension  program.  The  Hebrew  movement  thus 
would  make  its  way  into  the  modern  American  university.  For  those  who 
could  not  participate  in  his  extension  program  Harper  created  the  third 
division,  the  University  Publication  Work.20 

After  sketching  the  outlines  of  his  blueprint,  Harper  turned  his  attention 
to  a  series  of  specific  suggestions  for  the  new  institution.  Faculty  meetings 
would  be  held  once  a  month.  All  university  officers,  "including  the  Presi- 
dent," were  required  to  teach.  The  academic  year  would  have  four  twelve- 
week  quarters  which  would  begin  on  the  first  day  of  October,  January,  April 

17  "Official  Bulletin,"  No.  1  (January  1891),  p.  5. 

18  Ibid.,  p.  7. 

19  Ibid.,  pp.  7-8. 

20  Ibid. 


1 14  The  Bible  and  the  University 

and  July  respectively.  The  quarters  were  to  be  divided  into  two  six-week 
terms.  Students  would  concentrate  efforts  in  major  and  minor  courses. 
Entrance  to  the  university  was  by  examination,  and  certificates  from  other 
institutions  were  not  acceptable.21 

For  the  quarterly  fee  of  $25.00  students  put  themselves  into  rigorous 
circumstances.  It  was  not  enough  to  pass  a  final  examination  at  the  end  of  a 
course;  Harper  called  for  a  second  examination  on  course  material  to  be 
taken  twelve  weeks  after  the  first  one — a  proposal  that  can  still  send  chills 
down  the  spines  of  test-takers  and  graders  alike.  Completion  of  six  majors 
and  six  minors  enabled  a  student  to  advance  to  "the  next  higher  class."  No 
longer  were  students  to  be  grouped  as  freshmen,  sophomores,  etc.  Instead 
they  moved  along  at  their  own  speed.  Harper  veered  away  from  the  fixed 
curriculum  still  prevalent  in  the  majority  of  America's  colleges,  but  he  did 
not  go  quite  as  far  as  Harvard's  President  Charles  W.  Eliot  who  made 
students  arbiters  of  their  own  fates  with  his  elective  program.  Instead  Harper 
sought  a  balance — "the  proportion  of  required  and  elective  courses  neces- 
sary for  a  degree  shall  be  equal."  To  make  certain  that  the  university's 
academic  character  would  be  clear  from  the  beginning,  Harper  declared  a 
prohibition  of  honorary  doctorates,  a  policy  he  would  amend  several  years 
later.22 

One  other  detail  completed  Harper's  first  venture  into  university  design. 
Attendance  at  12:30  weekday  chapel  and  9:30  Sunday  services  was  "re- 
quired" of  undergraduates  and  "requested"  of  graduates.  Individual  depart- 
ments and  schools  within  the  university  were  free  to  hold  "special  chapel 
service  for  the  members  of  that  School"  as  long  as  the  concerned  faculty  and 
the  university  Board  had  given  prior  approval. 

Harper's  academic  blueprint  for  the  new  university  filled  exactly  nine 
pages;  it  was  a  comprehensive  plan,  embracing  all  levels  of  education.  But  it 
also  sought  to  foster  specialization,  allowing  students,  teachers,  and  partic- 
ular institutions  to  concentrate  their  efforts  on  fewer  tasks.  There  was  room 
for  choice  in  his  vision,  but  there  was  structure  also.  This  university  would 
be  an  institution  with  a  religious  character;  devoted  to  arduous  education; 
reaching  out  to  all  areas  of  American  life.23 

In  the  next  year  and  a  half  Harper  filled  in  the  blank  spaces  in  his  vision. 
"Official  Bulletin"  #2  dealt  with  "The  Colleges  of  the  University,"  and  here 
Harper  proposed  a  novel  distinction  between  Academic  and  University 
Colleges.  By  dividing  college  work  into  two  types  Harper  hoped  to  preserve 
some  of  the  "advantages  of  the  small  college."  He  also  sought  to  overcome 
an  inherent  problem  in  the  American  educational  system — one  that  he  had 
encountered  at  Muskingum  College  as  an  undergraduate.  The  nation's 

21  Ibid.,  pp.  9-12. 

22  Ibid.,  pp.  12-13. 

23  Ibid.,  pp.  14-16. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  115 

colleges  had  a  tendency  to  lump  together  students  with  elementary  educa- 
tional skills  and  those  who  were  prepared  for  more  advanced  work.  The 
academic  college  would  complete  the  preparatory  work  of  the  high  schools 
and  academies  of  the  land;  only  during  the  latter  part  of  a  college  career 
would  a  student  be  allowed  to  pursue  university-level  work.  The  sharpness 
of  the  distinction  between  colleges  was  to  have  geographical  reinforcement 
since  much  of  the  academic  level  work  would  occur  away  from  his  new 
university  campus: 

The  Academic  College  work  of  the  University  will,  it  is  hoped, 
be  accomplished  in  large  measure  through  its  affiliated  colleges.  This 
will  permit  the  University  in  Chicago  to  develop  its  energies  mainly 
to  the  University  Colleges,  and  to  strictly  University  work.24 

The  academic  college  would  divide  its  work  into  ten  departments,  one 
of  which  was  the  Department  of  Biblical  Literature  in  English,  while  the 
envisioned  university  college  expressed  its  similarity  to  the  proposed  grad- 
uate program  of  the  university  by  offering  work  in  twenty-two  distinct 
schools.  The  School  of  Biblical  Literature  in  English  and  the  School  of 
Semitic  Languages  and  Literature  shared  curricular  status  in  Harper's  plan 
with  other  more  conventional  areas  of  instruction,  testifying  once  again  that 
the  properly  studied  Bible  was  to  have  its  place.25 

Harper's  third  Bulletin,  "The  Academies  of  the  University,"  testified  to 
the  new  president's  intention  to  extend  his  refonning  reach  into  preparatory 
education.  Existing  high  schools  and  academies  would  be  strengthened  by 
their  affiliation  with  the  University  of  Chicago;  new  ones  would  be  planned 
in  light  of  the  reorganized  college  program  which  Harper's  grand  design 
called  for.  To  guarantee  that  the  work  of  academies  would  not  be  confused 
with  that  of  college  level,  Harper  stipulated  that  these  schools  could  not  exist 
on  the  campus  of  his  new  university.  The  plan  was  as  ambitious  as  it  was 
self-confident. 

The  University  will  be  enabled  to  adjust  the  curriculum  of  the 
academies  more  closely  to  that  of  the  earlier  college  work  and  thus  not 
only  to  avoid  what  in  many  cases  is  a  worse  than  fruitless  repetition  of 
work,  but  also  to  prevent  abrupt  transition  from  one  to  the  other. 

This  innovation  would  simultaneously  "reduce  the  age  at  which  students 
may  be  admitted  to  college"  and  "increase  considerably  the  requirements 
for  admission."  Harper  unabashedly  acknowledged  that  he  was  proposing  a 
system  of  "feeders"  from  which  students  of  "the  best  class"  would  be 
channeled  toward  the  university.  At  the  same  time  such  a  network  of 
academies  made  possible  an  academic  "farm  system"  where  university 


24  "Official  Bulletin,"  No.  2  (April  1891),  pp.  2-3. 

25  Ibid.,  pp.  13-16. 


116  The  Bible  and  the  University 

graduates  could  develop  skills  that  in  future  years  would  be  attractive  when 
the  university  recruited  "its  own  teaching  force."26 

The  university  began  its  efforts  at  affiliating  prepatory  schools  by 
building  its  own  academy  in  Morgan  Park,  the  former  home  of  the  old 
Baptist  Theological  Seminary.  Ever  the  systematizer,  Harper  intended  to 
divide  this  and  other  preparatory  schools  into  Lower  and  Higher  Academies. 
Lower  work  would  be  non-elective;  choice  could  enter  the  curriculum  in  the 
higher  years.  Students  and  faculty  of  the  academies  would  live  by  the 
calendar  of  the  parent  university,  sharing  the  same  option  to  select  vacation 
time  during  whichever  quarter  best  fit  personal  needs.  Nine  academy 
departments,  including  "Biblical  Literature  in  English,"  were  placed  "un- 
der the  general  supervision"  of  the  appropriate  university  departments.  To 
insure  that  the  academies  would  share  the  same  religious  character  as  the 
university,  Harper's  plan  specified  that  chapel  attendance  would  be  manda- 
tory just  as  at  the  university.27 

The  proposals  Haiper  advanced  in  his  first  three  bulletins  established 
the  basic  blueprint  for  an  attempt  to  restructure  the  entire  configuration  of 
American  education.  By  joining  upper-level  college  work  with  that  of  the 
university,  and  by  similarly  combining  upper-level  academy  work  with  the 
lower  work  of  the  college,  Harper  was  inching  toward  the  German  model 
advocated  by  Tappan  almost  forty  years  earlier.  These  proposals  also  carried 
clear  imprints  of  both  his  Bible  study  movement  and  the  Chautauqua 
program,  with  Harper  consistently  finding  room  in  whatever  curriculum  he 
was  proposing  for  the  Bible  to  be  read  and  studied  with  academic  serious- 
ness. 

When  Harper  turned  to  plans  for  the  Graduate  Schools  of  the  University 
in  "Bulletin"  #4,  he  proposed  twenty-one  distinct  schools.  His  personal 
commitment  to  scholarly  publication  was  apparent  in  the  proposal  that  each 
graduate  school  publish  its  own  journal.28  Most  startling  of  all  the  sugges- 
tions he  offered  about  graduate  education  was  provision  for  the  addition  at  an 
unspecified  date  of  a  post-Ph.D.  degree  program  that  would  result  in  the 
LL.D.  degree.  According  to  this  never  realized  scheme  the  exalted  final 
degree  of  the  German  universities,  the  Ph.D.,  would  become  a  pre-requisite 
to  be  followed  by  three  years  of  resident  work,  a  thesis  and  a  final  exam. 

While  Haiper  had  the  rare  mandate  to  create  a  full-blown  modern 
university  on  a  grander  scale  than  had  been  seen  elsewhere,  he  did  not 
begin  with  a  completely  free  hand.  The  Baptist  Union  Theological  Seminary 
of  Morgan  Park  was  part  of  the  initial  package  that  included  Rockefeller 
dollars  and  the  Harper  vision.  The  seminary  traced  its  roots  to  early  informal 
educational  efforts  of  Dr.  Nathaniel  Colver  and  Reverend  J.C.  Clarke  who 

26  "Official  Bulletin,"  No.  3  (June  1891),  pp.  2-3. 

27  Ibid.,  pp.  4-15. 

28  "Official  Bulletin,"  No.  4  (April  1892),  pp.  2-9. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  117 

began  teaching  would-be  ministers  in  Chicago  in  1865.  One  year  later  Dr. 
George  W.  Northrup  left  a  post  in  Church  History  at  New  York's  Rochester 
Seminary  to  teach  systematic  theology  and  organize  the  fledgling  seminary. 
For  a  decade  it  existed  on  the  southern  edge  of  the  city,  but  financial 
difficulties  forced  relocation  to  Morgan  Park  in  1877.  During  its  first  decade 
Danish-Norwegian  and  Swedish  departments  were  added  to  the  institution 
as  immigrant  populations  placed  new  needs  before  earnest  Baptist  leaders.29 
Harper  set  out  to  transform  the  seminary  into  a  Divinity  School,  and  in 
the  process  created  the  university's  first  professional  school.  Since  several 
leaders  of  the  Baptist  university  movement  were  associated  with  the  semi- 
nary, it  was  assured  prominence  within  the  new  institution.  Some  things  had 
to  change,  however.  As  president  of  the  university  Harper  became  president 
of  the  Divinity  School,  signalling  a  change  in  status  for  Dr.  Northrup. 
Further,  Old  Testament  Studies  would  be  removed  from  the  Divinity 
School.  Item  #11  on  Harper's  list  detailing  the  relations  of  the  Divinity 
School  to  the  university  specified:  "The  Union  shall  cease  to  conduct  the 
department  of  Old  Testament  and  Semitic  studies.  .  .  ."  Instead,  item  #16 
decreed: 

The  instruction  in  the  Old  Testament  and  Semitic  department 
shall  be  provided  by  the  University:  that  is,  the  instructors  of  the 
department  shall  be  members  of  the  faculty  of  the  graduate  school  and 
shall  receive  their  salaries  from  said  University. 

After  leading  a  national  campaign  to  open  college  curricula  to  serious  Bible 
study,  Harper  was  not  about  to  allow  his  enterprise  to  slip  out  of  sight  behind 
the  professional  walls  of  a  Divinity  School.  The  decision  to  locate  his  field  of 
study  in  the  wider  context  of  graduate  studies  was  consistent  with  his 
career-long  attempts  to  give  the  Bible  a  more  prominent  place  in  American 
education.  But  Harper's  decision  to  move  his  field  of  studies  out  of  the 
Divinity  School  may  also  have  unwittingly  doomed  his  passion,  Old  Testa- 
ment studies,  to  a  precarious  institutional  existence.  In  this  plan  critical 
study  of  the  biblical  texts  was  separated  from  the  official  ministerial  curric- 
ulum, providing  room  for  a  wedge  to  be  driven  between  criticism  and 
reverence,  the  two  essential  components  of  his  approach  to  the  Scriptures. 
Ironically,  while  protecting  his  specialty's  place  within  the  larger  university, 
Harper  may  have  sacrificed  its  impact  in  the  Divinity  School  and  upon  its 
faculty  and  students.30 

Those  familiar  with  the  Divinity  School's  distinguished  history  of 
preparing  scholars  of  religion  would  search  in  vain  for  a  commitment  to 
religious  research  in  the  fifth  "Official  Bulletin."  Instead,  Harper  continued 
the  pastoral  course  of  the  School. 

29  "Official  Bulletin,"  No.  5  (March  1892),  p.  2. 

30  Ibid.,  pp.  4-^5.  See  Chapter  3,  pp.  72-76  for  discussion  of  the  obscure  relationship  of 
Harper  to  the  subsequent  intellectual  history  of  the  Divinity  School. 


118  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Its  Purpose:  The  purpose  of  the  Seminary  is  primarily  and 
chiefly  to  fit  men  to  become  preachers  of  the  Gospel.  To  this  end 
students  are  instructed  in  the  great  doctrines  of  the  Bible,  in  the  chief 
facts  and  teachings  of  Church  History,  in  the  critical  translation  and 
interpretation  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments,  in  the  constitution  and 
management  of  churches,  in  the  composition  and  delivery  of  sermons, 
and  in  the  practical  duties  of  the  pastorate. 

Four  groups  comprised  the  targeted  constituency  of  the  school:  those 
preparing  for  or  practicing  ministry,  those  preparing  for  or  practicing  mis- 
sionary work,  Christian  teachers,  and  other  Christian  workers.  Toward  the 
end  of  his  life  Harper  anticipated  the  need  for  a  center  devoted  to  graduate 
academic  study  of  religion.  In  his  report  on  the  occasion  of  the  university's 
tenth  anniversary,  for  example,  he  suggested  that  the  line  between  "scien- 
tific Divinity"  and  "practical  Divinity  must  be  more  sharply  drawn  and  such 
reorganization  of  the  work  should  be  brought  about  as  will  adapt  it  more 
closely  to  the  needs  of  different  classes  of  students."31 

Despite  its  explicitly  ministerial  character,  this  Divinity  School,  how- 
ever, would  be  different.  For  example,  it  was  open  to  "students  of  all 
denominations  of  Christians."  Furthermore,  to  secure  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Divinity  a  student  had  to  enter  this  school  with  a  bona  fide  B.A.  degree. 
There  was  room  for  women — but  with  a  catch. 

Women  will  be  admitted  to  the  Divinity  School  upon  equal 
terms  with  men.  They  will  receive  no  encouragement  to  enter  upon 
the  work  of  public  preaching,  but,  on  the  contrary,  are  distinctly 
taught  that  the  New  Testament  nowhere  recognizes  the  ordination  of 
women  to  the  Christian  pastorate. 

In  keeping  with  his  frequently  expressed  dissatisfactions  with  the  conven- 
tional theological  encyclopedia,  Harper  proposed  an  eightfold  departmental 
structure  which  included:  1)  Old  Testament  Literature  and  Exegesis  (appar- 
ently something  distinct  from  what  Harper  intended  to  do  in  the  University 
graduate  school),  2)  New  Testament  Literature  and  Exegesis,  3)  Biblical 
Theology,  4)  Apologetics,  5)  Systematic  Theology,  6)  Church  History,  7)  an 
omnibus  Homiletics,  Ecclesiastical  Polity,  and  Pastoral  Duties  Department, 
and  8)  Missions  and  Mission  Work.  In  addition  Harper  made  provision  for 
"instruction  in  Elocution,  Music,  and  Physical  Culture."32 

Not  satisfied  with  reforming  the  theological  content  of  the  seminary's 
curriculum,  Harper  turned  to  "various  kinds  of  religious  work  open  to 
students."  The  concern  for  practical  work  and  theological  clinics  described 
in  the  previous  chapter  can  be  seen  in  a  less  explicit  form  in  Harper's  initial 
model  for  the  new  Divinity  School.33  Preaching  would  be  allowed,  but  only 

31  William  Rainey  Harper,  The  President's  Report,  July  1892-July  1902  (Chicago:  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago  Press,  1903),  p.  lxxv. 

32  "Official  Bulletin,"  No.  5,  pp.  6-8. 

33  "Official  Bulletin,"  No.  5,  p.  11;  see  above  pp.  95f. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  119 

"to  a  limited  extent."  Students  were  expected  either  to  assist  parish  pastors, 
or  engage  in  city  mission  work  and  the  programs  of  various  Sunday  schools. 
Further,  this  religious  work  was  a  mandatory  part  of  the  curriculum. 

The  practical  religious  work  ...  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  regular  part 
of  the  Divinity  course,  and  is  not  undertaken  merely  by  those  who 
need  financial  help.  This  work  is  under  the  charge  of  an  officer 
specially  appointed  to  superintend  it.  Every  student  who  is  a  candi- 
date for  a  degree,  or  for  a  certificate,  will  be  required  to  do  a  certain 
amount  of  practical  work  in  addition  to  such  preaching  as  he  may  do 
from  time  to  time. 

The  last  of  Harper's  blueprints  for  the  new  university  dealt  with  "The 
University  Extension  Division."  In  a  spirit  reminiscent  of  Chautauqua,  he 
maintained  that 

to  provide  instruction  for  those  who,  for  social  or  economic  reasons, 
cannot  attend  in  its  class-rooms  is  a  legitimate  and  necessary  part  of 
the  work  of  every  university. 

Here  and  in  the  bulletin  dealing  with  the  academies,  Harper  departed  most 
sharply  from  existing  notions  of  the  university.  Clark  and  Johns  Hopkins  had 
narrowed  their  academic  focus  to  graduate  study — at  least  as  much  as 
nervous  trustees  and  founders  would  permit.  Harper,  on  the  other  hand,  was 
attempting  to  create  a  complete  edifice  of  learning  that  could  reach  all 
people  in  need  of  higher  learning.  The  University  of  Chicago  became  the 
pivotal  institution  for  Harper's  larger  enterprise  of  constructing  this  new 
configuration.34 

Clearly  there  were  "dangers"  in  the  proposed  extension  program.  Work 
that  was  substandard  in  quality  could  be  passed  off  as  acceptable,  and  the 
good  name  of  the  university  would  experience  "reproach." 

But  if  the  work  is  an  organic  part  of  the  university,  directed  and 
controlled  by  the  university,  and  if  the  distinction  between  university 
work  and  university  extension  work  is  clearly  indicated,  the  danger  is 
reduced  to  the  minimum. 

Harper  wanted  a  separate  faculty  for  the  extension — one  which  would, 
however,  be  accorded  the  "same  rank"  as  members  of  other  faculties.35 

The  Chautauqua  paradigm  is  evident  in  the  structure  of  the  various 
departments  of  the  Extension  Division,  which  would  include  Lecture  Study, 
Class  Work,  Correspondence-teaching,  Examinations,  Library  and  Publica- 
tion, and  District  Organization  and  Training.  At  each  place  where  university 
work  might  be  offered  around  the  city  and  nation,  Harper  hoped  for  the 
creation  of  "a  Local  Centre,  governed  by  a  Local  Committee."  These 
centers  had  to  take  on  "bricks  and  mortar"  as  soon  as  possible. 

34  "Official  Bulletin,"  No.  6  (May  1892),  p.  2. 

35  Ibid.,  pp.  2-3. 


120  The  Bible  and  the  University 

The  ease  with  which  Harper  blended  his  goals  for  a  new  modern 
university  and  his  evangelical  commitments  became  obvious  in  his  descrip- 
tions of  the  extension  program.  Most  of  the  institutions  which  Harper 
suggested  as  possible  cooperating  agencies  in  this  effort  possessed  explicit 
Christian  identities  or  affiliations.  Moreover,  Harper  went  so  far  as  to  claim 
that  since  "the  University  Extension  is  a  great  missionary  movement,  the 
missionary  spirit  must  never  be  stifled."  Ever  the  publicist,  he  proposed  a 
new  publication  for  this  division,  The  University  Extension  Gazette  of 
Chicago.36 

If  there  were  no  other  sources  for  mining  Harper's  vision  for  the 
University  of  Chicago  than  the  Official  Bulletins,  it  would  nonetheless  still 
be  possible  to  isolate  several  dominant  elements  in  Harper's  vision.  These 
initial  writings  reveal  that  for  Harper  the  university  became  the  pivotal 
institution  for  reshaping  the  existing  structure  of  American  education. 
Further,  they  show  that  his  efforts  at  reconfiguration,  in  turn,  were  governed 
by  the  biblical  perspective  and  passion  which  had  motivated  him  in  his 
pre-presidential  years.  Every  aspect  of  the  educational  configuration  he 
proposed  provided  ample  opportunity  for  study  of  the  sacred  Scriptures.  In 
addition,  the  Bulletins  reveal  Harper's  commitment  to  specialized  educa- 
tion: educational  tasks  were  distributed  among  institutions  and  people 
moved  from  one  institution  to  another.  He  wanted  system,  and  strove  to 
provide  it  by  careful  delineation  of  various  schools,  departments,  and 
divisions.  With  satellite  academies  and  local  extension  centers  he  sought  to 
make  his  university  a  national  institution.  Finally,  the  university  was  not  an 
end  in  itself;  it  had  a  mission  to  fulfill. 

As  he  periodically  released  installments  of  his  vision  for  university 
education,  Harper  labored  in  his  customarily  driven  manner  to  establish  the 
plan  at  once.  The  University  of  Chicago  opened  in  1892  with  an  Academy, 
Divinity  School  and  Graduate  School.  Quarterly  convocation  reports  soon 
informed  the  world  of  promised  new  buildings,  new  gifts,  new  areas  of 
study. 

The  dimensions  of  Harper's  public  success  in  Chicago,  however,  have 
kept  observers  from  noticing  the  larger  vision  of  which  the  university  was 
only  a  part.  Harper's  private  correspondence  reveals  an  astonishing  range 
and  variety  of  efforts  to  reshape  American  education.  Letters  discussing  girls' 
schools  in  Paris,  France  and  Oak  Park,  Illinois,  show  the  scope  of  his  concern 
to  affiliate  academies  and  preparatory  schools  with  the  university.  Harper 
sought  to  link  technical  schools  such  as  Bradley  Polytechnic  Institute  of 
Peoria,  Illinois,  with  the  university.  Colleges  in  Stetson,  Florida,  and 
Kalamazoo,  Michigan,  were  also  officially  affiliated. 

Harper  seemed  to  grasp  any  occasion  that  might  extend  the  impact  of  his 
new  creation.  For  example,  he  tried  to  convince  the  new  president  of  Brown 

36  Ibid.,  pp.  3-21. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  121 

University,  W.H.P.  Faunce,  to  take  steps  toward  some  kind  of  cooperative 
relationship  with  the  university.  His  vision  of  the  new  possibilities  for 
American  education  led  him  to  join  an  elite  group  of  national  educators  in  a 
call  for  a  new  university  at  Washington,  D.C.,  which  would  sit  as  the 
capstone  of  an  emerging  but  still-to-be-organized  national  educational  sys- 
tem. Harper  cooperated  with  a  generation  of  university  presidents  like  Eliot 
of  Harvard  and  Benjamin  Wheeler  of  California  to  form  the  Association  of 
American  Universities  in  order  to  raise  the  standards  of  these  new  institu- 
tions and  assist  them  in  developing  cooperative  approaches  to  their  peculiar 
problems.  On  one  occasion  Harper  admitted  privately  to  Rockefeller  that  his 
goal  was  to  build  an  "educational  trust,"  a  coherent  system  of  American 
education.37 

The  only  limits  on  his  achievements  seemed  to  be  dollars.  Luring 
acknowledged  academic  giants  from  comfortable  positions  at  established 
institutions  to  the  new  one  emerging  from  the  swampy  midway  on  Chicago's 
south  side  required  large  salaries  and  costly  promises  of  facilities,  journals 
and  ample  funds  for  supporting  research.  As  Harper  worked  to  bring  his 
vision  into  limestone,  steel  and  flesh,  he  had  to  count  dollars.  Rockefeller 
consistently  sought  to  keep  from  being  the  fail-safe  mechanism  for  Harper's 
dreams  and,  indeed,  Harper's  vision  eventually  stretched  beyond  the  oil 
magnate's  patience.  Although  he  seemed  never  to  lose  his  respect  for 
Harper,  Rockefeller  finally  stopped  the  flow  of  dollars,  and  sent  in  an 
independent  accountant  to  attempt  to  force  Harper  to  live  within  the 
budget.38 

Although  his  visions  were  costly,  Harper  was  not  profligate.  He  ab- 
horred inefficiency  and  lack  of  system.  In  1899  Harper  expressed  his 
intolerance  for  America's  obsolete  and  costly  educational  configuration  in  an 
address  to  the  Regents  of  the  University  of  New  York  on  "Waste  In  Higher 
Education."  Adopting  the  "method  of  a  businessman,"  Harper  developed 
his  own  economics  of  education,  in  which  dollars  were  not  the  primary 
datum.  His  economics  dealt  with  the  personal,  social,  and  academic  costs  of 

37  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Miss  Julia  H.C.  Haly,  December  4,  1897,  Personal  Papers, 
Box  3,  Folder  20;  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Miss  [?]  Jones,  June  24, 1898,  Personal  Papers, 
Box  4,  Folder  9;  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Nathaniel  Butler,  February  5,  1897,  Personal 
Papers,  Box  3,  Folder  8;  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Mr.  [?]  Stetson,  May  21, 1898,  Personal 
Papers,  Box  4,  Folder  7;  William  Rainey  Harper  to  A.  Gaylord  Slocum,  December  14,  1895, 
Personal  Papers,  Box  2,  Folder  20;  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Rev.  W.H.P.  Faunce,  April  4, 
1899,  Personal  Papers,  Box  4,  Folder  25;  William  Rainey  Harper  to  J. P.  Carney,  May  1, 
1895,  Personal  Papers,  Box  2,  Folder  12;  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Martin  Ryerson,  March 
3,  1900,  Personal  Papers,  Box  5,  Folder  15;  William  Rainey  Harper  to  John  D.  Rockefeller, 
November  15,  1888,  is  quoted  in  Storr,  Harpers  University,  p.  24. 

38  Thomas  W.  Goodspeed  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  March  29,  1905,  reported  that  a 
Rockefeller  auditor,  Starr  J.  Murphy,  had  concluded  after  an  investigation  that  "we  are 
here,  not  conducting  a  great  educational  institution,  but  rather  an  organized  conspiracy  to 
rob  Mr.  Rockefeller  of  his  wealth"  (Personal  Papers,  Box  9,  Folder  9). 


122  The  Bible  and  the  University 

educational  practices  which  schooled  students  in  "dissipation."  Providing  a 
smattering  of  knowledge  in  an  increasing  number  of  subjects  only  set 
students  on  a  course  destined  to  be  strewn  with  waste.  Furthermore,  he 
argued  that  failure  to  teach  students  "the  habit  of  accuracy"  did  incalculable 
damage  to  society.  In  Harper's  opinion,  one  of  the  most  glaring  examples  of 
waste  in  the  current  American  model  was  the  division  placed  between  the 
fourth  year  of  high  school  and  the  freshman  year  of  college,  which  he  termed 
a  violation  of  "the  laws  of  nature."  It  seemed  obvious  to  him  that  students 
were  not  ready  for  university  methods  until  the  sophomore  year  at  the 
earliest.  Premature  use  of  advanced  methods  resulted  in  the  "waste  of 
interest"  of  the  student.  Furthermore,  Harper  claimed  that  high  school  and 
elementary  preparation  had  been  drawn  out  much  too  long.  The  net  result  of 
America's  present  practices  was  tragic  waste;  by  the  time  a  student  became 
a  junior  in  college  he  or  she  had  wasted  two  or  three  years  of  life.39 

To  Harper  the  wasteful  American  structure  was  a  "sin,"  the  problem  was 
"utter  lack  of  system"  caused  by  the  "injurious  independence  of  our  separate 
institutions."  He  gratefully  noted  signs  of  "this  archaic  system's"  break- 
down. But  there  was  still  a  long  list  of  problems  needing  resolution. 
Traditional  notions  of  the  four-year  college,  for  example,  were  nothing  but  a 
"fetish,"  which  had  to  be  eliminated  along  with  other  debilitating  customs. 
Sixty  to  70  percent  of  college  instructors'  time  was  wasted  during  summer 
vacations.  And  lack  of  concentration  by  students  and  teachers  on  a  few 
subjects  had  to  be  changed.  Harper  countered  existing  scattershot  practices 
with  the  claim  that  "no  student  can  profitably  conduct  more  than  three  lines 
of  study  at  the  same  time."  Challenging  the  entrenched  model  of  the 
professor  as  generalist  he  also  argued  that  no  instructor  should  pursue  more 
than  two  or  at  most  three  courses  of  teaching  at  any  given  time.40 

After  looking  at  systemic  matters  in  preparatory  and  college  teaching, 
Harper  turned  to  three  basic  perceptual  changes  that  needed  to  occur  if 
American  education  was  to  be  free  from  waste.  First,  "the  principle  of 
individualism"  had  to  be  applied  to  college  education.  In  the  old  "class" 
idea,  there  was  no  room  for  individuals.  Harper's  alternative  was  a  sugges- 
tion that  schools  do  "a  diagnosis  of  each  student,"  treating  each  one  "as  if  he 
were  the  only  student"  in  the  institution.  Efforts  to  offer  more  than  one 
required  curriculum  were  praiseworthy  because  they  fostered  individual 
development.  Harper  speculated  that  as  many  as  five  or  six  distinct  groups  of 
interests  should  be  offered  to  students.  His  foil  was  an  unnamed  "prominent 
president"  of  an  eastern  university  who  felt  that 

the  purpose  of  the  university  in  its  dealing  with  its  students  is  to 
impose  upon  each  of  them  a  like  impression;  to  remove  the  individ- 

39  Harper,  "Waste  in  Higher  Education,"  The  Trend  in  Higher  Education  in  America,  pp. 
78-86. 

40  Ibid.,  pp.  87-92. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  123 

ualities  of  the  students,  and  to  send  them  out  as  if  all  had  been  formed 
in  a  given  mold.41 

The  second  problem  of  perspective  was  the  tendency  of  teachers  to 
regard  every  student  in  each  course  "as  if  he  were  going  to  make  a  specialty 
of  that  department."  Doctors  of  Philosophy  who  taught  at  lower  college 
levels  tended  to  "germanize  everything,"  i.e.,  to  treat  each  subject  in  a 
specialized  manner,  appropriate  for  graduate  students  but  inappropriate  for 
those  who  did  not  seek  to  master  a  narrow  specialty.  Elsewhere  Harper 
remarked  that  he  often  thought  that  it  took  students  who  had  completed 
European  doctorates  two  or  three  years  back  in  America  before  they 
overcame  the  deficiencies  of  German  specialization.  What  was  needed  was 
a  type  of  teaching  which  discovered  the  "interrelationship"  between  fields 
of  study.  Harper  bemoaned  the  fact  that  "more  than  half  of  the  students  who 
leave  college  are  as  ignorant  as  babes  of  the  organic  and  logical  relation 
which  exists  between  the  various  courses  in  the  ordinary  curriculum." 
Departmental  divisions  were  "artificial  and  misleading."42 

Finally  Harper  tried  to  overcome  his  generation's  wasteful  practices  by 
advancing  an  image  of  cooperation  between  institutions.  Students  should 
"intermigrate"  between  schools,  participating  in  a  process  that  presupposed 
that  colleges  and  universities  would  abandon  illusory  goals  of  trying  to  cover 
all  fields  of  knowledge  equally  well.  Instead  of  competing  with  one  another, 
the  institutions  in  Harper's  new  configuration  would  specialize  in  one  or  two 
areas  of  work.  When  institutions  sought  to  cover  the  total  academic  encyclo- 
pedia, he  believed  they  were  inevitably  forced  to  settle  for  mediocrity. 

Under  the  prevailing  circumstances  of  the  period,  Harper  believed  that 
standards  for  teaching  competence  and  student  admissions  would  continue 
to  decline.  More  than  200  colleges  and  universities  were  guilty  of  a  "sin 
against  reason  and  against  God"  which  brought  "shame  and  reproach  upon 
a  cause  so  holy  as  that  of  higher  education."  These  institutions  literally 
"stole"  money  from  students  in  their  early  college  years  to  fund  the  work  of 
higher  education  at  more  advanced  levels.  Denominational  schools  were 
among  the  worst  offenders  of  this  common  "practice  of  fraudulent  waste." 
Harper  concluded  his  indictment  of  the  existing  configuration  with  the  claim 
that  the  American  system  had  "actually  murdered  hundreds  of  men"  by 
making  them  teach  too  many  subjects  while  paying  miserly  wages.43 

As  a  partial  solution  to  the  waste  problem  Harper  advocated  acceptance 
of  certain  German  notions — especially  those  which  nudged  America's  edu- 
cational system  toward  a  six-year  institution  which  combined  the  high  school 

41  Ibid.,  pp.  93-96. 

42  Ibid.,  pp.  97-99;  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Miss  Ella  Young,  January  28, 1899,  Personal 
Papers,  Box  4,  Folder  22. 

43  Harper,  "Waste  in  Higher  Education,"  pp.  102-13. 


124  The  Bible  and  the  University 

and  lower  college.  The  high  schools  in  fact  became  the  colleges  of  the  new 
configuration.44 

Harper,  the  efficient  systematizer,  has  received  considerable  attention 
from  scholars  who  have  acknowledged  his  role  in  the  creation  of  significant 
academic  reforms  like  the  quarter  system  or  the  junior  college.  But  all  too 
often  they  have  failed  to  see  a  larger  pattern  which  becomes  apparent  when 
this  educational  work  is  put  beside  his  work  in  popular  and  religious 
education;  in  essence  Harper  was  attempting  to  redesign  American  educa- 
tion from  top  to  bottom.  The  missionary  character  of  Harper's  educational 
efforts  has  been  equally  neglected.  Whether  attempting  to  reform  the 
Chicago  public  high  school  system,  raiding  the  faculty  of  a  sister  institution, 
or  landing  another  bequest  for  a  building,  Harper  was  striving  for  nothing 
less  than  the  redemption  of  America. 


The  Messianic  Role  of  the  University 

On  February  22,  1905,  immediately  prior  to  undergoing  a  serious 
operation  for  the  carcinoma  which  took  his  life  less  than  a  year  later,  Harper 
prepared  the  preface  to  a  collection  of  his  own  occasional  writings  on  topics 
related  to  the  university.  Entitled  The  Trend  in  Higher  Education,  this  book 
would  serve  as  his  final  public  statement  on  key  educational  themes.  Harper 
did  not  live  long  enough  to  develop  his  educational  philosophy  beyond  what 
appears  in  this  hastily  assembled  collection  of  essays.  But  in  those 
unsystematically  arranged  fragments,  the  reader  encounters  Harper's  final 
vision  of  the  relationship  between  the  university  and  religion.45 

With  the  same  assuredness  that  accompanied  his  conviction  that  science 
could  demonstrate  the  facts  of  the  Scriptures,  Harper  turned  to  American 
higher  education  and  interpreted  the  facts.  He  had  no  doubt  that  there  was 
a  trend,  a  plot,  to  the  American  story.  Harper  traced  the  movement  of 
education  from  east  to  west  and  viewed  the  west  as  the  locus  of  the  new  and 
significant  developments  of  higher  education.  Indeed  he  interpreted  his 
own  moment  as  the  beginning  of  a  second  era  in  the  history  of  the  American 
university,  surpassing  the  one  inaugurated  with  the  founding  of  Johns 
Hopkins  in  1876.  Now  the  institutions  of  the  east  had  to  look  to  the  west  for 
their  models  and  guides.  The  essays  collected  in  The  Trend  were  simply 
entries  in  "a  notebook  in  the  great  educational  laboratory"  of  America.46 

44  Ibid.,  pp.  114—17.  Harper's  efforts  to  reshape  the  American  high  schools  took  the  form 
of  affiliating  various  academies,  institutes,  and  high  schools  with  the  University  of  Chicago. 
In  addition,  he  served  on  the  Board  of  Education  of  the  Chicago  Public  Schools  and 
proposed  a  plan  which  would  affiliate  the  city's  high  schools  with  the  university,  Personal 
Papers,  Box  2,  Folder  24. 

45  Harper,  "Preface,"  The  Trend  in  Higher  Education,  pp.  vii,  viii. 

46  Ibid.  "Dependence  of  the  West  upon  the  East,"  ibid.,  pp.  135-39;  "Higher  Education 
in  the  West,"  ibid.,  pp.  140-50;  "The  Contribution  of  Johns  Hopkins,"  ibid.,  pp.  151-52. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  125 

No  more  compelling  picture  of  Harper's  ultimate  vision  of  the  modern 
university  can  be  found  than  the  one  offered  in  his  essay,  "The  University 
and  Democracy,"  first  given  in  1899  as  a  Charter  Day  address  at  the 
University  of  California.  There  Harper  revealed  the  place  of  the  university 
in  his  total  schema.  There  Harper  the  biblical  scholar  joined  Harper  the 
university  president  in  fashioning  a  philosophy  of  education  which  was 
overtly  religious  and  overtly  American. 

In  this  essay  Harper  traced  the  "slow  and  tortuous  progress"  of  human- 
ity "toward  a  higher  civilization."  Democracy,  "the  highest  ideal  of  human 
achievement,"  was  rising,  like  the  "glorious  and  golden  sun  lighting  up  the 
dark  places  of  all  the  world."  The  university  had  a  peculiar  relationship  to 
this  rising  sun  in  the  human  cosmos,  a  relationship  with  origins  in  the  guilds 
of  the  medieval  period.  Side  by  side,  Harper  believed,  the  university  and 
democracy  had  developed,  flowing  from  a  common  "beginning  of  that  spirit" 
which  emerged  in  the  "spontaneous  confederations"  of  these  associations. 
"The  university  had  its  birth  in  the  democratic  idea;  and  from  the  day  of  its 
birth  this  democratic  character,  except  when  state  or  church  has  interfered, 
has  continued."47 

The  university  became  a  place  where  people  from  diverse  nationalities 
could  intermingle.  In  these  places  "secular"  disciplines  like  medicine  and 
law  found  a  home.  New  methods  of  instruction  and  freedom  of  expression 
were  additional  "birthmarks"  of  the  university,  which  was  fundamentally  an 
"institution  of  the  people."  Harper  embraced  the  tradition.  A  university  was 

a  self-governing  association  of  men  for  the  purpose  of  study;  an 
institution  privileged  by  the  state  for  the  guidance  of  the  people;  an 
agency  recognized  by  the  people  for  resolving  the  problems  of 
civilization  which  present  themselves  in  the  development  of  civiliza- 
tion. 

The  university  was  the  place  where  humanity's  "great  problems"  could  be 
addressed.  Such  a  responsibility  required  people  of  "the  greatest  genius, 
equipment  of  the  highest  order,  and  absolute  freedom  from  interference  of 
any  kind,  civic  or  ecclesiastical."48 

The  special  vocation  of  the  university  was  the  preparation  of  leaders  and 
teachers  for  "every  field  of  activity."  By  preparing  this  intellectual  elite,  the 
highest  group  in  the  multilevelled  but  interconnected  educational  world, 
Harper  believed  that  the  university  could  relate  itself  to  everything: 

The  university  touches  life,  every  phase  of  life,  at  every  point.  It 
enters  into  every  field  of  thought  to  which  the  human  mind  addresses 
itself.  It  has  no  fixed  abode  far  away  from  man;  for  it  goes  to  those  who 
cannot  come  to  it.  It  is  shut  in  behind  no  lofty  battlement;  for  it  has  no 
enemy  which  it  would  ward  off.  Strangely  enough,  it  vanquishes  its 


47  Harper,  "The  University  and  Democracy,"  ibid.,  pp.  1-2. 

48  Ibid.,  pp.  3^5. 


126  The  Bible  and  the  University 

enemies  by  inviting  them  into  close  association  with  itself.  The 
university  is  of  the  people,  and  for  the  people  whether  considered 
individually  or  collectively. 

As  he  began  to  unfold  the  social  mission  of  the  university  Harper  revealed  an 
assumption  about  education.  The  people  of  America  "must  be  an  educated 
people."  In  fact,  the  first  and  foremost  policy  of  democracy  "must  be" 
education.  Education  "is  the  foundation  which  underlies  all  else."  Parting 
company  with  Rousseau  and  others  who  trusted  "an  innate  and  instinctive 
wisdom"  in  people,  Harper  sought  to  erect  modern  life  on  university 
foundations.49 

The  preceding  remarks  would  be  noteworthy  simply  as  representative 
of  the  broad,  progressive  educational  stance  of  an  age  if  Harper  had  not 
linked  them  to  religion.  Others  had  seen  the  relationship  between  democ- 
racy and  new  forms  of  education.  Theoretical  giants  like  John  Dewey  went 
beyond  Harper  in  efforts  to  make  explicit  the  connection  between  democ- 
racy and  education.  But  none  of  them  turned  to  the  Old  Testament  for  the 
key  categories  to  describe  the  relationship  between  democracy  and  the  new 
American  university.  Both  Harper's  personal  distinctiveness  and  the  char- 
acter of  an  age  in  which  many  could  find  plausible  such  public  linkages  of 
university,  democracy  and  biblical  particularity  come  into  view  when 
Harper's  argument  is  carefully  considered. 

Beginning  cautiously,  Harper  stated  cherished  American  assumptions: 

Democracy  has  nothing  to  do  with  religion  and  yet  it  has 
everything;  nothing  with  the  specific  form  in  which  the  religious 
feeling  or  religious  teaching  shall  express  itself,  but  everything  in 
making  provision  for  the  undisturbed  exercise  of  religious  liberty. 

But  then  he  turned  to  a  different  source.  Asking  his  listeners'  pardon  for  a 
digression,  President  Harper  became  the  Old  Testament  expert  who  probed 
sacred  texts  for  new  revelation.  Repeating  a  point  frequently  made  in 
lectures  and  articles  on  biblical  themes,  Harper  pointed  out  that  the  Hebrew 
people  were  unique: 

In  the  course  of  their  long-continued  history  they  passed  through 
nearly  every  form  of  life,  from  that  of  savages  to  that  of  highest 
civilization,  and  they  lived  under  nearly  every  form  of  government, 
from  the  patriarchal,  through  the  tribal,  the  monarchical,  and  the 
hierarchical.  The  history  of  no  other  nation  furnishes  parallels  of  so 
varied  or  so  suggestive  a  character. 

This  history  could  speak  to  "all  men  who  have  religious  sympathies" — 
Protestant,  Catholic  or  Jew.  Harper  had  found  his  key  integrator  in  the 
history  contained  within  Old  Testament.  No  subject  of  study  was  more  open 

49  Ibid.,  pp.  6-9. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  127 

to  all  the  specialized  university  disciplines  than  biblical  scholarship.  No 
history  was  as  universal  as  that  of  the  Hebrews.50 

Then  came  a  startling  statement  from  a  precise  Old  Testament  scholar. 
He  invested  the  terms  "university"  and  "democracy"  with  key  meanings 
taken  from  the  Old  Testament: 

Democracy  has  been  given  a  mission  to  the  world,  and  it  is  of  no 
uncertain  character.  I  wish  to  show  that  the  university  is  the  prophet 
of  this  democracy,  and  as  well,  its  priest  and  its  philosopher;  that,  in 
other  words,  the  university  is  the  Messiah  of  the  democracy,  its  to-be 
expected  deliverer.51 

The  temptation  for  the  late  twentieth-century  reader  is  to  regard  these 
words  as  mere  hyperbole,  the  excited  utterance  of  an  individual  swept  away 
in  the  first  flush  of  his  success  as  university  builder.  Such  an  approach  does 
not  do  justice,  however,  to  Harper's  preceding  history.  A  more  meaningful 
approach  is  to  view  these  words  in  the  light  of  Harper's  career  as  biblical 
interpreter.  Prophet,  priest,  sage  (philosopher)  and  Messiah  were  technical 
concepts  employed  within  a  highly  developed  craft.  Harper  knew  what  the 
words  meant  and  intentionally  reapplied  them  in  his  new  setting.  He  was 
attempting  to  fit  modern  American  educational  reality  into  biblical  catego- 
ries, to  fashion  a  new  biblical  world. 

No  category  was  as  central  to  Harper's  thought  as  "prophet."  A  major 
part  of  his  scholarly  career  had  been  devoted  to  reviving  the  study  of 
prophecy;  it  was  the  distinctive  element  in  Israel's  history.  Prophets  inter- 
preted history,  they  discerned  divine  activity  in  the  events  of  past,  present 
and  future.  Now  Harper  prophetically  interpreted  a  piece  of  history,  the 
present  modern  setting.  A  divine  plot  was  discernible  in  the  midst  of  the 
ebbs  and  flows  of  modernity. 

How  did  the  university  serve  as  prophet?  First  like  Elijah  or  Isaiah  the 
university  served  as  spokesperson  for  the  democracy.  The  university's 
vocation  was  to  read  the  history  of  the  past  fifty  centuries  and  to  discern  the 
"laws  of  life"  operating  therein.  As  Elijah  attempted  with  the  religions  of 
Canaan  so  the  prophetic  university  was  to  be  the  purifier  of  democracy. 
Traces  of  past  ages,  of  medievalism,  needed  to  be  purged  in  order  that 
democracy  could  emerge  in  pure  form. 

Just  as  prophecy  developed  over  centuries  of  Israel's  history  so  democ- 
racy developed  slowly  over  the  centuries;  it  made  its  way  by  degrees.  Now, 
Harper  believed,  democracy  existed  in  American  government,  but  social 
life,  the  arts,  literature  and  science  had  not  yet  been  fully  touched  by  its 
spirit.  He  granted  that  Christianity  had  its  democratic  elements,  "but  the 
church  is  too  frequently  hostile  to  the  application  of  democratic  principles." 

50  Ibid.,  pp.  10-11. 

51  Ibid.,  p.  12. 


128  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Modern  prophets  were  needed  to  carry  the  singular  message  of  democracy 
to  those  areas  of  life  still  lacking  the  liberating  word.52 

The  prophetic  university,  like  Second  Isaiah,  bore  "the  words  of  the 
comforter."  In  modern  society  the  university  was  called  to  soothe  the  minds 
and  hearts  "of  the  great  multitude  of  men  and  women  in  our  great  cities,  for 
whom  as  individuals  there  is  no  hope  in  life.  .  .  ."  It  was  to  bring  hope  to  "a 
democracy  despondent."53 

Democracy,  like  the  chosen  people  of  the  Old  Testament,  had  a  mission, 
and  it  was  one  the  prophet  could  formulate.  Again  Harper  dipped  into  his 
Old  Testament  lexicon.  The  mission  of  democracy  was,  in  a  word,  righteous- 
ness. "The  world  is  waiting  for  the  working  out  of  the  doctrine  of  national 
righteousness  through  democracy. .  .  ."  The  university  was  to  use  the  "ob- 
ject-lessons" of  the  world's  history  in  order  to  guide  the  present  develop- 
ment of  the  democratic  impulse.54 

The  prophet  also  had  a  responsibility  to  look  ahead: 

Mounting  the  watch-tower  of  observation,  the  true  leader  of 
democracy  will  make  a  forecast  of  the  tendencies,  in  order  to  encour- 
age his  followers  by  holding  up  the  glory  that  awaits  them,  or,  by 
depicting  the  disaster  that  is  coming,  to  turn  them  aside  from  a  policy 
so  soon  to  prove  destructive. 

Harper,  the  university  president,  was  a  modern  version  of  the  minor  prophet 
Habbakuk,  who  more  than  25  centuries  previously  had  strained  from  his 
watchtower  to  see  what  was  coming  for  the  people  of  Israel.  The  university 
had  the  same  task.55 

The  Old  Testament  prophet  based  his  message  on  the  fact  of  Israel's 
divine  chosenness,  and  Harper  was  willing  to  posit  just  such  a  ground  for  the 
university's  vocation.  "The  university,  I  contend,  is  the  prophet  of  democ- 
racy— the  agency  established  by  heaven  itself  to  proclaim  the  principles  of 
democracy."  Individual  universities  thus  became  the  prophetic  schools  of 
the  modern  age.  They  took  up  their  dwellings  "in  the  very  midst  of  squalor 
and  distress"  to  provide  help  and  to  pronounce  judgment  on  corruption  and 
scandal.  Prophets  were  some  of  the  "greatest  souls  the  world  ever  knew." 
With  hearts  touched  "by  the  spirit  of  the  living  God,"  eyes  opened  "to 
visions  of  divine  glory,"  and  arms  steeled  by  "courage  born  of  close 
communion  with  higher  powers,"  they  sallied  forth  on  their  holy  mission.  "It 
is  just  so  with  universities."56 

The  second  element  in  Harper's  tripartite  conception  of  the  university 
was  that  of  "priest."  A  priest  must  have  a  religion. 

52  Ibid.,  pp.  12-15. 

53  Ibid.,  pp.  15-16. 

54  Ibid.,  pp.  16-18. 

55  Ibid.,  pp.  18-19. 

56  Ibid.,  pp.  19-20. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  129 

Is  democracy  a  religion?  No.  Has  democracy  a  religion?  Yes;  a 
religion  with  its  god,  its  altar,  and  its  temple,  with  its  code  of  ethics 
and  its  creed.  Its  god  is  mankind,  humanity;  its  altar,  home;  its  temple, 
country.  The  one  doctrine  of  democracy's  creed  is  the  brotherhood, 
and  consequently  the  equality  of  man;  its  system  of  ethics  is  con- 
tained in  a  single  word:  righteousness. 

Here  Harper  revealed  the  religious  core  of  his  vision.  The  university  was  to 
nurture  a  religion  for  modernity,  a  religion  that  could  unite  all  the  dimen- 
sions of  life  which  modernity  separated.  Harper  found  much  of  Judaism  and 
Christianity  in  this  religion  of  democracy.  After  all,  Jeremiah  had  discovered 
one  of  its  cardinal  tenets,  the  "idea  of  individualism."  That  idea  was  given 
fundamental  place  in  the  teaching  of  Jesus,  "the  world's  greatest  advocate  of 
democracy."  But  democracy's  religion  was  truly  eclectic,  gathering  ideas 
from  more  than  these  two  great  traditions.  Just  as  Israel  had  done  during  its 
centuries  of  intermigrating,  democracy  had  "absorbed  many  of  the  best 
features  of  various  religions  and  systems  of  philosophy."  Centuries  had 
passed  before  Israel's  people  accepted  the  full  form  of  its  own  religion.  So 
the  modern  world  still  had  to  be  changed  before  this  "world-wide  religion" 
could  be  generally  accepted.57 

As  mediator  between  humans,  the  university  was  to  bring  the  people  of 
the  world  "into  close  communion  with  their  own  souls"  and  then  with  each 
other.  By  studying  the  self,  the  university  could  lead  into  communion  with 
God.  The  consecrated  task  of  the  university  was  "lifting  up  the  folk  of  her 
environment."  No  responsibility  was  more  holy.58 

As  "keeper"  of  the  holy  mysteries,  those  sacred  and  significant  traditions 
of  the  "church  of  democracy,"  the  university  was  to  protect  them  from 
"profane  hands."  At  the  same  time  its  priestly  vocation  was  to  include  in  the 
list  of  the  initiated,  "who  handled  the  mysteries,"  the  whole  world.  The 
priestly  service  of  the  university  was  to  take  place  in  the  homes  of  the  land. 
The  home  was  "the  altar  of  democracy,  the  most  sacred  altar  known  to 
mankind."  Cloaking  his  educational  configuration  in  priestly  vestments, 
Harper  sought  by  teaching  the  nation's  teachers  to  bring  "every  family  in  this 
entire  broad  land  of  ours"  into  "touch"  with  the  university.  As  this  task  was 
accomplished  the  nation  would  become  the  "great  temple  of  democracy." 
Mediating  between  rival  parties  within  the  land,  the  university  served  as 
crucible  for  widely  divergent  ideas,  a  place  for  their  mingling.  This  institu- 
tion could  hold  up  consecration  to  truth  as  the  standard  of  conduct,  reveal  the 
strange  secrets  of  history  and  provide  ways  for  discordant  notes  of  pluralism 
to  come  together  in  the  "harmonious  sound"  which  lifted  "the  soul  to  higher 
and  purer  thoughts  of  patriotic  feeling."59 

Harper  had  discovered  the  priestly  tendency  in  Old  Testament  religion 

57  Ibid.,  pp.  20-22. 

58  Ibid.,  pp.  22-24. 

59  Ibid.,  pp.  24-26. 


130  The  Bible  and  the  University 

to  identify  the  ways  of  God  with  the  destiny  of  the  chosen  few,  the  Israelites. 
Because  of  lessons  learned  in  study  of  the  prophets,  Harper  broadened  the 
priestly  vocation  of  the  university  to  include  concern  for  all  humanity.  "The 
most  profound  act  of  worship"  occurred  when  an  individual's  thoughts  were 
lifted  "beyond  home  and  country  to  humanity  at  large,  mankind."  The 
priestly  university  had  the  duty  to  enlarge  the  vision  of  its  followers.  As 
priest  it  took 

infinite  trouble  to  teach  men  that  the  ties  of  humanity  are  not  limited 
to  those  of  home  and  country,  but  extend  to  all  the  world;  for  all  men 
are  brothers. 

The  university  stood  "as  mediator  between  one  country  and  another."  All  of 
humanity  had  a  "common  soul";  the  university's  ministry  was  to  bring 
humans  and  nations  into  close  communication  with  it.  To  be  sure,  Harper 
had  a  religious  vision  that  stressed  America's  uniqueness  in  the  divine  plan. 
But  his  biblical  understandings  carried  him  beyond  a  "religion  of  the 
republic"  or  "civil  religion"  toward  an  inclusive  world  religion.  The  same 
scholar  who  had  found  similarities  in  the  various  stories  of  the  world's  great 
religions  viewed  the  university  as  the  agency  that  could  bring  people 
together  in  the  world-embracing  religion  of  democracy.60 

A  third  element  in  the  historic  three-fold  office  of  Old  Testament 
leadership  remained — that  of  sage,  or  "philosopher."  In  Harper's  own 
biblical  scholarship  the  office  of  sage  had  received  proportionately  less 
attention  than  that  of  prophet  or  priest.  Sages,  who  appeared  in  the  moment 
of  Israel's  great  trial  of  captivity  and  defeat,  were  unique  individuals  who 
could  look  beyond  the  boundaries  of  Israel  and  see  the  universal  dimensions 
implicit  in  this  particular  people's  monotheism.  They  were  people  who 
struggled  with  the  "great  problems"  of  history  and  life. 

In  the  age  of  the  emergence  of  democracy  and  the  university  with  its 
"serious  demands  for  severe  thinking,"  the  philosopher/sage  moved  to 
center  stage  in  Harper's  vision.  Specifically,  the  university  as  philosopher 
needed  to  address  itself  to  three  key  problems:  "the  origin  of  democracy," 
"the  philosophy  of  history,"  and  "the  formulation  of  the  laws  or  principles  of 
democracy."  Harper  surveyed  the  new  realities  of  industrial  urban  life  and 
identified  problems  which  threatened  the  existence  of  democracy.  Social- 
ism, population  increases  in  the  large  cities,  concentrations  of  great  wealth  in 
the  hands  of  a  few,  the  emergence  of  great  business  corporations,  floun- 
dering "lawmaking  bodies"  that  seemed  unable  to  cope  with  party  ma- 
chines, demagogues  and  bosses,  a  church  that  seemed  unable  to  respond  to 

60  Ibid.,  pp.  26-27.  Sidney  E.  Mead  described  America's  "religion  of  the  republic"  in  The 
Nation  with  the  Soul  of  a  Church  (New  York:  Harper  &  Row,  Publishers,  1975),  pp.  65ff. 
America's  "civil  religion"  was  named  and  outlined  in  Robert  N.  Rellah's,  "Civil  Religion 
in  America,"  Beyond  Belief:  Essays  on  Religion  in  a  Post-Traditional  World  (New  York: 
Harper  &  Row,  Publishers,  1970),  pp.  168-89. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  131 

the  needs  of  "workingmen" — all  were  new  problems  which  the  university 
as  philosopher  must  solve  for  the  sake  of  democracy.61 

The  "problem  of  problems"  was  the  future  of  democracy,  whose  ability 
to  last  was  being  tested.  Traditionally,  pragmatic  Americans  sneered  at 
theorizing,  but  only  as  the  university  concentrated  on  the  great  theoretical 
needs  of  democracy  would  the  idea  come  to  full  flower.62 

Harper  remembered  that  another  of  the  key  offices  of  leadership  in  Old 
Testament  thought  was  the  kingly  one.  Ideas  of  kingship,  however,  had  no 
place  in  the  democratic  scheme.  For  proof  of  the  historically  limited 
character  of  the  kingly  office  he  turned  to  Jesus.  When  the  Messiah  came  "he 
was  no  king  in  any  sense  that  had  been  expected."  The  Old  Testament 
theocracy  had  dreamed  of  this  Messiah.  Prophets,  priests  and  sages  labored 
to  hasten  "the  realization  of  this  magnificent  ideal."63 

In  essence  Harper  had  carried  his  typological  interpretation  of  Scripture 
into  the  next  spiral. 

Now,  let  the  dream  of  democracy  be  likewise  of  that  expected 
one;  this  time  an  expected  agency  which,  in  union  with  all  others; 
will  usher  in  the  dawn  of  the  day  when  the  universal  brotherhood  of 
man  will  be  understood  and  accepted  by  all  men.  Meanwhile  the 
universities  here  and  there,  in  the  New  World  and  in  the  Old;  the 
university  men  who  occupy  high  places  throughout  the  earth;  the 
university  spirit  which,  with  every  decade,  dominates  the  world  more 
fully,  will  be  doing  the  work  of  the  prophet,  the  priest,  and  the 
philosopher  of  democracy,  and  will  continue  to  do  that  work  until  it 
shall  be  finished,  until  a  purified  and  exalted  democracy  shall  have 
become  universal.64 

Harper  had  chosen  the  secular  University  of  California's  1899  Charter 
Day  celebration  as  the  moment  to  reveal  his  understanding  of  the  religious 
mission  of  the  university.  His  startling  combination  of  secular  setting  and 
religious  content  on  that  occasion  point  to  an  identification  of  divine  activity 
with  a  peculiar  agency  which  challenged  both  traditional  religious  under- 
standings and  emergent  patterns  of  higher  education.  As  biblical  scholar, 
Harper  had  penetrated  the  texts  of  the  Scriptures  to  find  the  divine  element 
in  history.  As  university  president,  he  asserted  that  the  same  divine  element 
was  at  work  in  contemporary  educational  history.  That  he  identified  the 
workings  of  God  with  an  agency  which  seemed  to  many  anti-,  or  at  best, 
non-religious  reveals  how  far  Harper's  religious  understandings  had  moved 
from  those  of  New  Concord,  Ohio. 

George  Hunston  Williams's  essay,  "The  Theological  Idea  of  the  Uni- 
versity," helps  locate  Harper's  model  of  the  university  within  the  context  of 

61  Harper,  "The  University  and  Democracy,"  pp.  28-32. 

62  Ibid.,  p.  32. 

63  Ibid.,  pp.  33-34. 

64  Ibid. 


132  The  Bible  and  the  University 

centuries  of  theological  thinking  about  the  place  of  the  university  within 
society.  Williams  did  not  mention  Harper,  but  did  find  a  distinctive  "triadic 
arrangement"  or  pattern  involved  in  Christian  thinking  about  the  relation  of 
university  to  church  and  state.  This  triadic  arrangement  of  society  in  turn 
corresponded  to  the  three-fold  office  of  Christ:  prophet,  priest  and  king. 

Beginning  with  the  asceticism  of  early  Christianity,  Williams  traced  the 
development  of  a  special  Eden-like  place  for  Christians  to  be  prepared  for 
"learned  warfare"  against  corruptions  in  both  church  and  state.  St.  Jerome's 
idea  of  the  role  of  the  monastery  thus  was  a  precursor  of  the  medieval  notion 
of  university.  By  the  thirteenth  century,  the  university  had  emerged  as  a 
distinct  institution  which  merited  recognition  by  Pope  Gregory  IX  as  a  third 
sector  in  the  social  structure  of  his  age.  A  German  cleric,  Alexander  of  Roes 
argued  at  the  end  of  Gregorys  century  that  the  peace  and  order  of 
Christendom  depended  upon  the  harmonious  working  of  three  powers: 
papacy,  empire  and  university.65 

Williams  claimed  that  the  tripartite  medieval  social  configuration  of 
church,  state  and  university  was  placed  on  a  more  overtly  christological  basis 
by  John  Calvin  and  other  reformers  at  Geneva.  There  Calvin  followed  the 
lead  of  Martin  Bucer  and  explicitly  developed  the  christological  model  of 
prophet,  priest,  king  as  a  paradigm  for  his  new  social  structure.  The  new 
Geneva  configuration  was  church,  academy  and  magistracy.  Calvin  increas- 
ingly came  to  accentuate  the  role  of  Christ  as  prophet/doctor,  emphasizing 
the  importance  of  the  teaching  office  in  society.66 

Williams's  theological  history  traced  the  emergence  of  a  distinct  "third 
force"  function  for  the  university  in  medieval  and  post-reformation  life.  In 
his  reading,  the  advent  of  the  German  university  muted  the  corporate 
function  of  the  institution,  making  it  a  place  where  individual  scholars 
prepared  for  solitary  battle  for  truth  against  error.  Arguing  that  "an  expressly 
or  distinctively  Protestant  theory  of  the  university  was  never  fully  and 
clearly  enunciated  in  Germany  or  elsewhere,"  Williams  felt  that  as  the  gap 
between  church  and  university  widened,  the  university  came  to  be  viewed 
as  a  secular  entity,  and  a  new  institution  appeared  to  fill  the  gap,  the 
Protestant  seminary.  The  difference  between  the  social  places  of  the  post- 
reformation  seminary  and  the  medieval  university  was  the  seminary's 
marginal  relationship  to  the  social  structure,  a  signal  of  the  fracture  of  the 
tripartite  model.67 

This  brief  detour  through  the  main  avenues  of  Williams's  argument 
allows  the  distinctiveness  of  Harper's  vision  for  the  modern  university  to 
become  more  apparent.  His  application  of  a  three-fold  biblical  model  to  the 

65  Williams,  "The  Theological  Idea  of  the  University:  The  Paradise  Theme  and  Related 
Motifs  in  the  History  of  Higher  Education,"  Wilderness  and  Paradise,  pp.  157—58,  66-67, 
70. 

66  Ibid.,  pp.  187-92. 

67  Ibid.,  pp.  196,  220. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  133 

problem  of  relating  the  university  to  its  context  can  be  seen  as  continuous 
with  a  long  Christian  tradition.  What  should  be  noticed  is  that  in  addition  to 
its  more  traditional  prophetic  role,  his  ideal  university  had  taken  on  the 
priestly  role  which  once  belonged  to  the  church.  Further,  the  kingly  function 
had  dropped  from  view  in  this  reconstruction.  Harper's  democratic  reading 
of  the  Scriptures  had  made  the  king  obsolete.  The  wisdom  of  the  sage  who 
grappled  with  the  great  problems  of  modern  life  for  the  sake  of  society  had 
replaced  the  authoritarianism  of  the  king. 

Williams's  reconstruction  of  university  history  around  the  christological 
pattern  of  prophet,  priest  and  king  also  brings  into  clearer  perception 
Harper's  attempt  to  resist  the  trend  toward  the  marginalization  of  religious 
learning  in  modernity.  Harper  did  not  seek  to  build  secure  seminaries  on  the 
margins  of  America's  new  social  structure.  His  university  can  be  seen  as  an 
attempt  to  continue  an  older  tradition  of  viewing  the  university  as  a  third 
force  to  counteract  the  evils  that  infect  both  church  and  state.  At  the  heart  of 
his  attempts  to  reform  American  education  was  an  attempt  to  conserve  a 
public  religious  role  for  the  modem  univerisity. 

Religion  in  the  University 

Harper's  model  of  world  salvation,  although  expressed  in  terms  of  one 
institution  as  the  key  transformer  of  the  world,  was  an  individualist  model. 
One  by  one,  students  would  be  lifted  to  the  higher  life  as  they  experienced 
university  life.  Harper,  the  prophet  of  the  new  type  of  biblical  religion,  was 
also  its  priest.  As  university  president  he  served  as  mediator,  comforter  and 
servant  of  students  and  faculty.  His  personal  papers  ire  filled  with  letters 
which  show  him  functioning  as  an  unordained  minister:  comforting  the 
troubled,  counseling  the  searching,  rebuking  the  errant.68 

68  For  example,  see  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Mr.  Williamson,  October  18,  1900,  where 
he  writes:  "I  have  just  learned  of  the  illness  of  your  daughter,  Miss  Kate  Williamson  and  of 
the  fact  that  it  has  been  found  necessary  to  take  her  home.  I  wish  to  express  my  very  great 
sympathy  with  you  and  her  in  this  illness  and  also  to  express  the  hope  that  she  will  soon 
recover"  (Personal  Papers,  Box  5,  Folder  13).  On  November  12,  1900,  Harper  requested 
Mr.  Gale  of  Snell  Hall  and  other  househeads  to  send  him  notice  of  serious  student  illness 
or  deaths  in  student  families  (Personal  Papers,  Box  5,  Folder  24). 

People  from  around  the  nation  requested  Harper's  help  in  personal  religious  matters. 
Lloyd  W.  Bowers,  General  Counsel  of  the  Chicago  &  North- Western  Railway  Company, 
for  instance,  wrote  Harper  on  February  22, 1898,  that  "after  a  life  of  inattention,"  he  desired 
"to  study  now  the  religion  that  his  wife  cherished  and  that  it  will  now  rest  with  him  in  some 
way  to  teach  to  two  little  children  for  whose  Christian  care  she  was  anxious."  Requesting 
a  course  of  reading,  Bowers  admitted  that  "I  would  give  all  I  have  for  Christian 
confidence.  .  .  ."  Harper  responded  with  an  invitation  to  discuss  Bowers's  religious  ques- 
tions over  lunch  (Personal  Papers,  Box  4,  Folder  2). 

Harper  felt  free  to  give  advice  which  he  himself  did  not  always  follow.  Thus  he  urged 
Mr.  Thurber  on  June  14, 1898,  to  "take  a  bit  of  fatherly  advice  and  do  not  work  so  hard.  Why 
do  you  not  enjoy  life  and  have  a  good  time  as  I  do?  I  should  like  to  make  one  other 


134  The  Bible  and  the  University 

As  religious  leader  of  his  institution,  Harper  had  opportunity  to  mold  the 
religion  implicit  in  his  university  vision.  Convinced  that  the  colleges  and 
universities  of  the  land  "are  not  performing  their  full  function  in  the  matter 
of  religious  education,"  Harper  published  a  series  of  "talks  to  students"  in 
a  volume  entitled  Religion  and  the  Higher  Life.  In  his  talks  Harper  moved 
his  new  form  of  biblical  religion  beyond  the  conventional  notions  of  his 
contemporaries.  He  admitted  that  the  responsibility  for  the  religious  needs 
of  his  students  "weighed  upon  me  more  heavily  than  any  other  connected 
with  the  office  which  I  have  been  called  to  administer."69 

These  inspirational  addresses  revealed  that  Harper  had  rejected  anthro- 
pological models  that  forced  human  development  into  rigid  categories. 
Instead,  he  advocated  the  vague  sounding  "higher  life,"  a  notion  which 
steadfastly  avoided  any  universal  standard  for  all  to  meet.  According  to 
Harper  the  concept  had  to  be  adjusted  to  each  individual. 

It  is  only  the  man  who  lives  the  highest  life  possible  for  him  to 
live,  that  may  be  said  to  live  the  higher  life;  the  failure  at  any  time,  to 
put  forth  his  utmost  endeavor — a  failure  of  which  in  every  case  he  is 
unquestionably  conscious — degrades  him,  from  a  higher  to  a  lower 
position. 

On  the  basis  of  this  individualist  understanding,  Harper  endeavored  to  aid 
all  forms  of  development.  Religion  had  a  central  role  to  play  in  this 
enterprise.  It  was  "essential  for  the  fullest  development"  of  all  other 
important  phases  of  the  higher  life.  As  the  "oldest  sister  of  the  family"  of  art, 
science,  philosophy  and  ethics,  religion  did  not  dominate  these  important 
areas  of  life;  instead  it  integrated  them  and  helped  each  to  flourish.70 

Harper  carefully  distanced  "religion"  from  any  identification  with 
church.  The  church  was  "of  a  transitory  and  variable  character,"  sometimes 
taking  on  a  particular  form,  sometimes  passing  out  of  sight.  Unconcerned 
with  the  passing  phenomena  of  religious  expressions,  Harper  sought  the 
essential  within  them.  In  this  understanding  of  religion  Christianity,  "in  its 
broadest  form,"  became  "the  highest  and  most  perfect  form  of  religion  thus 
far  developed."71 

Religion  had  an  intrinsicality;  it  was  "something  in  itself  and  for  itself, 
fulfilling  a  separate  role."  Unique  in  offering  "peace  of  soul,"  religion  held 
the  various  "faculties"  of  the  human  spirit  in  "even  balance."  It  addressed  a 
person's  "whole  being."  When  normal  religious  development  took  place, 
"every  function  of  life"  was  strengthened.72 

suggestion.  Give  up  drinking  coffee  or  tea  with  milk  in  it  and  I  will  guarantee  that  you  will 
be  free  from  all  future  bilious  attacks."  (Personal  Papers,  Box  4,  Folder  8). 

69  Harper,  Religion  and  the  Higher  Life,  pp.  vii-viii. 

70  Ibid.,  pp.  3-5. 

71  Ibid.,  pp.  6-7 

72  Ibid.,  pp.  9,  12-13. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  135 

For  Harper,  the  essence  of  religion  was  "belief  in  God."  Beyond  that 
essential  element  one  encountered  countless  varieties  of  belief  and  prac- 
tice^— the  results  of  a  multitude  of  tastes  and  sympathies.  Such  differences 
were  not  merely  "of  creed,  nor  of  forms  of  worship,  but  of  standards  of 
morality,  of  external  accompaniments,  and  of  subjective  ideals."  Still,  Harper 
claimed,  "there  must  be  some  things  in  common."  Running  through  the 
varieties  of  religious  expression  were  six  characteristics  that  seemed  essen- 
tial for  all  in  search  of  the  higher  life.  Modern  religion,  therefore,  had  to  be: 
simple,  reasonable,  tolerant,  idealistic,  ethical  and  consoling.  As  the  example 
of  such  a  religion  Harper  cited  "the  religion  of  Jesus  Christ."  It  was  "capable 
of  adjustment  to  any  and  every  individual,  however  peculiar  his  tempera- 
ment, however  exacting  his  demands."  Indeed,  it  met  each  of  the  six  criteria: 

Its  simplicity,  as  the  Master  himself  presented  it,  is  marvelous.  In 
its  proper  form,  it  has  always  stood  the  most  rigid  tests;  and  it  appeals 
as  strongly  to  the  reason  as  to  the  heart.  It  will  permit  you  to  respect 
your  friend's  religion;  if  he  is  a  Jew,  because  it  came  out  of  Judaism; 
if  a  sincere  follower  of  Islam,  because  much  of  Islam  came  from  it,  if 
a  disciple  of  some  eastern  faith  because  its  founder,  Jesus,  was 
broad-minded  and  tender,  and  saw  truth  wherever  truth  existed, 
without  reference  to  the  name  it  bore.  It  is  a  religion  of  ideals,  not 
wierd  and  fanciful;  but  chastened,  strong  and  inspiring  to  true  service. 
It  is  ethical  in  a  sense  peculiar  to  itself,  for  it  is  the  religion  of  the 
beatitudes  and  the  Golden  Rule.  It  is  a  religion  that  says:  "Come  unto 
me  all  ye  that  labor  and  are  heavy  laden,  and  I  will  give  you  rest."73 

Harper  deliberately  refrained  from  urging  any  special  form  of  this 
religion  upon  his  audience.  Instead  he  advocated  "its  very  essence"  which 
was  common  to  all  its  forms.  In  the  teachings  of  Jesus  and  the  Old  Testament 
sages,  Harper  found  his  core — "the  fear  of  the  Lord."  Religion  in  this  reading 
equalled  "belief  in  and  acceptance  of  One  who  has  power  to  help,  even  to 
the  uttermost."  Moving  beyond  issues  of  creeds  and  denominations,  he 
claimed  that  "The  dividing  line  runs,  not  between  this  and  that  form  of 
religious  faith,  but  through  all  forms.  The  name  is  insignificant;  the  serious 
thing  is  the  character  of  your  religion."  Each  individual  had  to  find  her 

74 

own. 

As  he  reasserted  what  he  believed  to  be  the  essence  of  biblical  religion, 
Harper  clearly  had  transformed  traditional  understandings  of  it.  A  career  of 
biblical  scholarship  had  enabled  him  to  penetrate  layers  of  interpretation 
and  come  nearer  to  what  he  considered  essential  religion.  As  a  modern 
biblical  historian  Harper  had  joined  contemporaries  like  Julius  Wellhausen 
in  tracing  the  development  of  biblical  religion  through  three  distinct  phases 
which  seemed  to  set  the  terms  for  the  emergence  of  the  new  understanding 
he  was  advocating.  In  Israel's  earliest  phase  worship  had  been  the  main 

73  Ibid.,  pp.  15-20. 

74  Ibid. 


136  The  Bible  and  the  University 

religious  activity  of  priests  who  focused  their  followers'  attention  on  proper 
ritualistic  actions.  Belief,  the  main  emphasis  of  the  second  phase,  became 
the  dominant  concern  of  the  Hebrew  prophets,  whose  passion  for  proper 
religous  ideas  ruled  religion  for  the  next  cluster  of  centuries.  Part  of  the 
heritage  of  this  prophetic  emphasis  on  belief  was  fragmentation  of  Judaism 
and  Christianity  into  a  multitude  of  sects  and  denominations.  Although  they 
played  marginal  roles  in  their  own  times,  Old  Testament  sages  proleptically 
introduced  the  element  of  ethics  which  finally  came  to  prominence  in 
modern  religious  expression.  In  this  third  phase  belief  lost  its  central 
religious  role.  "A  man's  life,  at  least  in  civilized  countries,  is  not  dependent 
upon  his  theological  belief,  as  it  once  was."  Instead,  in  Harper's  era,  greater 
emphasis  was  being  placed  on  conduct.  Once  again,  Harper  used  the 
particular  history  of  Israel  to  encompass  the  universal  human  story.  Israel 
had  experienced  the  progression  of  religious  concern  from  worship  to  belief 
to  behavior.  The  religious  evolution  of  the  Hebrew  people  from  priestly  to 
prophetic  to  sagely  styles  was  similar,  he  believed,  to  the  general  historical 
development  of  religion.  Israel's  experience  with  these  religious  stages  of 
development  was  "essentially  their  history  everywhere."75 

For  any  human  life  to  be  complete,  for  any  human  to  develop  to  her 
highest  potential,  all  three  of  these  stages  had  to  be  experienced.  Harper 
encouraged  listeners  to  "study  yourself."  Symmetrical  development  was  the 
goal.  "The  day  of  special  priesthood  is  past — everybody  must  be  his  own 
priest;  the  day  of  special  prophetism  is  past — everyone  must  be  a  prophet; 
the  day  of  specialism  in  morality  has  never  existed  and  will  never  come."  If 
a  student's  religious  growth  was  lopsided  the  weak  area  should  be  cultivated 
and  developed.  The  exemplar  for  any  student  to  follow  was  Jesus — "the  best 
representative  of  this  religious  spirit."  Careful  study  of  Jesus'  life  and 
teachings  would  provide  the  pattern  by  which  to  assess  religious  develop- 
ment. But  while  he  clearly  gave  Jesus  a  pivotal  role  in  his  new  understand- 
ing of  religion,  Harper  also  was  careful  to  note  the  distance  between 
Christianity  and  its  founder.  Christianity  had  "almost  forgotten  that  there 
was  a  Christ,  or,  perhaps  more  accurately,  had  so  changed  him  that  he  could 
no  longer  be  recognized  as  Christ."  The  "glory"  of  late  nineteenth-century 
thought  was  its  restoration  of  the  Christ  "who  had  been  forgotten  or 
ignored."76 

Arguing  that  the  Bible  was  necessary  for  genuine  religious  development 
because  of  its  teachings  about  worship,  belief  and  ethics,  Harper  based  his 
claim  upon  the  uniqueness  of  Jesus. 

In  order  that  the  world  might  have  such  perfect  illustration  of  it 
(the  religious  life),  and  illustration  which  all  men  might  see  and  study, 
and  by  which  humanity  might  be  lifted  to  a  still  higher  plane  than  that 


75  Harper,  "The  Religious  Spirit,"  ibid.,  pp.  22-29. 

76  Ibid.,  pp.  31-35. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  137 

which  it  had  reached  through  the  divine  help  already  furnished  in 
other  ways,  Jesus  Christ  was  born,  and  therefore  he  lived  and  taught 
and  died.  His  attitude  of  reverence  and  homage  toward  God,  in  its 
simplicity  and  sublimity,  in  its  irrepressible  aspiration  was  the  perfect 
presentation  of  the  true  worship,  in  itself,  and  in  its  relation  to  the 
other  factors  which  constitute  the  religious  experience.  His  teaching 
concerning  God  as  Father  of  the  world,  of  humanity  as  a  single, 
closely  related  family,  every  member  of  which  had  responsibility  for 
every  other  member,  his  teaching  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  and  the 
ideal  social  life  in  which  justice  and  peace  shall  reign,  constitute  a 
creed  from  which  nothing  may  be  subtracted;  while  the  making  of 
additions  to  it,  as  history  has  shown,  leads  surely  to  confusion  and 
controversy.  His  life,  in  the  perfection  of  its  purity,  in  the  pathos  of  its 
self-sacrifice,  in  the  loftiness  of  its  unselfish  achievement,  has  fur- 
nished the  world  principles  which  underlie  and  control  all  right 
living. 

The  pattern  set  by  Jesus  thus  became  the  norm  by  which  all  religious 
experience  could  be  tested.  But  in  the  process  of  making  him  the  normative 
exemplar  for  all  religions,  Harper  refrained  from  including  many  traditional 
teachings  about  him,  an  omission  which  would  make  it  impossible  for  all  to 
follow  his  type  of  Jesus.77 

Throughout  his  career  Harper  labored  on  two  of  the  three  fronts  he 
identified  as  crucial  for  religious  development,  beliefs  and  ethics.  Certain 
that  worship  had  received  ample  attention,  Harper  initially  concentrated  his 
reformation  on  biblical  interpretation,  intent  upon  clearing  away  the  debris 
of  inadequate  beliefs  that  blocked  access  to  the  message  of  the  Scriptures. 
He  followed  the  spirit  of  modern  scholarship  and  asserted  that  one  had  "to 
go  to  the  original  sources"  for  correct  information.  "The  one  source,  the  only 
source,  as  well  as  the  original  source,  for  help  ...  is  the  Bible."78 

Harper  also  sought  to  develop  an  academic  ethic  that  retrieved  the 
concerns  of  the  sages  and  reiterated  the  fundamental  idea  of  the  Scriptures: 
suffering  for  others.  When  true  to  their  vocations  both  college  and  university 
had  an  overarching  religious  purpose:  to  teach  one  to  suffer.  The  messianic 
responsibility  of  the  university  was  to  suffer  for  society.  In  so  doing  it  also 
equipped  individual  members  of  society  for  personal  encounters  with 
suffering. 

In  a  talk  on  "Fellowship  and  Its  Obligation — Service,"  Harper  sounded 
simultaneously  modern  and  biblical.  He  began  by  noting  that  the  "worlds 
we  live  in  grow  in  number  and  in  size  as  life  proceeds."  Consistent  with  his 
own  experience  he  pointed  out  that  one  never  left  behind  the  old  worlds  of 
his  or  her  past  but  that  new  ones  were  continually  "super-added."79 

Speaking  in  a  manner  which  seemed  to  echo  his  Chautauqua  mentor 

77  Harper,  "Bible  Study  and  Religious  Life,"  ibid.,  pp.  161-62. 

78  Ibid.,  p.  163. 

79  Harper,  "Fellowship  and  Its  Obligation — Service,"  ibid.,  p.  36. 


138  The  Bible  and  the  University 

John  Vincent,  Harper  asserted  that  the  "college  world"  merited  special 
attention  because  it  served  as  "a  kind  of  epitome"  of  the  "great  world." 
Within  that  special  world  the  student  met,  in  compressed  form,  all  of  life's 
temptations,  struggles,  successes,  failures,  ambitions,  and  despairs.  In  addi- 
tion, collegians  encountered  in  that  distinctive  context  a  "world-fellowship" 
which  embraced  all  humans.  Harper  likened  this  encounter  to  a  second 
birth,  in  which  individuals  were  transformed  and  prepared  to  sustain  "a 
peculiar  relation  to  the  world"  and  to  occupy  "a  peculiar  place  in  its 
fellowship."  Individuals  initiated  into  the  higher  or  larger  life  of  the  college 
world  had  a  special  burden  or  responsibility  of  acting  as  parent  or  instructor 
to  those  still  living  the  first  type  of  life  in  smaller  worlds  of  family  and 
friendship.80 

The  higher  life  was  arduous: 

With  every  increase  of  knowledge  there  is  an  increase  of  the 
capacity  for  sorrow.  To  the  unthinking  mind  the  man  of  wealth,  living 
in  his  mansion,  is  an  object  of  envy.  If  the  real  facts  were  known  the 
life  of  such  a  one  would  be  found  in  many  cases,  to  be  a  life  of  care  and 
responsibility,  for  which  the  satisfaction  of  physical  life  is  no  fair 
remuneration. 

Harper  was  advocating  an  academic  version  of  noblesse  oblige.  The  person 
of  privilege  had  to  use  opportunities  "for  the  advantage  of  others."  An 
obligation  went  with  college  life — "one  of  service."  The  service  was  "hard 
and  rigorous,"  "continuous  and  never  ending."  In  "one  form  or  other" 
Harper's  educational  elite  were  invited  to  become  modern  ascetics  who 
"give  to  others  everything  that  has  been  given  to  you."  Harper  labored  to 
equip  the  strong  for  service  in  order  that  they  might  equip  the  weak.81 

For  Harper  "service"  was  more  than  altruism.  He  translated  what  he 
believed  was  the  most  fundamental  idea  in  the  Old  Testament  into  a  code  of 
ethics  for  college  educated  individuals.  Even  his  cherished  academic  prin- 
ciple of  individualism  had  to  give  way  to  the  servant  ethos  he  advocated. 
"The  world  today  needs  more  of  the  spirit  of  voluntary  sacrifice  and  less  of 
that  spirit,  called  independence,  which  is  in  essence  real  selfishness."  To 
move  his  student  listeners  beyond  such  self-centeredness,  Harper  once 
again  turned  to  biblical  themes,  claiming  that  the  kind  of  service  he 
described  was  "the  real  essence,  not  only  of  true  manhood,  but  of  divinity 
itself."  Harper  challenged  underlying  theological  beliefs  which  would 
hinder  the  development  of  the  servant  style.  The  image  of  God  as  royal 
taskmaster  seated  upon  a  high  throne  had  to  be  seen  as  "a  thing  of  the  past." 

We  now  think  of  him  as  actually  existing  in  every  human  being, 
and  as  working  out  through  man  in  all  the  multiformity  of  man's 


80  Ibid.,  pp.  39-43. 

81  Ibid.,  pp.  46-50. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  139 

activity.  God  himself  is  the  great  servant  of  humanity;  and  in  the  ideal 
man,  Jesus,  this  spirit  of  service  found  its  highest  example. 

Harper  challenged  his  listeners  to  let  the  great  servant  work  within 
them.  He  called  for  commitment:  "Will  you  consecrate  your  body,  your 
mind,  and  your  heart  to  the  cause  of  humanity?  Or  will  you  be  a  miser  .  .  .  ?" 
In  this  spirit  of  sacrifice,  Harper  recognized  the  same  spirit  that  had  been  at 
work  in  university  life  for  ten  centuries.  This  spirit  was  also,  he  believed,  the 
spirit  of  "the  true  church."82 

Harper  further  developed  the  theme  of  suffering  in  his  talk  "Trials  of 
Life."  No  life  escaped  suffering,  which  was  both  a  universal  fact  of  life  and 
the  place  for  encountering  God.  The  proper  posture  for  the  human  who 
encountered  suffering  was  reverence  and  resignation.  Human  struggle, 

if  it  is  a  struggle,  is  with  God  himself.  Face  to  face  as  with  an  enemy; 
face  to  face  as  with  the  closest  friend,  and  face  to  face  as  standing  in 
the  very  presence  of  God,  one  must  meet  the  sorrows  and  disappoint- 
ments, the  pains  and  the  suffering  of  life.83 

Harper  encouraged  students  to  "begin  at  once  to  suffer."  If  they  had  not 
experienced  life's  darker  side  they  should  "try  to  find  a  disappointment."  By 
participation  in  someone  else's  vexing  situation,  the  college  student  pre- 
pared for  the  inevitable  future  encounter.  To  complete  this  unusual  form  of 
college  preparation,  students  needed  to  "hold  relationship  with  that  unique 
character  in  the  world's  history  who  suffered  as  no  man  ever  suffered  before 
or  since."  Jesus'  "sympathy  with  a  suffering  humanity  was  so  great  that  only 
God  himself  could  have  experienced  and  expressed  it."  From  his  suffering 
came  "light  and  life  to  all  who  will  accept  them."  For  Harper  suffering,  from 
the  earliest  days  of  Israel  through  the  life  of  Jesus  and  into  the  lives  of 
modern  college  people,  was  the  locus  for  humans  to  encounter  the  vision  of 
God. 

How  easy  it  is  for  us,  in  these  days,  to  have  this  sight,  this  vision 
of  God!  It  was  for  this  purpose  that  Jesus  came  to  men,  from  God  the 
Father,  to  represent  him  as  only  he  could  be  present  to  humanity. 
This  above  all  things  else,  was  his  mission  to  make  God  known  to 
man;  Jesus,  the  brother,  through  whom  the  Father  might  be  revealed 
to  those  who  also  were  brothers.  To  see  Jesus  is  to  have  had  a  sight  of 
God.84 

The  ethic  of  suffering  was  also  Harper's  personal  code.  Just  as  Jesus  was 
brother  to  humanity  so  Harper  saw  himself  as  older  brother  to  his  college 
students.  The  powerful  position  of  university  president  became  in  his 
perception  primarily  an  office  of  suffering.  The  extent  of  Harper's  suffering 
can  be  seen  in  private  admissions  that  he  had  made  a  tragic  mistake  in 

82  Ibid.,  pp.  53-56. 

83  Harper,  "The  Trials  of  Life,"  ibid.,  pp.  58-65. 

84  Ibid.,  pp.  66-68. 


140  The  Bible  and  the  University 

assuming  the  presidency  of  the  university  and  forsaking  his  scholarly  career. 
On  less  dark  days  he  viewed  his  office  as  "an  office  of  service." 

In  1904  Harper  collected  his  thoughts  on  "The  College  President." 
Smarting  under  accusations  that  one  had  to  be  "mad"  to  assume  such  an 
office,  he  recited  the  usual  epithets  hurled  at  presidents.  The  list  included 
"boss,"  prevaricator,  naysayer,  despot,  czar.  Such  labels  obscured  the  true 
picture  of  presidential  life.85  To  counter  the  bad  press  given  to  his  colleagues 
in  college  administration,  Harper  reapplied  the  themes  of  vicarious  suffering 
to  his  own  vocation.  "In  no  other  profession,  not  even  in  that  of  the  minister 
of  the  Gospel,  is  vicarious  suffering  more  common."  Harper  felt  that  in 
reality  presidents  were  "slaves"  of  their  environments,  whose  work  was 
surrounded  by  the  feeling  of  "great  loneliness."  As  years  of  tenure  passed, 
incumbents  came  to  regard  their  feelings  of  separation  and  isolation  as  a 
permanent  part  of  the  calling.86 

Presidents  were  also  frequently  victims  of  persecution  through  misrep- 
resentation, some  of  it  "malicious."  Occasionally  they  experienced  "times  of 
great  depression"  when  faced  by  the  enormity  of  the  task.  These  misunder- 
stood leaders  became  "sick  at  heart,"  and  knew  the  feeling  of  "utter 
dissatisfaction"  with  their  own  work.  Because  of  the  complex  character  of 
these  institutions,  each  college  president  had  to  stand  back  and  watch  others 
do  the  things  "which  in  his  heart  he  would  desire  to  handle."  Never 
permitted  "to  finish  a  piece  of  work,"  presidents  became  masters  of  the  "art 
of  letting  others  do  things."  The  one  thing  that  compensated  for  these  and 
other  presidential  burdens  was  the  "close  association  with  life  confessedly 
higher  and  more  ideal  than  ordinary  life."87 

Between  Harper's  lines  the  frustration  of  the  biblical  scholar  who 
suffered  for  the  sake  of  others  is  visible.  Harper  seized  his  ideal  of  vicarious 
suffering  from  the  biblical  material.  In  his  vision  for  the  modern  university, 
that  ideal  shaped  the  sacred  calling  of  the  institution  as  it  suffered  for  society 
and  world.  It  also  determined  the  university  ethos  Harper  wished  to  pass  on 
to  students  as  they  were  shaped  religiously  in  their  academic  experience.  It 
was  also  the  personal  code  of  the  first  President  of  the  University  of  Chicago. 

85  Harper  revealed  his  second  thoughts  about  his  decision  to  accept  the  presidency  of  the 
University  of  Chicago  in  a  letter  to  Mr.  Lincoln  Hulley,  on  September  5,  1895.  He 
counselled  Hulley  not  to  accept  the  presidency  of  Colby  University,  arguing  that  "I  think 
you  are  too  young  in  your  scholarly  career  to  assume  such  a  handicap  as  the  presidency  of 
an  institution.  I  am  confident  that  every  man  who  enters  upon  administrative  work  at  an 
early  age,  diminishes  immensely  his  probable  usefulness  in  life.  I  know  that  I  have  made 
a  mistake  and  hardly  a  day  passes  that  I  do  not  feel  it"  (Personal  Papers,  Box  2,  Folder  17). 
The  speech  "The  College  President,"  is  in  The  William  Rainey  Harper  Memorial 
Conference,  Robert  N.  Montgomery,  ed.  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1938),  pp. 
24-29. 

86  Ibid.,  pp.  29-30. 

87  Ibid.,  pp.  30-32. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  141 

The  American  Age 

To  complete  the  picture  of  Harper's  religious  vision  for  the  university,  it 
is  necessary  to  ask  what  he  believed  about  the  American  setting  for  his 
educational  labors.  In  "America  as  a  Missionary  Field,"  Harper  revealed  a 
religious  understanding  of  his  nation  that  simultaneously  participated  in  and 
transcended  the  "manifest  destiny"  ideology  of  his  age.  Harper  believed  that 
he  could  trace  the  world's  history  through  three  periods  of  twenty  centuries 
each.  The  Old  Testament  patriarch  Abraham  served  as  benchmark  ending 
the  Babylonian  epoch,  Jesus  marked  the  end  of  the  Syrian,  and  the  coming 
of  age  of  America  would  end  the  English  period.  After  following  the  progress 
of  civilization  westward  from  Babylon  to  America,  Harper  looked  forward  in 
a  postmillennial  manner  to  a  fourth  era  of  twenty  centuries  dominated  by  the 
Americans.88 

Harper  believed  that  the  nineteen  centuries  following  the  birth  of  Christ 
had  been  shaped  by  "piecemeal"  demonstrations  of  Christianity's  "better, 
truer  knowledge"  of  God  and  humanity.  Although  articulated  relatively 
clearly  in  the  New  Testament  this  new  knowledge  had  "not  yet  received  .  .  . 
perfect  demonstration  in  human  history."  Nineteenth  century  America  was 
"the  arena"  in  which  Christianity's  superior  ideas  would  receive  their  "great 
trial." 

Here  in  this  great  country,  provided  by  God  himself  with  all  the 
facilities  needed,  preserved  in  large  measure  by  God  himself  from  the 
burdens  and  trammels  of  dead  institutions  and  deadly  traditions,  the 
consummation  of  Christian  life  and  thought  will  be  realized.  This  is 
the  message  written  on  every  page  of  our  nineteen  centuries  of 
history.89 

All  of  Harper's  efforts  came  together  in  his  vision  of  America's  religious 
role.  Sounding  like  a  prophet  on  the  watchtower,  Harper  rejoiced  in  "the 
days  that  are  coming"  which  would  surpass  any  "except  that  one  day  which 
saw  God  take  the  form  of  man,  the  day  which  saw  him  live  as  man,  and  die 
as  man,  and  rise  again  as  God."  America  was  destined  to  be  the  scene  of 
divine  action.  The  main  lesson  learned  from  the  Old  Testament  received  a 
twentieth-century  application:  "God  is  in  the  world  as  of  old."90 

America  was  the  chosen  nation  in  which  all  of  Harper's  other  visions 
would  come  to  fruition.  The  new  Christianity  he  anticipated  "will  have  no 
room  for  ignorance.  Education  will  be  its  watchword."  In  spite  of  previous 
cautions  about  adding  on  to  the  messages  of  Jesus,  Harper  built  on  to  the 
traditional  Christian  dispensation.  What  the  world  needed  and  what  he  had 
labored  to  provide  were  "the  gospel  and  education."  In  Harper's  eyes  "the 

88  William  Rainey  Harper,  "America  as  a  Missionary  Field,"  Religion  and  the  Higher  Life, 
pp.  173-75. 

89  Ibid.,  pp.  177-79. 

90  Ibid. 


142  The  Bible  and  the  University 

gospel,  as  it  is  commonly  understood  ...  is  not  sufficient."  To  be  sure  it 
contained  within  itself  "the  elements"  which  could  "incite"  to  education. 
But  more  attention  had  to  be  given  to  developing  those  elements.  In  light  of 
this  grand  view  Harper's  efforts  at  biblical  and  educational  reform  can  be 
seen  as  distinct  but  essentially  related  elements  in  an  overarching  evangel- 
ical endeavor.  The  distinctive  feature  in  Harper's  version  of  the  nineteenth- 
century  evangelical  imperative  was  that  "education  will  constitute  a  larger 
part  of  the  work  of  evangelization  than  in  the  past,  both  at  home  and  abroad." 
Clearly,  for  Harper,  education  was  missionary  work.91 

The  call  to  educate  previously  overlooked  native  Americans  and  black 
people,  or  to  grapple  with  the  problems  of  the  city  was  a  "call  from  heaven." 
America  was  to  be  another  Palestine,  a  laboratory  for  God's  ongoing  exper- 
iment. It  could  become  a  place  where  people  of  different  nationalities  could 
mix  and  commingle.  If  the  world  was  to  be  evangelized,  Harper  believed 
"America  must  do  it."  Evangelization  took  place  when  America  responded 
to  the  "call  to  equip  all  our  academies  and  colleges  and  theological  semi- 
naries, and  to  see  to  it  that  the  instruction  given  in  these  institutions  bears 
upon  its  face  the  mark  of  truth;  has  its  roots  in  the  established  principles  of 
the  faith."  In  one  sentence  he  had  summarized  his  life's  work.  It  was  time  for 
humanity  to  move  out  of  Kindergarten  and  to  learn  mature  lessons  of  divine 
love.  The  "great  Teacher"  may  have  been  patient  but  Harper  could  not  hold 
his  own  impatience  in  check  as  he  looked  forward  to  the  time  when  "Jesus 
the  Christ  will  come  to  reign  in  the  hearts  of  men."  The  educational  work 
which  would  make  this  vision  a  reality  depended  on  America,  "the  training- 
school  for  teachers."92 

The  Biblical  Integrator 

Harper's  biblically-based  university-nurtured  understanding  of  religion 
was  one  of  a  variety  of  religious  options  which  were  presented  to  modern 
Americans.  Many,  indeed  most,  Americans  continued  to  cling  to  traditional 
models  of  religious  belief  and  behavior.  Others,  like  Harper,  sought  to 
mediate  between  traditional  religious  understandings  and  the  new  environ- 
ment. A  few  turned  to  new  sources  for  their  religious  authority.  And  some, 
like  William  Graham  Sumner,  put  religious  concerns  away  in  one  of  the 
infrequentiy  searched  drawers  of  the  mind,  where  they  would  remain 
ignored  and  harmless. 

To  better  locate  Harper's  understanding  of  the  nature  of  religion,  it  is 
helpful  to  compare  his  vision  with  alternatives  posed  by  three  of  America's 
most  important  religious  thinkers  who  sought  to  respond  to  the  modern 
context  in  quite  different  ways.  William  James  (1842-1910),  John  Dewey 
(1859-1952)  and  Alfred  North  Whitehead  (1861-1947)  were  contemporaries 

91  Ibid.,  pp.  180-81. 

92  Ibid.,  pp.  181-84. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  143 

of  Harper.  Although  two  of  them  lived  and  published  long  after  Harper's 
death  in  1906,  all  three  of  them  were  part  of  a  cohort  who  passed  through  the 
tumultuous  religious  changes  of  the  late  nineteenth  century.  Like  Harper, 
they  sought  to  respond  to  religious  and  social  pluralism,  and  the  impact  of 
scientific  and  historical  knowledge,  with  new  inclusive  understandings  of 
religion.  Unlike  him,  they  turned  away  from  scriptural  data  to  new  sources  of 
religious  knowledge.  Further,  all  three  rejected  specialized  religious  insti- 
tutions as  the  primary  mediators  of  religious  nurture  and  development. 

Perhaps  the  clearest  contrast  can  be  seen  in  the  radical  empiricism  of 
William  James.  In  1902  James  published  his  classic  series  of  Gifford 
Lectures,  The  Varieties  of  Religious  Experience.  The  book's  title  indicated 
his  decisive  move.  James  turned  to  religious  experience  as  his  primary 
source.  Adopting  a  psychological  approach,  he  decided  to  place  himself  on 
the  personal  side  of  the  "great  partition"  between  institutional  and  personal 
religion.  Believing  that  personal  religion  was  "more  fundamental''  than  the 
institutional  varieties  which  merely  recycled  experiences  of  founders  into 
less  interesting  secondhand  commodities,  James  proposed  "to  ignore  the 
institutional  branch  entirely."  Personal  feelings  and  conduct,  on  the  other 
hand,  comprised  the  "short  circuit,"  the  irreducible  minimum  of  religion, 
out  of  which 

she  carries  on  her  principal  business,  while  the  ideas  and  symbols 
and  other  institutions  form  loop-lines  which  may  be  perfections  and 
improvements,  and  may  even  some  day  all  be  united  into  one 
harmonious  system,  but  which  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  organs  with 
an  indispensable  function,  necessary  at  all  times  for  religious  life  to  go 
on.93 

James's  "experiential  point  of  view"  led  to  a  redefinition  of  religion  as 
consisting  of  "feelings,  acts  and  experiences  of  individual  men  in  their 
solitude,  so  far  as  they  apprehend  themselves  to  stand  in  relation  to  whatever 
they  may  consider  the  divine."  The  result  was  a  pluralistic  understanding  of 
religion.  The  "breadth  of  the  apperceiving  mass"  of  human  religious  phe- 
nomena meant  that  "religion  cannot  stand  for  any  single  principle  or 
essence,  but  is  rather  a  collective  name."94 

Things  became  "more  or  less  divine"  and  boundaries  became  "misty" 
as  James  developed  what  he  called  a  "piecemeal  supernaturalism."  As  the 
psychologist/philosopher  probed  human  consciousness,  he  found  at  its  core 
"a  sense  of  reality" — that  there  was  "something  there."  This  undifferentiated 
"More"  became  the  center  of  his  religious  understanding.  The  fact  that  in 
the  human  subconsciousness  one  could  find  the  evidence  for  more  in  life 
than  the  individual  could  be  aware  of  became  the  ground  for  "building  out" 

93  William  James,  The  Varieties  of  Religious  Experience:  A  Study  in  Human  Nature  (New 
York:  The  New  American  Library  of  World  Literature,  Inc.  1958),  pp.  22,  40-42,  381. 

94  Ibid.,  pp.  44,  42,  38-^39. 


144  The  Bible  and  the  University 

a  religious  understanding.  The  core  "psychological  fact"  of  the  subconscious 
became  the  mediating  discovery  which  connected  humans  to  an  inclusive 
more.  James  had  turned  to  the  "hither"  rather  than  the  "farther"  side  of  the 
more.  He  built  his  religious  understanding  on  the  basis  of  an  analogical 
understanding  of  human  consciousness.95 

Alfred  North  Whitehead  delivered  his  pivotal  set  of  lectures — which 
were  subsequently  published  as  Religion  in  the  Making — shortly  after  his 
arrival  in  America  in  1924  to  become  professor  of  philosophy  at  Harvard.  The 
63-year-old  philosopher  made  a  turn  similar  to  that  of  James  when  he  argued 
that  religion  "is  what  the  individual  does  with  his  own  solitariness."  But 
when  he  penetrated  to  the  basic  structure  of  the  universe,  Whitehead 
discovered  an  evolutionary  process  which  linked  various  religious  manifes- 
tations together. 

The  religious  idea  emerged  gradually  into  human  life,  at  first 
barely  disengaged  from  other  human  interests.  The  order  of  the 
emergence  of  these  factors  was  in  the  inverse  order  of  the  depth  of 
their  religious  importance:  first  ritual,  then  emotion,  then  belief,  then 
rationalization.96 

"Rational  religion"  was  the  Whiteheadian  candidate  for  the  modern  age. 
The  components  of  earlier  forms  of  religion  were  "reorganized  with  the  aim 
of  making  it  the  central  element  in  a  coherent  ordering  of  life."  If  the  result 
of  rationalization  was  a  "very  low  temperature"  form  of  religion  in  compar- 
ison with  earlier  instances,  Whitehead  nonetheless  advanced  this  form  as 
adequate  to  account  for  several  important  religious  facts.  There  was,  he 
claimed,  "no  consensus"  about  God.  People  did  not  have  verifiable  direct 
visions  of  a  personal  God;  rather,  they  had  intuitions,  which  were,  in  fact, 
"private  psychological  habits."  The  belief  in  God  was  an  inference  drawn 
from  the  data  of  religious  experience.  A  different  ground,  however,  could  be 
found  for  building  an  understanding  of  religion.  There  was,  Whitehead 
claimed,  a  "large  consensus"  in  favor  of  "the  concept  of  a  lightness  in 
things."  This  "general  character  inherent  in  the  nature  of  things"  became  the 
"ultimate  religious  evidence."  There  was  no  question  that  individuals  had 
religious  experiences,  and  these  were  expressions  of  a  human  "longing  for 
justification"  which  was  addressed  in  the  "direct  apprehension"  of  a  basic 
rightness  in  the  character  of  what  is.97 

James  had  found  his  evidence  for  the  "More"  in  the  human  subcon- 
scious. Whitehead  found  evidence  for  "God"  in  the  "epochal  occasions" 
where  one  encounters  a  "concretion"  of  both  the  "boundless  wealth  of 
possibility"  and  a  "non-temporal  actuality."  In  the  multiformity  of  nature 

95  Ibid.,  pp.  47,  392,  61,  384,  388,  386. 

96  Alfred  North  Whitehead,  Religion  in  the  Making  (New  York:  New  American  Library, 
1974),  pp.  16,  18. 

97  Ibid.,  pp.  30,  52,  64-65,  61,  63,  83-84. 


The  University  and  the  Religion  of  Democracy  145 

and  history,  Whitehead  discovered  a  "binding  element":  God.  The  core 
religious  insight  that  he  discovered  as  he  viewed  the  world  as  a  whole  was 
the  perception  of  infinite  possibility  bound  together  by  an  ideal  harmony. 
God  was  the  "one  systematic,  complete  fact"  present  in  the  "primary  actual 
units"  of  human  experience,  the  epochal  occasions.  Each  such  occasion  was 
a  microcosm  "representing  in  itself  the  entire  all  inclusive  universe." 
Whitehead's  process-shaped  Platonism  rested  on  a  "final  principle  of  reli- 
gion." There  was  "a  wisdom  in  the  nature  of  things."98 

Educator-philosopher  John  Dewey  advocated  a  "natural  piety"  that  had 
some  similarities  to  Whitehead's  rational  religion.  In  the  Terry  Lectures, 
which  were  published  as  A  Common  Faith  in  1934,  he  sought  to  "wipe  the 
(religious)  slate  clean."  Like  Harper  he  wanted  to  allow  the  "basically 
religious"  to  express  itself  without  the  encumbrances  of  traditional  religions. 
What  was  necessary  was  a  "dislocation  of  the  religious"  from  religions.  The 
religious  became  "a  comprehensive  attitude"  or  perspective.  It  was  "moral- 
ity touched  by  emotion"  and  "supported  by  ends  so  inclusive  that  they  unify 
the  self."99 

For  Dewey  there  was  "one  sure  road"  to  religious  truth — inquiry.  The 
cherished  idea  that  there  were  special  "religious"  truths  which  were  not 
susceptible  to  investigation  and  ordinary  ways  of  knowing  had  to  be 
surrendered.  He  posed  a  "method  of  intelligence"  which  was  open  and 
public  in  place  of  the  "doctrinal  method"  which  was  limited  and  private. 
Sounding  very  much  like  Whitehead,  Dewey  described  God  as  the  "active 
relation  between  the  ideal  and  the  actual."  When  one  had  a  sense  of  the 
connection  between  the  human  and  the  world,  one  was  participating  in  a 
natural  piety.100 

The  current  situation  in  which  religion  was  confined  to  specialized 
institutions  within  "secular"  society,  according  to  Dewey,  was  an  innova- 
tion. There  had  been  a  "change  in  the  social  center  of  gravity  in  religion." 
The  modern  alteration  in  the  social  place  and  the  function  of  religion  had 
been  the  "greatest  change  that  has  occurred  in  religion  in  all  history."101 

In  place  of  the  sacred/secular  division  of  reality  posited  by  supernatu- 
ralists,  Dewey  offered  a  relational  unity.  Wherever  one  perceived  the 
"mysterious  totality  of  being,"  there  one  was  religious.  The  old  "doubleness 
of  mind"  of  the  supernaturalists  was  unnecessary  once  the  relations  between 
things  were  discerned  through  the  exercise  of  "passionate  intelligence." 
The  sectarian  religions  of  his  age  allowed  the  religious  to  be  crowded  into  a 
corner.  With  his  natural  variety  of  piety,  Dewey  hoped  to  make  such 

98  Ibid.,  pp.  88-91,  152,  148,  137-38. 

99  John  Dewey,  A  Common  Faith  (New  Haven:  Yale  University  Press,  1934),  pp.  25, 6, 15, 
22-23. 

100  Ibid.,  pp.  32-33,  39,  51-53. 

101  Ibid.,  pp.  60-61. 


146  The  Bible  and  the  University 

sectarian  religion  "catholic"  again.102 

This  brief  overview  of  the  religious  understandings  of  three  of  the  most 
important  philosophers  in  the  American  tradition  cannot  pretend  to  do 
justice  to  the  fullness  and  richness  of  their  thought.  But  it  does  provide  a 
historical  context  for  Harper's  understanding  of  religion.  Together  with 
these  philosophers  of  religion,  Harper  shared  a  passion  for  facts,  concrete- 
ness,  naturalness.  His  biblical  exegesis  had  been  an  effort  to  uncover  the 
historical  facts  underneath  the  accretions  of  traditions.  Just  as  Whitehead  had 
sought  to  penetrate  to  the  essential  nature  of  things  beneath  numerous 
epochal  occasions,  so  Harper  sought  to  penetrate  to  the  essential  reality  of 
the  religion  of  Israel  beneath  the  variety  of  interpretations  and  historical 
understandings  which  surrounded  it.  Harper  and  Whitehead  shared  evolu- 
tionary perspectives  which  allowed  them  to  celebrate  religious  develop- 
ment and  to  argue  for  movement  from  lower  to  higher  forms.  With  William 
James,  Harper  was  responsive  to  the  reality  of  religious  experience  and 
wanted  to  know  more  about  it.  Like  Dewey,  Harper  was  interested  in  an 
approach  to  religion  which  was  public  and  all-embracing. 

Harper's  distinctiveness  is  clear  in  his  tenacious  advocacy  of  biblical 
study  as  the  best  avenue  to  religious  truth.  While  James,  Whitehead  and 
Dewey  all  knew  the  biblical  traditions,  they  decisively  turned  away  from 
that  sacred  book  to  follow  other  avenues  of  religious  truth.  There  can  be  no 
doubt  that  Harper  sought  to  be  open  to  the  new  sources  of  knowledge  which 
these  contemporaries  celebrated — self,  nature,  history.  But  he  still  found  the 
Scriptures  to  be  uniquely  paradigmatic,  inspirational  and  integrative. 

A  second  distinctive  feature  in  Harper's  religious  construction  was  his 
attempt  to  find  a  new  mediating  institution  for  religious  knowledge.  By 
bringing  together  people  and  the  new  knowledge,  his  messianic  university 
would  fill  the  gap  created  by  sectarian  denominations  and  compartmental- 
ized local  churches.  With  his  three  contemporaries,  Harper  shared  a  dissat- 
isfaction with  current  institutional  expressions  of  religion.  Unlike  them,  he 
strove  to  create  a  new  institution  which  could  carry  on  the  special  task  of 
fostering  religious  growth. 

102  Ibid.,  pp.  66,  85,  69-70,  79,  82-83. 


CHAPTER  6 
ASSESSING  A  VISION 


In  1970,  Morris  Philipson,  Director  of  the  University  of  Chicago  Press, 
published  a  Foreword  for  a  pamphlet  containing  a  reprint  of  Harper's  essay, 
"The  University  and  Democracy."  Seventy-one  years  after  Harper  had  first 
revealed  his  vision  for  the  American  university,  Philipson  searched  for  what 
could  be  salvaged  from  the  "shambles"  of  Harper's  idealistic  oratory.  He 
Wanted  to  assist  a  new  generation  of  readers  to  discern  the  difference 
between  a  ruin  and  a  relic. 

The  rhetoric  has  decayed  and  tumbled  down;  the  style  of 
expression  is  a  ruin.  Not  all  ruins  are  worthy  of  respect.  But  a  relic  is 
a  ruin  that  is  honored,  not  because  it  can  still  "work,"  but  because  it 
is  the  remains  of  something  that  was  intrinsically  good  or  beautiful  or 
true.  As  a  relic  it  can  still  evoke  some  degree  of  the  intended  original 
response,  although  our  intelligence  and  imagination  are  required  to 
flesh  in  what  is  missing.  President  Harper's  speech  is  a  relic  of  tightly 
reasoned  American  inspirationalism  at  the  end  of  the  nineteenth 
century.1 

The  tone  of  Philipson's  Foreword  is  that  of  the  wistful  custodian  of  a  sacred 
shrine.  Perhaps,  if  one  could  draw  people  toward  the  holy  relic,  some  spark 
of  the  old  life  might  be  rekindled  in  a  new  generation. 

There  was  warrant  for  Philipson's  harsh-sounding  "shambles."  Within  a 
few  years  of  Harper's  death,  his  vision  had  broken  apart.  The  University 
Congregation,  Harper's  attempt  to  make  a  community  out  of  the  varied 
academic  disciplines,  faded  into  obsolescence  by  1909.  The  hoped-for 
national  university,  a  would-be  capstone  for  the  complete  system  Harper 
proposed  for  American  education,  did  not  develop  beyond  the  private 
musings  of  a  handful  of  educational  magnates.  Ambitious  plans  for  a 
complete  system  of  affiliated  institutions  were  abandoned. 

Some  of  the  key  components  of  Harper's  plan  survived  much  longer,  but 
not  without  significant  shifts  in  direction  and  purpose.  Although  it  still 

1  Morris  Philipson,  "On  the  Difference  Between  a  Ruin  and  a  Relic,"  in  William  Rainey 
Harper  The  University  and  Democracy  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago,  1970),  pp.  vii-x. 
I  am  grateful  to  Professor  J.  Ronald  Engel  of  Meadville/Lombard  Seminary,  Chicago, 
Illinois,  for  calling  this  Foreword  to  my  attention. 


148  The  Bible  and  the  University 

survives,  the  Religious  Education  Association,  for  example,  Harper's  last  and 
most  far-reaching  attempt  to  consolidate  all  religious  education  in  America 
under  the  umbrella  of  one  coordinating  institution,  proved  unable  to  resist 
the  pressures  of  specialization  and  professionalism.  As  Stephen  Schmidt's 
recent  study  of  the  Association  suggests,  during  the  post-Harper  years  the 
Association  experienced  a  narrowing  of  its  horizon  from  its  initial  general 
public  concerns  to  those  of  the  emerging  profession  of  religious  educators.2 
Harper's  beloved  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature  lasted  until  the 
mid-1940s  when  its  Director,  Sidney  E.  Mead,  mercifully  allowed  the 
comatose  organization  to  die.  The  Sunday  school,  a  key  institution  in 
Harper's  efforts  to  reach  the  American  Christian  community,  could  not  live 
up  to  his  ambitious  proposals  and  slipped  into  a  second-class  role  which 
challenged  few  to  think  critically  about  the  Scriptures.  Biblical  criticism, 
instead  of  serving  as  the  new  integrating  force  in  American  religion,  became 
an  enduring  source  of  conflict  for  Christians  who  wanted  to  trust  the  Sacred 
Scriptures.  The  Bible  movement  in  higher  education  succeeded  in  gaining 
limited  curricular  space  for  scriptural  study  but  lost  its  missionary  and 
integrative  character.  Instead  of  becoming  America's  public  book,  the 
Scriptures  became  increasingly  marginal  to  the  nation's  public  life.  Congre- 
gations, seminaries,  divinity  schools  and  religion  departments  continued  to 
search  them,  but  usually  at  a  distance  from  the  more  public  realms  of 
commercial  and  civic  life.  As  Americans  became  more  aware  of  their 
pluralism  they  became  more  wary  of  public  instruction  about  the  Scriptures 
and  more  willing  to  keep  silent  about  them. 

Does  something  remain  of  the  vision  which  originated  in  small-town 
circumstances  and  developed  to  its  most  mature  statement  in  the  occasional 
writings  of  a  president  en  the  run?  While  an  occasional  Harper  story  told  in 
the  halls  of  his  own  university  may  carry  a  vague  intimation  of  a  once 
compelling  vision,  the  overriding  impression  is  that  his  fundamental  ideas 
and  purposes  have  been  relegated — either  intentionally  or  simply  by  erosion 
of  memory — to  the  ruins  of  American  religious  and  intellectual  history. 

Before  attempting  to  pose  an  alternative  to  the  ruin  or  relic  question,  it 
is  necessary  to  confront  contemporaries  of  Harper  who  found  little  in  his 
career  except  ruin.  Three  of  his  most  outspoken  critics,  Robert  Welch 
Herrick,  Upton  Sinclair  and  Thorstein  Veblen,  each  described  Harper  as 
woefully  deficient  in  one  fundamental  area;  in  their  judgment  he  lacked  a 
vision  that  could  constructively  shape  American  intellectual  and  cultural 
life.  Through  caricature,  satire,  muckraking  and  impassioned  argument,  they 
exposed  what  they  believed  to  be  the  essential  flaws  in  the  person  and  work 
of  William  Rainey  Harper.  Their  criticisms  are  clearly  colored  by  their  own 
alienation  from  American  religious,  intellectual  and  cultural  life.  Each  of 

2  Stephen  A.  Schmidt,  A  History  of  the  Religious  Education  Association,  (Birmingham: 
Religious  Publication  Press,  1982). 


Assessing  A  Vision  149 

these  critics  had  alternative  futures  in  mind  for  American  education  from  the 
one  offered  in  "The  Official  Bulletins"  or  The  Biblical  World.  Notwithstand- 
ing the  prejudices  of  their  aversion  toward  religion  and  animosity  toward 
late  nineteenth-century  American  cultural  elites,  their  responses  provide  a 
more  complete  picture  of  what  was  at  stake  in  the  era  the  three  shared  with 
Harper. 

The  Big  Barnum  of  Eureka  University 

One  of  the  most  fascinating  portraits  of  the  University  of  Chicago's  first 
president  was  offered  by  an  English  professor  hired  by  Harper  in  the 
institution's  early  days.  Robert  Welch  Herrick  came  to  the  university  in  1893 
to  organize  and  administer  the  composition  and  rhetoric  program.  Herrick's 
impressions  of  Harper's  role  in  the  founding  of  the  university  simmered  in 
the  professor's  consciousness  for  more  than  thirty  years  before  he  published 
an  account  of  them.  In  1926  the  novel  Chimes  appeared,  a  roman  a  clef  about 
a  young  dramatist  (Herrick)  who  joined  the  new  Eureka  University  in  the 
west.  There  the  protagonist  suffered  disillusionment  as  he  experienced  the 
failure  of  the  institution  and  its  inhabitants  to  meet  his  high  ideals  for 
university  education.  The  thinly  disguised  characters  reveal  Harper,  Herrick 
and  many  of  the  earliest  members  of  the  university  faculty.3 

Chimes'  opening  sentences  revealed  the  chasm  between  Herrick's 
ideals  and  the  reality  of  Harper's  new  creation.  "The  new  university!  ...  A 
river  of  yellow  prairie  mud  lay  between  the  young  man  and  the  flat  campus 
dotted  with  a  half  dozen  stone  buildings,  some  still  unfinished.''  Dr.  Alonzo 
Harris  (Harper),  Eureka's  president,  struck  Beaman  Clavercin  (Herrick)  as  a 
"new  meteor  in  the  University  world."  Recalling  his  initial  interview  with 
the  president  who  had  lured  him  from  Harvard  to  the  mud  of  Chicago,  the 
young  professor  noted  several  telling  shabby  details: 

President  Harris's  shoes  had  not  been  shined  for  days  and 
showed  traces  of  campus  mud.  They  were  of  soft  leather  with  elastic 
sides,  a  kind  of  shoes  one  should  not  wear  outside  his  bedroom.  Also, 
his  trousers  were  too  short,  with  curling  frayed  bottoms,  and  they 
bagged  at  the  chubby  knees.  His  new  black  frock  coat  was  plentifully 
sprinkled  with  dust  and  dandruff,  and  down  the  black  ministerial 
waistcoat  there  was  a  visible  stain,  possibly  from  coffee  drip.  .  . . 

Later,  Clavercin  attended  a  trustee  dinner  which  afforded  another  memora- 
ble portrait  of  the  president. 

Short,  thick,  with  the  round  face  of  a  gnome  beneath  the  gold 
tasseled  flat  cap,  his  mussed  silk  gown  swelling  comically  about  his 
bulky  body,  the  President  of  Eureka  University  was  in  total  contrast 
with  the  stately  figure  that  in  Clavercin's  experience  embodied 
academic  dignity. 

3  Robert  Herrick,  Chimes  (New  York:  The  Macmillan  Company,  1926). 


150  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Herrick  placed  his  initial  impressions  of  Harper  in  the  mind  of  Clavercin,  his 
fictional  counterpart.  Harris  lacked  social  graces;  the  polish  of  the  academic 
statesman  which  Herrick  had  become  accustomed  to  in  New  England  was 
sadly  absent  at  Eureka.  The  first  presidential  speech  Clavercin  heard  was  so 
impassioned  in  its  delivery  and  so  unusual  in  its  content  that  it  made  him 
uncomfortable.  He  had,  he  felt,  encountered  a  "new  religion."4 

Clavercin  seemed  unable  to  recover  from  the  encounter  with  the 
crudities  of  Eureka  and  its  first  president.  The  institution  was  ugly,  and  the 
demeanor  of  President  Harris  verged  on  the  ludicrous.  Especially  unseemly 
were  Harris'  notorious  early  morning  bicycle  rides.  Zealously  bent  over  the 
handlebars,  he  cut  a  "grotesque"  figure  peddling  alongside  faculty  members 
before  breakfast  to  "get  in  touch"  with  them.  After  sharing  such  a  presiden- 
tial spin  around  the  campus  Clavercin  pronounced  Harris  a  "big  Barnum" 
caught  up  in  the  "comic  process  of  growth."5 

More  than  presidential  rough  edges  troubled  Herrick's  protagonist, 
however.  The  university  was  mimicking  the  "factory  process"  of  the  busi- 
ness world.  "Standardization"  and  the  forces  of  "system"  were  at  odds  with 
his  ideal  for  university  education.  Clavercin  mourned  over  what  he  encoun- 
tered among  his  colleagues  at  the  faculty  club. 

With  the  increasing  degree  of  specialization  they  were  cut  off 
from  each  other  in  little  provinces  of  thought  and  interest;  knowledge 
had  become  an  archipelago  of  small  islands  instead  of  a  single 
continent. 

University  life  became  oppressive  for  this  exile  from  the  Ivy  League.  On  the 
one  hand  examinations  and  other  teaching  duties  seemed  purposeless.  On 
the  other,  students  wasted  themselves  in  activities  like  athletics  and  frater- 
nities. Innovations  such  as  the  business  school,  or  school  of  journalism 
seemed  to  be  "meretricious  devices"  for  raising  funds  for  an  empty  dream. 
Herrick  surveyed  his  colleagues  and  concluded  that 

each  felt  that  in  some  way  he  had  been  trapped  by  an  illusion,  when 
he  had  entered  what  Clavercin  called  "the  pleasant  walls  of  Aca- 
deme," a  dream  of  something  that  did  not  exist  in  America  or  if  it  had 
once  existed  faintly  in  the  older  colleges  of  the  East  had  been  choked 
by  the  rapid  growth  of  national  wealth. 

"Look  at  our  master!"  (a  colleague)  cried,  pointing  to  the  flaming 
smokestacks  of  the  steel  city.6 

Clavercin's  disillusionment  did  not  prevent  him  from  an  occasional 
expression  of  sympathy  for  President  Harris.  Noting  that  a  phalanx  of 
intermediaries  came  to  separate  the  president  from  the  university's  founder, 


4  Ibid.,  pp.  1-4,  16-17. 

5  Ibid.,  pp.  40,  44. 

6  Ibid.,  pp.  64-72,  104-5. 


Assessing  A  Vision  151 

the  disillusioned  professor  observed  that  "somehow  Aladdin  had  lost  his 
magic  touch."  It  was  clear  that  the  president's  burden  grew  as  his  patience 
thinned. 

He  could  not  wait  on  time.  What  it  had  taken  centuries  and  many 
generations  of  men  heretofore  to  accomplish,  slow  accretion  of  a  shell, 
must  grow  beneath  his  touch  in  a  few  short  years.  His  dream  was 
pressing  him,  and  something  already  whispered  to  his  spirit  that  he 
might  not  live  to  see  the  Plan  wholly  inked  in,  with  buildings  roofed 
and  pinnacles  boldly  soaring  into  the  sky.  .  .  . 

The  dramatist  believed  that  Harris  was  aware  of  the  discontent,  grum- 
bling and  doubt  among  his  faculty  colleagues.  Pressure  mounted  for  the 
beleaguered  administrator  to  produce  some  fresh  miracle.7 

There  was  more  than  the  president's  tragic  illness  to  darken  Herrick's 
narrative.  A  "spiritual  canker"  gnawed  at  the  root  of  the  entire  enterprise. 
Ironically,  as  Harris  labored  to  salvage  his  dream  in  the  face  of  personal 
illness  and  the  recalcitrance  of  the  university  founder,  he  grew  in  both 
author's  and  protagonist's  estimation. 

The  last  spurt  of  life  in  him  must  be  spent  in  redeeming  his 
pledges,  fulfilling  all  the  promises  he  had  so  prodigally  made  in  his 
buoyant  days,  assuring  so  far  as  he  could  the  lives  of  those  whom  he 
had  persuaded  or  permitted  to  attach  themselves  to  his  dream. 

Occasionally  Clavercin  caught  a  glimpse  of  a  valiant  president.  In  those 
moments  Harris  seemed  "another  kind  of  being,"  transformed  by  his 
suffering  for  others.  There  was  a  "dignity,  a  grandeur  about  him  that 
Clavercin  had  never  suspected  all  these  years."  The  final  image  Herrick 
offered  of  Harper  was  emblematic.  The  president  died  in  his  swivel  chair 
behind  his  desk,  at  work.8 

In  his  novel  Herrick  developed  the  character  of  Clavercin  many  years 
beyond  those  of  Harris's  presidency.  Following  the  outbreak  of  World  War 
I,  Clavercin  returned  from  Europe  with  a  new  understanding  of  the  univer- 
sity and  his  place  within  it.  For  the  first  time  he  grasped  "the  meaning  of  the 
university." 

It  was,  it  should  be,  the  home  of  the  human  spirit,  removed  from 
the  merely  passing,  the  fluid,  the  accidental,  the  one  withdrawn  place 
of  modern  life  where  all  the  manifestations  of  humanity  could  be 
gathered  in  essence — and  handed  on!  The  enduring,  the  significant 
thing  was — the  Idea,  the  university  itself!  Men  made  universities  as 
once  they  made  great  temples,  blindly,  not  conceiving  the  ultimate 
ends  to  which  they  would  be  devoted,  out  of  some  inner  necessity  of 
their  spirits,  as  Harris,  that  great-hearted  combination  of  prairie  boy 

7  Ibid.,  pp.  12&-31. 

8  Ibid.,  pp.  137,  152-56. 


152  The  Bible  and  the  University 

and  prophet,  had  built  Eureka.  Temples!  Caravansaries  of  the  human 
spirit — that  was  what  universities  were.9 

Room  must  be  made  for  the  license  of  a  novelist  to  develop  his 
characters.  Yet  the  similarities  between  the  worlds  of  Herrick's  novel  and 
Harper's  reality  are  striking.  After  learning  of  his  terminal  condition,  Harper 
did  engage  in  a  frantic  effort,  largely  successful,  to  place  the  university  and 
his  many  other  enterprises  on  solid  financial  footing.  The  morning  bicycle 
rides,  the  lines  in  the  office  to  see  him,  the  red  morocco  leather  notebooks, 
are  authentic  details  which  the  novelist  felt  no  need  to  mask  or  omit.  But 
these  interesting  details  cannot  hide  the  character  development  of  the 
protagonist,  Clavercin,  who  was,  after  all,  Herrick.  The  young,  disillusioned 
Harvard  graduate,  so  disenchanted  with  the  vulgarities  and  the  new  religion 
he  encountered  in  Chicago,  became  an  advocate  of  part  of  the  vision  which 
Harper  proclaimed  in  his  speech  on  the  university  and  democracy.  In 
retrospect,  Herrick  affirmed  that  the  university  was  a  temple,  and  Harper 
was,  above  all,  its  prophet. 


"Education  F.O.B.  Chicago" 

The  transition  from  Herrick  the  storyteller,  to  Upton  Sinclair,  the 
alienated  systems  analyst,  is  almost  a  quantum  leap.  Herrick  knew  the 
Chicago  story  from  the  inside;  Sinclair  never  served  on  the  faculty  of  the 
university.  Herrick  occasionally  commented  upon  the  American  educational 
situation  in  general,  but  for  the  most  part  confined  his  attention  to  the 
particular  plot  of  his  novel.  Sinclair,  on  the  other  hand,  indicted  the  whole 
American  educational  configuration.  His  book  The  Goose-Step  is  a  savage 
tour  deforce  which  found  nothing  to  praise  in  higher  education  in  America. 
He  aired  all  of  higher  education's  dirty  linen  in  the  hope  that  reform  would 
follow.10 

According  to  Sinclair,  the  fundamental  problem  with  American  univer- 
sity education  was  an  "interlocking  directorate"  chaired  by  J.  P.  Morgan,  Sr. 
Sinclair  believed  that  together  with  the  Rockefellers,  the  Pillsburys,  the 
Stanfords,  and  the  Mellons,  plutocrats  like  Morgan  either  directly  or  indi- 
rectly controlled  all  of  the  educational  institutions  of  the  land.  In  this 
vituperative  polemic  the  National  Education  Association,  which  at  that  time 
was  dominated  by  Nicholas  Murray  Buder,  the  university  president  who 
fared  worst  at  Sinclair's  hands,  became  the  "Tammany  Hall  of  Education." 
By  means  of  his  shrill  expose,  Sinclair  intended  to  oppose  what  he  perceived 
to  be  a  well-oiled  machine  which  held  the  educational  life  of  the  nation  in  a 

9  Ibid.,  p.  168. 

10  Upton  Sinclair,  The  Goose-Step:  A  Study  of  American  Education,  rev.  ed.  (Pasadena: 
Upton  Sinclair,  1923). 


Assessing  A  Vision  153 

strangle-hold.  The  sad  result  of  such  a  system  was  that  it  produced  over- 
whelming dullness.11 

As  Sinclair  took  his  readers  on  a  verbal  tour  of  the  nation's  campuses  he 
told  the  "truth"  about  Wilson  of  Princeton,  morality  at  Yale,  and  the  study  of 
the  "classics"  in  California  ("the  annual  Stanford-California  foot-ball  game, 
and  the  intercollegiate  track  meet,  and  the  Pacific  Coast  Tennis  doubles"). 
Never  relenting,  he  exposed  an  "academic  pogrom"  being  waged  against 
Jews.  Next,  he  turned  to  alumni,  traditionally  one  of  the  most  privileged 
university  constituencies,  who  became  "a  semi-simian  mob"  in  his  version 
of  the  story.  But,  his  basic  concern  remained  with  an  entire  educational 
structure  dominated  by  a  "psychology  of  submission"  orchestrated  by  the 
tycoons  of  Wall  Street.12 

In  the  fiftieth  chapter  of  his  book,  Sinclair  focused  attention  on  the 
University  of  Chicago.  The  muckraker  began  with  a  description  of  Harper: 

an  educator — one  of  these  typical  American  combinations  of  financial 
shrewdness  and  moral  fervor,  a  veritable  wizard  of  a  money-getter,  a 
"vamp"  in  trousers,  a  grand,  impressive,  inspirational  Chautauqua 
potentate. 

John  D.  Rockefeller  did  not  fare  any  better  at  Sinclair's  hands.  The  oil 
magnate  had  a  "pathetic  trust  in  education,  as  something  you  could  buy 
ready-made  for  cash."  It  never  occurred  to  Rockefeller,  Sinclair  claimed,  that 
he  "might  not  be  able  to  order  the  whole  of  the  human  spirit,  F.O.B. 
Chicago,  thirty  days  net."13 

Sinclair  was  especially  outraged  at  the  emergence  of  University-Gothic 
in  American  architecture.  He  envisioned  a  conversation  between  the  "he- 
vamp,"  Harper,  and  his  architect.  The  architect  opened  by  suggesting  an 
economical  floor  plan.  Harper  demurred  because  the  donor  wanted  "cul- 
ture." To  that  the  architect  countered  with  a  suggestion  of  pyramids.  Harper 
declined. 

He  would  think  that  was  heathen.  He's  a  religious  old  bird — a 
Baptist,  like  me;  that's  how  I  got  him,  in  fact — met  him  at  an  ice  cream 
festival. 

"Oh,  well,  then,  it's  plain,"  says  the  architectural  wizard.  "What 
we  want  is  real  old  Gothic — stained-glass  windows,  mullioned,  and 
crenellated  battlements,  and  moated  draw  bridges — " 

"That  sounds  great!"  says  the  educational  wizard.  "What  does  it 
look  like?" 

To  Sinclair  there  was  no  better  way  to  expose  "the  elaborate  system  of 
buncombe  which  is  called  'higher  education'"  than  to  look  at  prevailing 
notions  of  university  architecture.  He  was  aghast  that 

11  Ibid.,  pp  19,  29-37,  59-61. 

12  Ibid.,  pp.  Ill,  122,  141,  361-63,  457. 

13  Ibid.,  pp  240-41. 


154  The  Bible  and  the  University 

here  in  twentieth  century  America,  where  we  know  of  bows  and 
arrows  only  in  poetry,  and  have  the  materials  and  the  skill  to  build 
structures  of  steel  and  glass,  big  and  airy  and  bright  as  day — we 
deliberately  go  and  reproduce  the  architectural  monstrosities,  the 
intellectual  and  spiritual  deformities  of  a  thousand  years  ago,  and 
compel  modern  chemists  and  biologists  and  engineers  to  do  their 
research  work  by  artificial  light,  for  fear  of  arrows  which  ceased  to  fly 
when  the  last  Indian  was  penned  up  in  a  reservation.14 

Sinclair's  tour  of  the  nation's  universities  produced  no  exception  to  the 
general  pattern  he  perceived  of  their  subservience  to  the  plutocracy.  The 
University  of  Chicago,  in  fact,  fared  better  than  most  he  surveyed.  He 
admitted  that 

during  the  early  days  of  the  university  President  Harper  stood  for 
liberalism  in  religion,  and  thereby  lost  much  Baptist  money;  .  .  . 

The  system  would  not  be  free,  however,  until  professors  united  as  laborers 
against  the  financial  tyrants.  Sinclair's  socialism,  never  far  from  the  surface  in 
this  work,  came  into  full  view  as  he  prescribed  his  solution  for  America's 
academic  woes: 

freedom  for  the  college  professor  awaits  the  overthrow  of  the  pluto- 
cratic empire.  And  since  the  only  force  in  our  society  which  can 
achieve  that  overthrow  is  labor,  it  follows  that  the  college  professor's 
hopes  are  bound  up  with  the  movement  of  the  workers  for  freedom.15 

The  penultimate  goal  of  Sinclair's  book  was  "to  bring  about  a  strike  of 
college  professors."  For  him  Harper  was  a  lackey  of  the  party  of  the  past. 
Only  when  Harper  and  his  kind  were  out  of  power  would  education  be  free. 

The  Captain  of  Erudition 

In  a  biographical  sketch  of  Thorstein  Veblen,  Joseph  Dorfman  called  his 
subject  a  "man  from  Mars."  In  some  ways  Veblen  never  seemed  to  fit  into 
the  world  he  inhabited.  Consistently  out  of  step  with  the  styles  and 
expectations  of  his  age,  Veblen  never  found  a  secure  niche  in  academia.  But, 
of  the  three  critics  examined  here,  Veblen  is  the  most  important.  More 
systematic  than  Herrick  and  less  impassioned  than  Sinclair,  Veblen  penned 
a  reasoned,  if  personal,  memorandum  tided  The  Higher  Learning  in  Amer- 
ica: A  Memorandum  on  the  Conduct  of  Universities  by  Business  Men.16 

For  Veblen  the  problem  with  university  education  in  America  was  not 
that  it  failed  to  live  up  to  the  image  of  Harvard  or  that  it  failed  to  join  the 
battle  against  the  plutocracy.  Instead  the  problem  was  the  unique  American 

14  Ibid.,  pp.  241-42. 

15  Ibid.,  pp.  246,  457ff.,  472f. 

16  Thorstein  Veblen,  The  Higher  Learning  in  America:  A  Memorandum  on  the  Conduct 
of  Universities  by  Business  Men,  intro.  by  Louis  M.  Hacker  (New  York:  Sagamore  Press, 
1957),  p.  v. 


Assessing  A  Vision  155 

invention  called  the  university  president.  Not  content  to  tell  a  story  of 
dashed  and  rekindled  illusions  or  to  reveal  all  the  sordid  parts  of  early 
university  history  in  America,  Veblen  attempted  to  probe  for  root  causes  of 
American  higher  educational  trouble.  At  bottom,  the  problem  was  a  group  of 
university  leaders  typified  by  William  Rainey  Harper. 

Veblen  knew  Harper  from  firsthand  experience.  A  Yale  Ph.D.,  Veblen 
had  been  unable  to  secure  an  academic  position  in  the  last  years  of  the  1880s 
until  Harper  hired  him  as  a  junior  member  of  his  initial  teaching  faculty. 
Veblen's  ineffectiveness  in  the  classroom  and  less-than-orthodox  life-style 
resulted  in  a  request  for  his  resignation  within  a  very  short  space  of  time.  His 
resentment  found  its  oudet  in  a  criticism  of  university  presidents  that  almost 
always  held  up  Harper  as  a  target.  Veblen  admitted  that  his  argument  drew 
"largely  on  first-hand  observation  of  the  conduct  of  affairs  at  Chicago,  under 
the  administration  of  its  first  president."  Although  he  originally  intended  to 
release  his  bombshell  at  the  time  that  the  "Great  Pioneer"  (Harper)  died, 
Veblen  kept  his  manuscript  from  publication  for  several  years  for  reasons  of 
decorum.  That  interval  of  more  than  a  decade  between  first  draft  and 
publication  convinced  Veblen  that  faults  which  he  had  first  believed  idio- 
syncratic to  Harper  were  actually  generic  to  the  office  of  university  presi- 
dent. Belatedly,  in  1918  his  book  appeared.17 

Veblen  began  his  analysis  of  American  higher  learning  by  positing  "two 
certain  impulsive  traits  of  human  nature:  an  Idle  Curiosity,  and  the  Instinct 
of  Workmanship."  The  problem  in  his  era  was  the  intrusion  of  a  habit  of 
workaday  thought  which  had  "imposed"  itself  upon  the  quest  for  knowl- 
edge. As  he  surveyed  the  problems  of  higher  education,  Veblen  continually 
returned  to  this  epistemological  problem.  "Matter-of-fact"  knowledge,  ex- 
tremely useful  to  the  newly  emergent  business  culture  of  America,  was 
imposing  ends  and  means  upon  learning  which  were  throttling  its  soul.  What 
was  emerging  in  America  was  a  "barbarian  University  tradition."  There 
seemed  to  be  no  place  left  for  idle  curiosity — for  the  pursuit  of  knowledge  for 
its  own  sake.  Instead  a  "habitual"  practical  bias  was  ruining  education  in 
America.  Worse,  the  "cult  of  Knowledge"  which  had  been  created  around 
this  kind  of  matter-of-fact  learning  had  usurped  the  privileged  position 
which  religion  had  occupied  in  earlier  ages.  No  great  fan  of  any  religion, 
Veblen  was  an  enemy  of  the  new  "cult"  which  was  tyrannizing  the  mind  of 
America.18 

The  source  of  the  problem  in  American  higher  education  was,  he 
thought,  the  "current  system  of  private  ownership."  An  economic  system 
which  permitted  unprecedented  concentrations  of  capital  in  relatively  few 
hands  fostered  a  set  of  values  that  was  at  odds  with  learning. 

17  Ibid.,  pp.  vi,  x— xi. 

18  Ibid.,  pp.  3,  5,  26,  30,  43. 


156  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Business  principles  are  the  sacred  articles  of  the  secular  creed, 
and  business  methods  make  up  the  ritual  of  the  secular  cult. 

These  culture-wide  values  permeated  academia,  turning  the  university  into 
a  "business  house"  run  according  to  accounting  techniques.  The  department 
store — the  exemplar  of  the  new  business  culture's  ethos  of  marketing, 
packaging,  and  competition — became  the  basis  for  a  sarcastic  analogy.  In  the 
modern  university,  a  glossy  commodity,  erudition,  was  "standardized"  to  fit 
a  market.  The  university  had  become  a  corporation  rather  than  a  seminary  of 
learning.19 

In  essence,  Veblen  believed  that  the  university  had  escaped  from  one 
tyranny,  "clerical  control,"  only  to  fall  under  the  domination  of  another, 
"business  administration."  The  results  of  this  second  captivity,  he  felt, 
became  all  too  apparent  in  the  accomplishments  of  people  like  Harper. 
Under  their  leadership  universities  became  preoccupied  with  appearances 
as  they  engaged  in  "tawdry"  exhibitions  of  "quasi-scholarly  feats."  Veblen, 
like  Sinclair,  lampooned  the  business-minded  educators'  costly  "architec- 
ture of  notoriety"  as  one  more  marketing  device  that  kept  donors  and 
students  coming.  He  questioned  the  "fitness  of  housing  the  quest  of  truth  in 
an  edifice  of  false  pretenses."  The  academic  ceremony  which  played  an 
important  part  in  the  university  life  of  Harper's  era  resulted  in  what  Veblen 
derided  as  an  "efflorescence  of  ritual  and  pageantry"  strikingly  similar  to  the 
grand  openings  of  department  stores.  "Public  song  and  dance,"  routines  of 
"polite  dissipation,  ceremonial  display,  exhibitions  of  quasi-scholarly  profi- 
ciency and  propagandist  intrigue"  received  more  attention  from  the  univer- 
sity executives  than  did  serious  matters  of  learning.20 

Veblen  believed,  however,  that  these  publicity  devices,  the  products  of 
the  dominant  competitive  ethos  of  his  day,  were  only  surface  symptoms  of 
deeper  troubles  in  higher  learning.  As  he  singled  out  additional  items  for 
criticism,  Veblen  managed  to  challenge  most  of  Harper's  innovations.  Thus, 
he  viewed  the  connection  of  undergraduate  and  professional  education  to 
the  university  (one  of  Harper's  important  legacies)  as  a  lethal  threat.  Creation 
of  the  "senior  college"  allowed  the  collegiate  type  of  learning  to  spill  over 
into  and  further  pollute  the  purity  of  university  education. 

Other  distinctive  features  of  Harper's  vision  for  the  modern  university 
received  similar  assessments.  Academic  departments  became  in  Veblen's 
eyes  "bureaux  of  erudition"  which  competed  for  funds,  equipment,  and 
clienteles.  "Scholastic  accessories"  like  athletics  and  fraternities  taught 
values  of  "genteel  dissipation"  and  "conspicuous  consumption."  Systems  of 
grading  and  credits  resulted  in  "sterilization  of  the  academic  intellect."  The 
practice  of  affiliating  a  variety  of  institutions  only  furthered  the  misguided 
process  of  grafting  extraneous  enterprises  onto  the  basic  university  purpose 

19  Ibid.,  pp.  57,  60,  62-65. 

20  Ibid.,  pp.  74,  78,  106,  115,  124-25. 


Assessing  A  Vision  157 

of  non-practical  education.  University  extension  was  in  reality  a  means  to 
"dispense  erudition  by  mail-order."  The  relation  of  a  Divinity  School  or  a 
School  of  Commerce  to  a  university  were  clear  evidence  of  a  president 
possessed  of  a  "histrionic  sensibility."  To  Veblen  the  Divinity  School  was 
simply  a  remnant  of  the  declining  old  order  of  learning,  while  the  School  of 
Commerce  represented  the  "suppression  of  learning  by  worldly  wisdom." 
To  this  relentless  critic  the  new  configuration  of  higher  education  which 
Harper  had  worked  to  consolidate,  was  merely  an  "enterprise  in  assorted 
education."21 

At  the  center  of  this  destructive  attempt  to  squeeze  extra-economic 
learning  into  the  bureaucratic  organization  of  American  business,  Veblen 
placed  the  "captain  of  erudition."  His  criticisms  became  quite  personal: 

One  is  constrained  to  believe  that  the  academic  executive  who 
has  been  so  thrown  up  as  putative  director  of  the  pursuit  of  learning 
must  go  in  for  this  annexation  of  vocational  schools,  for  amateurish 
"summer  sessions,"  for  the  appointment  of  schoolmasters  instead  of 
scholars  on  the  academic  staff,  for  the  safe-keeping  and  propagation  of 
genteel  conventionalities  at  the  cost  of  scholarship,  for  devout  and 
polite  ceremonial, — one  is  constrained  to  believe  that  such  a  univer- 
sity executive  goes  in  for  this  policy  of  tawdry  routine  because  he 
lacks  ordinary  intelligence  or  because  he  lacks  ordinary  courage. 

When  he  looked  at  the  academic  executive,  i.e.  Harper,  Veblen  saw  only 
"threadbare  motives  of  unreflecting  imitation  and  boyish  make-believe."22 
In  a  footnote  Veblen  did  grant  that  Harper  had  an  "inconspicuously 
brief"  interval  when  his  academic  policy  was  subject  to  scholarly  ideals.23 
The  subsequent  footnote,  however,  described  the  process  of  "scarcely 
interrupted  decay"  which  followed  that  interval.24  Finally  two  words 
summed  up  Harper  in  the  eye  of  his  critic — "ravenous  megalomania."  The 
"duties  of  the  office,"  as  it  was  shaped  in  America,  precipitated  the  tragic 
outcome.  Veblen  went  so  far  as  to  give  a  physical  description  of  what  hap- 
pened to  presidential  incumbents.  Like  professional  politicians,  they  were 

visibly  affected  with  those  characteristic  pathological  marks  that  come 
of  what  is  conventionally  called  "high  living" — late  hours,  unseason- 
able vigils,  surfeit  of  victuals  and  drink,  the  fatigue  of  sedentary 
ennui.  A  flabby  habit  of  body,  hypertrophy  of  the  abdomen,  varicose 
veins,  particularly  of  the  facial  tissues,  a  blear  eye  and  a  coloration 
suggestive  of  bile  and  apoplexy, — when  this  unwholesome  bulk  is 
duly  wrapped  in  a  conventionally  decorous  costume  it  is  accepted 
rather  as  a  mark  of  weight  and  responsibility  and  so  serves  to 
distinguish  the  pillars  of  urbane  society.25 

21  Ibid.,  pp.  80,  82,  87-88,  94,  140-41,  150. 

22  Ibid.,  p.  177. 

23  Ibid.,  p.  194  n.  11. 

24  Ibid.,  p.  195  n.  12. 

25  Ibid.,  pp.  195,  197,  178  n.  4. 


158  The  Bible  and  the  University 

In  Veblen's  eyes  the  university  president  was  an  abomination.  Claiming 
that  he  had  made  "all  due  endeavor  to  avoid  the  appearance  of  a  study  in 
total  depravity,"  Veblen  tried  to  solve  the  problems  he  had  diagnosed. 
Solutions  like  removing  higher  learning  from  the  university  or  creating 
isolated  intellectual  retreats  were  rejected.  Only  one  remedy  would  save 
learning:  "abolition  of  the  academic  executive  and  of  the  governing  board" 
of  businessmen.  Veblen  called  for  disassembly  of  the  academic  configura- 
tion which  had  been  created  by  Harper  and  his  presidential  colleagues.  He 
longed  for  "small  scale  units" — in  essence  a  return  to  part  of  the  American 
college  idea.  A  nostalgia  for  better  days  and  a  naive  trust  that  learning  would 
do  best  if  left  to  follow  its  own  course  combined  to  shape  his  response.26 

While  Herrick,  Sinclair  and  Veblen  each  brought  distinct  perspectives 
to  their  criticism  of  Harper  and  his  university,  it  is  possible  to  find  a  common 
view  among  them.  If  only  begrudgingly,  they  agreed  that  a  scholarly  ideal 
had  been  present  in  the  early  days  of  Harper's  presidency.  But  the  ensuing 
tragedy  was  that  the  pressures  of  building  a  going  concern  overcame  his 
ideal  or  vision  leaving  a  legacy  of  sham,  in  which  only  a  heroic  few  pursued 
learning  for  its  own  sake.  The  common  enemies  were  business,  urbanization 
and  a  crass  set  of  values  which  passed  for  culture  to  those  who  did  not  know 
any  better.  All  three  wished  for  the  university  to  be  a  place  where  free  and 
unfettered  learning  could  occur.  All  mourned  the  fact  that  the  university  was 
a  place  where  no  such  feat  seemed  likely. 


The  Veblenesque  Legacy 

Harper's  critics  seem  to  have  had  the  last  word.  If  any  vestige  of 
Harper's  vision  remains  it  is  usually  closer  to  that  depicted  by  Veblen  than 
that  which  Harper's  own  writings  reveal.  The  astonishing  fact  about  the  fate 
of  Harper's  vision  is  the  silence  which  follows  the  bitter  outburst  of  criticism 
in  the  second  and  third  decades  of  the  twentieth  century.  No  one  rose  to 
defend  the  vision  that  Harper  had  carried  into  his  work  at  Chicago.  No  loyal 
school  of  disciples  strove  to  perpetuate  the  ideas  of  their  master.  Harper's 
efforts  seemed  potent  enough  to  create  a  flash  of  reaction,  but  then  they 
receded  into  the  background,  only  to  be  partially  resurrected  in  occasional 
dissertations  or  histories  of  education. 

The  question  that  looms  is,  why  the  silence?  Were  the  criticisms 
levelled  by  Herrick,  Sinclair  and  Veblen  so  devastating  that  no  rejoinder  was 
possible?  Or  are  there  other  factors  which  account  for  the  fact  that  if  any 
image  of  Harper  survives,  it  is  of  the  energetic  entrepreneur  who  seemed  to 
share  too  many  traits  with  Veblen's  caricature  of  the  captain  of  erudition? 

When  one  looks  at  the  alternatives  which  Herrick,  Sinclair  and  Veblen 
proposed  it  becomes  clear  that  their  visions  did  not  succeed  in  higher 

26  Ibid.,  pp.  192,  199-202,  207. 


Assessing  A  Vision  159 

education  either.  The  Harvard  ideal,  the  uprising  of  scholars  who  would 
overthrow  the  plutocracy's  interlocking  directorate,  the  decentralized  free 
zones  of  idle  curiosity,  remain  unfulfilled  wishes.  Some  of  the  overwhelming 
character  of  their  collective  criticism  dims  when  their  personal  motives  and 
biases  are  considered.  Herrick,  the  disenchanted  ivy  leaguer;  Sinclair,  the 
scourge  of  American  capitalism;  Veblen,  the  scholar  who  found  no  hospital- 
ity in  the  American  educational  world — all  had  an  animus  against  Harper 
impelled  by  far  more  than  a  mere  encounter  with  the  deficiencies  in  his 
vision.  Indeed,  it  may  be  claimed  that  they  never  grasped  his  vision  and 
instead  reacted  only  to  its  institutional  shell  rather  than  to  its  religious 
substance.  One  searches  in  vain,  for  example,  for  the  slightest  reference  in 
their  works  to  the  biblical  gestalt  which  shaped  Harper's  perspective. 
Instead,  their  criticisms  were  of  Harper's  personal  style,  or  of  selected 
educational  innovations.  Herrick,  Sinclair  and  Veblen  groped  for  some 
evidence  of  intellectual  substance  in  the  midst  of  all  the  academic  invention 
in  the  era  of  university-building.  The  irony  is  that  they  reacted  primarily  to 
Harper's  administrative  achievements,  while  ignoring  his  ideas.  That  legacy 
of  ignorance,  which  can  be  traced  to  the  earliest  of  the  three  published 
versions  of  Harper's  failure,  Veblen's,  still  obscures  the  modern  view  of 
Harper. 

To  account  for  this  paradoxical  depiction  of  an  intellectually  barren 
president  who  in  fact  understood  himself  to  be  driven  by  the  "highest" 
ideals  requires  both  historical  and  biographical  explanations.  Through  an 
examination  of  the  context  in  which  Harper  disappeared  from  prominence, 
the  Veblenesque  legacy  can  become  more  understandable.  At  the  same  time 
there  were  biographical  factors  which  contributed  to  the  disappearance  of 
Harper's  vision  and  those  too  need  to  be  examined. 

From  Voluntaryism  to  Professionalism 

Sidney  E.  Mead  and  James  Luther  Adams  have  each  argued  that  a 
characteristic  feature  of  American  religious  life  has  been  voluntaryism.27 
Adams  defined  the  voluntary  principle  as  "the  freedom  to  form,  or  to  belong 
to,  voluntary  associations."28  From  their  colonial  beginnings  Americans 
sought  social  meaning  through  groups  formed  and  abandoned.  American 
denominationalism,  as  well  as  much  of  the  nation's  benevolence  and  social 
reform,  can  be  embraced  within  this  understanding  of  voluntaryism. 

The  voluntary  principle  met  a  serious  challenge  during  the  age  of 
Harper's  ascent  to  prominence.  The  return  to  America  of  a  generation  of 

27  Sidney  E.  Mead,  The  Lively  Experiment:  The  Shaping  of  Christianity  in  America  (New 
York:  Harper  &  Row,  Publishers,  1963),  pp.  96,  113-15;  James  Luther  Adams,  "The 
Voluntary  Principle  in  the  Forming  of  American  Religion,"  The  Religion  of  the  Republic, 
Elwyn  A.  Smith,  ed.  (Philadelphia:  Fortress  Press,  1971),  pp.  217ff. 

28  Adams,  "The  Voluntary  Principle,"  p.  218. 


160  The  Bible  and  the  University 

German-trained  scholars  who  assumed  new  places  within  divisions  of 
learning  signalled  the  rise  of  a  new  social  dynamic,  professionalism,  which 
altered  the  American  social  and  educational  terrain.  Thomas  L.  Haskell,  for 
example,  traced  this  transition  from  voluntaryism  to  professionalism  in 
American  social  science  during  the  nineteenth  century.  He  found  that  in  its 
early  days  anyone  with  a  concern  for  improving  the  quality  of  American  life 
could  join  the  American  Social  Science  Association,  a  voluntary  organization 
formed  in  1865  by  Franklin  Benjamin  Sanborn.  By  the  time  of  the  organi- 
zation's demise  in  1909,  university-based  professions  had  erected  a  new 
structure  of  social  science  which  made  Sanborn's  creation  obsolete.  Aca- 
demic disciplines  like  sociology,  economics  and  history  had  developed  their 
own  new  organizations,  which  were  formed  voluntarily,  but  with  profes- 
sional restrictions  and  control  over  membership.29  Another  scholar  of  pro- 
fessionalism, Paul  H.  Mattingly,  discovered  a  similar  transition  in  the  history 
of  public-school  teaching.  At  one  time  earnest  reformers  like  Henry  Barnard 
and  Horace  Mann  formed  schools  and  educational  organizations  almost  at 
will.  By  the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century  the  voluntary  network  of  teachers 
once  controlled  by  benevolent  gentlemen  like  Barnard  and  Mann  had  been 
supplanted  by  a  profession  with  its  own  standards  and  systems  of  employ- 
ment.30 

The  consequences  of  this  transition  from  voluntaryism  to  professional- 
ism— which  could  be  seen  in  many  other  zones  in  American  life  beyond 
social  science  and  public  school  teaching — have  been  labeled  "the  culture  of 
professionalism"  by  Burton  Bledstein.  In  a  spirit  reminiscent  of  Veblen, 
Bledstein  charged  that  there  was  a  hollowness  in  the  dominant  culture  of 
America,  which  was  mediated  by  the  university.  By  focusing  on  the  dynamic 
of  professionalism  Bledstein  moved  beyond  Veblen  and  indicted  a  larger 
cultural  reality  of  which  businessmen  were  only  a  part.31 

When  Harper  rose  to  prominence  during  the  late  nineteenth  century,  he 
paradoxically  served  both  as  exemplar  of  voluntaryism  and  carrier  of  the  new 
style  of  professionalism.  Like  so  many  other  American  entrepreneurs  of  his 
era  Harper  created  organizations  whenever  the  opportunity  arose.  His 
Hebrew  Institute,  Religious  Education  Association,  and  Chautauqua  efforts 
were  all  examples  of  how  an  individual  created  or  altered  institutions  as 
needs  dictated.  The  University  of  Chicago,  like  all  other  private  American 
universities,  began  as  a  voluntary  organization — people  were  invited  to 
support  it,  to  join  its  faculty,  to  come  and  study. 

Harper  never  broke  with  the  voluntary  principle.  There  was  room  for 

29  Thomas  L.  Haskell,  The  Emergence  of  Professional  Social  Science:  The  American 
Social  Science  Association  and  the  Nineteenth-Century  Crisis  of  Authority  (Urbana: 
University  of  Illinois  Press,  1977),  pp.  24,  97ff. 

30  Paul  H.  Mattingly,  The  Classless  Profession:  American  Schoolmen  in  the  Nineteenth 
Century  (New  York:  New  York  University  Press,  1975). 

31  Bledstein,  The  Culture  of  Professionalism. 


Assessing  A  Vision  161 

everybody  in  his  configuration  of  education.  His  journals  regularly  asked 
people  to  join  this  group  or  take  that  action.  At  the  same  time,  however, 
Harper  was  one  of  the  new  breed,  a  professional.  A  Ph.D.  and  obvious 
linguistic  competence  allowed  him  to  create  a  special  preserve  of  learning 
and  to  preside  over  it.  Harper  seemed  to  value  both  dynamics.  He  encour- 
aged "specialism"  in  his  university  departments,  but  felt  no  contradiction 
when  he  sought  to  make  a  congregation  out  of  his  institution's  many 
subgroups.  Harper  appealed  to  his  audiences  in  the  voluntary  spirit  and 
frequently  sought  to  change  the  wills  of  his  listeners — to  convert  them  to  his 
image  of  education,  or  Bible,  or  America. 

The  university  world  which  grew  in  part  because  of  the  effectiveness  of 
the  voluntary  principle  succumbed  to  the  attractions  of  professionalism. 
Laurence  Veysey  signalled  the  importance  of  this  change  when  he  con- 
cluded the  first  phase  of  his  history  of  the  American  University  at  the  turn  of 
the  twentieth  century.  Veysey  claimed  that  after  the  era  of  people  like 
Harper,  "the  university  tended  to  lose  itself  among  individual  disciplines."32 
Scholars  came  to  universities  like  the  one  that  Harper  built  for  a  variety  of 
reasons,  many  of  them  professional.  At  his  institution  Harper  catered  to 
professional  dreams  by  promising  opportunities  for  research,  advancement, 
facilities,  and  journals.  In  essence  Harper's  voluntary  style  of  presidency, 
which  recruited  people  to  participate  in  the  creation  of  what  promised  to  be 
the  ultimate  organization  for  remedying  America's  ills,  made  possible  the 
individual  professional  pursuits  which  scholars  like  Bledstein  and  Veysey 
have  posited  as  the  norm  in  American  higher  education.  Voluntaryism  did 
not  disappear  because  of  professionalism.  It  was  domesticated  and  often 
forced  out  of  the  university  by  professionals  who  brought  new  standards  and 
styles  to  their  tasks. 

The  Quest  for  the  Great  Community 

A  second  characteristic  transition  of  Harper's  age  was  the  shift  from 
village  to  metropolitan  ways  of  life.  Jean  Quandt  in  From  the  Small  Town  to 
the  Great  Community  has  argued  that  progressives  of  Harper's  era  carried 
smalltown  images  with  them  as  they  attempted  to  construct  solutions  to  the 
problems  posed  by  unsettling  urban  environments.  Quandt  noticed  that 
important  social  thinkers  like  John  Dewey,  Jane  Addams,  William  Allen 
White,  and  Josiah  Royce  (and  I  would  add  Harper  and  Veblen)  shared 
remarkably  similar  life  trajectories. 

Born  between  1855  and  1868,  raised  in  small  towns  from  Ver- 
mont to  California,  they  came  of  age  in  an  increasingly  urban  and 
industrial  society.  Their  response  to  the  social  landscape  was  shaped 
by  the  religious  and  intellectual  traditions,  old  and  new,  which  they 
appropriated;  but  it  was  also  formed  by  the  values  of  the  face-to-face 

32  Veysey,  The  Emergence  of  the  American  University,  p.  12. 


162  The  Bible  and  the  University 

communities  from  which  they  came.  Their  formulation  of  the  prob- 
lems of  community  in  the  years  after  1890  clearly  reflected  their  social 
origins. 

Quandt's  hypothesis  provides  a  useful  perspective  for  viewing  Harper's 
efforts  and  also  helps  account  for  the  distance  between  his  concerns  and 
those  of  later  generations.  In  many  ways  Harper  attempted  to  make  the 
University  of  Chicago  into  a  larger  version  of  New  Concord.  Acting  like  a 
parish  pastor  on  some  occasions  and  a  political  boss  on  others,  Harper  seized 
one  device  after  another  in  efforts  to  forge  a  community  in  the  midst  of  the 
pluralism  of  his  new  creation.  Students  were  invited  to  his  office  at  gradua- 
tion time  for  face  to  face  conversations  about  their  futures.  President  Harper 
appeared  in  residences  to  minister  to  the  concerns  and  anxieties  of  dislo- 
cated students.  His  administrative  style  often  mimicked  general-store  days 
in  New  Concord.  Not  content  to  be  a  specialized  administrator,  Harper 
involved  himself  in  a  variety  of  minuscule  matters  like  settling  disputes  over 
library  fines  and  selecting  choir  music  for  public  programs.34 

One  of  Harper's  most  prominent  failures  reveals  the  depth  of  his 
community  aspirations.  The  University  of  Chicago  was  designed  to  include 
its  own  Congregation,  which  would  meet  quarterly  to  allow  all  of  the  varied 
divisions  to  experience  their  oneness  and  "make  recommendations  to  the 
governing  bodies  of  the  University."  Pastors  of  local  churches,  administra- 
tors of  affiliated  institutions,  faculty,  all  the  university's  Ph.D.s,  and  other 
representative  alumni  were  all  to  be  involved  in  one  great  democratic 
congregation  or  assembly  of  people  connected  to  the  university.  Harper's 
longtime  colleague,  Thomas  W.  Goodspeed,  claimed,  however,  that  the  one 
thing  the  Congregation  lacked  was  an  "important  function  for  it  to  perform." 
Lacking  genuine  authority  and  purpose,  the  Congregation  faded  from  view 
reducing  its  number  of  meetings  from  four  to  one  per  year  in  1909,  before  it 

33  Quandt,  From  the  Small  Town  to  the  Great  Community,  p.  3. 

34  Harper  sent  a  general  invitation  to  eighteen  prospective  graduates  on  January  24,  1896, 
inviting  them  to  a  series  of  weekly  Tuesday  afternoon  meetings  (Personal  Papers,  Box  6, 
Folder  21).  Nellie  E.  Fuller  received  an  invitation  on  February  2,  1905  which  stated: 
"President  Harper  desires  to  become  acquainted  with  the  students  who  will  graduate  this 
quarter,  and  to  this  end,  is  asking  them  from  time  to  time  to  call  upon  him  at  his  office  hour 
11:00  to  12:00.  In  case  it  is  convenient,  it  will  be  a  favor  if  you  will  come  in  at  this  time 
to-morrow"  (Personal  Papers,  Box  7,  Folder  18). 

Harper  also  intervened  in  a  squabble  between  student  Louis  G.  Whitehead  and  a 
librarian.  On  March  5,  1895,  the  president  informed  Mr.  Whitehead  that  "I  have  taken  a 
great  deal  of  trouble,  as  you  yourself  will  appreciate,  in  the  matter  of  the  library  fine.  I  have 
done  this  not  only  for  your  sake  but  for  the  sake  of  all  the  students."  Harper  could  not  resist 
adding  "you  were  delinquent"  in  a  subsequent  paragraph  (Personal  Papers,  Box  2,  Folder 
9). 

In  a  letter  to  Mr.  Lester  B.  Jones,  June  4,  1902,  Harper  vetoed  a  hymn  selected  for  the 
spring  convocation  religious  service:  "The  President  does  not  like  the  hymn  numbered  1. 
He  wants  something  better.  He  does  not  like  the  anthem,  'Hark,  hark,  my  soul.'  It  is  too  old. 
Get  something  new"  (Personal  Papers,  Box  6,  Folder  15). 


Assessing  A  Vision  163 

finally  slipped  from  view  altogether.  The  coherence  Harper  had  hoped  to 
provide  through  this  innovation  never  materialized.35 

At  the  same  time  that  he  strove  for  community,  Harper  also  concentrated 
on  individuals,  searching  for  ways  to  make  the  often  cumbersome  machinery 
of  learning  work  for  those  who  needed  help.  His  correspondence  reveals 
presidential  involvement  in  a  variety  of  individual  situations  ranging  from 
disciplinary  cases  at  the  Morgan  Park  Academy  to  informal  counselling  for 
those  searching  for  religious  faith.  In  addition  to  his  exhausting  administra- 
tive tasks  Harper  wrote  personal  sympathy  notes  to  those  in  the  university 
community  who  experienced  illness  or  bereavement.  Through  these  and 
other  personal  investments  he  hoped  to  foster  face-to-face  relations  with 
every  member  of  his  burgeoning  university  family.  Thus,  his  depiction  of  the 
ideal  professor  as  "older  brother"  was  more  than  a  rhetorical  device;  instead 
it  pointed  to  the  smalltown  core  of  his  expansive  scholarly  vision.36 

The  intimate  community  with  its  unacknowledged  roots  in  Harper's 
smalltown  origins,  remained  a  tacit  assumption  about  how  things  ought  to  be 
rather  than  a  stated  goal.  Indeed,  the  quest  for  such  a  community  did  not 
compel  others  who  had  never  experienced  the  way  of  life  Harper  thought  he 
had  left  behind.  As  generations  of  teachers  and  students  with  ever  more 
urbanized  backgrounds  came  to  his  university,  his  various  attempts  to  create 
one  community  out  of  the  many  worlds  of  higher  education  took  on 
increasingly  quaint  appearance  and  receded  from  view. 


The  Problem  of  Progress 

Another  barrier  between  Harper's  climate  of  opinion  and  that  of  the  late 
twentieth  century  is  the  tarnishing  of  American  notions  of  progress  and 
manifest  destiny.  Progress  was  self-evident  for  Harper.  Both  the  new 
possibilities  opened  by  rapid  advances  in  technology  and  a  personal  history 
of  almost  unlimited  achievement  united  in  his  experience  to  provide 
seemingly  unassailable  reasons  for  individuals  like  Harper  to  assume  that 
life  was  moving  ever  upward.  The  religious  development  he  discovered  in 
his  study  of  the  Scriptures  meshed  congruently  into  a  progressive  picture  of 
life  which  was  supported  by  data  from  his  own  experience.  After  all,  life  had 

35  Goodspeed,  A  History  of  The  University  of  Chicago,  p.  395-6. 

36  Harper  informed  Rev.  J.  Meier,  on  May  29,  1896,  that  "your  son  is  giving  the  faculty  at 
Morgan  Park  a  great  deal  of  trouble."  He  did  the  delicate  task  of  expressing  the  Academy 
faculty's  desire  "to  remove  him  from  the  school"  (Personal  Papers,  Box  2,  Folder  26).  On 
February  22,  1898,  Lloyd  W.  Bowers,  General  Counsel,  Chicago  and  Northwestern 
Railway  Company,  wrote  Harper  about  his  "craving"  for  "Christian  confidence"  and  his 
need  for  sympathy  following  his  spouse's  death.  Harper  responded  with  an  undated 
luncheon  invitation  in  order  to  discuss  Bowers'  questions  (Personal  Papers,  Box  4,  Folders 
2  and  3).  Harper's  description  of  the  university  professor  as  "older  brother"  is  found  in 
"The  College  Officer  and  the  College  Student,"  The  Trend  in  Higher  Education,  p.  331. 


164  The  Bible  and  the  University 

moved  rapidly  upward  from  his  smalltown  origins  to  his  university  presi- 
dency. The  rest  of  the  world  could  take  similar  arduous  but  promising  roads. 

Already  in  Harper's  era  there  were  more  than  a  few  doubters  who 
questioned  assumptions  of  inevitable  progress  and  America's  special  des- 
tiny. Upton  Sinclair  and  others  who  shared  similar  perspectives  were 
alarmed  at  what  was  happening  to  America  and  strove  to  turn  the  tide.  But 
the  idealistic  age  was  to  last  until  the  crisis  of  Woodrow  Wilson's  presidency. 
Elected  as  the  national  exemplar  of  idealism,  Wilson  led  America  into  a  war 
to  "make  the  world  safe  for  democracy."  His  ill-fated  proposal  for  a  League 
of  Nations  was  the  last  natural  gasp  of  the  American  blend  of  special  destiny 
and  unchastened  idealism.  The  rejection  of  his  plan  for  a  new  order  of 
international  existence  by  both  the  European  nations  and  his  own  people 
contributed  to  Wilson's  personal  breakdown  and  subsequent  nationwide 
disillusionment.  Americans  revived  notions  of  specialness  and  divinely 
mandated  status  at  later  points  in  the  twentieth  century,  but  they  did  so  in 
the  face  of  troubling  national  circumstances,  not  out  of  a  self-evident  sense 
that  the  nation  and  progress  were  natural  partners. 

Professionalism,  the  passing  of  the  generation  which  made  the  transit 
from  small  town  to  great  community,  and  the  weakening  of  the  idea  of 
progress  are  major  factors  which  separate  Harper's  world  from  ours.  Ameri- 
ca's increasingly  pluralist  character  and  the  irrevocable  process  of  urbaniza- 
tion combine  with  those  factors  to  form  a  social  moraine  between  Harper  and 
later  generations.  Although  the  chronological  distance  between  him  and 
present-day  readers  is  not  great,  the  social  distance  is  immense. 

The  Transformation  of  American  Religion 

More  than  social  distance  is  involved,  however,  in  the  silence  about 
Harper.  American  religion  also  underwent  decisive  transformation  in  the  era 
of  Harper  and  Wilson.  In  Righteous  Empire  Martin  E.  Marty  described  the 
religious  transformation  which  began  in  the  years  following  post-Civil  War 
Reconstruction  as  a  shift  "from  Evangelical  Empire  to  Protestant  Experi- 
ence."37 During  Harper's  era,  religion  in  America  was  relocated.  Harper 
came  of  age  in  a  predominantly  Protestant  world,  but  his  career  contained 
many  encounters  with  varieties  of  religious  experience  that  served  to 
relativize  his  own.  Immigrants  brought  ethnic  styles  of  Catholicism, 
Lutheranism,  Judaism,  and  other  more  exotic  varieties  of  Old  World  reli- 
gions. New  religions  emerged  on  the  American  scene — products  of  revival- 
ism, social  dislocation,  and  compelling  personal  experiences. 

No  longer  could  Americans  assume  a  common  Protestant  framework 
shared  by  all.  The  social  variety  of  religious  expression  made  it  difficult  for 
individuals  to  find  common  religious  symbols  to  comprehend  differences  of 

37  Marty,  Righteous  Empire,  pp.  131ff. 


Assessing  A  Vision  165 

heredity,  environment  and  experience.  A  public  demeanor  began  to  emerge 
which  bracketed  religious  questions.  "The  ordeal  of  civility"  was  John 
Murray  Cuddihy's  aphorism  for  the  personal  turmoil  which  accompanied  the 
emergence  of  this  public  civil  style.  As  individuals  sought  to  find  public 
ways  to  relate  to  others  who  did  not  share  common  beliefs,  they  began  to 
build  private  spheres  where  old  beliefs  could  survive.  New  social  and 
religious  habits  gradually  emerged  which  made  religion  seem  unrelated  to 
most  public  areas  of  life.  Cuddihy  believed  that  modern  humans  came  to  be 
fragmented  individuals,  struggling  to  "pass"  in  public  while  clinging  tena- 
ciously to  fundamental  beliefs  in  private.38 

The  public  consequences  of  this  religious  relocation  can  be  seen  in 
various  attempts  during  the  twentieth  century  of  people  like  John  Dewey  to 
construct  a  "common  faith"  for  democracy.39  In  its  encounter  with  modernity 
America's  religious  life  had  been  so  transformed  that  by  midcentury  Will 
Herberg  could  describe  the  sociological  contours  of  a  religion  of  the 
American  way  of  life  which  seemed  to  provide  minimal  social  integration  in 
the  face  of  pluralism  and  fragmentation.40  In  the  mid-1960s,  little  more  than 
a  decade  after  Herberg  made  his  social  diagnosis,  historian  Sidney  Mead 
traced  the  development  in  America  of  an  inclusive  "theonomous  cosmopol- 
itanism," while  sociologist  Robert  Bellah  argued  for  both  the  existence  of 
and  need  for  a  "civil  religion."41  Each  of  these  attempts  to  discern  a  publicly 
acceptable  common  religion  or  faith  for  America  were  responses  to  the 
religious  pluralism  which  had  fractured  the  Protestant  Empire  of  the  nine- 
teenth century. 

Even  denominations,  once  the  intact  subcultures  which  provided  secure 
religious  frameworks  for  adherents,  experienced  the  effects  of  the  new 
religious  situation.  Fundamentalism  and  modernism  cut  across  traditionally 
secure  denominational  boundaries,  with  Protestants  being  divided  over  a 
variety  of  social  and  theological  issues,  just  as  were  Catholics  and  Jews.  The 
result  was  that  religion  had  become  a  source  of  fragmentation  rather  than 
integration;  every  time  it  appeared  in  the  public  sphere  it  was  fisiporous. 

Harper's  understanding  of  religion  was  quite  different  from  that  of 
subsequent  generations.  He  strove  to  create  a  new  public  form  of  religion 
which  provided  empirically  verifiable  grounds  upon  which  to  construct  a 
common  faith.  In  response  to  his  era's  religious  needs  biblical  criticism 
became  the  chosen  intellectual  solution  for  overcoming  problems  posed  by 

38  John  Murray  Cuddihy,  The  Ordeal  of  Civility:  Freud,  Marx,  Levi-Strauss  and  the 
Jewish  Struggle  with  Modernity  (New  York:  Dell  Publishing  Company,  1974). 

39  Dewey,  A  Common  Faith. 

40  Will  Herberg,  Protestant — Catholic— Jew:  An  Essay  in  American  Religious  Sociology 
(Garden  City,  N.Y.:  Anchor  Books,  1960). 

41  Mead,  The  Nation  with  the  Soul  of  a  Church,  (New  York:  Harper  &  Row,  1975),  p.  76, 
and  Bellah,  "Civil  Religion  in  America,"  Beyond  Belief:  Essays  on  Religion  in  a  Post- 
Traditional  World  (New  York:  Harper  &  Row,  1970),  pp.  168-89. 


166  The  Bible  and  the  University 

the  various  denominational  traditions.  The  university,  on  the  other  hand, 
could  lead  all  sorts  of  inquirers  into  a  religious  quest  which  would  eventu- 
ally discover  a  common  ethos,  grounded  in  the  verifiable  results  of  modern 
biblical  scholarship.  Harper  thus  can  be  seen  as  one  of  the  early  proponents 
of  a  new  form  of  public  religion  which  could  respond  to  the  new  social  and 
religious  realities  of  his  day. 

Although  concerned  to  support  the  public  weal,  Harper  unwittingly 
aided  in  the  relegation  of  religion  to  the  private  sphere.  His  reticence  about 
his  own  conversion  experience  demonstrates  how  the  distinction  between 
public  and  private  spheres  of  life  was  reshaping  American  religion.  In  early 
periods  of  American  life  conversion  had  been  a  community  affair.  However, 
when  Harper  and  others  like  him  began  to  move  into  a  pluralistic  public 
world  that  found  claims  based  on  conversion  less  than  plausible,  they 
frequently  chose  to  keep  those  matters  out  of  view. 

But  Harper  also  contributed  to  the  privatization  of  religion  in  America  in 
far  more  overt  ways.  Ironically,  his  very  "drive  toward  publicness"42  under- 
mined his  goal.  Biblical  criticism  and  the  messianic  university  were,  in  his 
vision,  means  for  providing  integration  for  modern  life.  Instead  Harper's 
integrators  became  disintegrators.  Biblical  criticism  helped  to  create  what 
Marty  has  called  a  "two-party  system"  within  American  Protestantism.43 
Along  with  revivalism,  slavery,  and  the  social  gospel,  such  scholarship 
became  another  source  of  conflict  rather  than  a  means  of  uniting  American 
religion.  And  the  nation's  universities  soon  became  quintessential  exem- 
plars of  fragmented  learning  and  competing  perspectives.  On  the  university 
campuses  of  the  land,  religion,  if  it  was  given  any  space  at  all,  found  its 
private  places. 

Harper's  efforts  met  a  fate  similar  to  that  of  other  religious  attempts  to 
provide  new  solutions  to  the  problems  of  the  always  perplexing  American 
environment.  Seeking  to  provide  an  alternative  which  could  embrace  or  cut 
through  the  knotty  problems  of  American  diversity,  Harper's  public  form  of 
religion  ended  up  nurturing  one  more  subgroup — this  time  a  scholarly  elite 
of  exegetes — which  took  its  place  among  the  myriad  subcultures  of  America. 
His  biblical  movement,  which  had  at  first  seemed  so  encompassing,  con- 
stricted into  a  scholarly  discipline. 


The  Invisible  Vision 

If  Harper's  critics  seemed  to  find  little  but  ruin  in  his  vision,  and  if  the 
social  and  religious  changes  in  America  seem  to  place  Harper  on  the 
opposite  side  of  an  insurmountable  moraine  from  late  twentieth-century 

42  The  phrase  is  from  David  Tracy's,  The  Analogical  Imagination:  Christian  Theology 
and  the  Culture  of  Pluralism  (New  York:  Crossroad  Press,  1981),  p.  80. 

43  Marty,  Righteous  Empire,  pp.  177ff. 


Assessing  A  Vision  167 

readers,  is  anything  possible  but  a  nostalgic  glance  at  the  ruins?  The  answer 
is  found  by  turning  back  to  Harper  for  one  last  perusal. 

Harper's  vision,  although  it  seems  almost  too  public  by  late  twentieth- 
century  standards,  was  not  clearly  visible  to  people  of  his  own  age.  His 
publishing  career,  with  the  exception  of  the  commentary  on  Amos  and 
Hosea,  consisted  of  occasional  pieces  on  selected  topics.  He  never  sought  to 
construct  what  this  book  attempts — a  comprehensive  statement  of  what  he 
was  about.  Admitting  that  he  was  not  a  systematic  thinker,  Harper  parcelled 
out  pieces  of  his  vision  in  a  variety  of  places.  Unless  his  contemporaries  read 
all  of  his  journals,  accompanied  him  to  Chautauqua,  and  listened  to  the 
variety  of  talks  he  gave  at  the  University  of  Chicago  and  around  the  nation, 
they  could  not  have  had  a  full  picture  of  Harper's  vision. 

One  possible  explanation  for  Harper's  reluctance  to  state  his  complete 
vision  can  be  found  in  the  cautious  editorial  policy  he  adopted  when 
considering  whether  or  not  to  discuss  historical  critical  questions  in  his 
fledgling  journal,  The  Hebrew  Student.  In  1882  he  had  decided  that  "make 
haste,  slowly"  would  be  his  guiding  principle.  Six  years  later,  he  intention- 
ally ignored  the  advice  of  many  readers  who  encouraged  him  to  consider 
controversial  Pentateuchal  questions  on  the  pages  of  his  publication,  which 
by  that  time  had  become  The  Old  Testament  Student.  Harper's  reply  was 
"the  time  has  not  yet  come  when  even  such  a  journal  as  The  Student  can  take 
up  and  present  such  material  with  impunity."44  Harper  the  scholar-editor 
clearly  had  a  vision  for  biblical  studies  in  the  1880s,  but  he  deliberately 
chose  a  path  of  cautious  discretion  about  introducing  that  vision  in  a 
complete  form  to  the  public. 

Harper's  death  at  age  50  interrupted  a  career  that,  at  least  in  his  own 
eyes,  had  many  tasks  left  to  accomplish.  The  new  Religious  Education 
Association,  the  yet  to  be  realized  national  university,  and  plans  for  his  own 
growing  university  all  called  for  many  more  goals  and  efforts.  Since  Harper 
did  not  discuss  his  failure  to  state  his  total  educational  and  religious  vision  in 
a  complete  and  systematic  way,  perhaps  it  is  reasonable  to  assume,  given  the 
sense  of  cautious  timing  present  throughout  his  editorial  career,  that  he  did 
not  state  such  a  vision  because  in  his  estimation  his  audience  was  not  yet 
ready  for  it. 

When  cancer  closed  in  on  him  during  his  last  year  of  life  Harper  tried  to 
pull  together  some  key  fragments  of  his  thought  in  both  The  Trend  and  his 
commentary  on  Amos  and  Hosea.  But  even  those  hurried  attempts  resulted 
only  in  a  collection  of  his  thoughts  on  higher  education  on  one  hand  and  a 
partial  statement  of  his  biblical  perspective  on  the  other.  He  died  before  his 
vision  was  fully  stated.  Moreover,  those  who  worked  with  him  seemed  to 
grasp  only  the  particular  piece  of  his  vision  that  affected  them  directly. 
Biblical  colleagues  welcomed  his  articles  and  commentary  but  seemed  to 

44  See  Chapter  3,  p.  57. 


168  The  Bible  and  the  University 

know  little  of  his  larger  vision  for  higher  education  and  the  nation.  Educa- 
tors, as  Veblen  and  Herrick  amply  demonstrate,  reacted  to  his  innovations  in 
their  world  but  saw  no  connection  between  Harper  the  president  and 
Harper  the  biblical  scholar. 

Harper  seems  never  to  have  pressed  his  faculty  to  grapple  with  his  full 
vision.  In  fact,  colleagues  felt  free  to  participate  in  it  selectively,  appropri- 
ating only  what  meshed  with  their  own  wishes  and  dreams.  Thus  J.W. 
Moncrief  assumed  he  was  hired  to  teach  at  a  "Baptist  University"  while  his 
colleague  William  C.  Hale  chafed  when  he  heard  the  term  and  was 
concerned  that  Chicago's  non-religious  character  be  maintained.  Clarence 
Luther  Herrick  (no  relation  to  Robert)  saw  in  Harper's  university  the 
opportunity  to  do  a  Christian  version  of  field-encompassing  science.  Charles 
Whitman,  on  the  other  hand,  came  to  Chicago  to  devote  a  career  to  studying 
the  evolution  of  pigeons.  Each  found  aspects  of  Harper's  vision  to  be 
compatible  with  basic  private  goals  and  beliefs;  although  many,  like  Veblen, 
thought  they  understood  him,  few  if  any  of  his  colleagues  seemed  fully 
aware  of  what  he  was  up  to.45 

Harper's  style  of  leadership  was  an  additional  factor  responsible  for  both 
the  success  he  experienced  and  his  subsequent  disappearance  from  view. 
Harper  built  his  critical  reformation  on  an  ability  to  interpret  sacred  texts  of 
an  ancient  tradition  in  a  new  manner.  The  weight  of  the  most  recent 
scholarship  and  thousands  of  years  of  religious  history  buttressed  his  claim. 
But  Harper  also  had  about  him  a  quality  which,  if  not  totally  charismatic,  was 
at  least  quasi-charismatic.  Goodspeed's  previously  noted  description  of  his 
first  encounter  with  Harper  revealed  an  unusual  dimension  in  the  young 
Harper  which  separated  him  from  other  bright  young  men.46  There  was  an 
observable  ability  in  him  to  compel  others.  Those  who  worked  with  him  in 
tedious  tasks  of  mastering  ancient  verb  forms  and  editing  journals  sensed 
that  they  were  doing  far  more — participating  in  a  Hebrew  movement. 
Rockefeller  and  the  wealthy  Chicagoans  who  sat  on  the  University  of 
Chicago's  Board  of  Trustees  were  swayed  by  the  force  of  Harper's  persona, 
as  were  faculty  who  left  secure  teaching  positions  in  other  institutions  to 
participate  in  Haiper's  grand  vision. 

A  distinctive  mixture  of  leadership  qualities  enabled  Harper  to  succeed. 
His  ability  to  salvage  a  religious  tradition  suffering  under  the  weight  of 
modernity  attracted  religious  supporters.  At  the  same  time  that  he  found  a 
new  way  to  invoke  a  traditional  authority  he  helped  people  make  the  transit 
to  life  in  a  new  university  setting  by  the  force  of  his  own  authority,  the 
promises  he  made,  the  opportunities  he  offered.  Harper's  idiosyncratic 

45  J.  W.  Moncrief  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  December  9,  1890,  Personal  Papers,  Box  14, 
Folder  14;  W.G.  Hale  to  William  Rainey  Harper,  May  2,  1892,  Personal  Papers,  Box  13, 
Folder  38;  Herrick  and  Whitman's  perceptions  are  assessed  in  Blake,  "The  Concept  and 
Development  of  Science  at  The  University  of  Chicago,  1890-1905,"  pp.  118,  24. 

46  See  Chapter  2,  p.  37. 


Assessing  A  Vision  169 

combination  of  these  different  styles  of  leadership  allowed  people  to  follow 
him  without  having  to  commit  themselves  to  his  entire  vision.  Students 
could  be  inspired  by  their  Hebrew  teacher  without  knowing  where  he  stood 
on  key  issues  of  hermeneutics.  Faculty  could  come  to  his  university  without 
an  awareness  that  they  were  joining  a  messianic  institution. 

The  multiform  character  of  Harper's  interest  also  served  to  undermine 
his  vision.  Interested  in  nearly  every  phase  of  university  life,  Harper  seemed 
unable  or  unwilling  to  disentangle  himself  from  routine  administrative 
matters  in  order  to  consolidate  and  state  his  vision.  The  picture  that  emerges 
from  his  "red  books"  is  of  a  president  who  continually  sought  to  do 
everything.  Daily  lists  of  "things  to  do"  often  contained  more  than  fifty 
items.  Again  and  again  Harper  would  map  out  his  day,  trying  to  broker  all  of 
his  interests.47  The  pressure  of  so  many  competing  concerns  prevented 
systematic  efforts  at  developing  and  nurturing  a  vision.  Temperament  and 
circumstances  seemed  to  conspire  to  keep  Harper's  envisioning  occasional 
rather  than  sustained  and  disciplined. 

When  Harper  died  in  1906  there  was  an  immense  outpouring  of  grief. 
Richard  D.  Harlan,  President  of  Lake  Forest  College,  affirmed  Harper's 
visionary  capacities  by  calling  him  "a  seer  among  educators."  Numerous 
other  educators,  pastors,  students  and  scholars  flooded  the  Harper  household 
with  glowing  tributes  to  the  man  who  had  built  their  university  or  their 
picture  of  religious  reality.48  But  although  the  encomia  were  overwhelming, 
no  one  arose  to  carry  on  the  Harper  vision.  The  presidential  dynamo  had 
failed  to  hand  on  his  largest  dreams  to  a  school  of  prophets. 

The  Cultured  Transformer 

The  disappearance  of  Harper's  vision  can  also  be  attributed  to  his 
unavoidable  participation  in  social  dynamics  which  mitigated  against  his 
purposes.  Harper  conceived  of  himself  as  a  reformer,  whose  purpose  was  to 
clear  away  old  interpretations  of  Scripture  and  old  models  of  learning  in 
order  to  usher  in  new,  higher  types.  He  sought  to  transform  his  culture  in  a 
manner  which  exemplified  the  pattern  of  Christian  existence  in  society  that 
H.  Richard  Niebuhr  identified  as  the  "Christ  transforming  culture"  type.49 
Not  so  pessimistic  about  American  life  that  he  could  consider  either 
withdrawal  from  it  or  its  destruction,  Harper  was  a  meliorist  who  sought  to 
convert  the  culture  to  a  biblical  way  of  life. 

47  William  Rainey  Harper,  "July  8  Monday  Things  to  Do,"  Red  Book  No.  6,  Personal 
Papers,  p.  38,  and  Red  Book  No.  2,  p.  94. 

48  Harlan  to  Mrs.  William  Rainey  Harper,  January  18,  1906,  Personal  Papers,  Box  17, 
Folder  4.  A  wide  variety  of  letters  of  sympathy  on  the  occasion  of  Harper's  death  are 
collected  in  Box  17  of  his  Personal  Papers. 

49  H.  Richard  Niebuhr,  Christ  and  Culture  (New  York:  Harper  &  Row,  Publishers,  1951), 
pp.  190ff. 


170  The  Bible  and  the  University 

What  he  could  not  perceive  about  himself  was  that  his  behavior  also 
resembled  one  of  the  other  categories  in  Niebuhr's  famous  typology.  Harper 
was  "of  the  culture"  he  sought  to  transform.50  As  he  built  his  university  he 
furthered  the  development  of  academic  disciplines,  of  professionalism,  and 
of  the  fragmentation  of  knowledge.  Despite  hopes  to  the  contrary,  his  efforts 
at  reinterpreting  the  Scriptures  exacerbated  the  fracturing  process  within 
American  religion  and  weakened  already  shaky  denominational  traditions 
instead  of  creating  a  more  learned  Christian  public.  Heavy  emphasis  on 
publishing  helped  foster  the  explosion  of  knowledge  which  made  coteries  of 
experts  increasingly  necessary.  Harper  helped  to  bureaucratize  learning  and 
routinize  its  development  in  the  process  of  trying  to  include  all  fields  of 
knowledge  within  his  university.  His  problem-centered  approach  to  educa- 
tion furthered  the  individualizing  of  knowledge  rather  than  enhancing  the 
common  discovery  of  it. 

Harper's  itinerant  presidency  presaged  an  age  when  university  execu- 
tives became  important  primarily  for  abilities  at  fundraising,  public  relations 
and  administration.  His  sporadic  attempts  to  state  his  vision  took  place 
within  a  context  where  the  college  president  who  synthesized  all  learning  in 
a  course  called  Moral  Philosophy  had  become  obsolete.  One  sign  that  the 
new  organization  of  learning  had  arrived  may  be  Harper's  failure  to  pass  on 
his  vision.  As  Harper  strove  to  carry  on  his  biblical  scholarship  and  to  run  his 
edifice  of  learning,  he  straddled  two  eras,  strenuously  advocating  a  Messi- 
anic ideal  while  simultaneously  supporting  developments  which  reshaped 
it.  In  short,  vision  of  the  type  that  motivated  Harper  was  becoming  a  private 
matter  in  the  public  world  of  education. 


Placing  a  President 

A  survey  of  the  most  vocal  and,  at  times,  shrill  criticisms  made  of  Harper, 
along  with  consideration  of  several  factors  which  have  raised  the  social  and 
religious  moraine  between  Harper  and  subsequent  generations,  helps  ac- 
count for  his  relegation  to  the  back  corridors  of  American  history.  Aware  of 
the  legacy  of  ignorance  which  cloaks  his  vision  like  a  shroud,  and  mindful  of 
the  experiential  distance  between  then  and  now,  the  historian  finally 
attempts  to  place  Harper  within  the  limits  and  possibilities  of  his  own 
particular  period.  Part  of  the  reason  for  the  enduring  obscurity  which 
surrounds  Harper  is  a  pervasive  vagueness  about  his  era.  Turn-of-the- 
century  America  has  remained  a  neglected  historical  era,  almost  guarantee- 
ing fundamental  misreadings  of  the  period  and  its  people. 

One  important  attempt  to  penetrate  the  historical  haze  which  surrounds 
Harper  and  his  contemporaries  is  Laurence  R.  Veysey's  The  Emergence  of 
the  American  University.  This  complex  narrative  about  the  formation  of  the 

50  Ibid.,  pp.  83ff. 


Assessing  A  Vision  171 

American  university  is  indispensable  for  understanding  the  plot  of  American 
intellectual  and  institutional  history.  In  broad  outline,  Veysey's  narrative 
tells  the  following  story.  American  higher  education  prior  to  the  Civil  War 
was  dominated  by  a  "mental  discipline"  paradigm.  This  model  of  shaping  a 
mind  via  the  drudgery  of  recitation,  translation  and  regurgitation  became 
increasingly  cumbersome  in  the  rapidly  changing  environment  of 
postbellum  America.  During  the  1870s  and  1880s  a  new  institution,  the 
university,  appeared  on  the  American  horizon  to  challenge  the  prevailing 
collegiate  style.  It  did  not  appear  all  at  once,  but  rather  was  the  product  of  a 
rich  interplay  of  ideas  and  environment,  beliefs  and  behavior.  The  decades 
of  the  1870s  and  1880s  were  marked  by  numerous  attempts  to  restructure 
American  education.  A  variety  of  scholars  and  visionaries  contended  for 
more  or  less  distinct  approaches  which  Veysey  has  classified  in  terms  of 
basic  commitments  to  utility,  research  or  liberal  culture. 

At  about  the  time  that  Harper  became  president  of  the  University  of 
Chicago,  Veysey  suggests,  institutional  constraints  began  to  overwhelm 
these  ideas  about  the  university.  Pressures  of  finances,  diverse  programs, 
complex  bureaucratic  imperatives,  and  the  increasing  burden  of  creating  and 
sustaining  a  public  image  acceptable  to  a  growing  American  clientele  began 
to  mold  universities  into  amazingly  similar  shapes.  Institutions  as  diverse  as 
Yale — defender  for  some  time  of  the  old  "mental  discipline"  model — and 
Johns  Hopkins — archetype  of  the  research  paradigm — blurred  into  one 
common  university  type.  By  the  end  of  the  period  which  Veysey  describes, 
universities  had  become  distressingly  alike,  characterized  by  bureaucratic 
types  of  organization,  serious  gaps  between  student  desires  and  faculty 
concerns,  and  administrators  who  had  fundamentally  different  interests  than 
those  which  first  gave  rise  to  the  complex  institutions  under  their  care. 
Commitments  as  diverse  as  pure  research,  championship  football,  fraternity 
culture  and  professional  careerism  coexisted,  for  the  most  part  peacefully, 
under  the  umbrella  of  institutions  which  were  held  together  more  by 
organizational  linkages  than  by  commitment  to  ideals  or  personalities.51 

Veysey's  instructive  version  of  the  story  of  the  university  provides  a 
much  needed  historical  perspective  for  viewing  one  of  the  central  institu- 
tions in  modern  American  life.  His  tracing  of  the  complex  and  haphazard 
development  of  an  entity  which  seemed  to  intrude  abruptiy  into  American 
life  and  then  with  equal  suddenness  come  to  a  place  of  pre-eminence, 
corrects  notions  that  the  university  was  formed  according  to  one  blueprint,  or 
that  American  education  had  to  take  the  shape  it  did.  Further,  Veysey's 
placing  of  Harper  within  the  larger  plot  of  this  complex  story  helps  us  to 
relocate  him  within  his  own  context  and  to  assess  him  on  its  terms  rather 
than  by  standards  imposed  from  later  times. 

Harper  was,  according  to  Veysey,  part  of  the  second  act  of  the  American 

51  Veysey,  The  Emergence  of  the  American  University. 


172  The  Bible  and  the  University 

university  drama.  Others,  like  Andrew  Dickson  White  of  Cornell,  Charles 
Eliot  of  Harvard,  Daniel  Coit  Gilman  of  Johns  Hopkins,  G.  Stanley  Hall  of 
Clark  or  Woodrow  Wilson  of  Princeton,  were  key  representatives  of  con- 
tending ideas  within  the  first  phase  of  American  university  history.  Harper, 
on  the  other  hand  (here  once  again  the  Veblenesque  legacy!),  was  of 
significance  because  he  represented,  almost  to  the  point  of  caricature,  the 
new  administrative  tenor  which  came  to  supplant  powerful  ideas  about 
education  in  the  1890s.  He  thus  becomes  for  Veysey  the  great  blender  and 
reconciler  of  American  higher  education,  holding  together  within  the  com- 
plex matrix  of  his  institution  the  many  diverse  and  contradictory  components 
of  the  emergent  modern  organization  of  knowledge.52 

Before  challenging  Veysey's  overall  portrait  of  Harper,  it  is  important  to 
note  points  of  convergence  between  his  description  and  the  one  developed 
on  these  pages.  Thus  Veysey's  portrait  calls  attention  to  Harper's  pro- 
nounced ability  to  gather  people  of  competing  interests  and  perspectives 
and  fashion  them  into  a  faculty.  Veysey's  Harper  presided  adroitly  over  a 
burgeoning  bureaucracy,  seemed  to  relish  creating  new  administrative 
structures,  and  gained  distinction  chiefly  as  an  unparalleled  fundraiser  and 
enthusiastic  promoter  of  his  new  university. 

But  once  again  Harper's  vision,  his  biblical  perspective  and  his  evan- 
gelical commitment  have  been  ignored.  Instead,  an  incomplete  portrait  has 
been  presented,  which  captures  many  of  the  facts  about  Harper  the  bureau- 
crat while  omitting  his  alternative  integrator  to  administration  as  the  glue  for 
the  modern  American  configuration  of  learning.  To  counter  such  a  portrait,  a 
brief  overview  of  the  distinctive  approaches  and  achievements  of  several 
representative  university  presidents  of  the  era  will  provide  points  of  com- 
parison with  the  Harper  vision  developed  in  the  preceding  chapters.  Such  a 
comparison,  building  on  Veysey's  descriptions  of  Harper's  colleagues,  may 
allow  Harper  to  take  a  new  place  in  American  religious  and  educational 
history.  It  may  also  suggest  the  need  to  tell  the  late  nineteenth-century 
American  religious  story  in  ways  that  capture  more  than  disintegration, 
retreat  and  impotence. 

While  many  regard  the  founding  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  University  in 
1876  as  the  opening  page  of  the  university  story  in  America,  Veysey  carefully 
recalls  its  prehistory.  Andrew  Dickson  White  and  Charles  Eliot,  for  example, 
made  serious  earlier  attempts  to  reform  the  "mental  discipline''  paradigm  of 
collegiate  education.  White  (1832—1918)  came  from  affluent  Episcopal  New 
York  origins  along  a  circuitous,  gentlemanly  route  to  become  the  founding 
president  of  Cornell  University  in  1868.  Along  the  way  he  escaped  from  the 
sectarian  confines  of  Geneva  College  by  going  into  hiding,  where  he 
remained  until  his  parents  consented  to  a  change  to  Yale.  After  study  in  Paris 
and  Berlin,  work  as  attache  to  the  American  delegation  to  St.  Petersburg,  and 

52  Ibid.,  pp.  367-80. 


Assessing  A  Vision  173 

a  tour  of  Italy,  he  began  to  teach  history  at  the  University  of  Michigan.  His 
formative  experience  of  dissatisfaction  with  American  education  and  his 
subsequent  exposure  to  the  academic  and  cultural  riches  of  Europe,  pro- 
vided raw  materials  for  a  dream  of  an  institution  that  would  surpass  even 
Yale,  his  first  haven  from  sectarian  narrowness.  At  the  University  of  Michi- 
gan, White  began  to  outline  his  plans  for  a  university  for  the  state  of  New 
York.  A  brief  stint  as  senator  back  in  New  York  included  service  as  Chairman 
of  the  New  York  Senate's  Education  Committee.  White  used  both  his 
senatorial  clout  (over  the  state's  land  allotment  under  the  Morril  Act  of  1862) 
and  a  friendship  with  fellow  senator  Ezra  Cornell,  to  secure  a  charter  for  his 
new  university.53 

Veysey  suggests  that  three  controlling  ideas  guided  White  as  he  shaped 
Cornell  University:  non-sectarianism  in  religion,  freedom  of  choice  among 
various  courses  of  study,  and  equality  of  status  among  the  various  subjects  of 
learning.  But  underneath  these  three  "guiding  ideas"  Veysey  found  a 
fundamental  commitment  to  the  "idea  of  the  university  as  a  training  ground 
for  politically-oriented  public  service." 

White  pictured  . .  .  graduates  pouring  into  the  legislatures,  staffing  the 
newspapers,  and  penetrating  the  municipal  and  county  boards  of 
America.  Corruption  would  come  to  an  end;  pure  American  ideals 
would  prosper  until  one  day  they  governed  the  entire  world. 

In  short,  White  was  a  proponent  of  the  ideal  of  utility.  The  university  was  to 
serve  public  well-being,  not  the  interests  of  any  smaller  group  or  sect. 
Practical  types  of  learning  such  as  pharmacy  and  industrial  studies  were  to 
have  a  place  in  the  Cornell  curriculum.54 

Charles  William  Eliot  (1834—1926)  seemed  to  follow  a  streamlined 
trajectory  from  birth  in  a  prominent  Bostonian  family  to  the  presidency  of 
Harvard  in  1869.  Rigorous  preparatory  education  at  Boston's  Latin  School 
and  the  Unitarianism  of  King's  Chapel  shaped  Eliot  for  entry  to  Harvard 
College  at  age  fifteen.  Four  years  later  he  became  tutor  of  mathematics,  then 
assistant  professor  at  his  alma  mater.  The  only  major  hitch  in  his  Harvard  rise 
came  in  1863  when  he  failed  to  secure  promotion  and  lost  his  position. 
Europe  beckoned  in  1865  and  again  in  1867,  affording  opportunity  for  a 
survey  of  continental  educational  models.  An  article  summarizing  his  find- 
ings, entitled  "The  New  Education:  Its  Organization,"  appeared  in  an  1869 
issue  of  The  Atlantic  Monthly.  Suddenly  the  Harvard  Corporation  rediscov- 
ered its  interest  in  Eliot  and  elected  him  president  of  the  College,  although 
not  without  some  objection.  The  twenty-second  president  of  America's 
senior  academic  institution,  Eliot  was  its  third  non-clergy  president.55 

53  "Andrew  Dickson  White,"  Dictionary  of  American  Biography,  20:88-93. 

54  White  is  discussed  and  quoted  in  Veysey,  The  Emergence  of  the  American  University, 
pp.  81-86. 

55  "Charles  William  Eliot,"  Dictionary  of  American  Biography,  6:71-78. 


174  The  Bible  and  the  University 

In  his  1869  Inaugural  Address,  Eliot  called  for  an  end  to  the  imposed 
curriculum.  The  elective  system  remains  as  a  monument  to  his  presidency. 
Concerned  to  educate  individuals  for  "real  life,"  Eliot  felt  that  teaching 
students  responsible  decision-making  was  essential.  Thus,  selecting  courses 
of  study  became  a  lesson  for  living  in  a  world  saturated  with  the  problem  of 
choice.  Eliot's  forty-year  presidential  tenure  during  these  years  of  higher- 
educational  transition  allowed  him  to  participate  in  numerous  reforms  of 
professional  and  secondary  education.  It  is  instructive  to  recall,  however, 
that  he  came  into  office  with  very  little  in  the  way  of  a  concrete  academic 
program  except  a  desire  to  advance  the  elective  system.  The  goal  of  his 
reform  was  to  shape  a  new  kind  of  student;  Eliot's  ideal  student  would  not 
be  molded  in  the  rubber-stamp  image  of  the  mental  discipline  era,  but 
equipped  to  serve  in  public  life  with  abilities  to  decide  responsibly.  Veysey 
discerned  a  less  obvious  motive  in  Eliot's  "rationalistic  individualism":  an 
"intelligent  patrician's  adjustment  to  a  new  threat  from  'below.'"  In  his 
efforts  to  make  Harvard  "a  voluntary  cooperative  association  of  highly 
individualistic  persons,"  Eliot  was  also  responding  to  new  social  realities 
which  challenged  the  imagination  of  New  England's  elite.56 

While  both  White  and  Eliot  were  committed  to  allowing  choice  and 
social  utility  to  reshape  higher  education,  they  lacked  commitment  to 
research  as  the  basic  purpose  of  their  universities.  Although  they  distanced 
their  institutions  from  the  "mental  discipline"  paradigm,  their  concern 
remained  with  a  particular  type  of  student:  the  socially  useful,  competent 
citizen.  Only  after  the  sudden  appearance  of  a  new  institution  dedicated  to 
research  as  its  highest  goal — the  Johns  Hopkins — did  either  White  or  Eliot 
begin  to  move  their  institutions  to  respond  to  the  need  for  graduate  studies. 
White  and  Eliot  both  supported  Daniel  Coit  Gilman  as  the  best  person  to 
lead  the  Balitmore  institution.  Yet  in  their  recommendations  supporting  his 
candidacy  neither  mentioned  research  as  the  reason  for  their  choice.57 

Gilman  (1831—1908)  came  from  affluent  Connecticut  Congregational 
roots  and  followed  a  path  to  university-leadership  similar  to  that  of  Andrew 
Dickson  White.  In  fact,  the  two  shared  several  of  their  years  of  preparation  as 
classmates  at  Yale  and  fellow  travelers  in  Europe.  After  returning  to  Yale 
from  Europe,  Gilman  was  given  the  opportunity  to  design  the  Sheffield 
Scientific  School,  which  he  served  as  librarian,  secretary  and  professor  of 
physical  and  political  geography.  After  seventeen  years  at  these  diverse 
specialties,  Gilman  accepted  the  offer  to  become  president  of  the  University 
of  California  in  1872.  A  recalcitrant  California  legislature,  however,  and  the 
seven  million  dollar  estate  of  Johns  Hopkins  combined  to  lure  him  to 
Baltimore  where  he  shaped  an  institution  devoted  to  graduate  study  and  the 

56  Veysey,  The  Emergence  of  the  American  University,  pp.  87—94. 

57  Ibid.,  p.  95. 


Assessing  A  Vision  175 

ideal  of  research.58  He  came  to  his  new  post  intending  to  build  a  "faculty  of 
medicine  and  a  faculty  of  philosophy,"  not  a  scientific  school  or  a  college.  In 
fact, 

the  usual  college  machinery  of  classes,  commencements,  etc.  may  be 
dispensed  with;  that  each  head  of  a  great  department, — say  of  math- 
ematics, or  of  Language  or  of  Chemistry  or  of  History,  etc.  shall  be  as 
far  as  possible  free  from  the  interference  of  other  heads  of  depart- 
ments, &  shall  determine  what  scholars  he  will  receive  &  how  he  will 
teach  them;  that  advanced  special  students  be  first  provided  for;  that 
degrees  be  given  when  scholars  are  ready  to  be  graduated,  in  one  year 
or  in  ten  years  after  their  admission. 

Veysey  has  suggested  that  the  individual  scholars  hired  by  Gilman  to 
staff  his  fledgling  university  may  have  actually  developed  the  school's  bias 
toward  research  and  that  Gilman's  main  function  was  to  erect  a  facade  which 
allowed  them  room  to  do  their  work.  But  Gilman's  initial  move — whether  or 
not  it  was  surpassed  by  his  faculty — was  to  create  an  institution  that 
redirected  the  goal  of  the  American  university  away  from  concern  with 
student  character  and  toward  his  era's  emergent  concern  for  the  discovery  of 
new  knowledge.59 

The  ideal  of  pure  research  received  its  most  complete  institutional 
articulation,  and  its  largest  setback,  at  Clark  University.  Another  of  the  new 
schools  made  possible  by  a  windfall  of  American  philanthropy,  Clark 
provided  considerable  evidence  to  support  the  claim  that  the  only  good 
philanthropist  (aside  from  being  wealthy)  was  the  dead  one.  Jonas  Clark 
initially  promised  the  kind  of  institution  which  could  have  firmly  enshrined 
the  research  paradigm  in  American  education.  Then  he  managed  to  sabotage 
his  own  institution  by  withholding  promised  funds  when  it  began  to  live  up 
to  the  research  ideal.60 

Clark's  first  president  was  Granville  Stanley  Hall  (1844—1924).  Another 
New  Englander,  Hall  did  not  share  affluent  origins  with  White,  Gilman  or 
Eliot.  The  son  of  a  farmer,  Hall  was  graduated  from  Williams  College  with 
no  special  distinction.  After  toying  with  entering  the  ministry,  and  convers- 
ing with  Henry  Ward  Beecher  about  his  suitability  for  the  vocation,  Hall  set 
out  for  Europe  where  he  studied  theology  and  philosophy.  He  returned  to 
Union  Seminary  in  New  York  where  he  completed  his  theological  training. 
Initial  teaching  posts  at  Antioch  College  and  Harvard  University  preceded 
reception  of  the  Ph.D.  from  Harvard  in  1878.  Again  he  travelled  to  Germany, 
this  time  to  study  psychology,  physiology  and  physics.  After  two  years  of 
continental  drifting  he  was  hired  by  Johns  Hopkins  to  create  a  psychology 
laboratory,  where  he  soon  held  forth  as  professor  of  psychology  and  peda- 

58  "Daniel  Coit  Gilman,"  Dictionary  of  American  Biography,  7:299-303. 

59  Gilman  is  discussed  and  quoted  in  Veysey,  The  Emergence  of  the  American  University, 
pp.  159-65. 

60  Ibid.,  p.  166. 


176  The  Bible  and  the  University 

gogy  and  almost  instantly  became  established  as  a  leader  in  his  field.  In  1889 
he  left  Hopkins  in  order  to  head  Clark  University,  a  school  which  would,  in 
his  estimation,  surpass  even  Johns  Hopkins  in  its  commitment  to  research.  It 
was  to  be  an  all-graduate  institution.61 

Some  of  Hall's  exuberant  language  about  the  religion  of  research  was 
mentioned  in  Chapter  1  as  an  example  of  his  era's  intoxication  with  new 
types  of  education.62  For  people  like  Hall  scholarship  simply  became  "the 
highest  vocation."  But  because  of  constant  problems  posed  by  lack  of  funds, 
the  school  remained  small  and  assumed  characteristics  of  an  intimate 
community.  No  attendance  was  taken,  and  no  exams  were  given  except  the 
oral  doctor's  examination.  Albeit  on  a  small  scale,  professors  and  students 
were  relatively  free  to  pursue  what  they  pleased:  research.63 

A  third  option  for  shaping  basic  university  commitments  and  an  alter- 
native to  the  ideals  of  utility  or  research  was  liberal  culture.  Princeton 
University,  according  to  Veysey,  struggled  to  reshape  its  educational  pattern 
under  the  power  of  this  ideal  during  the  presidency  of  Woodrow  Wilson. 
Wilson  (1856—1924),  the  son  of  a  Presbyterian  parson,  came  of  age  in  the 
south.  He  studied  at  home  under  the  tutelage  of  his  father  and  then  went  off 
to  the  College  of  New  Jersey  where  he  quickly  showed  competence  in  areas 
of  political  science  and  law.  An  unsuccessful  entry  into  the  field  of  law  was 
followed  by  a  graduate  program  at  Johns  Hopkins,  where  Wilson  earned  his 
Ph.D.  under  the  supervision  of  historian  Herbert  Baxter  Adams.  Teaching 
posts  at  Bryn  Mawr  College  and  Wesleyan  University  were  followed  by  an 
appointment  in  1890  at  Princeton  as  professor  of  jurisprudence  and  political 
economy.  Twelve  years  later  he  became  Princeton's  president.64 

During  his  eight  years  as  president  there,  Wilson  made  a  number  of 
attempts  to  reshape  the  school,  moving  it  away  from  the  mental  discipline 
paradigm  and  toward  the  ideal  which  Veysey  has  identified  as  liberal 
culture.  Distressed  by  the  social  divisiveness  represented  by  elite  student 
"eating  clubs,"  Wilson  banished  such  bastions  of  exclusiveness  and  sought 
to  create  a  more  inclusive  social  community  organized  around  quadrangles, 
where  students  from  a  variety  of  backgrounds  lived  together  in  a  more 
egalitarian  manner.  Although  trained  in  the  research  ethos  of  Johns  Hopkins, 
Wilson  did  not,  however,  become  a  proponent  of  the  gospel  of  research. 

Instead  his  institution  became  "not  a  place  of  special  but  of  general 
education,  not  a  place  where  a  lad  finds  a  profession,  but  a  place  where  he 
finds  himself."  To  that  end  Wilson  organized  a  "preceptorial  system"  of 
instruction  which  allowed  small  groups  of  students  to  experience  an  alter- 

61  "Granville  Stanley  Hall,"  Dictionary  of  American  Biography,  8:127-30. 

62  See  above,  pp.  18f. 

63  Veysey,  The  Emergence  of  the  American  University,  pp.  165-70. 

64  "Woodrow  Wilson,"  Dictionary  of  American  Biography,  20:352-68. 


Assessing  A  Vision  177 

native  form  of  cohesiveness — one  based  on  academic  interests  rather  than 
social  distinction.  To  him  the  ideal  college 

should  be  a  community  ...  a  place  of  close,  natural,  intimate  associ- 
ation, not  only  of  the  young  men  who  are  its  pupils  and  novices  in 
various  lines  of  study  but  also  of  young  men  with  older  men  ...  of 
teachers  with  pupils,  outside  the  classroom  as  well  as  inside  of  it. 

This  university  was  to  equip  students  with  ideals  of  "conduct,"  "truthful 
comradeship,"  "loyalty,"  "co-operation,"  and  a  sense  of  "esprit  de  corps" — 
a  feeling  that  they  were  part  of  a  common  culture  sharing  a  common  service. 
Sharing  his  colleague  Arthur  F.  West's  concern  about  "the  provincialization 
of  learning,"  Wilson  opposed  the  fragmentation  of  knowledge.  Seeking  to 
awaken  "the  whole  man,"  to  join  "the  intellectual  and  spiritual  life,"  Wilson 
wanted  both  his  university  and  college  to  share  in  "a  pervading  sense  of  the 
unity  and  unbroken  circle  of  learning."65 

This  broadly  drawn  sketch  of  several  of  Harper's  presidential  colleagues 
cannot  do  justice  to  the  richness  of  the  story  of  the  emergence  of  the 
university,  or  to  Veysey's  magisterial  telling  of  it.  But  a  survey  of  some  of  the 
leading  ideas  and  institutional  achievements  of  even  a  few  of  the  dominant 
educators  of  the  era  helps  locate  Harper  within  a  much  larger  story  than  one 
focused  solely  upon  his  own  institution  or  ideas.  The  astonishing  fact  about 
Harper  is  that  indeed  he  did  "blend  and  reconcile"  so  many  of  the  ideas  and 
institutional  attempts  of  these  various  leaders.  Like  Hall,  and  to  a  lesser 
extent  Gilman,  Harper  was  committed  to  research.  He  knew  from  firsthand 
experience  what  riches  could  come  from  specialized  study.  Like  Wilson,  he 
was  concerned  about  the  dangers  of  specialization  and  sought  comprehen- 
siveness. Harper's  efforts  to  create  a  community  of  learning  in  the  midst  of 
his  diverse  university  had  obvious  parallels  to  Wilson's  communitarian 
agenda.  Harper  shared  Eliot's  concern  for  individual  student  responsibility 
in  choosing  courses  but  he  also  sought  to  balance  individualism  with  an 
insistence  upon  student  exposure  to  certain  essential  areas  of  learning. 
Harper  went  beyond  Eliot's  hope  that  the  university  would  equip  students 
for  public  service  with  a  more  comprehensive  expectation  that  the  university 
should  lift  individual  students,  and  through  them  the  culture,  to  a  higher  life. 

But,  what  Veysey's  portrait  misses  is  the  integrator  Harper  used  to  hold 
together  various  academic  ideals  and  institutional  arrangements.  Arguing 
that  Harper  represented  "charisma  without  ideology,"66  Veysey  has  sug- 
gested that  the  University  of  Chicago  was  held  together  by  an  administrative 
structure  that  initially  took  shape  because  of  the  force  of  Harper's  enthusi- 
asm. What  the  preceding  chapters  claim,  on  the  other  hand,  is  that  Harper 
wove  his  variegated  configuration  of  learning  together  with  a  biblical  thread, 

65  Wilson  is  discussed  and  quoted  in  Veysey,  The  Emergence  of  the  American  University, 
pp.  200,  241-47. 

66  Ibid.,  p.  368. 


178  The  Bible  and  the  University 

that  in  essence  he  was  offering  an  alternative  to  those  of  mental  discipline, 
utility,  research  or  liberal  culture.  His  religious  understanding  of  the  insti- 
tution he  led  was  the  pivotal  integrator,  at  least  for  him.  Thus  his  idea  of  the 
role  of  the  modern  university  included  the  messianic  vocation  to  suffer  over 
the  nation's  great  problems,  thereby  leading  students,  and  through  them  the 
nation,  to  a  fully  developed  life  which  would  occur  only  when  the  students 
and  the  land  had  developed  their  full  religious  potential.  Throughout  his 
career  as  president,  Harper  sought  to  embody  such  a  vision  in  his  efforts  to 
lead  people  to  the  Scriptures,  and  through  them  to  the  higher  life.  In  a 
postscript  to  a  letter  written  in  1895  to  President  J.M.  Taylor  of  Vassar 
College,  Harper  revealed  his  sense  of  the  order  of  his  activities.  "You 
understand  that  my  special  business  in  the  world  is  stirring  up  people  on  the 
English  Bible.  The  University  of  Chicago  is  entirely  a  second  hand  matter.'' 
As  late  in  his  life  as  February  11,  1905,  Harper  reminded  a  correspondent 
that  "all  my  work  is  in  a  very  fundamental  sense  missionary  work."67 

Recovery  of  Harper's  fundamental  biblical  vision  makes  possible  a 
reconsideration  of  his  importance  in  American  educational  and  religious 
history.  Alongside  of  the  image  of  the  academic  entrepreneur  who  naively 
furthered  the  institutionalization  of  learning  can  be  placed  the  portrait  of  an 
individual  who  attempted  to  hold  together  two  clashing  Americas  of  the  late 
nineteenth  century.  The  village  Protestantism  of  the  older  America,  and  the 
modern  pluralism  fostered  by  technology,  bureaucracy,  immigration  and 
urbanization,  met  in  his  attempts  to  build  a  complex  configuration  of 
learning  which  furthered  while  transforming  the  religious  and  social  values 
of  a  passing  era.  Attempting  to  evangelize  America  with  a  fresh  interpreta- 
tion of  the  Scriptures,  Harper  was  a  representative  of  both  the  new  critical 
scholarship  and  the  older  evangelistic  impulse  of  the  Righteous  Empire.  In 
his  attempts  to  make  the  Bible  a  source  book  for  the  religious  development 
of  all  Americans,  and  in  his  efforts  to  promote  the  modern  university  as  a 
messianic  agency  for  the  religion  of  democracy,  Harper  was  carrying  on  the 
tradition  of  a  Christian  America,  as  well  as  participating  in  the  twentieth- 
century  search  for  an  inclusive  religion  for  all  members  of  the  American 
republic.  Small  town  and  city,  Sunday  school  and  seminar,  vicarious  suf- 
fering and  administrative  procedure,  ancient  tradition  and  modern  knowl- 
edge all  somehow  coexisted  within  the  framework  of  his  life  and  career.  The 
ironies  of  being  a  charismatic  leader  who  furthered  on  an  immense  scale 
what  Max  Weber  called  "the  routinization  of  charisma,"68  a  modernist  who 
used  tradition  to  support  his  efforts,  and  a  traditionalist  who  welcomed 
modernity  to  salvage  a  tradition,  make  him  an  important  symbol  for  the  era 

67  William  Rainey  Harper  to  President  J.M.  Taylor,  n.d.,  Personal  Papers,  Box  2,  Folder 
17;  William  Rainey  Harper  to  Rev.  CD.  Edwards,  February  11,  1905,  Personal  Papers,  Box 
7,  Folder  19. 

68  Max  Weber,  On  Charisma  and  Institution  Building,  S.N.  Eisenstadt,  ed.  (Chicago: 
University  of  Chicago  Press,  1968),  pp.  54ff. 


Assessing  A  Vision  179 

during  which  America  was  fundamentally  remade.  The  concerns  that  vexed 
him,  the  solutions  he  offered,  the  paradoxes  and  contradictions  that  were  his, 
were  also  those  of  an  age.  The  fact  that  his  vision,  although  extraordinarily 
ambitious,  could  not  hold  together  the  various  strands  of  American  reality 
does  not  render  that  vision  insignificant  any  more  than  it  does  the  vision  of 
a  Wilson,  an  Eliot,  a  James,  or  a  Dewey — who  all  strove,  like  Harper,  to 
impose  coherence  and  order  on  an  environment  which  ultimately  overcame 
their  attempts. 

Instead  Harper  emerges  as  a  potential  eponym  for  America's  great  time 
of  transition.69  His  quest  for  coherence,  meaning,  order,  knowledge  and 
religious  understanding  is  representative  of  his  era's  attempts  to  come  to 
terms  with  modernity.  At  the  same  time,  it  is  a  sign  of  the  ongoing  American 
burden  to  find  coherence  and  oneness  in  the  midst  of  the  fragmentation, 
pluralism,  impersonalism  and  meaninglessness  that  were  the  unexpected 
results  of  America's  new  professional,  technological  and  urban  way  of  life. 

69  The  notion  of  an  individual  serving  as  an  eponym  for  an  era  was  developed  in  William 
A.  Clebsch,  American  Religious  Thought:  A  History  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press, 
1973),  p.  7. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Works  by  William  Rainey  Harper 

"The  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature."  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student 

12  (June  1891):381-82. 
"The  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature."  The  Biblical  World  4  (October 

1894):306-8. 
"American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature:  An  Examination  on  the  Gospel  of  Luke." 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  10  (January  1890):57-58. 
"The  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature:  Announcements  for  the  Year  1904—5." 

The  Biblical  World  24  (September  1904):228-30. 
"American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature:   Training  Courses  for  Sunday  School 

Teachers  Under  the  Direction  of  the  Institute."  The  Biblical  World  23  (June 

1904):467. 
Amos  and  Hosea.  The  International  Critical  Commentary  on  the  Scriptures  of  the  Old 

and  New  Testaments.  Edited  by  Charles  Augustus  Briggs,  Samuel  Rolles 

Driver,  and  Alfred  Plummer.  New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1905. 
"The  Bible  and  the  Common  Schools."  The  Biblical  World  20  (October  1902):243-47. 
"Bible  Study  and  Religious  Interest.  The  Biblical  World  17  (June  1901):403-6. 
"Bible  Study  Versus  Theology."  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  10  (February 

1890):  120-21. 
"The  College  President."  The  William  Rainey  Harper  Memorial  Conference.  Edited 

by  Robert  N.  Montgomery.  Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1938.  Pp. 

24-34. 
"Constructive  Studies  in  the  Literature  of  Worship  in  the  Old  Testament.  Study  I." 

The  Biblical  World  19  (February  1902):  132-46. 
"Constructive  Studies  in  the  Literature  of  Worship  in  the  Old  Testament.  Study  IV. 

Part  I."  The  Biblical  World  19  (June  1902):443-55. 
"Constructive  Studies  in  the  Literature  of  Worship  in  the  Old  Testament.  Study  IV. 

Part  II."  The  Biblical  World  20  (July  1902):49-57. 
"Constructive  Studies  in  the  Literature  of  Worship  in  the  Old  Testament.  Study  IV. 

Part  III."  The  Biblical  World  2  (August  1902):  134-45. 
"Constructive  Studies  in  the  Priestly  Element  in  the  Old  Testament.  Part  I."  The 

Biblical  World  17  (January  1901):46-54. 
"Constructive  Studies  in  the  Priestly  Element  in  the  Old  Testament.  Part  II."  The 

Biblical  World  17  (January  1901):  121-34. 
"Constructive  Studies  in  the  Priestly  Element  in  the  Old  Testament.  Part  III."  The 

Biblical  World  17  (March  1901):206-20. 
"Constructive  Studies  in  the  Priestly  Element  in  the  Old  Testament.  Part  IV."  The 

Biblical  World  17  (May  1901):366-81. 
"Constructive  Studies  in  the  Priestly  Element  in  the  Old  Testament.  Part  V."  The 

Biblical  World  17  (June  1901):  450-62. 


182 


The  Bible  and  the  University 


'Constructive  Studies  in  the  Prophetic  Element  in  the  Old  Testament."  The  Biblical 

World  23  (January  1904):  50-58. 
'Constructive  Studies  in  the  Prophetic  Element  in  the  Old  Testament:  Study  II."  The 

Biblical  World  23  (February  1904):  132-41. 
'Constructive  Studies  in  the  Prophetic  Element  in  the  Old  Testament.  Study  III." 

The  Biblical  World  23  (March  1904):212-23. 
'Constructive  Studies  in  the  Prophetic  Element  in  the  Old  Testament.  Study  VI." 

The  Biblical  World  24  (October  1904):292-300. 
'Constructive  Studies  in  the  Prophetic  Element  in  the  Old  Testament.  Study  VII." 

The  Biblical  World  24  (November  1904):361-76. 
'Constructive  Studies  in  the  Prophetic  Element  in  the  Old  Testament.  Study  VIII." 

The  Biblical  World  24  (December  1904):448-61. 
'Constructive  Studies  in  the  Prophetic  Element  in  the  Old  Testament.  Study  IX." 

The  Biblical  World  25  (January  1905):52-61. 
'The  Council  of  Seventy."  The  Biblical  World  13  (January  1899)47-48. 
'The  Council  of  Seventy."  The  Biblical  World  13  (March  1899):  209-10. 
'The  Deluge  in  Other  Literatures  and  History."  The  Biblical  World  4  (August 

1894):  114-23. 
'The  Divine  Element  in  the  Early  Stories  of  Genesis."  The  Biblical  World  4 

(November  1894):349-58. 


'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 
'Editoria 


The  Hebrew  Student  1  (April  1882):  11. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  5  (April  1886):321-25. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  6  (September  1886):  1—4. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  6  (October  1886):33— 37. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  6  (December  1886):  97-100. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  6  (February  1887):  161-63. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  6  (March  1887):  193-95. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  6  (April  1887):  225-28. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  7  (September  1887):  1-4. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  7  (October  1887):  37-39. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  7  (March  1888):209-11. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  7  (June  1888): 305-7. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  8  (October  1888)41^4. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  8  (October  1888):81-84. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  8  (January  1889):  161-63. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  8  (February  1889):201-6. 

The  Old  Testament  Student  8  (April  1889):281-83. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  9  (August  1889):  65-70. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  9  (October  1889)493-97. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  10  (January  1890)4-6. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  10  (February  1890):65-72. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  10  (April  1890)493-99. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  10  (May  1890):  257-64. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  11  (September  1890)429-33. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  11  (November  1890):257-61. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  12  (January  1891)4-6. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  12  (March  1891):  129-34. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  12  (April  1891):  193-97. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  12  (June  1891):  321-26. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  13  (November  1891):257-63. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  13  (December  1891):321— 28. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  14  (February  1892):65-70. 


Bibliography 


183 


"Editorial 
"Editorial 

1892) 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 
"Editorial. 


The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  15  (July/August  1892):  1-5. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  16  (September/October 
89-93. 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 
The  Biblica 


I  World  1 
I  World  1 
/  World  1 
/  World  1 
I  World  2 
I  World  2 
/  World  2 
I  World  2 
I  World  2 
I  World  2 
I  World  3 
I  World  3 
I  World  3 
I  World  3 
I  World  4 
I  World  4 
I  World  4 
/  World  4 
/  World  5 
/  World  5 
I  World  6 
I  World  9 
/  World  9 
/  World  9 
/  World  9 
I  World  10 
I  World  10 
I  World  11 
I  World  11 
I  World  11 
I  World  12 
I  World  12 
I  World  12 
I  World  12 
I  World  13 
/  World  13 
I  World  14 
/  World  16 
/  World  16 
I  World  17 
/  World  17 
I  World  18 
/  World  19 
I  World  19 
/  World  20 
/  World  22 
I  World  23 
I  World  24 
I  World  25 


(January  1893):  1^. 
(February  1893):83-87. 
(April  1893):243-47. 
(June  1893):403-7. 
(July  1893):  1-6. 
(August  1893):81-86. 
(September  1892):  161-66. 
(October  1893):241-46. 
(November  1893):321-25. 
(December  1893):401-6. 
(March  1894):  161-65. 
(April  1894):241^6. 
(May  1894):321-25. 
(June  1894):401-5. 
(August  1894)  :8 1-86. 
(October  1894)  :24 1^3. 
(November  1894):321-25. 
(December  1894):401-6. 
(April  1895)  :24 1^7. 
(June  1895):401-9. 
(September  1895):  161-67. 
(February  1897):81-86. 
(March  1897):  161-66. 
(April  1897):241^7. 
(May  1897):321-28. 

(October  1897):241^14. 

(November  1897)  :32 1-26. 

(March  1898):  145-50. 

(April  1898):225-28. 

(May  1898):289-93. 

(July  1898):  1^. 

(August  1898):65-70. 

(September  1898):  145-52. 

(October  1898):225-29. 

(February  1899):65-68. 

(March  1899):  145-49. 

(December  1899):387-89. 

(August  1900):83~86. 

(October  1900):243-47. 

(February  1901):83-86. 

(March  1901):  163-66. 

(September  1901):  163-66. 

(January  1902):3-8. 

(June  1902):403-9. 

(August  1902):83-88. 

(September  1903):  163-66. 

(January  1904):3-6. 

(December  1904):403-11. 

(February  1905):83-87. 


184  The  Bible  and  the  University 

"Editorial."  The  Biblical  World  25  (March  1905):  163-68. 
"Editorial."  The  Biblical  World  25  (April  1905):243-48. 
"Editorial  Letter."  The  Biblical  World  14  (August  1899):  83-86. 
"Editorial  Letter."  The  Biblical  World  14  (September  1899):  147-48. 
"Editorial  Letter."  The  Biblical  World  15  (May  1900):323-25. 
"Editorial  Notes."  The  Hebrew  Student  1  (May  1882):  11. 
"Editorial  Notes."  The  Hebrew  Student  1  (June  1882):51. 
"Editorial  Notes."  The  Old  Testament  Student  4  (November  1884):  134-38. 
"Editorial  Notes."  The  Old  Testament  Student  4  (February  1885):  282-84. 
"Editorial  Notes."  The  Old  Testament  Student  5  (September  1885):37-41. 
"Editorial  Notes."  The  Old  Testament  Student  5  (December  1885):  181— 83. 
"Editorial  Notes:  The  Duty  of  the  Theological  Seminary  in  Reference  to  Bible- 
Study."  The  Old  Testament  Student  5  (January  1886):234-35. 
"The  First  Hebrew  Story  of  Creation."  The  Biblical  World  3  (January  1894):6-16. 
"The  Fratricide:  The  Canaanite  Civilization.  Genesis  IV."  The  Biblical  World  3 

(April  1894):264-74. 
"A  General  Statement."  The  Hebrew  Student  1  (May  1882):  10. 
"The  Hebrew  Stories  of  the  Deluge.  Genesis  VI-IX."  The  Biblical  World  4  (July 

1894):20-31. 
"The  Human  Element  in  the  Early  Stories  of  Genesis."  The  Biblical  World  4 

(October  1894):266-78. 
"The  Jews  in  Babylon."  The  Biblical  World  14  (August  1899):  104-11. 
"The  Modern  Spirit  and  the  New  Evangelism."  The  Biblical  World  18  (December 

1901):403-9. 
"The  Necessity  of  Biblical  Training  for  Lay  Workers."  The  Biblical  World  16 

(December  1900):403-6. 
"The  New  Apologetic— A  Forecast."  The  Biblical  World  19  (June  1902):403-9. 
"Notes  and  Opinions:  Should  the  Bible  be  Taught  as  Literature  in  our  Public 

Schools?"  The  Biblical  World  20  (October  1902):303-5. 
"Outline  Topics  in  the  History  of  Old  Testament  Prophecy:  Study  II."  The  Biblical 

World  7  (February  1896):  120-29. 
"Outline  Topics  in  the  History  of  Old  Testament  Prophecy:  Study  III."  The  Biblical 

World  7  (March  1896):  199-206. 
"Paradise  and  the  First  Sin:  Genesis  HI."  The  Biblical  World  3  (March  1894):  176-88. 
"The  Parting  of  the  Ways."  The  Biblical  World  20  (July  1902):3-8. 
"A  Plan  of  Bible  Study  for  Sunday  Schools."  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  11 

(October  1890):  198-206. 
"Popular  Bible  Study:  Its  Significance  and  Its  Lessons."  The  Biblical  World  18 

(September  1901):  163-66. 
The  President's  Report,  July  1892-July  1902.  Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press, 

1903. 
"The  Prophetic  Element  in  the  Old  Testament  as  Related  to  Christianity."  Unpub- 
lished lecture,  Personal  Papers  of  William  Rainey  Harper,  Department  of 

Special  Collections,  University  of  Chicago,  Box  16,  Folder  9. 
"The  Rational  and  the  Rationalistic  Higher  Criticism."  Chautauqua  Assembly  Herald 

17  (August  4,  1892):2-3,  6-7. 
"The    Reality   and   the    Simplicity   of  Jesus."    The   Biblical   World    16   (August 

1900):83-86. 
Religion  and  the  Higher  Life.  Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1904. 
"Religious  Education  in  the  Home."  The  Biblical  World  21  (January  1903):3-6. 
"Report  of  the  Principal  of  Schools  of  the  American  Institute  of  Hebrew."  The  Old 

Testament  Student  6  (February  1887):  178-87. 


Bibliography  185 

"Report  of  the  Principal  of  Schools  of  the  American  Institute  of  Hebrew  (1888)."  The 

Old  Testament  Student  8  (February  1889):224-28. 
"The    Return    of  the   lews    from    Exile."    The   Biblical   World    14    (September 

1899):  157-63. 
"Some  General  Considerations  Relating  to  Genesis  I-XI."  The  Biblical  World  4 

(September  1894):  184-201. 
"The  Sons  of  God  and  the  Daughters  of  Men.  Genesis  VI."  The  BiblicalWorld3  (June 

1894):440-48. 
"The  Study  of  the  Bible  by  College-Students."  The  Old  Testament  Student  6  (March 

1887):  196-202. 
"A  Symposium:  Shall  the  Analyzed  Pentateuch  Be  Published  in  The  Old  Testament 

Student?"  The  Old  Testament  Student  7  (June  1888):312-19. 
"Teacher  Training."  The  Biblical  World  24  (October  1904):  243-47. 
"The  Teaching  Ministry."  The  Biblical  World  15  (March  1900):  164-68. 
"A  Theory  of  the  Divine  and  Human  Elements  in  Genesis  I-XI."  The  Biblical  World 

4  (December  1894):407-20. 
The  Trend  in  Higher  Education  in  America.  Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press, 

1905. 
"The  University  and  Religious  Education."  The  Biblical  World  24  (November 

1904):323-29. 
The  University  and  Democracy.  Foreword  by  Morris  Philipson.  Chicago:  University 

of  Chicago  Press,  1970. 
"The  Use  of  Common  Sense  in  Interpretation."  The  Old  Testament  Student  5 

(October  1885):87-90. 
"Wellhausen's  History  of  Israel."  The  Old  Testament  Student  5  (March  1886):318-19. 
"Work  and  Workers."  The  Biblical  World  11  (March  1898):210-214. 
"Work  and  Workers."  The  Biblical  World  13  (May  1899):351-54. 
"The  Work  of  Isaiah."  The  Biblical  World  10  (July  1897):48-57. 
"Yale  Rationalism."  The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  9  (July  1889):52— 54. 
Harper,  William  Rainey,  Ballantine,  W.G.,  Beecher,  Willis  J.,  and  Burroughs,  C.S. 

"Inductive    Bible    Studies."    The    Old    Testament    Student   7    (September 

1887):21-33. 
Harper,  William  Rainey  and  Goodspeed,  George  S.  "The  Gospel  of  John."  Study  I. 

The  Old  and  New  Testament  Student  12  (January  1891):43-52. 


Secondary  Works 

Adams,  James  Luther.  "The  Voluntary  Principle  in  the  Forming  of  American 
Religion."  The  Religion  of  the  Republic.  Edited  by  Elwyn  A.  Smith.  Philadel- 
phia: Fortress  Press,  1971.  Pp.  217-46. 

Ahlstrom,  Sydney  E.  A  Religious  History  of  the  American  People.  2  vols.  Garden  City, 
N.Y.:  Image  Books,  1975. 

Arnold,  Charles  Harvey.  Near  the  Edge  of  Battle:  A  Short  History  of  the  Divinity 
School  and  the  "Chicago  School  of  Theology."  1866-1966.  Chicago:  The 
Divinity  School  Association,  1966. 

Beck,  Kenneth  Nathaniel.  "The  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature:  A  Historical 
Analysis  of  An  Adult  Education  Institution."  Ph.D.  dissertation,  University  of 
Chicago,  1968. 

Bedell,  George  C,  Sandon,  Lee,  Jr.,  and  Wellborn,  Charles  T.  Religion  in  America. 
New  York:  Macmillan  Publishing  Co.,  Inc.,  1975. 

Beecher,  Henry  Ward.  "The  Battle  Set  in  Array."  God's  New  Israel:  Religious 


186  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Interpretations  of  American  Destiny.  Edited  by  Conrad  Cherry.  Englewood 

Cliffs,  N.J.:  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.  1971.  Pp.  162-176. 
Beecher,  W.T.  "Sunday  School  Lessons  for  the  Third  Quarter,  1885."  The  Old 

Testament  Student  4  (June  1885):445-54. 
Bellah,  Robert  N.  "Civil  Religion  in  America."  Beyond  Belief:  Essays  on  Religion  in 

a  Post-Traditional  World.  New  York:  Harper  &  Row,  Publishers,  1970.  Pp. 

168-89. 
Berger,  Peter,  Berger,  Brigitte  and  Kellner,  Hansfried.  The  Homeless  Mind:  Modern- 
ization and  Consciousness.  New  York:  Vintage  Books,  1974. 
Blake,  Lincoln  C.  "The  Concept  and  Development  of  Science  at  The  University  of 

Chicago  1890-1905."  Ph.D.  dissertation,  University  of  Chicago,  1966. 
Bledstein,  Burton  J.  The  Culture  of  Professionalism:  The  Middle  Class  and  the 

Development  of  Higher  Education  in  America.  New  York:  W.W.  Norton  & 

Company,  Inc.,  1976. 
Boorstin,  Daniel  J.  The  Republic  of  Technology:  Reflections  on  Our  Future  Commu- 
nity. New  York:  Harper  &  Row,  Publishers,  1978. 
Brown,  Ira  V.  "The  Higher  Criticism  Comes  to  America,  1880-1900."  Journal  of  the 

Presbyterian  Historical  Society  38  (December  1960):  193— 212. 
Brown,  Jerry  Wayne.  The  Rise  of  Biblical  Criticism  in  America  1800-1870:  The  New 

England  Scholars.  Middletown,  Conn.:  Wesleyan  University  Press,  1969. 
Carter,  Paul  A.  The  Spiritual  Crisis  of  the  Gilded  Age.  DeKalb,  111.:  Northern  Illinois 

University  Press,  1971. 
"Chautauqua  Seventeenth  Season  (1890)  Preliminary  Announcement."  Chautauqua 

University  and  Chautauqua  College  of  Liberal  Arts:  Circulars,  Announce- 
ments, Specimen  Lesson  Sheets,  Specimen  Syllabuses,  Letter  Heads.  Vol.  1. 

1884-1892.  Chautauqua  Archives,  p.  47. 
"Chautauqua    Seventeenth    Season    (1890)    Preliminary   Announcement    No.    2." 

Chautauqua  University  and  Chautauqua  College  of  Liberal  Arts:  Circulars, 

Announcements,  Specimen  Lesson  Sheets,  Specimen  Syllabuses,  Letter  Heads. 

Vol.  1.  1884-1892.  Chautauqua  Archives,  p.  64. 
Clebsch,  William  A.  American  Religious  Thought:  A  History.  Chicago:  University  of 

Chicago  Press,  1973. 
The  Cosmopolitan  World  Atlas.  Chicago:  Rand  McNally  &  Co.,  1978. 
Crandall,  C.  Eugene.  "The  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature."  The  Biblical 

World  1  (January  1893):  36-39. 
Cremin,  Lawrence  A.  Traditions  of  American  Education.  New  York:  Basic  Books, 

Inc.,  1977. 
Cuddihy,  John  Murray.  The  Ordeal  of  Civility:  Freud,  Marx,  Levi-Strauss  and  the 

Jewish  Struggle  with  Modernity.  New  York:  Dell  Publishing  Company,  1974. 
Curti,  Merle.  The  Social  Ideas  of  American  Educators.  Totowa,  N.J.:  Littlefield, 

Adams  &  Co.,  1978. 
Darwin,  Charles.  The  Autobiography.  Edited  by  Nora  Barlow.  London:  Collins,  1958. 
Delitzsch,  Franz.  "The  New  Criticism."  The  Hebrew  Student  1  (May  1882):6-7. 
Dewey,  John.  A  Common  Faith.  New  Haven:  Yale  University  Press,  1934. 
Diehl,  Carl.  Americans  and  German  Scholarship,  1770—1870.  New  Haven:  Yale 

University  Press,  1978. 
Dreyvesteyn,  Kent.   "The  World's   Parliament  of  Religions."   Ph.D.   dissertation, 

University  of  Chicago,  1976. 
"Dr.  Harper  Banqueted."  Chautauqua  Assembly  Herald,  20,  no.4  (July  25,  1891):4. 
DuBois,  W.B.  Burghardt.  The  Souls  of  Black  Folk.  Greenwich,  Conn.:  Fawcett 

Publications,  Inc.,  1961. 
Engle,  Gale  W.  "William  Rainey  Harper's  Conceptions  of  the  Structuring  of  the 


Bibliography  187 

Functions  Performed  by  Educational  Institutions."  Ph.D.  dissertation,  Stanford 

University,  1954. 
Erikson,  Erik  H.  Identity,  Youth  and  Crisis.  New  York:  W.W.  Norton  &  Company, 

Inc.  1968. 
Farley,  Edward.  Theologia:  The  Fragmentation  and  Unity  of  Theological  Education. 

Philadelphia:  Fortress  Press,  1983. 
Faunce,   W.H.P.   "Expository   Preaching,   I."   The  Biblical  World   11   (February 

1898)  :8 1-90. 
Funk,  Robert.  "The  Watershed  of  the  American  Biblical  Tradition:  The  Chicago 

School,  First  Phase,  1892-1920."  Journal  of  Biblical  Literature  95  (March 

1976):4-22. 
Gates,  Frederick  T.  Chapters  of  My  Life.  New  York:  Free  Press,  1977. 
Gaustad,  Edwin  Scott.  Historical  Atlas  of  Religion  in  America.  Rev.  ed.  New  York: 

Harper  &  Row,  Publishers,  1976. 
Goodspeed,  Thomas  Wakefield.  A  History  of  The  University  of  Chicago:  The  First 

Quarter  Century.  Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1966. 
.  William  Rainey  Harper:  First  President  of  The  University  of  Chicago. 

Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1928. 
Gould,  Joseph  E.  The  Chautauqua  Movement:  An  Episode  in  the  Continuing 

American  Revolution.  Fredonia,  N.Y.:  State  University  of  New  York,  1961. 
Hahn,  Herbert  F.  The  Old  Testament  in  Modern  Research.  Expanded  edition. 

Philadelphia:  Fortress  Press,  1966. 
Handlin,  Oscar  and  Handlin,  Mary.  The  Wealth  of  the  American  People.  New  York: 

McGraw-Hill  Book  Company,  1975. 
Handy,  Robert  T.  A  Christian  America:  Protestant  Hopes  and  Historical  Realities. 

New  York:  Oxford  University  Press,  1971. 
Haskell,  Thomas  L.  The  Emergence  of  Professional  Social  Science:  The  American 

Social  Science  Association  and  the  Nineteenth-Century  Crisis  of  Authority. 

Urbana:  University  of  Illinois  Press,  1977. 
Hayes,  John  H.  "Wellhausen  as  a  Historian  of  Israel."  Semeia  25  (1982):37-60. 
Herberg,  Will.  Protestant — Catholic — Jew:  An  Essay  in  American  Religious  Sociol- 
ogy. Garden  City,  N.Y.  Anchor  Books,  1960. 
Herbst,  Jurgen.  The  German  Historical  School  in  American  Scholarship:  A  Study  in 

the  Transfer  of  Culture.  Port  Washington,  N.Y.:  Kennikat  Press,  1965. 
Herrick,  Robert.  Chimes.  New  York:  The  Macmillan  Company,  1926. 
Higham,  John.  "The  Matrix  of  Specialization."  The  Organization  of  Knowledge  in 

Modern  America.  Edited  by  Alexandra  Oleson  and  John  Voss.  Baltimore:  Johns 

Hopkins  University,  1979.  Pp.  3-18. 
Hoffman,  Lars.  "William  Rainey  Harper  and  the  Chicago  Fellowship."  Ph.D.  disser- 
tation, University  of  Iowa,  1978. 
Hofstadter,  Richard.  The  Age  of  Reform.  New  York:  Vintage  Books,  1955. 

.  Social  Darwinism  in  American  Thought.  Boston:  Beacon  Press,  1955. 

Horowitz,  Helen  Lefkowitz.  Culture  and  the  City:  Cultural  Philanthropy  in  Chicago 

from  the  1880s  to  1917.  Lexington:  University  Press  of  Kentucky,  1976. 
Hudson,  Winthrop  S.  Religion  in  America.  3d  ed.  New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons, 

1981. 
Hurlbut,  Jesse  Lyman.  The  Story  of  Chautauqua.  New  York:  G.P.  Putnam's  Sons, 

1921. 
Hutchinson,   William    R.    The   Modernist   Impulse   in  American   Protestantism. 

Cambridge:  Harvard  University  Press,  1976. 
Hynes,  William  J.  Shirley  Jackson  Case  and  the  Chicago  School:  The  Socio-Historical 

Method.  Chico,  California:  Scholars  Press,  1981. 


188  The  Bible  and  the  University 

James,  William.  The  Varieties  of  Religious  Experience:  A  Study  in  Human  Nature. 

New  York:  The  New  American  Library  of  World  Literature,  1958. 
.  "The  Will  to  Believe."  Pragmatism  and  Other  Essays.  Introduced  by  Joseph 

L.  Blau.  New  York:  Washington  Square  Press,  1963.  Pp.  193-213. 
Jencks,  Christopher  and  Riesman,  David.  The  Academic  Revolution.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago  Press,  1968. 
Kansfield,  Norman  J.  "Study  the  Most  Approved  Authors:  The  Role  of  the  Seminary 

Library  in  Nineteenth-Century  American  Protestant  Ministerial  Education." 

Ph.D.  dissertation,  University  of  Chicago,  1981. 
Kitagawa,  Joseph  M.  "The  History  of  Religions  in  America."  The  History  of  Reli- 
gions: Essays  in  Methodology.  Edited  by  Mircea  Eliade  and  Joseph  M. 

Kitagawa.  Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1959.  Pp.  1-30. 
Knight,  Douglas  A.  "Wellhausen  and  the  Interpretation  of  Israel's  Literature."  Semeia 

25  ( 1982) :2 1-36. 
Kniker,  Charles  R.  "New  Attitudes  and  New  Curricula:  The  Changing  Role  of  the 

Bible  in  Protestant  Education,  1880-1920."  The  Bible  in  American  Education: 

From  Source  Book  to  Textbook.  Edited  by  David  L.   Barr  and  Nicholas 

Piediscalzi.  Philadelphia:  Fortress  Press,  1982.  Pp.  121^2. 
Malone,  Dumas,  ed.  Dictionary  of  American  Biography.  New  York:  Charles  Scrib- 

ner's  Sons,  1936. 
Mann,  Arthur.  La  Guardia:  A  Fighter  Against  His  Times,  1882-1933.  Chicago: 

University  of  Chicago  Press,  1969. 
Marty,  Martin  E.  Righteous  Empire:  The  Protestant  Experience  in  America.  New 

York:  The  Dial  Press,  1970. 
Mathews,  Shailer.  New  Faith  for  Old:  An  Autobiography.  New  York:  The  Macmillan 

Company,  1936. 
Mattingly,  Paul  H.  The  Classless  Profession:  American  Schoolmen  in  the  Nineteenth 

Century.  New  York:  New  York  University  Press,  1975. 
May,  Henry  F.  The  Enlightenment  in  America.  New  York:  Oxford  University  Press, 

1976. 
Mayer,  Milton.  Young  Man  in  a  Hurry:  The  Story  of  William  Rainey  Harper,  First 

President  of  The  University  of  Chicago.  Chicago:   University  of  Chicago 

Alumni  Association,  1957. 
McLoughlin,  William  G.  Revivals,  Awakenings,  and  Reform.  Chicago:  University  of 

Chicago  Press,  1978. 
Mead,  Sidney  E.  The  Lively  Experiment:  The  Shaping  of  Christianity  in  America. 

New  York:  Harper  &  Row,  Publishers,  1963. 
.  The  Nation  With  the  Soul  of  a  Church.  New  York:  Harper  &  Row  Publishers, 

1975. 
Miller,  Patrick  E.,  Jr.  "Wellhausen  and  The  History  of  Israel's  Religion."  Semeia  25 

(1982):61-74. 
Mills,  C.  Wright.  Sociology  and  Pragmatism:  The  Higher  Learning  in  America.  New 

York:  Oxford  University  Press,  1966. 
Morrison,  Theodore.  Chautauqua:  A  Center  for  Education,  Religion,  and  the  Arts  in 

America.  Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1974. 
Mueller-Vollmer,  Kurt.  "Introduction:  Language,  Mind,  and  Artifact:  An  Oudine  of 

Hermeneutic  Theory  Since  the  Enlightenment."  Texts  of  the  German  Tradi- 
tion from  the  Enlightenment  to  the  Present.  New  York:  Continuum,  1985.  Pp. 

1-53. 
Niebuhr,  H.  Richard.  Christ  and  Culture.  New  York:  Harper  &  Row,  Publishers, 

1951. 
.  The  Kingdom  of  God  in  America.  New  York:  Harper  Torchbooks,  1959. 


Bibliography  189 

Olbricht,  Thomas  H.  "Intellectual  Ferment  and  Instruction  in  the  Scriptures:  The 
Bible  in  Higher  Education."  The  Bible  in  American  Education:  From  Source 
Book  to  Textbook.  Edited  by  David  L.  Barr  and  Nicholas  Piediscalzi.  Philadel- 
phia: Fortress  Press,  1982.  Pp.  97-120. 

Poland,  Lynn  M.  Literary  Criticism  and  Biblical  Hermeneutics:  A  Critique  of 
Formalist  Approaches.  Chico,  California:  Scholars  Press,  1985. 

Porter,  Lorle  Ann  and  Wilson,  Galen  R.  A  Sesquicentennial  History,  1828-1928:  New 
Concord  and  Norwich,  Bloomfield,  Rix  Mills,  Stations  on  the  National  Road. 
Muskingum,  Ohio:  Muskingum  College  Archives,  1978. 

Quandt,  Jean  B.  From  the  Small  Town  to  the  Great  Community:  The  Social  Thought 
of  Progressive  Intellectuals.  New  Brunswick,  N.J.:  Rutgers  University  Press, 
1970. 

Ricoeur,  Paul.  Essays  on  Biblical  Interpretation.  Edited  by  Lewis  S.  Mudge. 
Philadelphia:  Fortress  Press,  1980. 

Ricoeur,  Paul.  Freud  and  Philosophy:  An  Essay  on  Interpretation.  Translated  by 
Denis  Savage.  New  Haven:  Yale  University  Press,  1970. 

Rogers,  Max  Gray.  "Charles  Augustus  Briggs:  Heresy  at  Union."  American  Religious 
Heretics.  Formal  and  Informal  Trials.  Edited  by  George  H.  Shriver.  Nashville: 
Abingdon  Press,  1966.  Pp.  85-147. 

Rosenthal,  Robert,  ed.  One  in  Spirit.  Chicago:  University  of  Chicago,  1973. 

Rudolph,  Frederick.  The  American  College  and  University.  New  York:  Vintage 
Books,  1962. 

Schlesinger,  Arthur  Meyer,  Sr.  A  Critical  Period  in  American  Religion  1875-1900. 
Philadelphia:  Fortress  Press,  1967. 

.  The  Rise  of  the  City,  1878-98.  New  York:  New  Viewpoints,  1975. 

Schmidt,  Stephen  A.  A  History  of  the  Religious  Education  Association.  Birmingham: 
Religious  Publication  Press,  1982. 

Sharpe,  Dores  Robinson.  Walter  Rauschenbusch.  New  York:  The  Macmillan  Com- 
pany, 1942. 

Shils,  Edward.  "The  Order  of  Learning  in  the  United  States:  The  Ascendancy  of  the 
University."  The  Organization  of  Knowledge  in  Modern  America,  1860—1920. 
Edited  by  Alexandra  Oleson  and  John  Voss.  Baltimore:  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity, 1979.  Pp.  19-47. 

Sinclair,  Upton.  The  Goose-Step:  A  Study  of  American  Education.  Rev.  ed.  Pasadena: 
Upton  Sinclair,  1923. 

Smend,  Rudolph.  "Julius  Wellhausen  and  His  Prolegomena  to  the  History  of  Israel." 
Semeia  25  (1982):  1-20. 

Stem,  Rabbi  I.  "Beams  From  the  Talmud."  The  Hebrew  Student  1  (April  1882):  14. 

Storr,  Richard  J.  Harper  s  University:  The  Beginnings.  Chicago:  University  of  Chi- 
cago Press,  1966. 

Tracy,  David.  The  Analogical  Imagination:  Christian  Theology  and  the  Culture  of 
Pluralism.  New  York:  Crossroad  Press,  1981. 

Turner,  Frederick  Jackson.  "The  Significance  of  the  Frontier  in  American  History." 
The  Frontier  in  American  History.  New  York:  Holt,  Rinehart  and  Winston, 
1920.  Pp.  1-38. 

Turner,  Victor  and  Turner,  Edith.  Image  and  Pilgrimage  in  Christian  Culture.  New 
York:  Columbia  University  Press,  1978. 

Turner,  Victor.  The  Ritual  Process:  Structure  and  Anti-Structure.  Ithaca:  Cornell 
Paperbacks,  1969. 

The  University  of  Chicago  Official  Bulletins.  The  Department  of  Special  Collections, 
The  Joseph  L.  Regenstein  Library,  The  University  of  Chicago,  1891-1892. 

Veblen,  Thorstein.   The  Higher  Learning  in  America:  A  Memorandum  on  the 


190  The  Bible  and  the  University 

Conduct  of  Universities  by  Business  Men.  Introduction  by  Louis  M.  Hacker. 
New  York:  Sagamore  Press,  1957. 

Veysey,  Laurence  R.  The  Emergence  of  the  American  University.  Chicago:  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago  Press,  1965. 

Vincent,  John  H.  "Chautauqua:  A  Popular  University."  Chautauqua  University  and 
Chautauqua  College  of  Liberal  Arts:  Circulars,  Announcements,  Specimen 
Syllabuses,  Letter  Heads.  Volume  I.  1884-1892.  Chautauqua  Archives,  p.  733. 

.  The  Chautauqua  Movement.  Boston:  Chautauqua  Press,  1886. 

.  "The  Chautauqua  University."  Chautauqua  University  and  Chautauqua 

College  of  Liberal  Arts:  Circulars,  Announcements,  Specimen  Lesson  Sheets, 
Specimen  Syllabuses,  Letter  Heads.  Volume  I.  1884—1892.  Chautauqua  Ar- 
chives, p.  2. 

Vincent,  Leon  H.  John  Heyl  Vincent:  A  Biographical  Sketch.  New  York:  The 
Macmillan  Company,  1925. 

Wacker,  Grant.  "The  Demise  of  Biblical  Civilization."  In  The  Bible  in  America: 
Essays  in  Cultural  History.  Edited  by  Nathan  O.  Hatch  and  Mark  A.  Noll.  New 
York:  Oxford  University  Press,  1982.  Pp.  121-38. 

Washington,  Booker  T.  Up  From  Slavery.  Introduction  by  Louis  Lomax.  New  York: 
Dell  Publishing  Company,  1965. 

Weber,  Max.  On  Charisma  and  Institution  Building.  Edited  by  S.N.  Eisenstadt. 
Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1968. 

Whitehead,  Alfred  North.  Religion  in  the  Making.  New  York:  New  American  Library, 
1974. 

Wiebe,  Robert  H.  The  Search  for  Order,  1877-1920.  New  York:  Hill  and  Wang,  1967. 

Willett,  Herbert  Lockwood.  "The  Corridor  of  Years."  Unpublished  Autobiography, 
The  Archives  of  The  Christian  Century,  Chicago,  Illinois,  pp.  91—96. 

.  "The  International  Sunday  School  Lessons."  The  Biblical  World  14  (July 

1895):58-72. 

Williams,  George  Hunston.  Wilderness  and  Paradise  in  Christian  Thought.  New 
York:  Harper  &  Brothers,  1962.